Schedule 1—Collection and recovery of income tax and other liabilities
Note: See section 3AA.
Chapter 2—Collection, recovery and administration of income tax
Part 2‑1—Introduction to the Pay as you go (PAYG) system
Division 6—Guide to Parts 2‑5 and 2‑10
6‑1 What Parts 2‑5 and 2‑10 are about
To help taxpayers meet their annual income tax liability, they are required to pay amounts of their income at regular intervals as it is earned during the year. The system for collecting these amounts is called “Pay as you go”.
Amounts collected under this system also go towards meeting liability for Medicare levy, liability to repay contributions under the Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS), liability to repay debts under the Higher Education Loan Program (HELP) and liability to repay financial supplement debts under the Student Financial Supplement Scheme (SFSS).
Table of sections
6‑5 The Pay as you go (PAYG) system
6‑10 How the amounts collected are dealt with
6‑5 The Pay as you go (PAYG) system
(1) Parts 2‑5 and 2‑10 establish the PAYG system, which has 2 components:
• PAYG withholding (Part 2‑5)
• PAYG instalments (Part 2‑10).
PAYG withholding
(2) Under PAYG withholding, amounts are collected in respect of particular kinds of payments or transactions. Usually, someone who makes a payment to you is required to withhold an amount from the payment, and then to pay the amount to the Commissioner.
For a list of the payments and other transactions to which
PAYG withholding applies, see Division 10
PAYG instalments
(3) You pay PAYG instalments directly to the Commissioner. These are usually based on your GDP‑adjusted notional tax or your ordinary income for a past period, but excluding:
• income subject to PAYG withholding (with certain exceptions)
• exempt income, or income that is otherwise not assessable.
An instalment is usually paid after a quarter, but some taxpayers are eligible to pay an annual instalment after the end of the income year.
6‑10 How the amounts collected are dealt with
You are entitled to credits for the amounts of your income that are collected under the PAYG system. The credits are applied under Division 3 of Part IIB against your tax debts, and any excess is refunded to you.
Part 2‑5—Pay as you go (PAYG) withholding
Division 10—Guide to Part 2‑5
10‑1 What this Part is about
Under PAYG withholding, amounts are collected in respect of particular kinds of payments or transactions. Usually, someone who makes a payment to you is required to withhold an amount from the payment, and then to pay the amount to the Commissioner. If the payment is personal services income that is included in the assessable income of someone else under Division 86 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, the payer must pay such an amount to the Commissioner at a later date.
If a non‑cash benefit is provided instead of a payment, the provider must first pay to the Commissioner the amount that would have been withheld from the payment.
This Part also contains provisions about the obligations and rights of payers and recipients.
10‑5 Summary of withholding payments
(1) The payments and other transactions covered by PAYG withholding are called withholding payments. They are summarised in the table.
Note: The obligation to pay an amount to the Commissioner is imposed on the entity making the withholding payment (except for items 17, 19 and 22, and 26 (to the extent that it covers subsection 12‑390(4))).
Summary of withholding payments |
Item | Withholding payment | Section |
1 | A payment of salary etc. to an employee | 12‑35 |
2 | A payment of remuneration to the director of a company | 12‑40 |
3 | A payment of salary etc. to an office holder (e.g. a member of the Defence Force) | 12‑45 |
3A | a payment to a *religious practitioner | 12‑47 |
4 | A return to work payment to an individual | 12‑50 |
5 | A payment that is covered by a voluntary agreement | 12‑55 |
6 | A payment under a labour hire arrangement or a payment specified by regulations | 12‑60 |
7 | A *superannuation income stream or an annuity | 12‑80 |
8 | A *superannuation lump sum or a payment for termination of employment | 12‑85 |
9 | An unused leave payment | 12‑90 |
10 | A social security or similar payment (e.g. old age pension) | 12‑110 |
11 | A Commonwealth education or training payment | 12‑115 |
12 | A compensation, sickness or accident payment | 12‑120 |
13 | A payment arising from an investment where the recipient does not quote its tax file number, or in some cases, its ABN | 12‑140 |
14 | Investor becoming presently entitled to income of a unit trust | 12‑145 |
14A | A trustee of a closely held trust distributing an amount from the trust income to a beneficiary, where the beneficiary does not quote its tax file number | 12‑175 |
14B | A beneficiary of a closely held trust becoming presently entitled to income of the trust, where the beneficiary does not quote its tax file number | 12‑180 |
15 | A payment for a supply where the recipient of the payment does not quote its ABN | 12‑190 |
16 | A dividend payment to an overseas person | 12‑210 |
17 | A dividend payment received for a foreign resident | 12‑215 |
18 | An interest payment to an overseas person | 12‑245 |
19 | An interest payment received for a foreign resident | 12‑250 |
20 | An interest payment derived by a lender in carrying on business through overseas permanent establishment | 12‑255 |
21 | A royalty payment to an overseas person | 12‑280 |
22 | A royalty payment received for a foreign resident | 12‑285 |
22A | A departing Australia superannuation payment | 12‑305 |
22AA | An *excess untaxed roll‑over amount | 12‑312 |
22B | A payment (of a kind set out in the regulations) to a foreign resident | 12‑315 |
22C | A payment (of a kind set out in the regulations) received for a foreign resident | 12‑317 |
23 | A mining payment | 12‑320 |
24 | A natural resource payment | 12‑325 |
25 | A payment by a managed investment trust | 12‑385 |
26 | A payment by a *custodian or other entity | 12‑390 |
(2) These can also be treated as withholding payments:
(a) alienated personal services payments (see Division 13);
(b) non‑cash benefits (see Division 14).
Note: The obligation to pay an amount to the Commissioner is imposed on the entity receiving the alienated personal services payment or providing the non‑cash benefit.
Division 11—Preliminary matters
Table of sections
11‑1 Object of this Part
11‑5 Constructive payment
11‑1 Object of this Part
The object of this Part is to ensure the efficient collection of:
(a) income tax; and
(b) Medicare levy; and
(ca) amounts of liabilities to the Commonwealth under Chapter 4 of the Higher Education Support Act 2003; and
(da) amounts of liabilities to the Commonwealth under Part 2B.3 of the Social Security Act 1991; and
(db) amounts of liabilities to the Commonwealth under Division 6 of Part 4A of the Student Assistance Act 1973; and
(d) *withholding tax; and
(e) *mining withholding tax; and
(f) *TFN withholding tax.
11‑5 Constructive payment
(1) In working out whether an entity has paid an amount to another entity, and when the payment is made, the amount is taken to have been paid to the other entity when the first entity applies or deals with the amount in any way on the other’s behalf or as the other directs.
(2) An amount is taken to be payable by an entity to another entity if the first entity is required to apply or deal with it in any way on the other’s behalf or as the other directs.
Division 12—Payments from which amounts must be withheld
Table of Subdivisions
12‑A General rules
12‑B Payments for work and services
12‑C Payments for retirement or because of termination of employment
12‑D Benefit and compensation payments
12‑E Payments where TFN or ABN not quoted
12‑F Dividend, interest and royalty payments
12‑FA Departing Australia superannuation payments
12‑FAA Excess untaxed roll‑over amount [see Note 2]
12‑FB Payments to foreign residents etc.
12‑G Payments in respect of mining on Aboriginal land, and natural resources
12‑H Distributions of managed investment trust income
Subdivision 12‑A—General rules
Table of sections
12‑1 General exceptions
12‑5 What to do if more than one provision requires a withholding
12‑7 Division does not apply to alienated personal services payments
12‑10 Division does not apply to non‑cash benefits
12‑20 Application of Division and regulations to non‑share dividends
12‑1 General exceptions
Exempt income of recipient
(1) An entity need not withhold an amount under section 12‑35, 12‑40, 12‑45, 12‑47, 12‑50, 12‑55, 12‑60, 12‑80, 12‑85, 12‑90, 12‑120 or 12‑190 from a payment if the whole of the payment is *exempt income of the entity receiving the payment.
Non‑assessable non‑exempt income of recipient
(1A) An entity need not withhold an amount under Subdivision 12‑B, Subdivision 12‑C or section 12‑120 or 12‑190 from a payment if the whole of the payment is not assessable income and is not *exempt income of the entity receiving the payment.
Living‑away‑from‑home allowance benefit
(2) In working out how much to withhold under section 12‑35, 12‑40, 12‑45, 12‑47, 12‑115, 12‑120, 12‑315 or 12‑317 from a payment, disregard so much of the payment as is a living‑away‑from‑home allowance benefit as defined by section 136 of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986.
Expense payment benefit
(3) In working out how much to withhold under section 12‑35, 12‑40, 12‑45, 12‑47, 12‑115, 12‑120, 12‑315 or 12‑317 from a payment, disregard so much of the payment as:
(a) is an expense payment benefit as defined by section 136 of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986; and
(b) is not any of the following:
(i) an exempt benefit under section 22 of that Act (about reimbursement of car expenses on the basis of distance travelled);
(ii) an expense payment benefit in relation to a contribution to an *FHSA.
12‑5 What to do if more than one provision requires a withholding
(1) If more than one provision in this Division covers a payment, only one amount is to be withheld from the payment.
(2) The provision to apply is the one that is most specific to the circumstances of the payment. However, this general rule is subject to the specific rules in the table, and the specific rule in subsection (3).
Specific rules for determining priority among withholding provisions |
Item | Apply: | Which is about: | In priority to: |
1AA | section 12‑385 or 12‑390 | distributions to foreign residents from *managed investment trusts | each other withholding provision |
1 | section 12‑35, 12‑40, 12‑45, 12‑47 or 12‑50 | a payment for work or services | section 12‑60 (payment under a labour hire arrangement or specified by regulations); or section 12‑190 (payment for a supply where recipient does not quote its ABN) |
1A | section 12‑35 or 12‑45 | a payment for work or services | section 12‑47 (a payment to a *religious practitioner) |
2 | section 12‑80, 12‑85 or 12‑90 | a *superannuation benefit, an annuity, a payment for termination of employment or an unused leave payment | section 12‑60 (payment under a labour hire arrangement or specified by regulations); or section 12‑190 (payment for a supply where recipient does not quote its ABN) |
3 | section 12‑110, 12‑115 or 12‑120 | a payment of benefit or compensation | section 12‑60 (payment under a labour hire arrangement or specified by regulations); or section 12‑190 (payment for a supply where recipient does not quote its ABN) |
4 | section 12‑60 | a payment under a labour hire arrangement or specified by regulations | section 12‑190 (payment for a supply where recipient does not quote its ABN) |
5 | section 12‑140 or 12‑145 | a payment arising from investment where the recipient does not quote tax file number | section 12‑175 or 12‑180 (Payment of income of closely held trust where TFN not quoted) or section 12‑210, 12‑215, 12‑245, 12‑250 or 12‑255 (payment of a dividend or interest) |
6 | section 12‑280 or 12‑285 | a payment of royalty | section 12‑325 (natural resource payment) |
(3) Apply a provision in this Division (apart from a provision in Subdivision 12‑FB) that covers a payment in priority to a provision in Subdivision 12‑FB that also covers the payment.
Note: Some provisions of this Division clearly do not cover a payment covered by some other provisions. For example:
- Section 12‑55 (about voluntary agreements) covers a payment only if no other provision requires the payer to withhold an amount from the payment.
12‑7 Division does not apply to alienated personal services payments
(1) This Division (other than the provisions mentioned in subsection (2)) does not apply to a payment in so far as the payment:
(a) is an *alienated personal services payment; or
(b) was received, by the entity making the payment, as an *alienated personal services payment.
Note: An entity that receives an alienated personal services payment may be obliged to pay an amount to the Commissioner: see Division 13.
(2) The provisions are:
(a) Subdivision 12‑FB; and
(b) any other provisions in this Division to the extent that they apply in relation to that Subdivision.
12‑10 Division does not apply to non‑cash benefits
This Division does not apply to a payment in so far as it consists of providing a *non‑cash benefit.
Note: If a non‑cash benefit is provided in circumstances where a payment would give rise to a withholding obligation, the provider must pay an amount to the Commissioner: see Division 14.
12‑20 Application of Division and regulations to non‑share dividends
This Division and the regulations made for the purposes of this Division:
(a) apply to a non‑share equity interest in the same way as it applies to a share; and
(b) apply to an equity holder in the same way as it applies to a shareholder; and
(c) apply to a non‑share dividend in the same way as it applies to a dividend.
Subdivision 12‑B—Payments for work and services
Table of sections
12‑35 Payment to employee
12‑40 Payment to company director
12‑45 Payment to office holder
12‑47 Payment to religious practitioners
12‑50 Return to work payment
12‑55 Voluntary agreement to withhold
12‑60 Payment under labour hire arrangement, or specified by regulations
12‑35 Payment to employee
An entity must withhold an amount from salary, wages, commission, bonuses or allowances it pays to an individual as an employee (whether of that or another entity).
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
12‑40 Payment to company director
A company must withhold an amount from a payment of remuneration it makes to an individual:
(a) if the company is incorporated—as a director of the company, or as a person who performs the duties of a director of the company; or
(b) if the company is not incorporated—as a member of the committee of management of the company, or as a person who performs the duties of such a member.
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
12‑45 Payment to office holder
(1) An entity must withhold an amount from salary, wages, commission, bonuses or allowances it pays to an individual as:
(a) a member of an *Australian legislature; or
(b) a person who holds, or performs the duties of, an appointment, office or position under the Constitution or an *Australian law; or
(c) a member of the Defence Force, or of a police force of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or
(d) a person who is otherwise in the service of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or
(e) a member of a *local governing body where there is in effect, in accordance with section 446‑5, a unanimous resolution by the body that the remuneration of members of the body be subject to withholding under this Part.
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
(2) This section does not require an amount to be withheld from a payment to an individual as a member of a *local governing body unless it is one to which paragraph (1)(e) applies.
12‑47 Payment to religious practitioners
An entity must withhold an amount from a payment it makes to a *religious practitioner for an activity, or a series of activities, if:
(a) the activity, or series of activities, is done by the religious practitioner in pursuit of his or her vocation as a religious practitioner; and
(b) the activity, or series of activities, is done by the religious practitioner as a member of a religious institution; and
(c) the payment is made by the entity in the course or furtherance of an *enterprise that the entity *carries on.
12‑50 Return to work payment
An entity must withhold an amount from a payment it makes to an individual if the payment is included in the individual’s assessable income under section 15‑3 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (return to work payments).
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
12‑55 Voluntary agreement to withhold
(1) An entity must withhold an amount from a payment it makes to an individual if:
(a) the payment is made under an *arrangement the performance of which, in whole or in part, involves the performance of work or services (whether or not by the individual); and
(b) no other provision of this Division requires the entity to withhold an amount from the payment; and
(c) the entity and the individual are parties to an agreement (the voluntary agreement) that is in the *approved form and states that this section covers payments under the arrangement mentioned in paragraph (a), or under a series of such arrangements that includes that arrangement; and
(d) the individual has an *ABN that is in force and is *quoted in that agreement.
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
(2) Each party must keep a copy of the voluntary agreement from when it is made until 5 years after the making of the last payment covered by the agreement.
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
(2A) An offence under subsection (2) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) A party to the voluntary agreement may terminate it at any time by notifying the other party in writing.
12‑60 Payment under labour hire arrangement, or specified by regulations
(1) An entity that *carries on an *enterprise must withhold an amount from a payment that it makes to an individual in the course or furtherance of the enterprise if:
(a) the enterprise is a *business of arranging for persons to perform work or services directly for clients of the entity, or the enterprise includes a business of that kind that is not merely incidental to the main activities of the enterprise; and
(b) the payment is made under an *arrangement the performance of which, in whole or in part, involves the performance of work or services by the individual directly for a client of the entity, or directly for a client of another entity.
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
Example 1: Staffprovider Ltd keeps a database of skilled persons who are willing for their services to be provided to third parties. Staffprovider arranges with Corporate Pty Ltd to provide to it the services of a computer programmer in return for payment. Staffprovider arranges with Jane for her to do computer programming for Corporate. Staffprovider must withhold amounts under this section from payments it makes to Jane under the arrangement with her.
Example 2: Ian is a solicitor who regularly briefs barristers to represent his clients. Briefing barristers is merely incidental to Ian’s main activities as a solicitor, so he does not have to withhold amounts under this section from payments he makes to barristers.
(2) An entity that carries on an *enterprise must withhold an amount from a payment that it makes to an individual in the course or furtherance of the enterprise if the payment is, in whole or in part, for work or services and is of a kind prescribed by the regulations.
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
Subdivision 12‑C—Payments for retirement or because of termination of employment
12‑80 Superannuation income streams and annuities
An entity must withhold an amount from any of the following payments it makes to an individual:
(a) a *superannuation income stream;
(b) an *annuity.
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
12‑85 Superannuation lump sums and payments for termination of employment
An entity must withhold an amount from any of the following payments it makes to an individual:
(a) a *superannuation lump sum;
(b) a payment that is an *employment termination payment or would be one except that it is received more than 12 months after termination of employment.
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
12‑90 Unused leave payments
An entity must withhold an amount from any of the following payments it makes to an individual:
(a) an *unused annual leave payment;
(b) an *unused long service leave payment, to the extent that the payment is included in the individual’s assessable income.
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
Subdivision 12‑D—Benefit and compensation payments
Table of sections
12‑110 Social Security or other benefit payment
12‑115 Commonwealth education or training payment
12‑120 Compensation, sickness or accident payment
12‑110 Social Security or other benefit payment
(1) An entity must withhold an amount from a payment it makes to an individual if the payment is:
(a) specified in an item of the table in section 52‑10 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Social Security payments); or
(b) specified in an item of the table in section 52‑65 of that Act (Veterans’ Affairs payments); or
(ba) specified in an item of the table in section 52‑114 of that Act (Military Rehabilitation and Compensation Act payments); or
(c) specified in section 52‑105, 53‑10, 55‑5 or 55‑10 of that Act; or
Note: Payments specified in those provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 are made under various Commonwealth laws.
(ca) *parental leave pay; or
(d) made under Part 3.15A of the Social Security Act 1991.
(2) In working out the amount to be withheld, disregard so much of the payment as is *exempt income of the individual.
12‑115 Commonwealth education or training payment
(1) An entity must withhold an amount from a *Commonwealth education or training payment it makes to an individual.
For exceptions, see subsection (2) and section 12‑1.
(2) In working out the amount to be withheld, disregard so much of the payment as is *exempt income of the individual.
12‑120 Compensation, sickness or accident payment
An entity must withhold an amount from a payment of compensation, or of sickness or accident pay, it makes to an individual if the payment:
(a) is made because of that or another individual’s incapacity for work; and
(b) is calculated at a periodical rate; and
(c) is not a payment made under an insurance policy to the policy owner.
For exceptions, see section 12‑1.
Subdivision 12‑E—Payments where TFN or ABN not quoted
Table of sections
Payment in respect of investment
12‑140 Recipient does not quote tax file number
12‑145 Investor becoming presently entitled to income of a unit trust
12‑150 Limited application of section 12‑140 to payment under financial arrangement
12‑155 When investor may quote ABN as alternative
12‑160 Investment body unaware that exemption from quoting TFN has stopped applying
12‑165 Exception for fully franked dividend
12‑170 Exception for payments below thresholds set by regulations
Payment of income of closely held trust where TFN not quoted
12‑175 Trustee distributes income of closely held trust
12‑180 Beneficiary becomes presently entitled to income of closely held trust
12‑185 Exception for payments below thresholds set by regulations
Payment for a supply
12‑190 Recipient does not quote ABN
Payment in respect of investment
12‑140 Recipient does not quote tax file number
(1) An *investment body must withhold an amount from a payment it makes to another entity in respect of a *Part VA investment if:
(a) all or some of the payment is *ordinary income or *statutory income of the other entity; and
(b) if the investment is non‑transferable—the other entity did not *quote its *tax file number in connection with the investment before the time when the payment became payable; and
(c) if the investment is transferable—the other entity did not quote its tax file number in connection with the investment before the time when the other entity had to be registered with the investment body as the *investor to be entitled to the payment.
Payment in respect of units in a trust or investment‑related betting chance
(2) If a *Part VA investment consists of:
(a) units in a unit trust (as defined in section 202A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936); or
(b) an investment‑related betting chance;
an entity (including the *investment body) must withhold an amount from a payment it makes to another entity in respect of the investment if the conditions in subsection (1) of this section are met.
For exceptions to the rules in this section, see sections 12‑150 to 12‑170.
12‑145 Investor becoming presently entitled to income of a unit trust
(1) This section applies if:
(a) a *Part VA investment consists of units in a unit trust (as defined in section 202A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936); and
(b) the *investor becomes presently entitled, for the purposes of Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936, to a share of income of the trust at a time (the entitlement time) before any of that share is paid to the investor.
(2) The entity (including the *investment body) that would have to pay that share to the *investor if the share were due and payable at the entitlement time must withhold from the share, at that time, the amount (if any) that subsection 12‑140(2) would have required it to withhold if it had paid the share to the investor at that time.
For exceptions to the rules in this section, see sections 12‑155 to 12‑170.
(3) This Part (except section 12‑140 and this section) applies as if that entity had paid that share to the *investor at the entitlement time.
(4) If that entity withholds an amount from that share as required by subsection (2), subsection 12‑140(2) does not require an amount to be withheld from a payment of all or part of that share to the *investor.
12‑150 Limited application of section 12‑140 to payment under financial arrangement
(1) This section limits the extent to which section 12‑140 applies to a payment in respect of a *Part VA investment if the investment is a qualifying security (within the meaning of Division 16E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about gains accruing on securities)) and:
(a) is of a kind mentioned in item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection 202D(1) of that Act; or
(b) is of a kind mentioned in item 3 of that table and is non‑transferable.
Note: Section 202D of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 lists the investments in connection with which tax file numbers are to be quoted.
(2) Section 12‑140 applies to the payment only to the extent that is covered by one or both of these paragraphs:
(a) so much of the payment as consists of periodic interest (within the meaning of Division 16E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936);
(b) if the payment became payable at the end of the term (within the meaning of that Division) of the investment—so much of the payment as does not exceed what section 159GQ of that Act would include in the *investor’s assessable income for the income year in which that term ended.
Note: This limitation ensures that an amount is not withheld from payment of an amount in respect of which TFN withholding tax is payable. See Subdivision 14‑B.
(3) The adoption (under section 18 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) of an accounting period ending on a day other than 30 June is disregarded for the purposes of:
(a) paragraph (2)(b) of this section; and
(b) the application of Division 16E of Part III of that Act for the purposes of that paragraph.
12‑155 When investor may quote ABN as alternative
Section 12‑140 or 12‑145 does not require an amount to be withheld if:
(a) the other entity made the investment in the course or furtherance of an *enterprise *carried on by it; and
(b) the other entity has an *ABN, and has *quoted it to the investment body, by the time referred to in paragraph 12‑140(1)(b) or (c).
12‑160 Investment body unaware that exemption from quoting TFN has stopped applying
Section 12‑140 or 12‑145 does not require an amount to be withheld if:
(a) a provision of Division 5 of Part VA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 has applied to the other entity in relation to the investment, but no longer applies when the payment is made; and
(b) when the payment is made, the *investment body has not been informed of anything that resulted in the provision no longer applying.
Note: Division 5 of Part VA of that Act provides, in certain cases, that even though an entity has not quoted its tax file number it is taken to have done so.
12‑165 Exception for fully franked dividend
Section 12‑140 does not require an amount to be withheld if:
(a) the investment consists of *shares in a public company (as defined in section 202A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936); and
(b) the payment is a *distribution that has been franked in accordance with section 202‑5 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(c) the *franking percentage for the distribution is 100%.
12‑170 Exception for payments below thresholds set by regulations
(1) Section 12‑140 or 12‑145 does not require an amount to be withheld if the payment is less than the amount worked out under the regulations.
(2) Regulations made for the purposes of this section may deal differently with different payments.
Payment of income of closely held trust where TFN not quoted
12‑175 Trustee distributes income of closely held trust
Scope
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the trustee of a trust makes a distribution to a beneficiary of the trust at a time (the distribution time) during an income year of the trust; and
(b) some or all of the distribution is from the *ordinary income or *statutory income of the trust; and
(c) the trust is:
(i) a resident trust estate (within the meaning of subsection 95(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) in relation to the income year; and
(ii) a closely held trust (within the meaning of section 102UC of that Act, disregarding paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of the definition of excluded trust in subsection (4) of that section); and
(iii) not prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subparagraph; and
(d) the beneficiary is:
(i) an Australian resident; and
(ii) not an *exempt entity; and
(iii) not under a legal disability for the purposes of section 98 of that Act.
Trustee must withhold
(2) The trustee must withhold an amount from the distribution, if:
(a) the beneficiary did not *quote the beneficiary’s *tax file number to the trustee before the distribution time; and
(b) the trustee is not liable to pay tax under section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in connection with the distribution; and
(c) the trustee is not required to make a correct TB statement under Division 6D of Part III of that Act (about trustee beneficiary non‑disclosure tax) in connection with the distribution; and
(d) family trust distribution tax is not payable under Schedule 2F to that Act in connection with the distribution.
Note 1: If the trust is a unit trust, the trustee may be required to withhold under section 12‑140 in priority to this section: see section 12‑5.
Note 2: The trustee commits an offence if the trustee fails to withhold an amount as required by this section: see section 16‑25.
Application of rest of Part
(3) If the distribution is not a payment, this Part applies as if the trustee paid the amount of the distribution to the beneficiary at the distribution time.
Trust income of earlier income years
(4) Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply to the distribution, to the extent that:
(a) the beneficiary is presently entitled, for the purposes of Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936, to a share of the income of the trust of an earlier income year; and
(b) the distribution is a distribution of some or all of that share.
Note: The trustee may have been required to withhold from that share under section 12‑180.
12‑180 Beneficiary becomes presently entitled to income of closely held trust
Scope
(1) This section applies if:
(a) at the end of an income year of a trust, a beneficiary of the trust is presently entitled, for the purposes of Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936, to a share of the income of the trust of that year; and
(b) paragraph 12‑175(1)(c) in this Schedule applies to the trustee of the trust; and
(c) paragraph 12‑175(1)(d) applies to the beneficiary.
Trustee must withhold
(2) The trustee must withhold an amount from that share of the *net income of the trust, if:
(a) the beneficiary did not *quote the beneficiary’s *tax file number to the trustee before the end of the year; and
(b) the trustee is not liable to pay tax in respect of that share under section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; and
(c) the trustee is not required to make a correct TB statement about that share under Division 6D of Part III of that Act (about trustee beneficiary non‑disclosure tax); and
(d) family trust distribution tax is not payable on that share of the income of the trust under Schedule 2F to that Act.
Note 1: If the trust is a unit trust, the trustee may be required to withhold under section 12‑145 in priority to this section: see section 12‑5.
Note 2: The trustee commits an offence if the trustee fails to withhold an amount as required by this section: see section 16‑25.
Application of rest of Part
(3) This Part (other than section 12‑175) applies as if the trustee had paid that share of the *net income of the trust to the beneficiary at the end of the income year.
Entitlements already paid
(4) Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply to that share of the *net income of the trust to the extent that the trustee distributed any of that share to the beneficiary during the income year.
Note: The trustee may have been required to withhold from that distribution under section 12‑175.
Trusts that end during the year
(5) This section applies as if each reference to the end of an income year were a reference to the time occurring just before the trust ends, if the trust ends during the income year.
12‑185 Exception for payments below thresholds set by regulations
(1) Section 12‑175 or 12‑180 does not require an amount to be withheld if the payment (including the payment mentioned in subsection 12‑180(3)) is less than the amount worked out under the regulations.
(2) Regulations made for the purposes of this section may deal differently with different payments.
Payment for a supply
12‑190 Recipient does not quote ABN
(1) An entity (the payer) must withhold an amount from a payment it makes to another entity if:
(a) the payment is for a *supply that the other entity has made, or proposes to make, to the payer in the course or furtherance of an *enterprise *carried on in Australia by the other entity; and
(b) none of the exceptions in this section applies.
ABN correctly quoted
(2) The payer need not withhold an amount under this section if, when the payment is made:
(a) the other entity has given the payer an *invoice that relates to the *supply and *quotes the other entity’s *ABN; or
(b) the payer has some other document relating to the supply on which the other entity’s ABN is *quoted.
(2A) The payer need not withhold an amount under this section if the other entity has made the *supply, or proposes to make the supply, through an agent and, when the payment is made:
(a) the agent has given the payer an *invoice that relates to the supply and *quotes the agent’s *ABN; or
(b) the payer has some other document relating to the supply on which the agent’s ABN is *quoted.
Payer has no reason to believe that ABN has been incorrectly quoted
(3) The payer need not withhold an amount under this section if, when the payment is made:
(a) the other entity has given the payer an *invoice that relates to the *supply and purports to *quote the other entity’s *ABN, or the payer has some other document that relates to the supply and purports to *quote the other entity’s ABN; and
(b) the other entity does not have an ABN, or the invoice or other document does not in fact quote the other entity’s ABN; and
(c) the payer has no reasonable grounds to believe that the other entity does not have an ABN, or that the invoice or other document does not quote the other entity’s ABN.
(3A) The payer need not withhold an amount under this section if the other entity has made the *supply, or proposes to make the supply, through an agent and, when the payment is made:
(a) the agent has given the payer an *invoice that relates to the supply and purports to *quote the agent’s *ABN, or the payer has some other document that relates to the supply and purports to *quote the agent’s ABN; and
(b) the agent does not have an ABN, or the invoice or other document does not in fact quote the agent’s ABN; and
(c) the payer has no reasonable grounds to believe that the agent does not have an ABN, or that the invoice or other document does not quote the agent’s ABN.
No need to quote ABN
(4) The payer need not withhold an amount under this section if:
(a) the payment is made otherwise than in the course or furtherance of an *enterprise *carried on in Australia by the payer; or
(b) the payment (disregarding so much of it as relates to *GST payable on the *supply) or, if the payer has also made, or proposes to make, one or more other payments to the other entity for the supply, the total of all the payments (disregarding so much of them as relates to *GST payable on the supply) does not exceed $50 or such higher amount as is specified in regulations in force for the purposes of subsection 29‑80(1) of the *GST Act; or
(c) the supply is made in the course or furtherance of an activity, or series of activities, done as a member of a local governing body established by or under a *State law or *Territory law; or
(d) the supply is wholly *input taxed.
(5) The payer need not withhold an amount under this section if the payment:
(a) is covered by section 12‑140 or 12‑145 (about not quoting *tax file number in respect of an investment in respect of which the payment is made); or
(b) would be covered by section 12‑140 or 12‑145 if the other entity had not quoted as mentioned in subsection 12‑140(1) or section 12‑155; or
(c) would be covered by section 12‑140 or 12‑145 apart from section 12‑160, 12‑165 or 12‑170 (which are exceptions to sections 12‑140 and 12‑145); or
(d) is covered by section 12‑175 or 12‑180 (Payment of income of closely held trust where TFN not quoted); or
(e) would be covered by section 12‑175 or 12‑180 if the other entity had not quoted as mentioned in paragraph 12‑175(2)(a) or 12‑180(2)(a); or
(f) would be covered by section 12‑175 or 12‑180 apart from section 12‑185 (which is an exception to sections 12‑175 and 12‑180).
(6) The payer need not withhold an amount under this section if, when the payment is made:
(a) the other entity is an individual and has given the payer a written statement to the effect that:
(i) the *supply is made in the course or furtherance of an activity, or series of activities, done as a private recreational pursuit or hobby; or
(ii) the supply is, for the other entity, wholly of a private or domestic nature; and
(b) the payer has no reasonable grounds to believe that the statement is false or misleading in a material particular.
(7) In working out, for the purposes of this section, whether an enterprise is *carried on in Australia:
(a) ignore the external Territories; and
(b) treat an installation (within the meaning of the Customs Act 1901) that is deemed by section 5C of the Customs Act 1901 to be part of Australia, as part of Australia.
Note: The effect of this subsection is to treat an enterprise as carried on in Australia only where it would be treated as carried on in Australia under the A New Tax System (Australian Business Number) Act 1999.
Subdivision 12‑F—Dividend, interest and royalty payments
Table of sections
Dividends
12‑210 Dividend payment to overseas person
12‑215 Dividend payment received for foreign resident
12‑220 Application to part of a dividend
12‑225 Application to distribution by a liquidator or other person
Interest
12‑245 Interest payment to overseas person
12‑250 Interest payment received for foreign resident
12‑255 Interest payment derived by lender in carrying on business through overseas permanent establishment
12‑255 Interest payment derived by lender in carrying on business through overseas permanent establishment
12‑260 Lender to notify borrower if interest derived through overseas permanent establishment
Royalties
12‑280 Royalty payment to overseas person
12‑285 Royalty payment received for foreign resident
General
12‑300 Limits on amount withheld under this Subdivision
Dividends
12‑210 Dividend payment to overseas person
A company that is an Australian resident must withhold an amount from a *dividend it pays if:
(a) according to the register of the company’s members, the entity, or any of the entities, holding the *shares on which the dividend is paid has an address outside Australia; or
(b) that entity, or any of those entities, has authorised or directed the company to pay the dividend to an entity or entities at a place outside Australia.
For limits on the amount to be withheld, see section 12‑300.
12‑215 Dividend payment received for foreign resident
(1) An entity that receives a payment of a *dividend of a company that is an Australian resident must withhold an amount from the dividend if:
(a) the entity is a person in Australia or an *Australian government agency; and
(b) a foreign resident is or becomes entitled:
(i) to receive the dividend or part of it from the entity, or to receive the amount of the dividend or of part of it from the entity; or
(ii) to have the entity credit to the foreign resident, or otherwise deal with on the foreign resident’s behalf or as the foreign resident directs, the dividend or part of it, or the amount of the dividend or of part of it.
For limits on the amount to be withheld, see section 12‑300.
(2) The entity must withhold the amount:
(a) if the foreign resident is so entitled when the entity receives the payment—immediately after the entity receives the payment; or
(b) if the foreign resident becomes so entitled after the entity receives the payment—immediately after the foreign resident becomes so entitled.
12‑220 Application to part of a dividend
This Part applies to a part of a *dividend in the same way as to a dividend.
12‑225 Application to distribution by a liquidator or other person
This Part applies to a distribution that section 47 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 treats as a *dividend paid by a company, in the same way as this Part applies to a dividend paid by the company, and as if the liquidator or other person making the distribution were the company.
Interest
12‑245 Interest payment to overseas person
An entity must withhold an amount from interest (within the meaning of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) it pays to an entity, or to entities jointly, if:
(a) the recipient or any of the recipients has an address outside Australia according to any record that is in the payer’s possession, or is kept or maintained on the payer’s behalf, about the transaction to which the interest relates; or
(b) the payer is authorised to pay the interest at a place outside Australia (whether to the recipient or any of the recipients or to anyone else).
For limits on the amount to be withheld, see section 12‑300.
12‑250 Interest payment received for foreign resident
(1) An entity that receives a payment of interest (within the meaning of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) must withhold an amount from the payment if:
(a) the entity is a person in Australia or an *Australian government agency; and
(b) a foreign resident is or becomes entitled:
(i) to receive the interest or part of it from the entity, or to receive the amount of the interest or of part of it from the entity; or
(ii) to have the entity credit to the foreign resident, or otherwise deal with on the foreign resident’s behalf or as the foreign resident directs, the interest or part of it, or the amount of the interest or of part of it.
For limits on the amount to be withheld, see section 12‑300.
(2) The entity must withhold the amount:
(a) if the foreign resident is so entitled when the entity receives the payment—immediately after the entity receives the payment; or
(b) if the foreign resident becomes so entitled after the entity receives the payment—immediately after the foreign resident becomes so entitled.
12‑255 Interest payment derived by lender in carrying on business through overseas permanent establishment
An entity must withhold an amount from interest (within the meaning of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) it pays if it has been notified under section 12‑260 of this Act that this section applies to the interest.
Note: For limits on the amount to be withheld, see section 12‑300.
12‑260 Lender to notify borrower if interest derived through overseas permanent establishment
(1) If:
(a) interest (within the meaning of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) is payable to:
(i) an entity that is, or entities at least one of whom is, an Australian resident; or
(ii) an *Australian government agency; and
(b) the entity liable to pay the interest is authorised to pay it at a place in Australia (whether to any of those entities or the agency, or to anyone else); and
(c) the interest is or will be *derived by any of those entities or the agency in carrying on business in a country outside Australia at or through a *permanent establishment it has in that country;
those entities, or the agency, must notify the entity liable to pay the interest that section 12‑255 applies to the interest.
(2) The notice must be given in writing, before the entities, or the agency, enter into the transaction in relation to which the interest is payable, or within one month afterwards.
(3) Immediately after giving the notice, those entities, or the agency, must notify the Commissioner of:
(a) the particulars of the transaction (including the dates on which interest is payable under it); and
(b) the day when the notice was given to the entity liable to pay the interest.
Failure to comply with this section may contravene section 8C of this Act.
Royalties
12‑280 Royalty payment to overseas person
An entity must withhold an amount from a *royalty it pays to an entity, or to entities jointly, if:
(a) the recipient or any of the recipients has an address outside Australia according to any record that is in the payer’s possession, or is kept or maintained on the payer’s behalf, about the transaction to which the royalty relates; or
(b) the payer is authorised to pay the royalty at a place outside Australia (whether to the recipient or any of the recipients or to anyone else).
For limits on the amount to be withheld, see section 12‑300.
12‑285 Royalty payment received for foreign resident
(1) An entity that receives a payment of a *royalty must withhold an amount from the payment if:
(a) the entity is a person in Australia or an *Australian government agency; and
(b) a foreign resident is or becomes entitled:
(i) to receive the royalty or part of it from the entity, or to receive the amount of the royalty or of part of it from the entity; or
(ii) to have the entity credit to the foreign resident, or otherwise deal with on the foreign resident’s behalf or as the foreign resident directs, the royalty or part of it, or the amount of the royalty or of part of it.
For limits on the amount to be withheld, see section 12‑300.
(2) The entity must withhold the amount:
(a) if the foreign resident is so entitled when the entity receives the payment—immediately after the entity receives the payment; or
(b) if the foreign resident becomes so entitled after the entity receives the payment—immediately after the foreign resident becomes so entitled.
General
12‑300 Limits on amount withheld under this Subdivision
This Subdivision does not require an entity:
(a) to withhold an amount from a *dividend, from interest (within the meaning of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) or from a *royalty if no *withholding tax is payable in respect of the dividend, interest or royalty; or
(b) to withhold from a dividend, from interest (within the meaning of that Division) or from a royalty more than the withholding tax payable in respect of the dividend, interest or royalty (reduced by each amount already withheld from it under this Subdivision).
Note: Section 128B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 deals with withholding tax liability.
Subdivision 12‑FA—Departing Australia superannuation payments
Table of sections
12‑305 Departing Australia superannuation payment
12‑310 Limits on amount withheld under this Subdivision
12‑305 Departing Australia superannuation payment
An entity must withhold an amount from a *departing Australia superannuation payment it pays to an entity.
12‑310 Limits on amount withheld under this Subdivision
This Subdivision does not require an entity:
(a) to withhold an amount from a *departing Australia superannuation payment if no *withholding tax is payable in respect of the payment; or
(b) to withhold from a departing Australia superannuation payment more than the withholding tax payable in respect of the payment (reduced by each amount already withheld from it under this Subdivision).
Note: Section 301‑175 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 deals with the withholding tax liability.
Subdivision 12‑FAA—Excess untaxed roll‑over amount [see Note 2]
Table of sections
12‑312 Untaxed roll‑over superannuation benefits
12‑313 Limits on amount withheld under this Subdivision
12‑312 Untaxed roll‑over superannuation benefits
An entity must withhold an amount from an *excess untaxed roll‑over amount it pays to an entity.
Note: An excess untaxed roll‑over amount is an amount that may form part of a roll‑over superannuation benefit that includes an element untaxed in the fund: see section 306‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
12‑313 Limits on amount withheld under this Subdivision
This Subdivision does not require an entity:
(a) to withhold an amount from an *excess untaxed roll‑over amount if no *withholding tax is payable on the amount; or
(b) to withhold from an excess untaxed roll‑over amount more than the withholding tax payable on the amount (reduced by each amount already withheld from the excess untaxed roll‑over amount under this Subdivision).
Note: Section 306‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 deals with liability to this form of withholding tax.
Subdivision 12‑FB—Payments to foreign residents etc.
Table of sections
12‑315 Payment to foreign resident etc.
12‑317 Payment received for foreign resident etc.
12‑319 Exemptions from withholding obligations under this Subdivision
12‑315 Payment to foreign resident etc.
(1) An entity (the payer) that *carries on an *enterprise must withhold an amount from a payment it makes to another entity, or to other entities jointly, in the course or furtherance of the enterprise if:
(a) the entity receiving the payment, or any of the entities receiving the payment, is an entity covered by subsection (2); and
(b) the payment is of a kind set out in the regulations; and
(c) the payment is not:
(i) a *dividend of a company; or
(ii) interest (within the meaning of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936); or
(iii) a *royalty; or
(iv) a *departing Australia superannuation payment; or
(v) a payment worked out wholly or partly by reference to the value or quantity of *natural resources produced or recovered in Australia; or
(vi) a *mining payment; or
(vii) an amount represented by or reasonably attributable to a *fund payment; and
(d) the entity receiving the payment is not covered by an exemption in force under subsection 12‑319(1), or at least one of the entities receiving the payment is not covered by an exemption in force under that subsection.
(2) An entity is covered by this subsection if any of the following conditions is satisfied:
(a) the entity is a foreign resident;
(b) the payer believes, or has reasonable grounds to believe, that the entity is a foreign resident;
(c) the payer has no reasonable grounds to believe that the entity is an Australian resident, and either:
(i) the entity has an address outside Australia (according to any record that is in the payer’s possession, or is kept or maintained on the payer’s behalf, about the transaction to which the payment relates); or
(ii) the payer is authorised to make the payment at a place outside Australia (whether to the entity or to anyone else);
(d) the entity has a connection outside Australia of a kind set out in the regulations.
(3) Before the Governor‑General makes a regulation for the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), the Minister must be satisfied that each payment set out in the regulation is a payment of a kind that could reasonably be related to assessable income of foreign residents.
12‑317 Payment received for foreign resident etc.
(1) An entity (the intermediary) that receives a payment meeting the requirements set out in paragraphs 12‑315(1)(b) and (c) must withhold an amount from the payment if:
(a) the intermediary is a person in Australia or an *Australian government agency; and
(b) another entity (the likely foreign recipient) is or becomes entitled:
(i) to receive the payment or part of it from the intermediary, or to receive the amount of the payment or of part of it from the intermediary; or
(ii) to have the intermediary credit to the likely foreign recipient, or otherwise deal with on the likely foreign recipient’s behalf or as the likely foreign recipient directs, the payment or part of it, or the amount of the payment or of part of it; and
(c) the likely foreign recipient is covered by subsection (3); and
(d) the likely foreign recipient is not covered by an exemption in force under subsection 12‑319(1).
(2) The intermediary must withhold the amount:
(a) if the likely foreign recipient is so entitled when the intermediary receives the payment—just after the intermediary receives the payment; or
(b) if the likely foreign recipient becomes so entitled after the intermediary receives the payment—just after the likely foreign recipient becomes so entitled.
(3) The likely foreign recipient is covered by this subsection if any of the following conditions is satisfied:
(a) the likely foreign recipient is a foreign resident;
(b) the intermediary believes, or has reasonable grounds to believe, that the likely foreign recipient is a foreign resident;
(c) the intermediary has no reasonable grounds to believe that the likely foreign recipient is an Australian resident, and either:
(i) the likely foreign recipient has an address outside Australia (according to any record that is in the intermediary’s possession, or is kept or maintained on the intermediary’s behalf); or
(ii) the intermediary is authorised to forward the payment to a place outside Australia (whether to the likely foreign recipient or to anyone else);
(d) the likely foreign recipient has a connection outside Australia of a kind set out in the regulations.
12‑319 Exemptions from withholding obligations under this Subdivision
(1) The Commissioner may grant an entity an exemption in writing for the purposes of paragraphs 12‑315(1)(d) and 12‑317(1)(d) if the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(a) the entity has an established history of compliance with its obligations under *taxation laws; and
(b) the entity is likely to continue to comply with those obligations in the future.
(2) The exemption is in force during the period:
(a) beginning when the Commissioner grants the exemption; and
(b) ending at the time specified in the exemption.
(3) Without limiting the matters to which the Commissioner may have regard in deciding whether to grant an entity an exemption, the Commissioner may have regard to the following:
(a) whether the entity is or was liable to pay an instalment under Division 45 at any time in:
(i) the income year in which the exemption is proposed to be granted; and
(ii) the previous 2 income years;
(b) the amount (if any) of the entity’s *tax‑related liabilities that are currently due and payable;
(c) the extent to which the entity and its *associates (if any) have complied with their obligations under *taxation laws during:
(i) the income year in which the exemption is proposed to be granted; and
(ii) the previous 2 income years.
(4) The Commissioner must give a copy of the exemption to the entity to which it relates.
(5) A failure to comply with subsection (4) does not affect the validity of the exemption.
Subdivision 12‑G—Payments in respect of mining on Aboriginal land, and natural resources
Table of sections
Mining on Aboriginal land
12‑320 Mining payment
Natural resources
12‑325 Natural resource payment
12‑330 Payer must ask Commissioner how much to withhold
12‑335 Commissioner may exempt from section 12‑330, subject to conditions
Mining on Aboriginal land
12‑320 Mining payment
(1) An entity must withhold an amount from a *mining payment that:
(a) it makes to another entity; or
(b) it applies for the benefit of another entity.
(2) Subsection (1) does not require the entity to withhold more than the *mining withholding tax payable in respect of the *mining payment.
Note: Section 128V of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 deals with mining withholding tax liability.
Natural resources
12‑325 Natural resource payment
(1) An entity must withhold an amount from a payment it makes to a foreign resident, or to 2 or more entities at least one of which is a foreign resident, if the payment is worked out wholly or partly by reference to the value or quantity of *natural resources produced or recovered in Australia.
(2) The amount to be withheld is:
(a) the amount notified by the Commissioner under section 12‑330; or
(b) the amount worked out under a certificate in force under section 12‑335 that covers the payment;
as appropriate.
Exception
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) the Commissioner has notified the entity under section 12‑330 that the entity does not need to withhold an amount from the payment; or
(b) a certificate in force under section 12‑335 covers the payment and does not require the entity to withhold an amount from it.
12‑330 Payer must ask Commissioner how much to withhold
(1) An entity must not intentionally make a payment from which section 12‑325 requires it to withhold an amount, unless:
(a) the entity has notified the Commissioner in writing of the amount of the proposed payment; and
(b) the Commissioner has later notified the entity in writing of the amount (if any) that the entity must withhold from the payment in respect of tax that is or may become payable by a foreign resident to whom the payment is made;
or the payment is covered by a certificate in force under section 12‑335.
Penalty: 20 penalty units.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Failure to notify not an offence against section 8C
(2) An entity that fails to notify the Commissioner as required by subsection (1) does not commit an offence against section 8C.
12‑335 Commissioner may exempt from section 12‑330, subject to conditions
(1) The Commissioner may give an entity a written certificate exempting the entity from complying with section 12‑330 for specified payments.
(2) A certificate is subject to:
(a) a condition that the entity must withhold from a payment covered by the certificate the amount (if any) worked out in accordance with the certificate in respect of tax that is or may become payable by a foreign resident to whom the payment is made; and
(b) such other conditions as the certificate specifies.
However, the entity does not contravene subsection 12‑330(1) because it contravenes a condition.
(3) The Commissioner may, by written notice given to the entity:
(a) revoke a certificate, whether or not a condition of it has been contravened; or
(b) vary a certificate by revoking, changing or adding to its conditions.
Note: A person who is dissatisfied with a decision under this section may object against the decision in the manner set out in Part IVC.
Subdivision 12‑H—Distributions of managed investment trust income
Guide to Subdivision 12‑H
12‑375 What this Subdivision is about
A managed investment trust may be required to withhold an amount from a payment of its Australian sourced net income (other than dividends, interest and royalties) if the payment is made to an entity whose address, or place for payment, is outside Australia. If the payment is made to another entity, the managed investment trust is required to make information available to the recipient outlining certain details in relation to the payment.
If a custodian receives a payment that is covered by that information, it is required to withhold an amount from any related later payment to an entity whose address, or place for payment, is outside Australia. If the later payment is made to another entity, the custodian is required to make information available in relation to that later payment.
If an entity that is not a custodian receives a payment that is covered by that information, it is required to withhold an amount from that payment if a foreign resident becomes entitled to that payment. If a resident becomes entitled to the payment, the entity must make information available in relation to that payment.
Where there is an obligation to withhold, the applicable withholding rate is determined by the nature of the country or territory in which the recipient’s address, place for payment or residency is located.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
12‑385 Withholding by managed investment trusts
12‑390 Withholding by custodians and other entities
12‑395 Requirement to give notice or make information available
12‑400 Meaning of managed investment trust
12‑401 Trusts with wholesale membership
12‑402 Widely‑held requirements—ordinary case
12‑402A Widely‑held requirements for registered MIT—special case for entities covered by subsection 12‑402(3)
12‑402B Closely‑held restrictions
12‑403 Licensing requirements for unregistered MIS
12‑404 MIT participation interest
12‑405 Meaning of fund payment
12‑410 Entity to whom payment is made
12‑415 Failure to give notice or make information available: administrative penalty
12‑420 Agency rules
Operative provisions
12‑385 Withholding by managed investment trusts
(1) A trustee of a trust that is a *managed investment trust in relation to an income year that makes a *fund payment in relation to that income year to an entity covered by section 12‑410 must withhold an amount from the payment.
Note 1: An entity may be covered by section 12‑410 if the entity has an address outside Australia or payment is authorised to be made to a place outside Australia.
Note 2: If the payment is made to a recipient not covered by section 12‑410, the trustee is required to give a notice to the recipient or publish information on a website setting out certain details about the payment: see section 12‑395.
(2) The amount the trustee must withhold is:
(3) The rate is:
(a) if the address or place for payment of the recipient is in an *information exchange country:
(i) 22.5% for *fund payments in relation to the first income year starting on or after the first 1 July after the day on which the Tax Laws Amendment (Election Commitments No. 1) Act 2008 receives the Royal Assent; or
(ii) 15% for fund payments in relation to the following income year; or
(iii) 7.5% for fund payments in relation to later income years; or
(b) otherwise—30%.
(4) An information exchange country is a foreign country or foreign territory specified in the regulations for the purposes of this section.
(5) This section does not apply to an amount paid by a *managed investment trust to the extent that no *managed investment trust withholding tax is payable in respect of the payment or an amount reasonably attributable to the payment.
12‑390 Withholding by custodians and other entities
Withholding by custodians
(1) A *custodian must withhold an amount from a payment (the later payment) it makes if:
(a) all or some of the later payment (the covered part) is reasonably attributable to the part of an earlier payment received by the custodian that was covered by a notice or information under section 12‑395; and
(b) the later payment is made to an entity covered by section 12‑410.
Note 1: The covered part referred to in paragraph (1)(a) is attributable to a fund payment made by a managed investment trust, or 2 or more fund payments made by one or more managed investment trusts.
Note 2: An entity may be covered by section 12‑410 if the entity has an address outside Australia or payment is authorised to be made to a place outside Australia.
Note 3: If the payment is made to a recipient not covered by section 12‑410, the custodian is required to give a notice to the recipient or publish information on a website setting out certain details about the payment: see section 12‑395.
(2) The amount the *custodian must withhold is:
(3) The rate is:
(a) if the address or place for payment of the recipient is in an *information exchange country:
(i) 22.5% for *fund payments in relation to the first income year starting on or after the first 1 July after the day on which the Tax Laws Amendment (Election Commitments No. 1) Act 2008 receives the Royal Assent; or
(ii) 15% for fund payments in relation to the following income year; or
(iii) 7.5% for fund payments in relation to later income years; or
(b) otherwise—30%.
Withholding by other entities
(4) An entity that is not a *managed investment trust or a *custodian must withhold an amount from a payment it receives if:
(a) the payment or part of it (the covered part) was covered by a notice or information under section 12‑395; and
(b) a foreign resident (the recipient) is or becomes entitled:
(i) to receive from the entity; or
(ii) to have the entity credit to the recipient, or otherwise deal with on the recipient’s behalf or as the recipient directs;
an amount (the attributable amount) reasonably attributable to the covered part.
Note: If the recipient not a foreign resident, the entity is required to give a notice to the recipient or publish information on a website setting out certain details about the payment: see section 12‑395.
(5) The amount the entity must withhold is:
(6) The rate is:
(a) if the recipient is a resident of an *information exchange country:
(i) 22.5% for *fund payments in relation to the first income year starting on or after the first 1 July after the day on which the Tax Laws Amendment (Election Commitments No. 1) Act 2008 receives the Royal Assent; or
(ii) 15% for fund payments in relation to the following income year; or
(iii) 7.5% for fund payments in relation to later income years; or
(b) otherwise—30%.
(7) An entity is a resident of an *information exchange country if:
(a) the entity is a resident of that country for the purposes of the taxation laws of that country; or
(b) if there are no taxation laws of that country applicable to the entity or the entity’s residency status cannot be determined under those laws:
(i) for an individual—the individual is ordinarily resident in that country; or
(ii) for another entity—the entity is incorporated or formed in that country and is carrying on a business in that country.
(8) An amount required to be withheld under subsection (4) must be withheld:
(a) if the recipient is so entitled when the entity receives the payment—immediately after receipt; or
(b) if the recipient becomes so entitled at a later time—immediately after the later time.
Meaning of custodian
(9) An entity is a custodian if the entity is *carrying on a *business that consists predominantly of providing a custodial or depository service (as defined by section 766E of the Corporations Act 2001) pursuant to an *Australian financial services licence.
Exceptions
(10) This section does not apply:
(a) to a company unless the company would, apart from section 12‑420, be acting in the capacity as *agent for the recipient; or
(b) to an amount paid or received by an entity to the extent that no *managed investment trust withholding tax is payable in respect of the amount or an amount reasonably attributable to the amount.
12‑395 Requirement to give notice or make information available
Managed investment trusts and custodians
(1) An entity that is a *managed investment trust or a *custodian must comply with subsection (2) if:
(a) the entity makes a payment to another entity (the recipient) from which an amount would have been required to be withheld under section 12‑385 or subsection 12‑390(1) if the payment had been made to an entity covered by section 12‑410; and
(b) an amount is not required to be withheld from the payment because the recipient is not an entity covered by section 12‑410.
Note: An entity may be covered by section 12‑410 if the entity has an address outside Australia or payment is authorised to be made to a place outside Australia.
(2) The entity must:
(a) give to the recipient a written notice containing the details specified in subsection (3); or
(b) make those details available on a website in a way that the details are readily accessible to the recipient for not less than 5 continuous years.
(3) The notice must be given, or the details must be made available on a website, before or at the time when the payment is made and:
(a) must specify the part of the payment from which an amount would have been so required to have been withheld; and
(b) must specify the income year of the *managed investment trust to which that part relates.
Note: Failure to give the notice or make the details available as required by this section incurs an administrative penalty: see section 12‑415.
Other entities
(4) An entity that is not a *managed investment trust or a *custodian must comply with subsection (5) if:
(a) the entity receives a payment; and
(b) another entity (also the recipient) is or becomes entitled:
(i) to receive from the entity; or
(ii) to have the entity credit to the recipient, or otherwise deal with on the recipient’s behalf or as the recipient directs;
an amount attributable to the payment; and
(c) the entity would have been required to withhold an amount from the payment under subsection 12‑390(4) if the recipient had been a foreign resident; and
(d) an amount is not required to be withheld from the payment because the recipient is not a foreign resident.
(5) The entity must:
(a) give to the recipient a written notice containing the details specified in subsection (6); or
(b) make those details available on a website in a way that the details are readily accessible to the recipient for not less than 5 continuous years.
(6) The notice must be given, or the details must be made available on a website, before or at the time when the amount is paid or credited to the recipient, or is dealt with on the recipient’s behalf or as the recipient directs, and:
(a) must specify the part of the payment referred to in paragraph (4)(a) from which an amount would have been so required to have been withheld; and
(b) must specify the income year of the *managed investment trust to which that part relates.
Note: Failure to give the notice or make the details available as required by this section incurs an administrative penalty: see section 12‑415.
12‑400 Meaning of managed investment trust
(1) A trust is a managed investment trust in relation to an income year if:
(a) at the time the trustee of the trust makes the first *fund payment in relation to the income year, or at an earlier time in the income year:
(i) the trustee of the trust was an Australian resident; or
(ii) the central management and control of the trust was in Australia; and
(b) the trust is not a trust covered by subsection (2) (trading trust etc.) in relation to the income year; and
(c) a substantial proportion of the investment management activities carried out in relation to the trust in respect of all of the following assets of the trust are carried out in Australia throughout the income year:
(i) assets that are situated in Australia at any time in the income year;
(ii) assets that are *taxable Australian property at any time in the income year;
(iii) assets that are *shares, units or interests listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange in Australia at any time in the income year; and
(d) at the time the payment is made, the trust is a managed investment scheme (within the meaning of section 9 of the Corporations Act 2001); and
(e) at the time the payment is made:
(i) the trust is covered by section 12‑401 (trusts with wholesale membership); or
(ii) if the trust is not covered by section 12‑401—the trust is registered under section 601EB of the Corporations Act 2001; and
(f) the trust satisfies, in relation to the income year:
(i) if, at the time the payment is made, the trust is registered under section 601EB of the Corporations Act 2001 and is covered by section 12‑401—either or both of the widely‑held requirements in subsections 12‑402(1) and 12‑402A(1); or
(ii) if, at the time the payment is made, the trust is so registered and is not covered by section 12‑401—either or both of the widely‑held requirements in subsections 12‑402(1A) and 12‑402A(1); or
(iii) if, at the time the payment is made, the trust is not so registered and is covered by section 12‑401—the widely‑held requirements in subsection 12‑402(1); and
(g) the trust satisfies the closely‑held restrictions in subsection 12‑402B(1) in relation to the income year; and
(h) if the trust is covered by section 12‑401 at the time the payment is made—it satisfies the licensing requirements in section 12‑403 in relation to the income year.
Trading unit trust or other trust carrying on trading business etc. cannot be managed investment trust
(2) A trust is covered by this subsection in relation to an income year if:
(a) in the case of a unit trust—the trust is a trading trust for the purposes of Division 6C in Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in relation to the income year; or
(b) in any other case—the trust at any time in the income year:
(i) carried on a trading business (within the meaning of that Division); or
(ii) controlled, or was able to control, directly or indirectly, the affairs or operations of another person in respect of the carrying on by that other person of a trading business (within the meaning of that Division).
Crown entities, etc.
(3) For the purposes of paragraphs (1)(e) and (f), treat an entity as registered under section 601EB of the Corporations Act 2001 at the time the payment is made if at that time the trust is operated by:
(a) an entity that would, but for subsection 5A(4) of that Act (about the Crown not being bound by Chapter 6CA or 7 of that Act), be required under that Act to be a financial services licensee (within the meaning of section 761A of that Act) whose licence would cover operating such a managed investment scheme; or
(b) an entity that:
(i) is a *wholly‑owned subsidiary of an entity of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a); and
(ii) would, but for any instrument issued by ASIC under that Act that has effect in relation to the entity and operation of the scheme mentioned in paragraph 12‑400(1)(d), be required under that Act to be a financial services licensee (within the meaning of section 761A of that Act) whose licence would cover operating such a managed investment scheme.
Start‑up and wind‑down phases
(4) Treat the requirements in paragraphs (1)(f) and (g) as being satisfied if:
(a) the trust is created during the period:
(i) starting 6 months before the start of the income year; and
(ii) ending at the end of the income year; or
(b) the trust ceases to exist during the income year, and was a *managed investment trust (disregarding paragraph (a)) in relation to the previous income year.
12‑401 Trusts with wholesale membership
A trust is covered by this section at a time if, at that time:
(a) the trust is not required to be registered in accordance with section 601ED of the Corporations Act 2001 (whether or not it is actually so registered) because of subsection 601ED(2) of that Act (no product disclosure statement required) or because it is operated or managed by an entity covered by subsection 12‑403(2) (Crown entities); and
(b) the total number of entities that had become a *member of the trust because a financial product or a financial service was provided to, or acquired by, the entity as a retail client (within the meaning of sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001) is no more than 20; and
(c) the entities mentioned in paragraph (b) have a total *MIT participation interest in the trust of no more than 10%.
12‑402 Widely‑held requirements—ordinary case
(1) The trust satisfies the requirements in this subsection in relation to the income year if, at the time the payment mentioned in paragraph 12‑400(1)(a) is made, the trust has at least 25 *members.
(1A) The trust satisfies the requirements in this subsection in relation to the income year if, at the time the payment mentioned in paragraph 12‑400(1)(a) is made:
(a) units in the trust are listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange in Australia; or
(b) the trust has at least 50 *members (ignoring objects of a trust).
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) and paragraph (1A)(b), determine the number of *members of the trust as follows:
(a) first, by applying the rules in subsection (4), identify:
(i) the members of the trust that are not entities covered by subsection (3); and
(ii) the members of the trust that are entities covered by subsection (3);
(b) next, work out the number of members mentioned in subparagraph (a)(i);
(c) next:
(i) work out the *MIT participation interest in the trust of each entity mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii); and
(ii) for each of those entities, multiply the total of its MIT participation interest in the trust by 50 and round the result upwards to the nearest whole number; and
(iii) work out the total of the results of subparagraph (ii) for all of those entities;
(d) next, work out the total of the results of paragraphs (b) and (c).
(3) This subsection covers the following kinds of entity:
(a) a *life insurance company;
(b) a *complying superannuation fund, a *complying approved deposit fund or a *foreign superannuation fund, being a fund that has at least 50 *members;
(c) a *pooled superannuation trust that has at least one member that is a complying superannuation fund that has at least 50 members;
(d) a *managed investment trust in relation to the income year;
(e) an entity that is recognised under a *foreign law as being used for collective investment by means of pooling the contributions of at least 50 members of the entity as consideration to acquire rights to benefits produced by the entity, if the members of the entity do not have day‑to‑day control over the operation of the entity;
(f) an entity, the principal purpose of which is to fund pensions (including disability and similar benefits) for the citizens or other contributors of a foreign country, if:
(i) the entity is a fund established by an *exempt foreign government agency; or
(ii) the entity is established under a foreign law for an exempt foreign government agency; or
(iii) the entity is a *wholly‑owned subsidiary of an entity mentioned in subparagraph (i) or (ii);
(g) an investment entity that satisfies all of these requirements:
(i) the entity is wholly‑owned by one or more *foreign government agencies, or is a wholly‑owned subsidiary of one or more foreign government agencies;
(ii) the entity is established using only the public money or public property of the foreign government concerned;
(iii) all economic benefits obtained by the entity have passed, or are expected to pass, to the foreign government concerned;
(h) an entity established and wholly‑owned by an *Australian government agency, if the capital of the entity, and returns from the investment of that capital, are used for the primary purpose of meeting statutory government liabilities or obligations (such as superannuation liabilities and liabilities arising from compensation or workcover claims);
(i) an entity of a kind similar to an entity mentioned in the preceding paragraphs of this subsection as specified in the regulations.
(4) The rules are as follows:
(a) if an entity that is not a trust holds interests in the trust indirectly, through a *chain of trusts:
(i) treat the entity as a member of the trust; and
(ii) do not treat a trust in the chain of trusts as a member of the trust;
(b) do not treat an object of the trust as a member of the trust;
(ba) if the trust is mentioned in subparagraph 12‑400(1)(e)(i) (trusts with wholesale membership)—do not treat an individual as a member of the trust (other than an individual who became a member of the trust because a financial product or a financial service was provided to, or acquired by, the individual as a wholesale client (within the meaning of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001));
(c) the rules in subsection (6).
(5) For the purposes of paragraph (4)(a), treat an entity covered by subsection (3) as an entity that is not a trust.
(6) The rules are as follows:
(a) treat the following entities as together being one entity:
(i) an individual;
(ii) each of his or her relatives;
(iii) each entity acting in the capacity of nominee of an individual mentioned in subparagraph (i) or (ii);
(b) treat the following entities as together being one entity (the notional entity):
(i) an entity that is not an individual;
(ii) each entity acting in the capacity of nominee of the entity mentioned in subparagraph (i).
(7) For the purposes of subsection (4), if the entity mentioned in subparagraph (6)(b)(i) is an entity covered by subsection (3), treat the notional entity as an entity covered by subsection (3).
12‑402A Widely‑held requirements for registered MIT—special case for entities covered by subsection 12‑402(3)
(1) The trust satisfies the requirements in this subsection in relation to the income year if:
(a) one or more entities covered by subsection 12‑402(3) have a total *MIT participation interest in the trust of more than 25% at the time the payment mentioned in paragraph 12‑400(1)(a) is made; and
(b) at no time in the income year does an entity (other than an entity covered by subsection 12‑402(3)) have a MIT participation interest in the trust of more than 60%.
(2) For the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and (b):
(a) if:
(i) an entity covered by subsection 12‑402(3) has a *MIT participation interest (the first interest) in the trust; and
(ii) another entity covered by subsection 12‑402(3) also has a MIT participation interest (the second interest) in the trust;
disregard the second interest to the extent that it arises through the existence of the first interest; and
(b) if an entity that is not a trust has a MIT participation interest in the trust because it holds interests in the trust indirectly, through a *chain of trusts—do not treat a trust in the chain of trusts as having a MIT participation interest in the trust.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(b), treat an entity covered by subsection 12‑402(3) as an entity that is not a trust.
(4) For the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and (b), apply the rules in subsection 12‑402(6).
12‑402B Closely‑held restrictions
(1) The trust satisfies the requirements in this subsection in relation to the income year unless, at any time in the income year, any of the following situations exist:
(a) for a trust mentioned in subparagraph 12‑400(1)(e)(i) (trusts with wholesale membership)—10 or fewer persons have a total *MIT participation interest in the trust of 75% or more;
(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply—20 or fewer persons have a total MIT participation interest in the trust of 75% or more;
(c) a foreign resident individual has a MIT participation interest in the trust of 10% or more.
(2) For the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and (b):
(a) if an entity covered by subsection 12‑402(3) has a *MIT participation interest in the trust—treat that entity as not having a MIT participation interest in the trust; and
(b) if an entity that is not a trust has a MIT participation interest in the trust because it holds interests in the trust indirectly, through a *chain of trusts:
(i) if the entity is covered by subsection 12‑402(3)—do not treat it as having a MIT participation interest in the trust; and
(ii) do not treat a trust in the chain of trusts as having a MIT participation interest in the trust.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(b), treat an entity covered by subsection 12‑402(3) as an entity that is not a trust.
(4) For the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and (b), apply the rules in subsection 12‑402(6).
12‑403 Licensing requirements for unregistered MIS
(1) The trust satisfies the requirements in this section in relation to the income year if, at the time the payment mentioned in paragraph 12‑400(1)(a) is made (the time of the first fund payment for the income year):
(a) the trust is operated or managed by:
(i) a financial services licensee (within the meaning of section 761A of the Corporations Act 2001) holding an Australian financial services licence whose licence covers it providing financial services (within the meaning of section 766A of that Act) to wholesale clients (within the meaning of section 761G of that Act); or
(ii) an authorised representative (within the meaning of section 761A of that Act) of such a financial services licensee; or
(b) the trust is operated or managed by an entity covered by subsection (2); or
(c) the trust is operated or managed by an entity that:
(i) is a *wholly‑owned subsidiary of an entity covered by subsection (2); and
(ii) is an entity covered by subsection (3).
(2) An entity is covered by this subsection if it would, but for subsection 5A(4) of that Act (about the Crown not being bound by Chapter 6CA or 7 of that Act), be required under the Corporations Act 2001 to be a financial services licensee (within the meaning of section 761A of that Act).
(3) An entity is covered by this subsection if it would, but for any instrument issued by ASIC under that Act that has effect in relation to the entity and the operation of the scheme mentioned in paragraph 12‑400(1)(d), be required under the Corporations Act 2001 to be a financial services licensee (within the meaning of section 761A of that Act).
12‑404 MIT participation interest
(1) An entity has a MIT participation interest in a trust if the entity, directly or indirectly:
(a) holds, or has the right to *acquire, interests representing a percentage of the value of the interests in the trust; or
(b) has the control of, or the ability to control, a percentage of the rights attaching to *membership interests in the trust; or
(c) has the right to receive a percentage of any distribution of income that the trust may make.
(2) The MIT participation interest of the entity in the trust is the greatest of the percentages mentioned in paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
12‑405 Meaning of fund payment
(1) The object of this section is to ensure that the total of the *fund payments that the trustee of a trust makes in relation to an income year equals, as nearly as practicable, the net income of the trust for the income year, disregarding these amounts (excluded amounts):
(a) a dividend (as defined in Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) that is subject to, or exempted from, a requirement to withhold under Subdivision 12‑F;
(b) interest (as so defined) that is subject to, or exempted from, such a requirement;
(c) a *royalty that is subject to, or exempted from, such a requirement;
(d) a *capital gain or *capital loss from a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *CGT asset that is not *taxable Australian property;
(e) amounts that are not from an *Australian source;
and disregarding deductions relating to excluded amounts.
(2) Work out as follows how much of a payment (the actual payment) made by the trustee of a trust in relation to an income year is a fund payment in relation to that year:
Method statement
Step 1. Reduce the actual payment by so much of it that is attributable to excluded amounts.
Step 2. Work out what it is reasonable to expect will be the *net income of the trust for the income year:
(a) disregarding excluded amounts, expected excluded amounts and deductions relating to those amounts; and
(b) on the basis that a *capital gain from *taxable Australian property of the trust that was or would be reduced under step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102‑5(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 were double the amount it actually is.
Step 3. The fund payment is so much of the step 2 amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the object of this section; and
(b) the step 1 amount; and
(c) the amounts of any earlier fund payments made by the trustee in relation to the income year; and
(d) the expected amounts of any later fund payments the trustee expects to make in relation to the income year.
(3) The expected *net income of the trust and the expected amounts of future *fund payments are to be worked out on the basis of the trustee’s knowledge when the actual payment is made.
(4) However, an amount is not a fund payment in relation to the income year unless it is paid:
(a) during the income year; or
(b) within 3 months after the end of the income year; or
(c) within a longer period (starting at the end of the period referred to in paragraph (b) and not exceeding 3 months) allowed by the Commissioner.
(5) The Commissioner may allow a longer period as mentioned in paragraph (4)(c) only if the Commissioner is of the opinion that the trustee was unable to make the payment during the income year, or within 3 months after the end of the income year, because of circumstances beyond the influence or control of the trustee.
12‑410 Entity to whom payment is made
(1) An entity (the recipient) is covered by this section for a payment made to it by another entity (the payer) if:
(a) according to any record that is in the payer’s possession, or is kept or maintained on the payer’s behalf, the recipient has an address outside Australia; or
(b) the payer is authorised to make the payment to a place outside Australia.
(2) However, a recipient is not covered by this section for a payment if, at the time the payment was made, a *business the recipient carries on is carried on at or through an *Australian permanent establishment and the payment is attributable to that establishment.
12‑415 Failure to give notice or make information available: administrative penalty
An entity that:
(a) is required to give a notice, or make details available on a website, under section 12‑395 in relation to:
(i) a payment made to another entity; or
(ii) an amount paid or credited to, or dealt with on behalf of or as directed by, another entity; and
(b) fails to comply with that section;
is liable to pay to the Commissioner a penalty equal to the amount that would have been required to be withheld under this Subdivision (disregarding subsection 12‑385(5) and paragraph 12‑390(10)(b)) in relation to amounts attributable to the payment or amount if the notice had been given or the details had been made available.
Note: Division 298 in this Schedule contains machinery provisions for administrative penalties.
12‑420 Agency rules
(1) This section applies to:
(a) a payment (the first payment) made to an entity (the first entity) in the capacity as *agent for another entity; and
(b) another payment made by the first entity to the extent that it is reasonably attributable to the first payment.
(2) This Subdivision has effect as if the first entity were not an *agent in relation to the payments.
Note: As a result of subsection (2), an agent may be required to withhold amounts under this Subdivision.
Division 13—Alienated personal services payments
Table of sections
13‑1 Object of this Division
13‑5 Payment to the Commissioner in respect of alienated personal services payments
13‑10 Alienated personal services payments
13‑15 Personal services payment remitters
13‑20 Time for payments to Commissioner for alienated personal services payments made during 2000‑01
13‑1 Object of this Division
The object of this Division is to ensure the efficient collection of income tax (and other liabilities) on any *personal services income included in an individual’s assessable income under Division 86 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 by:
(a) putting *personal services entities receiving *alienated personal services payments in a position similar to their position if amounts were withheld from the payments under Division 12; but
(b) doing so in a way that enables them to comply with their obligations without having to withhold amounts separately from each payment.
Note: Under Division 86 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about alienation of personal services income), an individual’s personal services income that is gained or produced by another entity is in some cases included in the individual’s assessable income. Payments of this income by the entity might not be caught by Division 12.
13‑5 Payment to the Commissioner in respect of alienated personal services payments
Obligation to pay amounts
(1) A *personal services entity must pay an amount of tax to the Commissioner if:
(a) it receives an *alienated personal services payment that relates to an individual’s personal services income; and
(b) it receives the payment during a *PAYG payment period for which it is a *personal services payment remitter.
Working out the amounts
(2) Use this method statement to work out the amount:
Method statement
Step 1. Identify the payments that the *personal services entity makes to the individual during the period mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) that are *withholding payments covered by section 12‑35.
Step 2. Identify the amounts that:
(a) are included in the individual’s assessable income under section 86‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(b) relate to *alienated personal services payments the entity receives during that period.
Step 3. Work out the sum of all the amounts that Division 12 would require the entity to withhold in respect of that period if both of these were taken into account:
(a) the payments identified in step 1; and
(b) the amounts identified in step 2, as if they were payments of salary covered by section 12‑35.
Step 4. Work out the sum of all the amounts withheld under section 12‑35 from the payments identified in step 1.
Step 5. Subtract the sum under step 4 from the sum under step 3.
Example: For the PAYG payment period of 1 April 2001 to 30 June 2001, NewIT Pty. Ltd. received amounts totalling $18,000 that were Ron’s personal services income. NewIT does not conduct a personal services business.
During the period, NewIT paid Ron $3,000 in salary. This is a withholding payment covered by section 12‑35 (step 1).
$15,000 of the amount NewIT received is included in Ron’s assessable income under section 86‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (step 2).
If NewIT had paid the $15,000 in salary to Ron within 14 days after the end of the PAYG payment period, the amount that NewIT would have had to withhold under Division 12 on the total amount of $18,000 would have been $4,000 (step 3).
NewIT withheld $500 from the salary payment of $3,000, as required by section 12‑35 (step 4).
On the basis of these facts, the amount NewIT must pay to the Commissioner (step 5) is:
(3) Subject to subsections (4) and (5), the *personal services entity must pay the amount to the Commissioner by the end of the 21st day after the end of the *PAYG payment period.
Note: A different rule applies for alienated personal services payments that large withholders and medium withholders make during the 2000‑01 income year. See section 13‑20.
(4) If:
(a) the *personal services entity is a *deferred BAS payer on the 21st day after the end of the *PAYG payment period; and
(b) the personal services entity’s PAYG payment period is a *quarter;
the entity must pay that amount to the Commissioner as shown in the table:
Payments by *deferred BAS payers |
Item | If paragraph (4)(a) applies to the *quarter ending on: | the amount for this quarter must be paid by the end of: |
1 | 30 September | the following 28 October |
2 | 31 December | the following 28 February |
3 | 31 March | the following 28 April |
4 | 30 June | the following 28 July |
(5) If:
(a) the *personal services entity is a *deferred BAS payer on the 21st day after the end of the *PAYG payment period; and
(b) the personal services entity’s PAYG payment period is a month;
the entity must pay that amount to the Commissioner:
(c) by the end of the 28th day of the month following that period unless the PAYG payment period is a December; or
(d) by the end of the 28th day of the next February if the PAYG payment period is a December.
13‑10 Alienated personal services payments
An alienated personal services payment is a payment (including a payment in the form of a *non‑cash benefit) that a *personal services entity receives and that relates to an amount that:
(a) is included in an individual’s assessable income under Division 86 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(b) would be so included but for the fact that the entity received the income in the course of conducting a *personal services business.
For valuation of non‑cash benefits, see sections 21 and 21A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
13‑15 Personal services payment remitters
General
(1) A *personal services entity is a personal services payment remitter for a *PAYG payment period if, in the income year preceding that period:
(a) the entity’s *ordinary income or *statutory income included a person’s *personal services income; and
(b) the entity was not conducting a *personal services business.
Businesses not previously receiving personal services income
(2) A *personal services entity is a personal services payment remitter for a *PAYG payment period if:
(a) the entity’s *ordinary income or *statutory income did not include an individual’s *personal services income in any income year preceding that period; and
(b) it is reasonable to expect that, in the income year during which the period occurs, the entity’s income will include a person’s *personal services income that the entity will not have received in the course of conducting a *personal services business.
(3) It is not reasonable to expect that the *personal services entity will receive a person’s *personal services income in the course of conducting a *personal services business if it is reasonable to expect that:
(a) the entity will receive at least 80% of that income from the same entity (or one entity and its *associates); and
(b) the entity will not meet the results test under section 87‑18 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Personal services business determinations taking effect
(4) However, a *personal services entity is not a personal services payment remitter for a *PAYG payment period if, during that period or an earlier PAYG payment period in the same income year, a *personal services business determination relating to the entity takes effect.
13‑20 Time for payments to Commissioner for alienated personal services payments made during 2000‑01
(1) Subject to subsection (2), if:
(a) a *personal services entity must, under section 13‑5, pay an amount for *alienated personal services payments it received during a particular *PAYG payment period; and
(b) the period ends in a *quarter in the *financial year starting on 1 July 2000;
the payment must be paid to the Commissioner by the end of the 21st day after the end of the quarter.
(2) If:
(a) the *personal services entity is a *deferred BAS payer on the 21st day after the end of the *quarter; and
(b) the quarter ends on 31st March or 30th June of 2001;
the payment must be paid to the Commissioner by the end of the 28th day after the end of that quarter.
Division 14—Non‑cash benefits, and accruing gains, for which amounts must be paid to the Commissioner
Table of sections
14‑1 Object of this Subdivision
14‑5 Provider of non‑cash benefit must pay amount to the Commissioner if payment would be subject to withholding
14‑10 Dividend, interest or royalty received, for a foreign resident, in the form of a non‑cash benefit
14‑15 Payer can recover amount paid to the Commissioner
14‑50 Object of this Subdivision
14‑55 Liability for TFN withholding tax
14‑60 Investment body may recover TFN withholding tax from investor
14‑65 Application of rules in Division 18
14‑75 Overpayment of TFN withholding tax
14‑85 Other laws do not exempt from TFN withholding tax
Subdivision 14‑A—Non‑cash benefits
14‑1 Object of this Subdivision
The object of this Subdivision is:
(a) to put entities that provide *non‑cash benefits, and entities that receive them, in a position similar to their position under Division 12 if payments of money had been made instead of the non‑cash benefits being provided; and
(b) in that way, to prevent entities from avoiding their obligations under Division 12 by providing non‑cash benefits.
14‑5 Provider of non‑cash benefit must pay amount to the Commissioner if payment would be subject to withholding
(1) An entity (the payer) must pay an amount to the Commissioner before providing a *non‑cash benefit to another entity (the recipient) if Division 12 would require the payer to withhold an amount (the notionally withheld amount) if, instead of providing the benefit to the recipient, the payer made a payment to the recipient in money equal to the *market value of the benefit when the benefit is provided.
(2) The amount to be paid to the Commissioner is equal to the notionally withheld amount.
Example: Nick is a building contractor who has entered into a voluntary agreement with Mike for the purposes of section 12‑55. Nick proposes to give Mike his old utility van (whose market value is $1,000) as payment for work Mike has done for him over a fortnight.
If Nick were instead to pay Mike $1,000, Nick would have had to withhold $203 under Division 12 (in accordance with withholding rates current at the time).
This section requires Nick to pay $203 to the Commissioner before giving the van to Mike.
(3) This section does not apply to providing:
(a) a *fringe benefit; or
(b) a benefit that is an exempt benefit under the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986; or
(c) a benefit that would be an exempt benefit under that Act if paragraphs (d) and (e) of the definition of employer in subsection 136(1) of that Act were omitted; or
(d) a benefit constituted by the acquisition of an *ESS interest *under an employee share scheme to which Subdivision 83A‑B or 83A‑C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 applies.
14‑10 Dividend, interest or royalty received, for a foreign resident, in the form of a non‑cash benefit
If:
(a) an entity (the payer) receives in the form of a *non‑cash benefit:
(i) a *dividend of a company; or
(ii) interest (within the meaning of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936); or
(iii) a *royalty; and
(b) section 12‑215, 12‑250 or 12‑285 would have required the payer to withhold an amount if the dividend, interest or royalty had been a payment in money;
the payer must pay that amount to the Commissioner before providing the benefit (or part of it) to another entity.
14‑15 Payer can recover amount paid to the Commissioner
(1) The payer may recover from the recipient as a debt an amount that the payer has paid to the Commissioner under section 14‑5.
(2) If the payer has paid an amount to the Commissioner under section 14‑10, the payer may:
(a) if the payer has provided all of the benefit to another entity— recover the amount from that other entity as a debt; or
(b) if the payer has provided a part of the benefit to another entity—recover from that other entity as a debt the corresponding proportion of the amount paid to the Commissioner.
(3) If the payer can recover an amount from another entity under this section, the payer is entitled to set the amount off against debts due by the payer to the other entity.
Subdivision 14‑B—Accruing gains
14‑50 Object of this Subdivision
The object of this Subdivision is to put the parties to a *Part VA investment with an accruing gain in a position similar to what would have been their position under Subdivision 12‑E (Payments where TFN or ABN not quoted) if the *investment body had paid the gain in money to the *investor at the end of the income year.
14‑55 Liability for TFN withholding tax
(1) *TFN withholding tax is payable if:
(a) in relation to a *Part VA investment, an amount (the accrued gain) is included in the *investor’s assessable income for an income year under section 159GQ of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about gains accruing on securities); and
(b) the investment:
(i) is of a kind mentioned in item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection 202D(1) of that Act; or
(ii) is of a kind mentioned in item 3 of that table and is non‑transferable; and
(c) the term of the investment does not end during the income year; and
(d) section 12‑140 would have required the *investment body to withhold an amount (the TFN withholding amount) from a payment of the accrued gain to the investor, if the investment body had made the payment at the end of the income year and section 12‑150 had not been enacted.
Note: Section 202D of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 lists the investments in connection with which tax file numbers are to be quoted.
(2) The amount of *TFN withholding tax is equal to the TFN withholding amount.
(3) The *TFN withholding tax is payable jointly and severally by the *investor and the *investment body.
(4) However, if the *investment body is the Commonwealth or an *untaxable Commonwealth entity:
(a) the *TFN withholding tax is payable by the *investor; and
(b) the investor is taken to have authorised the investment body to pay the TFN withholding tax on the investor’s behalf.
(5) The *TFN withholding tax is due and payable at the end of 21 days after the end of the income year referred to in paragraph (1)(a).
Note 1: When it is due and payable, the TFN withholding tax is payable to the Commissioner: see paragraph 255‑5(1)(b).
Note 2: An entity by whom it is payable must pay it to the Commissioner in accordance with Subdivision 16‑B: see subsection 16‑70(3). If any of it remains unpaid, the entity is liable to pay general interest charge: see section 16‑80.
Note 3: The Commissioner may defer the time at which TFN withholding tax becomes due and payable: see section 255‑10.
(6) The adoption (under section 18 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) of an accounting period ending on a day other than 30 June is disregarded for the purposes of:
(a) this section; and
(b) the application of Division 16E of Part III of that Act for the purposes of this section.
14‑60 Investment body may recover TFN withholding tax from investor
(1) The *investment body may recover from the *investor as a debt any of the *TFN withholding tax that it pays.
(2) The *investment body is entitled to set off an amount that it can recover from the *investor under this section against:
(a) a debt due by it to the investor; or
(b) an amount that is accruing to the investor, or stands to the investor’s credit, in respect of the *Part VA investment, even if the amount is not yet due.
14‑65 Application of rules in Division 18
These provisions:
(a) subsection 18‑15(1) and sections 18‑20 and 18‑25 (about credits for amounts withheld from withholding payments); and
(b) section 18‑80 (about refunds when exemption declaration not given);
apply as if any of the *TFN withholding tax that has been paid were an amount withheld under subsection 12‑140(1) from a *withholding payment covered by that subsection and made to the *investor during:
(c) unless the *investor has adopted (under section 18 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) an accounting period ending on a day other than 30 June—the income year referred to in paragraph 14‑55(1)(a); or
(d) if the investor has adopted such an accounting period—the income year in which the TFN withholding tax is paid.
Note: Unless the investor has adopted such an accounting period, the credit under section 18‑15, 18‑20 or 18‑25 will be in respect of the income year before the one in which the TFN withholding tax is paid.
14‑75 Overpayment of TFN withholding tax
If *TFN withholding tax has been overpaid:
(a) the Commissioner must refund the amount overpaid; and
(b) the *investor is not entitled to a credit under section 18‑15, 18‑20 or 18‑25 in respect of the amount overpaid.
14‑85 Other laws do not exempt from TFN withholding tax
(1) A provision of a law passed before the commencement of this section that purports to exempt an entity from liability to pay *TFN withholding tax, or to pay taxes that include TFN withholding tax, does not exempt that entity from liability to pay TFN withholding tax.
(2) A provision of a law passed at or after the commencement of this section that purports to exempt an entity from liability to pay taxes under the laws of the Commonwealth, or to pay certain taxes under those laws that include *TFN withholding tax, is not to be interpreted as exempting the entity from liability to pay TFN withholding tax, unless it specifically mentions TFN withholding tax.
Subdivision 14‑C—Shares and rights under employee share schemes
Table of sections
14‑155 Liability for TFN withholding tax (ESS)
14‑160 Employer may give individual tax file numbers to provider
14‑165 Provider may recover TFN withholding tax (ESS) from individual
14‑170 Application of rules in Division 18
14‑175 Overpayment of TFN withholding tax (ESS)
14‑180 Application of certain provisions of Division 83A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
14‑155 Liability for TFN withholding tax (ESS)
(1) Tax (TFN withholding tax (ESS)) imposed by the Income Tax (TFN Withholding Tax (ESS)) Act 2009 is payable if:
(a) a company (the provider) provides one or more *ESS interests to an individual under an *employee share scheme; and
(b) as a result, an amount is included in the individual’s assessable income under Division 83A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 for an income year (taking into account subsection (2) of this section); and
(c) the individual has quoted neither of the following to the provider before the end of the income year:
(i) if the individual acquired the interests in relation to any services provided to the provider, or to a *subsidiary of the provider, in the course or furtherance of an *enterprise *carried on by the individual—the individual’s *ABN;
(ii) in any case—the individual’s *tax file number.
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), disregard section 83A‑35 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about reducing the amount included in the individual’s assessable income).
Note: Disregard the 30 day rule in subsections 83A‑115(3) and 83A‑120(3) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 for the purposes of this Subdivision: see subsection 392‑5(6) in this Schedule.
(3) The *TFN withholding tax (ESS) is payable by the provider.
(4) The *TFN withholding tax (ESS) is due and payable at the end of 21 days after the end of the income year referred to in paragraph (1)(b).
Note 1: When it is due and payable, the TFN withholding tax (ESS) is payable to the Commissioner: see paragraph 255‑5(1)(b).
Note 2: The provider must pay the TFN withholding tax (ESS) to the Commissioner in accordance with Subdivision 16‑B: see subsection 16‑70(4). If any of it remains unpaid, the provider is liable to pay general interest charge: see section 16‑80.
Note 3: The Commissioner may defer the time at which TFN withholding tax (ESS) becomes due and payable: see section 255‑10.
14‑160 Employer may give individual tax file numbers to provider
(1) The individual is taken to have authorised a *subsidiary (the employer) of the provider to inform the provider of the individual’s *tax file number if:
(a) the individual has made a *TFN declaration in relation to the employer; and
(b) some or all of the *ESS interests mentioned in paragraph 14‑155(1)(a) were provided to the individual in relation to the individual’s employment by the employer.
(2) If the employer does so, the individual is taken, for the purposes of this Subdivision and Division 392 (Employee share scheme reporting), to have quoted his or her *tax file number to the provider.
14‑165 Provider may recover TFN withholding tax (ESS) from individual
(1) The provider may recover from the individual as a debt any of the *TFN withholding tax (ESS) the provider pays.
(2) The provider is entitled to set off an amount that the provider can recover from the individual under this section against a debt due by the provider to the individual.
14‑170 Application of rules in Division 18
These provisions:
(a) subsection 18‑15(1) (about credits for amounts withheld from withholding payments); and
(b) sections 18‑65 and 18‑70 (about refunds of amounts withheld in error);
apply as if any of the *TFN withholding tax (ESS) that has been paid were an amount withheld under section 12‑35 from a *withholding payment made to the individual and covered by that section.
14‑175 Overpayment of TFN withholding tax (ESS)
If *TFN withholding tax (ESS) has been overpaid:
(a) the Commissioner must refund the amount overpaid; and
(b) the individual is not entitled to a credit under section 18‑15 in respect of the amount overpaid.
14‑180 Application of certain provisions of Division 83A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
The following provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 have effect for the purposes of this Subdivision in the same way as they have for the purposes of Division 83A of that Act:
(a) section 83A‑130 (about takeovers and restructures);
(b) section 83A‑305 (about associates);
(c) section 83A‑320 (about trusts);
(d) section 83A‑325 (about relationships similar to employment);
(e) section 83A‑335 (about stapled securities);
(f) section 83A‑340 (about indeterminate rights).
Division 15—Working out the amount to withhold
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 15
15‑A Working out how much to withhold
15‑B Withholding schedules and regulations
15‑C Declarations
Guide to Division 15
15‑1 What this Division is about
This Division is mainly about how to work out how much an entity must withhold under Division 12.
In most cases, the entity will need to use either the Commissioner’s withholding schedules or the regulations.
The entity will also need to take into account a TFN declaration or declaration under section 15‑50 it has been given because, under the schedules and regulations, the declaration may affect how to calculate the amount to withhold.
This Division also deals with when an individual can make such a declaration (other than a TFN declaration) so as to change the amount that must be withheld from payments to the individual.
Subdivision 15‑A—Working out how much to withhold
Table of sections
15‑10 How much to withhold
15‑15 Variation of amounts required to be withheld
15‑10 How much to withhold
(1) The amount that Subdivision 12‑B, 12‑C or 12‑D requires to be withheld from a payment is to be worked out under the withholding schedules made under section 15‑25. However, if the regulations prescribe how the amount is to be worked out, then it is to be worked out under the regulations.
Note 1: A TFN declaration, declaration under section 15‑50 or voluntary agreement may affect how much is required to be withheld under the withholding schedules or regulations.
Note 2: The Commissioner may vary an amount required to be withheld. See section 15‑15.
(2) The amount that Subdivision 12‑E, 12‑F, 12‑FA, 12‑FAA, 12‑FB or 12‑G (except one covered by section 12‑325) requires to be withheld from a payment is to be worked out under the regulations.
Note 1: The amount that section 12‑325 requires to be withheld is worked out under that section.
Note 2: The Commissioner may vary an amount required to be withheld. See section 15‑15.
(3) The amount that Subdivision 12‑H requires to be withheld from a payment or receipt is worked out under subsection 12‑385(2), 12‑390(2) or 12‑390(5).
15‑15 Variation of amounts required to be withheld
(1) The Commissioner may, for the purposes of meeting the special circumstances of a particular case or class of cases, vary the *amount required to be withheld by an entity from a *withholding payment (except a withholding payment covered by section 12‑140, 12‑145, 12‑175 or 12‑180 or Subdivision 12‑H). If the Commissioner does so, the amount is varied accordingly.
Note 1: Section 12‑140 is about a payment arising from an investment where the recipient does not quote its tax file number (or, in some cases, its ABN).
Note 2: Sections 12‑175 and 12‑180 are about a payment of the income of a closely held trust to a beneficiary, where the beneficiary does not quote the beneficiary’s tax file number.
Note 3: Section 12‑145 is about an investor becoming presently entitled to income of a unit trust.
Note 4: Subdivision 12‑H is about distributions of managed investment trust income.
(2) The Commissioner’s power to vary an amount includes the power to reduce the amount to nil.
(3) A variation must be made by a written notice:
(a) if it applies to a particular entity—that is given to that entity; or
(b) if it applies to a class of entities—that is given to each of the entities, or a copy of which is published in the Gazette.
Subdivision 15‑B—Withholding schedules and regulations
Table of sections
15‑25 Commissioner’s power to make withholding schedules
15‑30 Matters to be considered when making withholding schedules
15‑35 Regulations about withholding
15‑25 Commissioner’s power to make withholding schedules
(1) For the purposes of collecting income tax and the other liabilities referred to in paragraphs 11‑1(b), (ca), (da) and (db), the Commissioner may make one or more withholding schedules specifying the amounts, formulas and procedures to be used for working out the *amount required to be withheld by an entity:
(a) from a *withholding payment covered by Subdivision 12‑B, 12‑C or 12‑D; or
(b) an *alienated personal services payment to which Division 13 applies.
(2) A withholding schedule may deal differently with:
(a) different payments; and
(b) different circumstances of the recipients of those payments; and
(c) different periods in respect of which those payments are made.
This subsection does not limit subsection 33(3A) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
(3) The Commissioner may withdraw a withholding schedule.
(4) A withholding schedule, or the withdrawal of a withholding schedule:
(a) only applies if a notice of it is published in the Gazette; and
(b) only applies in relation to payments made after the day the notice is published, or after such later day as is specified by the Commissioner in the notice.
(5) The Commissioner must make each withholding schedule publicly available.
15‑30 Matters to be considered when making withholding schedules
The Commissioner must have regard to the following matters when making a withholding schedule:
(a) the rates of income tax as specified in the Income Tax Rates Act 1986;
(b) the rates of Medicare levy as specified in the Medicare Levy Act 1986;
(ca) the percentages specified in section 154‑20 (about repayments of accumulated HELP debt) of the Higher Education Support Act 2003 for any financial year starting on or after 1 July 2005;
(da) the percentages specified in section 1061ZZFD (about repayments of accumulated FS debts) of the Social Security Act 1991 for any financial year starting on or after 1 July 2006;
(db) the percentages specified in section 12ZLC (about repayments of accumulated FS debts) of the Student Assistance Act 1973 for any financial year starting on or after 1 July 2006;
(d) any prescribed *tax offsets;
(e) the family tax benefit (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) Act 1999);
(f) the periods in respect of which *withholding payments are made;
(g) any other prescribed matter.
15‑35 Regulations about withholding
(1) For the purposes of collecting income tax and the other liabilities referred to in section 11‑1, the regulations may specify the amounts, formulas and procedures to be used for working out the *amount required to be withheld by an entity from a *withholding payment covered by Division 12 (except one covered by section 12‑325).
(2) The regulations may deal differently with:
(a) different payments; and
(b) different circumstances of the recipients of those payments; and
(c) different periods in respect of which those payments are made.
This subsection does not limit subsection 33(3A) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Subdivision 15‑C—Declarations
Table of sections
15‑50 Declarations
15‑50 Declarations
Declarations about prescribed matters
(1) An individual who:
(a) expects to receive a *withholding payment covered by Subdivision 12‑B, 12‑C or 12‑D, or an *alienated personal services payment to which Division 13 applies, from an entity; and
(b) wishes to have a prescribed matter relating to the individual’s income tax or other liability referred to in paragraph 11‑1(b), (ca), (da) or (db) taken into account by the entity in working out the *amount required to be withheld from the payment;
may give the entity a declaration about the matter in the *approved form.
When declarations under subsection (1) can’t be given
(2) The individual cannot give a declaration under subsection (1) unless:
(a) a *TFN declaration is in effect between the individual and the entity, or a *voluntary agreement covers the payment; and
(b) if the individual has given another entity a declaration on a prescribed matter—that declaration is not in effect.
Declarations changing information given in TFN declaration
(3) If:
(a) an individual has given a *TFN declaration to an entity; and
(b) the individual made a statement about a prescribed matter in the TFN declaration; and
(c) the individual’s circumstances change in relation to the matter;
the individual may give the entity a declaration about the matter in the *approved form.
Regulations
(4) The regulations may prescribe:
(a) the matters about which a declaration under subsection (1) or (3) may be given; and
(b) when a declaration under subsection (1) or (3) starts or ceases to be in effect; and
(c) when a declaration under subsection (1) or (3) is taken to have been given.
(5) If:
(a) an individual gives an entity a declaration under subsection (1) or (3) about a matter; and
(b) the individual’s circumstances change in relation to the matter;
the regulations may also prescribe when the individual must give the entity a new declaration about the matter.
Division 16—Payer’s obligations and rights
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 16
16‑A To withhold
16‑B To pay withheld amounts to the Commissioner
16‑BA To be registered
16‑C To provide information
16‑D Additional rights and obligations of entity that makes a payment
Guide to Division 16
16‑1 What this Division is about
This Division sets out the obligations and rights of an entity required to withhold an amount under Division 12, or to pay an amount to the Commissioner under Division 13 or 14.
Note: The entity may also have obligations under other legislation. See, for example, the obligation to keep records under section 262A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
Subdivision 16‑A—To withhold
Table of sections
When to withhold
16‑5 When to withhold an amount
16‑20 Payer discharged from liability to recipient for amount withheld
Penalties for not withholding
16‑25 Failure to withhold: offence
16‑30 Failure to withhold: administrative penalty for entity other than exempt Australian government agency
16‑35 Failure to withhold: administrative penalty for exempt Australian government agency in relation to payment other than dividend, interest or royalty
16‑40 Failure to withhold: administrative penalty for exempt Australian government agency in relation to dividend, interest or royalty payment
16‑43 Failure to withhold: administrative penalty for exempt Australian government agency in relation to payment to foreign resident etc.
When to withhold
16‑5 When to withhold an amount
If Division 12 requires an entity to withhold an amount from a payment, the entity must do so when making the payment.
Note 1: An entity is required to withhold an amount under section 12‑145 when an investor becomes presently entitled to income of a unit trust.
Note 1A: A trustee of a closely held trust is required to withhold an amount under section 12‑180 when a beneficiary is presently entitled to unpaid income of the trust.
Note 2: If section 12‑215, 12‑250 or 12‑285, or subsection 12‑390(4), requires an entity to withhold an amount from a payment received by the entity, the entity must do so at the time required by that provision.
16‑20 Payer discharged from liability to recipient for amount withheld
An entity that:
(a) withholds an amount as required by Division 12; or
(b) pays to the Commissioner an amount as required by Division 13 or 14;
is discharged from all liability to pay or account for that amount to any entity except the Commissioner.
Note: The entity may be required to refund the amount in some circumstances. See Subdivision 18‑B.
Penalties for not withholding
16‑25 Failure to withhold: offence
(1) An entity must not fail to withhold an amount as required by Division 12.
Penalty: 10 penalty units.
Note 1: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Note 2: See sections 16‑30, 16‑35, 16‑40 and 16‑43 for an alternative administrative penalty.
(2) An entity must not fail to pay to the Commissioner an amount as required by Division 13 or 14.
Penalty: 10 penalty units.
Note 1: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Note 2: See sections 16‑30, 16‑35, 16‑40 and 16‑43 for an alternative administrative penalty.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is a strict liability offence.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(4) If a person is convicted of an offence in relation to:
(a) a failure by that person or someone else to withhold an amount as required by Division 12; or
(b) a failure by that person or someone else to pay to the Commissioner an amount as required by Division 13 or 14;
the court may order the convicted person to pay to the Commissioner an amount up to the *amount required to be withheld. The court may so order in addition to imposing a penalty on the convicted person.
16‑30 Failure to withhold: administrative penalty for entity other than exempt Australian government agency
An entity (except an *exempt Australian government agency) that:
(a) fails to withhold an amount as required by Division 12; or
(b) fails to pay an amount to the Commissioner as required by Division 13 or 14;
is liable to pay to the Commissioner a penalty equal to that amount.
Note 1: An entity may become liable under this section in respect of a payment it made or received that is taken to have been subject to withholding tax as a result of a Commissioner’s determination under subsection 177F(2A) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (see also subsection 177F(2F) of that Act).
Note 2: Division 298 in this Schedule contains machinery provisions for administrative penalties.
16‑35 Failure to withhold: administrative penalty for exempt Australian government agency in relation to payment other than dividend, interest or royalty
(1) An *exempt Australian government agency that:
(a) fails to withhold an amount as required by Division 12; or
(b) fails to pay to the Commissioner an amount as required by Division 14;
is liable to pay to the Commissioner a penalty of 20 penalty units.
Note 1: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Note 2: Division 298 in this Schedule contains machinery provisions for administrative and civil penalties.
Exception
(4) This section does not apply in relation to an *amount required to be withheld from a *withholding payment covered by Subdivision 12‑F (about dividend, interest or royalty payment) or by Subdivision 12‑FB (about payments to foreign residents).
16‑40 Failure to withhold: administrative penalty for exempt Australian government agency in relation to dividend, interest or royalty payment
An *exempt Australian government agency that:
(a) fails to withhold an amount as required by Division 12 from a *withholding payment covered by Subdivision 12‑F (about dividend, interest or royalty payment); or
(b) fails to pay to the Commissioner an amount as required by Division 14 in respect of a withholding payment covered by that Subdivision;
is liable to pay to the Commissioner a penalty equal to that amount.
Note 1: An exempt Australian government agency may become liable under this section in respect of a payment it made or received that is taken to have been subject to withholding tax as a result of a Commissioner’s determination under subsection 177F(2A) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (see also subsection 177F(2F) of that Act).
Note 2: Division 298 in this Schedule contains machinery provisions for administrative penalties.
16‑43 Failure to withhold: administrative penalty for exempt Australian government agency in relation to payment to foreign resident etc.
An *exempt Australian government agency that:
(a) fails to withhold an amount as required by Division 12 from a *withholding payment covered by Subdivision 12‑FB (about payments to foreign residents); or
(b) fails to pay to the Commissioner an amount as required by Division 14 in respect of a withholding payment covered by that Subdivision;
is liable to pay to the Commissioner a penalty equal to that amount.
Note: Division 298 in this Schedule contains machinery provisions for administrative penalties.
Subdivision 16‑B—To pay withheld amounts to the Commissioner
Table of sections
When and how to pay amounts to the Commissioner
16‑70 Entity to pay amounts to Commissioner
16‑75 When amounts must be paid to Commissioner
16‑80 Penalty for failure to pay within time
16‑85 How amounts are to be paid
Who is a large, medium or small withholder
16‑95 Meaning of large withholder
16‑100 Meaning of medium withholder
16‑105 Meaning of small withholder
16‑110 Commissioner may vary withholder’s status downwards
16‑115 Commissioner may vary withholder’s status upwards
When and how to pay amounts to the Commissioner
16‑70 Entity to pay amounts to Commissioner
(1) An entity that withholds an amount under Division 12 must pay the amount to the Commissioner in accordance with this Subdivision.
(2) An entity that must pay an amount to the Commissioner under Division 13 or Subdivision 14‑A must do so in accordance with section 16‑85.
(3) An entity that must pay an amount to the Commissioner under Subdivision 14‑B must do so in accordance with sections 16‑80 and 16‑85.
(4) An entity that must pay an amount to the Commissioner under Subdivision 14‑C must do so in accordance with sections 16‑80 and 16‑85.
Note: For provisions about collection and recovery of amounts payable to the Commissioner under this Part, see Part 4‑15.
16‑75 When amounts must be paid to Commissioner
Large withholder
(1) A *large withholder must pay to the Commissioner as shown in the table an amount it withholds under Division 12 (other than section 12‑175 or 12‑180) during a month.
Payments by large withholders |
Item | If the amount is withheld on this day of week: | It must be paid to the Commissioner on or before: |
1 | Saturday or Sunday | The second Monday after that day |
2 | Monday or Tuesday | The first Monday after that day |
3 | Wednesday | The second Thursday after that day |
4 | Thursday or Friday | The first Thursday after that day |
Medium withholders
(2) Subject to subsection (2A), a *medium withholder must pay to the Commissioner an amount that it withholds during a month under Division 12 (other than section 12‑175 or 12‑180) by the end of the 21st day of the next month.
(2A) If a *medium withholder:
(a) withholds an amount during a month under Division 12 (other than section 12‑175 or 12‑180); and
(b) is a *deferred BAS payer on the 21st day of the month (the next month) following that month;
the medium withholder must pay that amount to the Commissioner by the end of the 28th day of:
(c) the next month unless the amount is withheld during December; or
(d) the next February if the amount is withheld during December.
Small withholders
(3) Subject to subsection (4), if a *small withholder withholds an amount under Division 12 (other than section 12‑175 or 12‑180) during a month in a *quarter, it must pay the amount to the Commissioner by the end of the 21st day of the month after the end of that quarter.
(4) If a *small withholder:
(a) withholds an amount under Division 12 (other than section 12‑175 or 12‑180) during a month in a *quarter; and
(b) is a *deferred BAS payer on the 21st day of the month after the end of that quarter;
the small withholder must pay that amount to the Commissioner as shown in the table:
Payments by *deferred BAS payers |
Item | If the amount is withheld during the *quarter ending on: | the amount must be paid to the Commissioner by the end of: |
1 | 30 September | the following 28 October |
2 | 31 December | the following 28 February |
3 | 31 March | the following 28 April |
4 | 30 June | the following 28 July |
Payment of income of closely held trust
(5) A trustee must pay to the Commissioner an amount the trustee withholds under section 12‑175 or 12‑180 from a payment made during an income year. The trustee must do so:
(a) by the end of the 28th day of the next month following the day by which the trustee was required to give to the Commissioner a report under subsection 16‑152(1) for the income year; or
(b) within a longer period allowed by the Commissioner.
16‑80 Penalty for failure to pay within time
If an amount that an entity must pay to the Commissioner under subsection 16‑70(1), (3) or (4) remains unpaid after the time by which it is due to be paid, the entity is liable to pay *general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the unpaid amount was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day, at the end of which, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the unpaid amount;
(ii) general interest charge on any of the unpaid amount.
16‑85 How amounts are to be paid
Large withholder
(1) A *large withholder must pay to the Commissioner by a means of *electronic payment:
(a) an amount that it withholds under Division 12; and
(b) an amount that it pays to the Commissioner under Division 13 or 14.
Note 1: A different rule applies for some large withholders for July and August 2000. See section 16‑130.
Note 2: A penalty applies if a large withholder fails to pay electronically as required—see section 288‑20.
Note 3: A large withholder must also pay other tax debts electronically—see section 8AAZMA.
Medium or small withholder
(2) A *medium withholder or *small withholder must pay to the Commissioner:
(a) any amount that it withholds under Division 12; and
(b) any amount that it pays to the Commissioner under Division 13 or 14;
by a means of *electronic payment, or any other means approved in writing by the Commissioner.
Commissioner may vary payment method
(3) The Commissioner may, with an entity’s agreement, vary the means by which the withholder pays amounts to the Commissioner under this Subdivision. The variation must be by written notice given to the entity.
Who is a large, medium or small withholder
16‑95 Meaning of large withholder
(1) An entity is a large withholder for a particular month (the current month) in a *financial year starting on or after 1 July 2001 if:
(a) it was a *large withholder for June 2001; or
(b) the *amounts withheld by the entity during a financial year ending at least 2 months before the current month exceeded $1 million; or
(c) both of the following apply:
(i) at the end of a financial year (the threshold year) ending at least 2 months before the current month, the entity was one of a number of companies that were at that time all members of the same *wholly‑owned group;
(ii) the amounts withheld by those companies during the threshold year exceeded $1 million; or
(d) the Commissioner determines under section 16‑115 that the entity is a large withholder for the current month.
Note: Different rules apply for working out who is a large withholder for a month in 2000‑01. See section 16‑125.
Exception
(2) However, the entity is not a *large withholder if the Commissioner determines under section 16‑110 that it is a *medium withholder or a *small withholder for the current month.
16‑100 Meaning of medium withholder
(1) An entity is a medium withholder for a particular month (the current month) in a *financial year starting on or after 1 July 2001 if it is not a *large withholder for that month and:
(a) it was a *medium withholder for June 2001; or
(b) the *amounts withheld by the entity during a financial year ending before the current month exceeded $25,000; or
(c) the Commissioner determines under section 16‑110 or 16‑115 that the entity is a medium withholder for the current month.
Note: Different rules apply for working out who is a large withholder for a month in 2000‑01. See section 16‑125.
(2) However, the entity is not a *medium withholder if the Commissioner determines under section 16‑110 or 16‑115 that the entity is a *large withholder or a *small withholder for the current month.
16‑105 Meaning of small withholder
An entity is a small withholder for a particular month if:
(a) there is at least one *amount withheld by the entity during that month; and
(b) the entity is neither a *large withholder nor a *medium withholder for that month.
16‑110 Commissioner may vary withholder’s status downwards
(1) The Commissioner may, by giving written notice to a *withholder:
(a) make the following determinations:
(i) a determination that a *large withholder is a *medium withholder or a *small withholder;
(ii) a determination that a medium withholder is a small withholder; or
(b) revoke or vary any such determination.
(2) The notice must state that the determination applies:
(a) for specified months; or
(b) for all months from and including a specified month.
(3) The determination has no effect for a particular month unless the notice is given before that month.
(4) An entity that would otherwise be a *large withholder or a *medium withholder for a particular month may apply in writing to the Commissioner for a determination under this section.
Note: A person who is dissatisfied with a decision under this section may object against the decision in the manner set out in Part IVC.
16‑115 Commissioner may vary withholder’s status upwards
(1) The Commissioner may, by giving written notice to a *withholder:
(a) make the following determinations:
(i) a determination that a *small withholder is a *medium withholder or a *large withholder;
(ii) a determination that a medium withholder is a large withholder; or
(b) revoke or vary any such determination.
(2) The notice must state that the determination applies:
(a) for specified months; or
(b) for all months from and including a specified month.
(3) A determination that a *small withholder is a *medium withholder has no effect for a particular month unless the notice is given before that month.
(4) Any other determination under this section has no effect for a month that is earlier than the second month after the month in which the notice is given.
(5) The Commissioner may, in making a determination under this section, have regard to the following:
(a) the sum of the amounts that the Commissioner considers to be likely to be the *amounts required to be withheld by the entity in the following 12 months;
(b) the extent (if any) to which the entity makes or receives *withholding payments that were previously made or received by another entity;
(c) any failure by the entity to comply with its obligations under this Part;
(d) any *arrangement that was entered into or carried out for the purpose of lengthening the intervals at which the entity is required to pay to the Commissioner amounts withheld from withholding payments;
(e) such other matters as the Commissioner considers relevant.
Note: A person who is dissatisfied with a decision under this section may object against the decision in the manner set out in Part IVC.
Subdivision 16‑BA—To be registered
Table of sections
Registration of withholders
16‑140 Withholders must be registered
16‑141 Registration and cancellation
Branch registration
16‑142 Branches may be registered
16‑143 Separate amounts for entities and branches
16‑144 Cancellation of branch registration
16‑145 Effect on branches of cancelling the entity’s registration
Registration of withholders
16‑140 Withholders must be registered
(1) An entity that must pay an amount to the Commissioner under:
(a) subsection 16‑70(1) (about amounts withheld under Division 12); or
(aa) Division 13 (about payments in respect of alienated personal services payments); or
(b) Division 14 (about payments in respect of non‑cash benefits);
must apply to register with the Commissioner.
(2) The entity must apply in the *approved form by the day on which the entity is first required:
(a) to withhold an amount under Division 12; or
(b) to pay an amount to the Commissioner under Division 13 or 14.
However, the Commissioner may allow a longer period for applying.
(3) An entity that contravenes this section is liable to an administrative penalty of 5 penalty units.
Note 1: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Note 2: Division 298 contains machinery provisions for administrative and civil penalties.
16‑141 Registration and cancellation
The Commissioner may register an entity or cancel the registration of an entity at any time.
Branch registration
16‑142 Branches may be registered
(1) The Commissioner may register a branch of a registered entity if:
(a) the entity applies, in the *approved form, for registration of the branch; and
(b) the entity has an *ABN or has applied for one; and
(c) the Commissioner is satisfied that the branch maintains an independent system of accounting, and can be separately identified by reference to:
(i) the nature of the activities carried on through the branch; or
(ii) the location of the branch; and
(d) the Commissioner is satisfied that the entity is *carrying on an enterprise through the branch, or intends to carry on an enterprise through the branch, from a particular date specified in the application.
A branch that is so registered is a PAYG withholding branch.
Note: A branch may be both a PAYG withholding branch under this Subdivision and a GST branch under the GST Act.
(2) The Commissioner may register a branch of a *government entity or a *non‑profit sub‑entity if:
(a) the branch or sub‑entity applies, in the *approved form, for registration; and
(b) the branch or sub‑entity has an *ABN or has applied for one.
A branch or sub‑entity that is so registered is also a PAYG withholding branch.
16‑143 Separate amounts for entities and branches
(1) If an entity has a *PAYG withholding branch, this Part applies to the entity as if the amounts that it must pay to the Commissioner under this Part were separated into the following classes:
(a) for each such branch of the entity, a class of amounts that relate to the branch; and
(b) a class of amounts that do not relate to any of the entity’s branches.
Note: This section does not impose any legal obligations on the branches. The entity remains legally responsible under this Part for all amounts that relate to its branches.
(2) Those amounts are worked out as if the branch were a separate entity and as if:
(a) all payments made through the branch, from which amounts are required to be withheld under Division 12, were made by that separate entity; and
(aa) all *alienated personal services payments received through the branch, in respect of which Division 13 requires an amount to be paid to the Commissioner, were received by that separate entity; and
(b) all non‑cash benefits provided through the branch, in respect of which Division 14 requires an amount to be paid to the Commissioner, were provided by that separate entity.
16‑144 Cancellation of branch registration
The Commissioner must cancel the registration of a *PAYG withholding branch of an entity if the Commissioner is satisfied that the branch does not satisfy paragraph 16‑142(c) or (d).
16‑145 Effect on branches of cancelling the entity’s registration
If an entity’s registration is cancelled, the registration of any *PAYG withholding branches of the entity ceases to have effect.
Subdivision 16‑C—To provide information
Table of sections
To the Commissioner
16‑150 Commissioner must be notified of amounts
16‑152 Annual reports—Withholding payments covered by section 12‑175
16‑153 Annual reports—other payments
To recipients of withholding payments
16‑155 Annual payment summary
16‑156 Annual payment summary for sections 12‑175 and 12‑180
16‑157 Payment summary for Subdivision 12‑H
16‑160 Part‑year payment summary
16‑165 Payment summaries for superannuation lump sums and payments for termination of employment
16‑166 Payment summary for a departing Australia superannuation payment
16‑167 Payment summary for payment to recipient who does not quote ABN
16‑170 Form and content of payment summary
16‑175 Penalty for not providing payment summary
16‑180 Commissioner may exempt entity from giving payment summary
16‑182 Definition of reportable employer superannuation contribution
To the Commissioner
16‑150 Commissioner must be notified of amounts
An entity that must pay an amount (even if it is a nil amount) to the Commissioner under:
(a) subsection 16‑70(1) (about amounts withheld under Division 12); or
(aa) Division 13 (about payments in respect of alienated personal services payments); or
(b) Division 14 (about payments in respect of non‑cash benefits);
must notify the Commissioner of the amount on or before the day on which the amount is due to be paid (regardless of whether it is paid). The notification must be in the *approved form and lodged with the Commissioner.
16‑152 Annual reports—Withholding payments covered by section 12‑175
Reports about withholding payments
(1) A trustee must give a report to the Commissioner in the *approved form if the trustee made any *withholding payments covered by section 12‑175 or 12‑180 (about payments from the income of certain closely held trusts) during an income year.
(2) The trustee must give the report under subsection (1) to the Commissioner:
(a) not later than 3 months after the end of the income year; or
(b) within such further period (if any) as the Commissioner allows.
Reports about trust distributions
(3) A trustee must give a report to the Commissioner in the *approved form if the trustee would be taken to have made any *withholding payments covered by section 12‑175 or 12‑180 during an income year if the relevant beneficiary had not *quoted the beneficiary’s *tax file number as mentioned in paragraph 12‑175(2)(a) or 12‑180(2)(a).
Note: The effect of subsection (3) is that the trustee must report amounts distributed to beneficiaries even if the trustee was not required to withhold from those distributions.
(4) The trustee must give the report under subsection (3) to the Commissioner:
(a) by the end of the day on which the trustee lodges the trust’s *income tax return for the income year; or
(b) within such further period (if any) as the Commissioner allows.
Miscellaneous
(5) Subsections 16‑153(5), (6) and (7) apply to this section in the same way as they apply to section 16‑153.
16‑153 Annual reports—other payments
(1) An entity must give a report to the Commissioner in the *approved form, not later than 31 October after the end of a *financial year, if during the financial year:
(a) the entity made any payment from which an amount was required to be withheld under section 12‑190, Subdivision 12‑F (other than section 12‑215, 12‑250 or 12‑285), Subdivision 12‑FA, section 12‑315 or Subdivision 12‑G; or
(b) the entity provided any *non‑cash benefit in respect of which an amount was required to be paid to the Commissioner under Division 14 because of the application of that Division in relation to section 12‑190, Subdivision 12‑F (other than section 12‑215, 12‑250 or 12‑285), Subdivision 12‑FA, section 12‑315 or Subdivision 12‑G; or
(c) the entity received any payment from which an amount was required to be withheld under section 12‑215, 12‑250, 12‑285 or 12‑317; or
(d) the entity received any non‑cash benefit in respect of which an amount was required to be paid to the Commissioner under Division 14 because of the application of that Division in relation to section 12‑215, 12‑250, 12‑285 or 12‑317.
(2) An entity must give a report to the Commissioner in the form required by subsection (3), not later than 14 August after the end of a *financial year, if during the financial year:
(a) the entity made any payment from which an amount was required to be withheld under Subdivision 12‑B, 12‑C or 12‑D; or
(aa) the entity received any *alienated personal services payment in respect of which an amount was required to be paid to the Commissioner under Division 13; or
(b) the entity provided any *non‑cash benefit in respect of which an amount was required to be paid to the Commissioner under Division 14 because of the application of that Division in relation to Subdivision 12‑B, 12‑C or 12‑D; or
(c) any person has a *reportable fringe benefit amount for the income year ending at the end of the financial year in respect of the person’s employment by the entity; or
(d) the entity made *reportable employer superannuation contributions in respect of a person’s employment.
(3) The report under subsection (2) must be either:
(a) a report in the *approved form; or
(b) a report consisting of:
(i) copies of all the summaries that the entity gave in relation to the *financial year under section 16‑155 in respect of payments, *non‑cash benefits, *alienated personal services payments, *reportable fringe‑benefit amounts and *reportable employer superannuation contributions covered by subsection (2) of this section; and
(ii) an accompanying statement in the approved form.
(4) An entity must give a report to the Commissioner in the *approved form if the entity is required to withhold amounts under Subdivision 12‑H in relation to *fund payments made by a particular *managed investment trust (the paying trust) in relation to an income year of that trust.
Note: The entity may be the managed investment trust itself or a custodian or other entity.
(4A) The report under subsection (4) must be given:
(a) not later than 14 days after the end of 6 months after the end of the income year of the *managed investment trust in relation to which the relevant *fund payments were made; or
(b) within a longer period allowed by the Commissioner.
(5) In applying this section:
(a) a requirement to pay a nil amount to the Commissioner is to be treated as a requirement to pay an amount to the Commissioner; and
(b) a requirement to withhold a nil amount is to be treated as a requirement to withhold an amount.
(6) The Commissioner may, to meet the special circumstances of a particular case or class of cases, vary the requirements of this section.
(7) A variation must be made by a written notice:
(a) if it applies to a particular entity— that is given to that entity; or
(b) if it applies to a class of entities—that is given to each of the entities, or a copy of which is published in the Gazette.
To recipients of withholding payments
16‑155 Annual payment summary
(1) Within 14 days after the end of a *financial year, an entity (the payer) must give a *payment summary (and a copy of it) to another entity (the recipient) if:
(a) during the year the payer made one or more *withholding payments (other than withholding payments covered by section 12‑85, 12‑175, 12‑180, 12‑190, 12‑215, 12‑250, 12‑285, 12‑317, 12‑385 or 12‑390) to the recipient; or
(b) during the year the payer received one or more withholding payments covered by section 12‑215, 12‑250 or 12‑285 and, in relation to each of them, the recipient is the foreign resident mentioned in the section; or
(baa) during the year the payer received one or more withholding payments covered by section 12‑317 and, in relation to each of them, the recipient is the likely foreign recipient mentioned in the section; or
(ba) during the year the payer received one or more withholding payments covered by Division 13 and, in relation to each of them, an amount is included in the recipient’s assessable income under Division 86 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(bb) because of section 86‑40 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, the payer is taken to have paid salary to the recipient on the last day of the year; or
(c) the recipient is an individual and has a *reportable fringe benefits amount, for the income year ending at the end of that financial year, in respect of his or her employment (within the meaning of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986) by the payer; or
(d) the recipient is an individual and *reportable employer superannuation contributions have been made by the payer, in respect of the individual’s employment, during the year.
(2) The *payment summary must cover:
(a) if paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (ba) applies—each of the *withholding payments mentioned in that paragraph, except one covered by a previous payment summary (and a copy of it) given by the payer to the recipient under section 16‑160; and
(aa) if paragraph (1)(bb) applies—each of the withholding payments constituted by the salary mentioned in that paragraph, except one covered by a previous payment summary (and a copy of it) given by the payer to the recipient under section 16‑160; and
(b) if paragraph (1)(c) applies—the *reportable fringe benefits amount, except so much of it as is covered by a previous payment summary (and a copy of it) given by the payer to the recipient under this section; and
(c) if paragraph (1)(d) applies—the total of the *reportable employer superannuation contributions, except so much of those contributions as are covered by a previous payment summary given by the payer to the recipient under section 16‑160.
Paid parental leave paid in error
(3) Despite subsection (2), the *payment summary must not cover a *withholding payment if:
(a) the withholding payment is a payment of an amount purported to have been paid by way of *parental leave pay; and
(b) the amount was not lawfully so payable.
(4) The payer must, within 28 days of becoming aware that the *payment summary covers a *withholding payment to which subsection (3) applies:
(a) give the recipient an amended payment summary that does not cover the withholding payment; or
(b) give the recipient notice in the *approved form; or
(c) give the Secretary (within the meaning of the Paid Parental Leave Act 2010) notice in writing that the payer does not intend to give the recipient an amended payment summary or notice under this subsection.
16‑156 Annual payment summary for sections 12‑175 and 12‑180
(1) A trustee must give a *payment summary to a beneficiary of the trust, if the trustee made any *withholding payments covered by section 12‑175 or 12‑180 to the beneficiary during the income year.
(2) The *payment summary:
(a) must cover each of the *withholding payments mentioned in subsection (1); and
(b) may be in electronic form; and
(c) must be given:
(i) not later than 14 days after the day by which the trustee was required to give the Commissioner a report under subsection 16‑152(1) for the income year; or
(ii) within a longer period allowed by the Commissioner.
16‑157 Payment summary for Subdivision 12‑H
(1) An entity (the payer) must give a *payment summary to another entity (the recipient) if the payer made *withholding payments covered by section 12‑385 or 12‑390 to the recipient in relation to *fund payments made by a particular *managed investment trust (the paying trust) in relation to an income year of that trust.
Note: The entity may be the managed investment trust itself or a custodian or other entity.
(2) The *payment summary:
(a) must cover each of the *withholding payments mentioned in subsection (1); and
(b) may be in electronic form; and
(c) must be given:
(i) not later than 14 days after the end of 6 months after the end of the income year of the *managed investment trust in relation to which the relevant *fund payments were made; or
(ii) within a longer period allowed by the Commissioner.
16‑160 Part‑year payment summary
(1) An entity (the payer) must give a *payment summary (and a copy of it) to another entity (the recipient) if, not later than 21 days before the end of a *financial year, the recipient asks in writing for a payment summary covering:
(a) one or more *withholding payments (other than withholding payments covered by section 12‑85, 12‑190, 12‑215, 12‑250, 12‑285, 12‑317, 12‑385 or 12‑390) that the payer made to the recipient during the year; or
(b) one or more withholding payments covered by section 12‑215, 12‑250 or 12‑285, or a part of each such payment, that the payer received during the year for the recipient, if the recipient is the foreign resident mentioned in the section; or
(ba) one or more withholding payments covered by section 12‑317, or a part of each such payment, that the payer received during the year for the recipient, if the recipient is the likely foreign recipient mentioned in that section; or
(c) one or more withholding payments covered by Division 13 that the payer received during the year and that are included in the recipient’s assessable income for the income year under section 86‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(d) *reportable employer superannuation contributions made by the payer, in respect of the recipient’s employment, during the financial year;
other than a payment covered by a previous payment summary (and a copy of it) given under this section.
(2) The payer must comply with the request within 14 days after receiving it, unless the recipient is an individual and has a *reportable fringe benefits amount, for the income year ending at the end of that *financial year, in respect of his or her employment (within the meaning of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986) by the payer.
(3) Despite subsection (1), the *payment summary must not cover a *withholding payment if:
(a) the withholding payment is a payment of an amount purported to have been paid by way of *parental leave pay; and
(b) at the time the recipient asks for the payment summary, the payer is aware that the amount was not lawfully so payable.
16‑165 Payment summaries for superannuation lump sums and payments for termination of employment
(1) Within 14 days after an entity (the payer) makes a payment covered under subsection (2) to a person (the recipient), the entity must:
(a) give a *payment summary to the recipient that covers the payment (and no other payments); and
(b) give a copy of the summary to the Commissioner.
(2) The following payments are covered under this subsection if they are *withholding payments:
(a) a *superannuation lump sum;
(b) a payment that is an *employment termination payment or would be one except that it is received more than 12 months after termination of employment, other than a directed termination payment within the meaning of section 82‑10F of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997.
16‑166 Payment summary for a departing Australia superannuation payment
Within 14 days after an entity (the payer) makes a *departing Australia superannuation payment, the payer must:
(a) give a *payment summary that covers the payment to the recipient of the payment; and
(b) give a copy of the summary to the Commissioner.
16‑167 Payment summary for payment to recipient who does not quote ABN
(1) An entity (the payer) that makes a *withholding payment covered by section 12‑190 (about payments to recipients who do not quote their ABN) to another entity (the recipient) must give the recipient a *payment summary (and a copy of it) that covers that payment, unless the *amount required to be withheld from the payment is nil.
(2) The summary must cover only that payment.
(3) The payer must give the summary to the recipient when making the payment, or as soon as practicable afterwards.
16‑170 Form and content of payment summary
(1) A payment summary (except one relating to section 12‑175 or 12‑180 or Subdivision 12‑H) is a written statement that:
(a) names the payer and the recipient; and
(b) if the recipient has given the recipient’s *tax file number or *ABN to the payer—states the tax file number or ABN; and
(c) states the total of the *withholding payments (if any) that it covers, and the total of the *amounts withheld by the payer from those withholding payments; and
(d) specifies the *financial year in which the withholding payments were made; and
(e) specifies the *reportable fringe benefits amount (if any) that it covers and the income year to which that amount relates; and
(f) specifies the *reportable employer superannuation contributions (if any) that it covers and the income year to which those contributions relate; and
(g) is in the *approved form.
(1AAA) A payment summary relating to section 12‑175 or 12‑180 is a statement that:
(a) names the trustee and the beneficiary; and
(b) states the total of the *withholding payments (if any) that it covers, and the total of the *amounts withheld by the trustee from those withholding payments; and
(c) specifies the income year of the trust to which it relates; and
(d) is in the *approved form.
(1AA) A payment summary relating to Subdivision 12‑H is a statement that:
(a) names the payer and the recipient; and
(b) if the recipient has given the recipient’s *tax file number or *ABN to the payer—states the tax file number or ABN; and
(c) states the total of the *withholding payments (if any) that it covers, and the total of the *amounts withheld by the payer from those withholding payments; and
(d) specifies the income year of the relevant *managed investment trust to which it relates.
(1A) For any of the *withholding payments to which paragraph 16‑155(2)(aa) applies, paragraph (1)(d) is taken to refer to the *financial year preceding the financial year in which the withholding payments were received.
(2) The Commissioner may, in writing, require particular information to be included in a *payment summary or a class of payment summaries.
(3) A *payment summary may consist of 2 or more statements that each complies with subsection (1) and together cover what section 16‑155, 16‑156, 16‑160, 16‑165, 16‑166 or 16‑167 (as appropriate) requires the payment summary to cover.
(4) The Commissioner may vary any requirements under subsection (1), (1AAA), (2) or (3) by written notice given to an entity. The Commissioner may do so in such instances and to such extent as the Commissioner thinks fit.
16‑175 Penalty for not providing payment summary
(1) An entity must not fail to comply with any requirements under section 16‑155, 16‑156, 16‑157, 16‑160, 16‑165, 16‑166 or 16‑167, or subsection 16‑170(1), (1AAA), (1AA), (2) or (3) (including any requirements varied by the Commissioner under subsection 16‑170(4)).
Penalty: 20 penalty units.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
(2) An offence under subsection (1) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
16‑180 Commissioner may exempt entity from giving payment summary
(1) The Commissioner may, having regard to the circumstances of a particular case or class of cases, exempt an entity from specified requirements of any of sections 16‑155 to 16‑167. If the Commissioner does so, the exemption has effect accordingly.
(2) An exemption must be made by a written notice:
(a) if it applies to a particular entity—that is given to that entity; or
(b) if it applies to a class of entities—that is given to each of the entities, or a copy of which is published in the Gazette.
16‑182 Definition of reportable employer superannuation contribution
(1) A reportable employer superannuation contribution, for an individual for an income year, is an amount that has been, is, or will be contributed in respect of the income year:
(a) by an employer of the individual, or an *associate of the employer, for the individual’s benefit; and
(b) to a *superannuation fund or an *RSA;
to the extent that either or both of the following paragraphs apply:
(c) the individual has or has had, or might reasonably be expected to have or have had, the capacity to influence the size of the amount;
(d) the individual has or has had, or might reasonably be expected to have or have had, the capacity to influence the way the amount was, is or will be contributed so that his or her assessable income is reduced.
(2) However, an amount is not a reportable employer superannuation contribution to the extent that it is included in the individual’s assessable income for the income year.
(3) For the purposes of this section, employer has the expanded meaning given by section 12 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 (assuming that subsection 12(11) of that Act had not been enacted).
(4) For the purposes of this section, disregard whether any *superannuation benefits arising from a contribution are payable to a *SIS dependant of the individual if the individual dies before or after becoming entitled to receive the benefits.
(5) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(c), treat the individual as neither having, nor being able reasonably to be expected to have, the capacity to influence the size of the amount if:
(a) the employer or *associate is required to contribute the amount by:
(i) an *industrial instrument; or
(ii) the rules of a *superannuation fund; and
(b) the individual does not and did not have, and is not able reasonably to be expected to have or have had, the capacity to influence the content of that instrument or those rules, to the extent that the instrument or rules relate to:
(i) the requirement to contribute the amount; or
(ii) the size of the amount.
Subdivision 16‑D—Additional rights and obligations of entity that makes a payment
Table of sections
16‑195 Payer’s right to recover amounts of penalty: certain withholding taxes
16‑195 Payer’s right to recover amounts of penalty: certain withholding taxes
(1) An entity that has paid an amount of penalty under section 16‑30, 16‑35 or 16‑40 for a *withholding payment covered by:
(a) Subdivision 12‑F (about a dividend, interest or royalty payment); or
(aa) section 12‑305 (about a departing Australia superannuation payment); or
(b) section 12‑320 (about a mining payment); or
(c) Subdivision 12‑H (about distributions of managed investment trust income);
may recover an amount equal to the amount of penalty from the person liable to pay the *withholding tax, or *mining withholding tax, for the withholding payment.
Note Sections 16‑30, 16‑35 and 16‑40 provide for an administrative penalty for failing to comply with Division 12 or 14.
(2) Subsection (3) applies if an entity has paid an amount of penalty under section 12‑415 to the Commissioner for a failure to give a notice, or to make details available on a website, as required by section 12‑395 in relation to an amount (the relevant amount).
(3) The entity may recover from another entity that is liable to pay *managed investment trust withholding tax in relation to an amount attributable to the relevant amount the lesser of:
(a) an amount equal to the amount of that tax that the other entity is liable to pay; and
(b) the amount of the penalty.
Division 18—Recipient’s entitlements and obligations
Table of Subdivisions
18‑A Crediting withheld amounts against liability for income tax, withholding tax or mining withholding tax
18‑B Refund of certain withheld amounts
18‑C Recipient’s obligations
Subdivision 18‑A—Crediting withheld amounts against liability for income tax, withholding tax or mining withholding tax
Guide to Subdivision 18‑A
18‑1 What this Subdivision is about
In general, an entity:
• that receives a withholding payment (except one covered by section 12‑215, 12‑250 or 12‑285, or subsection 12‑390(4)); or
• that is the foreign resident for which a withholding payment covered by section 12‑215, 12‑250 or 12‑285, or subsection 12‑390(4), (or a part of it) is received;
is entitled to a credit for the amount withheld from the withholding payment.
However, if that entity is a partnership or trust, a partner, beneficiary or trustee may be entitled to the credit.
This Subdivision tells you:
• who is entitled to a credit; and
• how to work out the amount of the credit.
How a credit is applied is set out in Division 3 of Part IIB.
Table of sections
General exception
18‑5 No credit for refunded amount
Entitlement to credits: income tax liability
18‑10 Application of sections 18‑15, 18‑20 and 18‑25
18‑15 Tax credit for recipient of withholding payments
18‑20 Tax credit where recipient is a partnership
18‑25 Tax credit where recipient is a trust
18‑27 Tax credit for alienated personal services payments
Entitlement to credits: dividend, interest or royalty or amount attributable to fund payment
18‑30 Credit: dividend, interest or royalty
18‑32 Credit: amount attributable to fund payment
18‑35 Credit: penalty under section 12‑415, 16‑30 or 16‑40 or related general interest charge
18‑40 Credit: liability under Part 4‑25
Entitlement to credit: departing Australia superannuation payment
18‑42 Credit—departing Australia superannuation payment
Entitlement to credit: mining payment
18‑45 Credit—mining payment
Entitlement to credit: amount attributable to fund payment
General exception
18‑5 No credit for refunded amount
An entity is not entitled to a credit under this Subdivision for an *amount withheld from a *withholding payment to the extent that the amount must be refunded under Subdivision 18‑B.
Entitlement to credits: income tax liability
18‑10 Application of sections 18‑15, 18‑20 and 18‑25
(1) The rules set out in sections 18‑15, 18‑20 and 18‑25 do not apply to an *amount withheld from a *withholding payment that is covered by Subdivision 12‑F (about dividend, interest or royalties), Subdivision 12‑FA (about departing Australia superannuation payments), section 12‑320 (about mining payments), Subdivision 12‑H (about distributions of managed investment trust income) or Division 13 (about alienated personal services payments).
(2) If an entity withholds an amount from a *withholding payment as required by section 12‑317, apply sections 18‑15, 18‑20 and 18‑25 in relation to the payment as if the payment had been made to the likely foreign recipient mentioned in section 12‑317 (instead of to the intermediary mentioned in that section).
18‑15 Tax credit for recipient of withholding payments
(1) An entity is entitled to a credit equal to the total of the *amounts withheld from *withholding payments made to the entity during an income year if an assessment has been made of the income tax payable, or an assessment has been made that no income tax is payable, by the entity for the income year.
(2) To the extent that the entitlement to a credit is in respect of an *amount withheld from a *withholding payment to which paragraph 16‑155(2)(aa) applies, the entitlement is treated as arising for the income year preceding the income year in which the withholding payment is made.
18‑20 Tax credit where recipient is a partnership
(1) An entity is entitled to a credit in respect of *amounts withheld from *withholding payments made to a partnership during an income year if:
(a) the entity has an individual interest in the net income or partnership loss of the partnership for that income year that is wholly or partly attributable to those withholding payments; and
(b) the *income tax return of the partnership for the income year has been lodged with the Commissioner; and
(c) an assessment has been made of the income tax payable, or an assessment has been made that no income tax is payable, by the entity for the income year.
(2) The amount of the credit is worked out using the formula:
where:
amounts withheld means the sum of the *amounts withheld from the *withholding payments.
individual interest means so much of the individual interest of the partner as is attributable to the *withholding payments.
net income/partnership loss means so much of the net income or partnership loss for that income year as is attributable to the *withholding payments.
18‑25 Tax credit where recipient is a trust
(1) An entity is entitled under subsection (2), (4), (6) or (8) to a credit in respect of *amounts withheld (the amounts withheld) from *withholding payments made to the trustee of a trust during an income year.
Trust—section 97
(2) A beneficiary of the trust is entitled to a credit if:
(a) an amount is included in the assessable income of the beneficiary under section 97 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in respect of a share of the net income of the trust; and
(b) the share is wholly or partly attributable to the *withholding payments; and
(c) an assessment has been made of the income tax payable, or an assessment has been made that no income tax is payable, by the beneficiary for the income year.
(3) The amount of the credit is worked out using the formula:
where:
net income means so much of the net income as is attributable to the *withholding payments.
share of net income means so much of that share of the net income as is attributable to the *withholding payments.
Trust—section 98
(4) The trustee of the trust is entitled to a credit if:
(a) under section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 the trustee is liable to be assessed, and to pay income tax, on an amount in respect of a share of the net income of the trust to which a beneficiary is presently entitled; and
(b) the share is wholly or partly attributable to the *withholding payments; and
(c) an assessment has been made of that income tax or an assessment has been made that no income tax is payable.
(5) The amount of the credit is worked out using the formula:
where:
net income means so much of the net income as is attributable to the *withholding payments.
share of net income means so much of that share of the net income as is attributable to the *withholding payments.
Trust—section 99 or 99A
(6) The trustee of the trust is entitled to a credit under this subsection if:
(a) under section 99 or 99A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936, the trustee is liable to be assessed, and to pay income tax, on the net income of the trust, or on part of it; and
(b) the net income or that part of it is wholly or partly attributable to the *withholding payments; and
(c) an assessment has been made of that income tax or an assessment has been made that no income tax is payable.
(7) The amount of the credit is worked out using the formula:
where:
net income means so much of the net income as is attributable to the *withholding payments.
part of net income means so much of the net income, or of that part of it, as is attributable to the *withholding payments.
Trust—no net income
(8) If there is no net income of the trust for the income year, the trustee is entitled to a credit equal to the sum of the *amounts withheld from the *withholding payments.
18‑27 Tax credit for alienated personal services payments
An entity is entitled to a credit equal to the total of the amounts paid under Division 13 in respect of amounts included in the entity’s assessable income for an income year under section 86‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 if an assessment has been made of the income tax payable, or an assessment has been made that no income tax is payable, by the entity for the income year.
Entitlement to credits: dividend, interest or royalty or amount attributable to fund payment
18‑30 Credit: dividend, interest or royalty
(1) An entity is entitled to a credit if:
(a) the entity’s *ordinary income or *statutory income includes a *dividend (or a part of it), interest (within the meaning of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) or a *royalty; and
(b) the entity has borne all or part of an *amount withheld from the dividend, interest or royalty.
(2) The amount of the credit is that amount or part.
Note: A taxpayer may also be entitled to a credit in relation to payment of interest under, or in relation to the transfer of, a qualifying security. See section 128NBA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
18‑32 Credit: amount attributable to fund payment
(1) An entity is entitled to a credit if:
(a) the entity’s *ordinary income or *statutory income includes an amount that is represented by or reasonably attributable to a *fund payment; and
(b) the entity has borne all or part of an *amount withheld from the payment under Subdivision 12‑H.
(2) The amount of the credit is that amount or part.
18‑35 Credit: penalty under section 12‑415, 16‑30 or 16‑40 or related general interest charge
(1) If an entity has paid:
(a) an amount of penalty under section 16‑30 or 16‑40 to the Commissioner for a *withholding payment covered by Subdivision 12‑F or 12‑H; or
(b) an amount of *general interest charge under section 298‑25 for the penalty;
the entity liable to pay the *withholding tax for the withholding payment is entitled to a credit equal to the amount of penalty, or general interest charge, as appropriate.
(1A) If an entity has paid:
(a) an amount of penalty under section 12‑415 to the Commissioner for a failure to give a notice, or to make details available on a website, as required by section 12‑395; or
(b) an amount of *general interest charge under section 298‑25 for the penalty;
the entity liable to pay the *managed investment trust withholding tax in relation to the amount (the relevant amount) giving rise to the penalty is entitled to a credit equal to the lesser of:
(d) the amount of penalty, or general interest charge, as appropriate; and
(e) the amount of managed investment trust withholding tax (and any general interest charge under section 840‑810 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997) in relation to the relevant amount.
Remission
(2) If:
(a) an entity has paid to the Commissioner an amount of penalty mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) or (1A)(a); and
(b) the Commissioner remits the whole or a part of the amount of the penalty under section 298‑20;
then:
(c) any credit under subsection (1) or (1A) relating to the amount paid to the Commissioner is reduced by the amount that is remitted; and
(d) the Commissioner must pay to the entity an amount equal to the amount that is remitted.
(3) If:
(a) an entity has paid to the Commissioner an amount of *general interest charge mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) or (1A)(b); and
(b) the Commissioner remits the whole or a part of the amount of the charge under section 8AAG;
then:
(c) any credit under subsection (1) or (1A) relating to the amount is reduced by the amount that is remitted; and
(d) the Commissioner must pay to the entity an amount equal to the amount that is remitted.
18‑40 Credit: liability under Part 4‑25
(1) If an entity has paid to the Commissioner:
(a) an amount of penalty under Subdivision 284‑C in relation to a *scheme to which section 177CA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies for a *withholding payment; or
(b) an amount of *general interest charge under section 298‑25 in relation to that amount;
the entity liable to pay the *withholding tax for that withholding payment is entitled to a credit equal to the amount paid by the entity.
Remission
(2) If:
(a) an entity has paid an amount under Subdivision 284‑C in relation to a penalty mentioned in paragraph (1)(a); and
(b) the Commissioner remits the whole or a part of the amount of the penalty under section 298‑20;
then:
(c) any credit under subsection (1) relating to the amount paid by the entity is reduced by the amount that is remitted; and
(d) the Commissioner must pay to the entity an amount equal to the amount that is remitted.
(3) If:
(a) an entity has paid to the Commissioner an amount of *general interest charge mentioned in paragraph (1)(b); and
(b) the Commissioner remits the whole or a part of the amount of the charge under section 8AAG;
then:
(c) any credit under subsection (1) relating to the amount is reduced by the amount that is remitted; and
(d) the Commissioner must pay to the entity an amount equal to the amount that is remitted.
Entitlement to credit: departing Australia superannuation payment
18‑42 Credit—departing Australia superannuation payment
Credit—amount withheld
(1) If there is an *amount withheld from a *withholding payment that is covered by section 12‑305 (departing Australia superannuation payment), the entity liable to pay *withholding tax under section 301‑175 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 on the payment is entitled to a credit of an amount equal to the amount withheld.
Credit—penalty amount
(2) If an entity has paid to the Commissioner a penalty amount under section 16‑30 or 16‑35 in relation to an *amount required to be withheld under section 12‑305 (departing Australia superannuation payment), the entity mentioned in subsection (1) is entitled to a credit equal to the penalty amount.
Remission
(3) If the Commissioner remits the whole or a part of the amount of penalty under section 298‑20 that has been paid to the Commissioner by the entity:
(a) any credit that relates to the amount is reduced by the amount that is remitted; and
(b) the Commissioner must pay to the entity an amount equal to the amount that is remitted.
Entitlement to credit: mining payment
18‑45 Credit—mining payment
Credit—amount withheld
(1) If there is an *amount withheld from a *withholding payment that is covered by section 12‑320 (mining payment):
(a) if paragraph (b) does not apply— the entity liable to pay *mining withholding tax under section 128V of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 on the payment is entitled to a credit of an amount equal to the amount withheld; or
(b) if, under subsection 128U(4) of that Act, separate mining payments are taken to have been made to, or applied for the benefit of, 2 or more entities because of that payment—each of those entities is entitled to a credit equal to the amount worked out using the formula:
Credit—penalty amount
(2) If an entity has paid to the Commissioner a penalty amount under section 16‑30 or 16‑35 in relation to an *amount required to be withheld under section 12‑320 (mining payment):
(a) if paragraph (1)(a) applies—the entity mentioned in that paragraph is entitled to a credit equal to the penalty amount; or
(b) if paragraph (1)(b) applies—each of the entities mentioned in that paragraph is entitled to a credit of an amount worked out using the formula:
Remission
(3) If the Commissioner remits the whole or a part of the amount of penalty under section 298‑20 that has been paid to the Commissioner by the entity:
(a) any credit that relates to the amount is reduced by the amount that is remitted; and
(b) the Commissioner must pay to the entity an amount equal to the amount that is remitted.
Entitlement to credit: amount attributable to fund payment
Subdivision 18‑B—Refund of certain withheld amounts
Table of sections
18‑65 Refund of withheld amounts by the payer to the recipient
18‑70 Refund of withheld amounts by the Commissioner to the recipient
18‑80 Refund by Commissioner of amount withheld from payment in respect of investment
18‑65 Refund of withheld amounts by the payer to the recipient
(1) An entity (the payer) must refund to another entity (the recipient) an amount if:
(a) the payer:
(i) withheld the amount purportedly under Division 12 from a payment made to, or received for, the recipient (whether the amount has been paid to the Commissioner or not); or
(ia) paid the amount to the Commissioner purportedly under Division 13 for an *alienated personal services payment in relation to which an amount is included in the recipient’s assessable income year under section 86‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(ii) paid the amount to the Commissioner purportedly under Division 14 for a *non‑cash benefit provided to, or received for, the recipient; and
(b) either:
(i) the amount was so withheld, or paid to the Commissioner, in error; or
(ii) in the case of an amount withheld from a payment of an amount purported to have been paid by way of *parental leave pay—the amount paid was not lawfully so payable; and
(c) either:
(i) the payer becomes aware of the matter mentioned in paragraph (b); or
(ii) the recipient applies to the payer for the refund;
before the end of the *financial year in which the amount was so withheld or paid to the Commissioner; and
(d) any information requested by the payer under subsection (3) has been given to the payer, or the time for making the request (see subsection (4)) has passed without such a request being made.
(2) The amount that must be refunded under subsection (1) is a debt recoverable by the recipient from the payer.
Request for tax file number (or in some cases, ABN)
(3) The payer may request the recipient to give to the payer:
(a) in any case—the recipient’s *tax file number; or
(b) in any case—evidence of the basis on which the recipient is taken to have quoted its tax file number to the payer; or
(c) if the payment or *non‑cash benefit was in respect of a *Part VA investment made by the recipient in the course or furtherance of an *enterprise carried on by it—the recipient’s *ABN;
if:
(d) the payment, *alienated personal services payment or non‑cash benefit was in respect of any of the following provisions:
(i) Subdivision 12‑B (payments for work or services);
(ii) Subdivision 12‑C (Payments for retirement or because of termination of employment);
(iii) Subdivision 12‑D (benefits and compensation payments);
(iv) section 12‑140 or 12‑145 (recipient does not quote tax file number or ABN);
(v) section 12‑175 or 12‑180 (Payment of income of closely held trust where TFN not quoted); and
(e) when the application for the refund is made, or when the payer otherwise becomes aware of the matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) of this section, the payer has a record of none of the following:
(i) the recipient’s tax file number;
(ii) the basis on which the recipient is taken to have quoted the tax file number to the payer;
(iii) if paragraph (c) applies—the recipient’s ABN.
When must the request be made
(4) The request must be made within 7 working days (of the payer) after the payer receives the application for the refund or after the payer otherwise becomes aware of the matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) (as appropriate).
Recovery of refunded amount
(5) If a payer refunds an amount under subsection (1), the payer may recover from the Commissioner as a debt due to the payer so much of the amount:
(a) which is withheld as mentioned in subparagraph (1)(a)(i) and paid to the Commissioner, or which is paid to the Commissioner as mentioned in subparagraph (1)(a)(ia) or (ii); and
(b) which the payer has not recorded as being offset under subsection (6).
Offsetting a refunded amount
(6) If:
(a) a payer refunds an amount (the refunded amount) under subsection (1); and
(b) the amount withheld as mentioned in subparagraph (1)(a)(i) that the payer has paid to the Commissioner, or the amount paid to the Commissioner as mentioned in subparagraph (1)(a)(ia) or (ii), is equal to all or a part of the refunded amount; and
(c) apart from this subsection, the payer would be required to pay to the Commissioner another amount or amounts under Division 13 or 14 or subsection 16‑70(1) (the payment to the Commissioner); and
(d) the payer records in writing that it offsets all or a part of the amount paid to the Commissioner (as mentioned in paragraph (b)) against the payment to the Commissioner;
the payment to the Commissioner is reduced by so much of the amount as the payer so recorded as being offset.
(7) The payer must not record that it offsets any part of an amount that:
(a) the payer has previously recorded under subsection (6); or
(b) the payer has sought to recover from the Commissioner under subsection (5).
18‑70 Refund of withheld amounts by the Commissioner to the recipient
(1) An entity (the recipient) may apply in writing to the Commissioner for the refund of an amount if:
(a) another entity (the payer):
(i) withheld an amount purportedly under Division 12 from a payment made to, or received for, the recipient; or
(ia) paid the amount to the Commissioner purportedly under Division 13 for an *alienated personal services payment in relation to which an amount is included in the recipient’s assessable income year under section 86‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(ii) paid to the Commissioner an amount purportedly under Division 14 for a *non‑cash benefit provided to, or received for, the recipient; and
(b) either:
(i) the amount was so withheld, or paid to the Commissioner, in error; or
(ii) in the case of an amount withheld from a payment of an amount purported to have been paid by way of *parental leave—the amount paid was not lawfully so payable; and
(c) section 18‑65 does not apply because the payer did not become aware of the matter mentioned in paragraph (b), or the recipient did not apply for a refund, as mentioned in subsection 18‑65(1); and
(d) if subparagraph (a)(i) applies—the payer has already paid the withheld amount to the Commissioner.
(2) The Commissioner must refund the amount if the application sets out:
(a) if the recipient has a *tax file number—that tax file number; or
(b) if the recipient does not have a tax file number but was taken to have quoted a tax file number to the payer before the amount was withheld or paid to the Commissioner—the basis on which the recipient was taken to have quoted the tax file number; or
(c) if the payment or *non‑cash benefit was in respect of a *Part VA investment made by the recipient in the course or furtherance of an *enterprise carried on by it—the recipient’s *ABN;
and the Commissioner is satisfied that it would be fair and reasonable to refund the amount, having regard to:
(d) the circumstances that gave rise to the withholding obligation (if any); and
(e) the nature of the matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(b); and
(f) any other matter the Commissioner considers relevant.
Note: A person who is dissatisfied with a decision under this section may object against the decision in the manner set out in Part IVC.
18‑80 Refund by Commissioner of amount withheld from payment in respect of investment
The Commissioner must refund to an entity all or part of an *amount withheld from a *withholding payment covered by section 12‑140 or 12‑145 that was made to that entity if:
(a) the entity applies in writing for the refund; and
(b) the Commissioner is satisfied that the entity was entitled to give *the investment body a declaration under Division 5 of Part VA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in relation to the *Part VA investment in respect of which the withholding payment was made, but did not do so; and
(c) the Commissioner is also satisfied it is fair and reasonable to make the refund, having regard to the purposes of this Part and any other matters that the Commissioner considers appropriate.
Note: A person who is dissatisfied with a decision under this section may object against the decision in the manner set out in Part IVC.
Subdivision 18‑C—Recipient’s obligations
18‑100 Obligation to keep payment summary
(1) An entity that is given a *payment summary and a copy of it in any financial year under this Part must retain the copy for:
(a) 5 years after the end of that financial year; or
(b) a shorter period determined by the Commissioner in writing for the entity; or
(c) a shorter period determined by the Commissioner by legislative instrument for a class of entities that includes the entity.
(1AA) A determination under paragraph (1)(c) may specify different periods for different classes of entities.
(1A) An offence under subsection (1) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Division 20—Other matters
Table of Subdivisions
20‑B Offences
20‑D Review of decisions
Subdivision 20‑B—Offences
Table of sections
20‑35 Offences
20‑40 Joining of charges
20‑45 Offences that would otherwise be committed by a partnership or unincorporated company
20‑35 Offences
(1) A person must not:
(a) present a document issued by the Commissioner that specifies a person (the specified person); and
(b) falsely pretend to be the specified person with the intention of obtaining under this Part a credit for, or a payment of, an *amount withheld from a *withholding payment.
(2) A person must not attempt to obtain for the person a credit under this Part for an *amount withheld from a *withholding payment if:
(a) the payment is not covered by section 12‑215, 12‑250, 12‑285 or 12‑317, or subsection 12‑390(4), and was made to another person; or
(b) the payment is covered by section 12‑215, 12‑250, 12‑285 or 12‑317, or subsection 12‑390(4), and the person is not the foreign resident in respect of which all or a part of the payment is received as mentioned in that provision.
(3) A person must not, with the intention of obtaining a credit, a payment or any other benefit, present:
(a) a copy of a *payment summary (except one relating to Subdivision 12‑H); or
(b) a document purporting to be a copy of such a payment summary;
which is not a copy duly given to the person.
Penalty: 60 penalty units, or imprisonment for 12 months, or both.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
(4) A person must not, with the intention of obtaining a credit, a payment or any other benefit, present:
(a) a *payment summary relating to Subdivision 12‑H, or a copy of such a payment summary; or
(b) a document purporting to be such a payment summary or a copy of such a payment summary;
which is not a payment summary, or a copy of a payment summary, duly given to the person.
Penalty: 60 penalty units, or imprisonment for 12 months, or both.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
20‑40 Joining of charges
(1) Charges against the same person for a number of offences against this Part may be joined in one complaint, information or summons if those charges:
(a) are founded on the same facts; or
(b) form a series of offences of the same or a similar character; or
(c) are part of a series of offences of the same or similar character.
(2) Particulars of each offence charged must be set out in a separate paragraph if 2 or more of the charges are included in the same complaint, information or summons.
(3) If the charges are joined, the charges must be tried together unless the court:
(a) considers it just that any of the charges should be tried separately; and
(b) makes an order to that effect.
(4) If a person is convicted of 2 or more of the offences:
(a) the court may impose one penalty for both or all of those offences; but
(b) the penalty must not exceed the sum of the maximum penalties that could be imposed in respect of each offence separately.
20‑45 Offences that would otherwise be committed by a partnership or unincorporated company
(1) An offence against this Part that would otherwise be committed by a partnership is taken to have been committed by each partner who:
(a) aided, abetted, counselled or procured the relevant act or omission; or
(b) was in any way knowingly concerned in, or party to, the relevant act or omission (whether directly or indirectly, and whether by any act or omission of the partner).
(2) An offence against this Part that would otherwise be committed by a company that is not incorporated is taken to have been committed by each member of the company’s committee of management who:
(a) aided, abetted, counselled or procured the relevant act or omission; or
(b) was in any way knowingly concerned in, or party to, the relevant act or omission (whether directly or indirectly, and whether by any act or omission of the member).
Subdivision 20‑D—Review of decisions
20‑80 Reviewable decisions
A person who is dissatisfied with any of the following decisions of the Commissioner may object against the decision in the manner set out in Part IVC.
Reviewable decisions |
Item | Description |
1A | Decision not to grant an exemption under subsection 12‑319(1) from withholding obligations in relation to sections 12‑315 and 12‑317 |
1 | Decision not to give a certificate under subsection 12‑335(1) exempting an entity from notifying the Commissioner about a natural resource payment |
5 | Decision to revoke a certificate under subsection 12‑335(3) |
10 | Decision to vary a certificate under subsection 12‑335(3) |
25 | Refusal to determine under subsection 16‑110(1) that a large withholder is a *medium withholder or a *small withholder for a particular month or particular months |
30 | Refusal to determine under subsection 16‑110(1) that a medium withholder is a small withholder for a particular month or particular months |
35 | Decision to revoke a determination made under subsection 16‑110(1) |
40 | Decision to vary a determination made under subsection 16‑110(1) for a particular month or particular months |
45 | Determination under subsection 16‑115(1) that a small withholder is a medium withholder or a large withholder for a particular month or particular months |
50 | Determination under subsection 16‑115(1) that a medium withholder is a large withholder |
55 | Decision not to revoke a determination made under subsection 16‑115(1) |
60 | Decision not to vary a determination made under subsection 16‑115(1) for a particular month or particular months |
65 | Decision not to refund an amount under section 18‑70 |
70 | Decision not to refund an amount under section 18‑80 |
Note: Division 298 also provides review rights about remission of administrative penalties.
Division 21—Entitlements relating to insolvent ADIs and general insurers
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 21
21‑A Treatment of some payments by APRA
Guide to Division 21
21‑1 What this Division is about
This Part applies in relation to a payment by APRA under:
(a) Division 2AA of Part II of the Banking Act 1959 applying in relation to an account with an ADI; or
(b) Part VC of the Insurance Act 1973 applying in relation to a general insurance policy issued by a general insurance company;
in a way corresponding to the way this Part would have applied if the payment had been made by the ADI or company in connection with the account or policy.
Subdivision 21‑A—Treatment of some payments by APRA
Table of sections
21‑5 APRA treated like ADI or general insurance company
21‑5 APRA treated like ADI or general insurance company
(1) This section applies if:
(a) an entity’s entitlement under Division 2AA of Part II of the Banking Act 1959 to be paid an amount by *APRA in connection with the entity’s account with an *ADI is met wholly or partly; or
(b) an entity’s entitlement under Part VC of the Insurance Act 1973 to be paid an amount in connection with a *general insurance policy issued by a *general insurance company is met wholly or partly.
Note 1: Division 2AA of Part II of the Banking Act 1959 entitles entities that have certain accounts with certain insolvent ADIs to be paid amounts by APRA worked out by reference to the balance of those accounts.
Note 2: Part VC of the Insurance Act 1973 entitles entities with valid claims against certain insolvent general insurance companies under certain general insurance policies issued by those companies to be paid amounts by APRA.
(2) This Part applies in relation to *APRA and the meeting of the entitlement in a way corresponding to the way in which this Part would have applied in relation to the *ADI or *general insurance company doing, in connection with the account or policy, whatever was done in meeting the entitlement.
Example: APRA (or APRA’s agent or delegate) pays an entity an amount of the entity’s entitlement relating to an account with an ADI. This Part applies in relation to APRA and the payment in a way corresponding to the way in which this Part would have applied in relation to the ADI had the ADI made a payment at that time of that amount under the arrangements for keeping the account.
Guide to Division 45
45‑1 What this Division is about
If you have business or investment income, you must pay instalments towards your income tax liability. However, you do not have to do so unless the Commissioner has given you an instalment rate. Generally, instalments are payable for each quarter of your income year.
Your instalments may be based on your previous year’s income tax liability and notified to you by the Commissioner, or on your estimate of your income tax liability for the current income year. (In this case, you are a quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP adjusted notional tax). Generally, four quarterly instalments are payable annually on this basis, but you may only be required to pay two.
If you are not eligible to pay instalments on that basis, or if you are so eligible but choose not to do so, you must work out the amount of your quarterly instalment by multiplying your instalment income for an instalment quarter by the rate the Commissioner gave you, or by a rate you choose yourself. (In this case, you are a quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income).
If you are not required to be registered for GST purposes, you may be able to choose to pay an annual instalment after the end of the income year. (In this case, you are an annual payer).
The amount of annual instalment can be your instalment income for the income year multiplied by the rate the Commissioner gave you, or an amount based on your previous year’s income tax liability and notified to you by the Commissioner, or your own estimate of your income tax liability for the income year.
Subdivision 45‑A—Basic rules
Table of sections
45‑5 Object of this Part
45‑10 Application of Part
45‑15 Liability for instalments
45‑20 Information to be given to the Commissioner by certain payers
45‑25 Penalty for failure to notify Commissioner
45‑30 Credit for instalments payable
45‑5 Object of this Part
(1) The object of this Part is to ensure the efficient collection of:
(a) income tax; and
(b) Medicare levy; and
(ca) amounts of liabilities to the Commonwealth under Chapter 4 of the Higher Education Support Act 2003; and
(d) amounts of liabilities to the Commonwealth under Part 2B.3 of the Social Security Act 1991; and
(e) amounts of liabilities to the Commonwealth under Division 6 of Part 4A of the Student Assistance Act 1973;
through the application of the principles set out in the rest of this section.
(2) As you earn *instalment income, you pay instalments after the end of each *instalment quarter worked out on the basis of your instalment income for that quarter if you are required or choose to work out your instalment on this basis. However, you may be able to pay an amount notified by the Commissioner. (There are exceptions to this).
(3) The total of your instalments for an income year is as close as possible to the total of your liabilities for the income year that are covered by subsection (1), except so far as the amounts of those liabilities are attributable to a *net capital gain. (The exception does not apply to the entities listed in subsections 45‑120(2) and (2A) or the net capital gains specified in subsection 45‑120(2B).)
(4) Consequently, the additional amounts you have to pay to discharge those liabilities, after an assessment of your income tax for the income year is made, are as low as possible.
(5) If you are a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income, the amount of each of your instalments for an income year is the same proportion (as nearly as possible, subject to the principles in subsections (3) and (4)) of the total of those instalments as your *instalment income for that *instalment quarter is of your total instalment income for the income year.
(6) When instalments are payable, and how their amount is calculated, are the same for different kinds of entities, except as expressly provided.
Note: Subdivision 45‑P penalises an entity whose tax position, so far as it relates to PAYG instalments and related matters, is altered by a scheme that is inconsistent with the object of this Part.
45‑10 Application of Part
This Part applies to individuals, companies, and the entities listed in items 4 to 10, and 12 and 13, of the table in section 9‑1 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (which lists the entities that must pay income tax).
Note 1: Section 45‑450 provides for how this Part applies to a trustee covered by any of items 4 to 8, and 12 and 13, of the table in section 9‑1 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997. In most respects, the trust is treated like a company.
Note 2: This Part also applies to a trustee covered by item 11 of the table in section 9‑1 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, but only to the extent set out in section 45‑455, and the rest of Subdivision 45‑N, in this Schedule.
45‑15 Liability for instalments
(1) The Commissioner may give you an instalment rate from time to time, by giving you written notice of the rate.
(2) You are liable to pay instalments under this Division if the Commissioner has given you an instalment rate.
Note 1: The instalment rate that the Commissioner gives you is worked out under section 45‑320 or 45‑775.
Note 2: If your assessable income has always consisted wholly of withholding payments (other than non‑quotation withholding payments), the Commissioner will not give you an instalment rate.
Note 3: Work out the amount of your instalments under Subdivision 45‑C.
Note 4: If the Commissioner withdraws the rate under section 45‑90, you are not liable to pay further instalments.
Note 5: For provisions about collection and recovery of amounts you are liable to pay under this Part, see Part 4‑15.
45‑20 Information to be given to the Commissioner by certain payers
(1) If you are liable to pay an instalment for a period (even if it is a nil amount), you must notify the Commissioner of the amount of your *instalment income for the period.
(2) You must notify the Commissioner in the *approved form and on or before the day when the instalment is due (regardless of whether it is paid).
Exceptions
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to:
(a) a quarterly instalment worked out under section 45‑112 (on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax or estimated benchmark tax); or
(b) an annual instalment, unless it is worked out under paragraph 45‑115(1)(a) (based on the Commissioner’s rate and your instalment income for the income year).
45‑25 Penalty for failure to notify Commissioner
(1) If you fail to notify the Commissioner of an amount as required by section 45‑20, or you notify an amount that is less than the correct amount, you are liable to pay the *failure to notify penalty on the amount, or on the shortfall, multiplied by the instalment rate that you are required to use to work out the instalment for the period, for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the amount was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the day before you notify the Commissioner of the correct amount, or he or she otherwise becomes aware of it.
(2) This section does not apply to a notification required to be lodged on or after 1 July 2000.
Note: See instead Division 286 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
45‑30 Credit for instalments payable
(1) You are entitled to a credit when the Commissioner makes an assessment of the income tax you are liable to pay for an income year or an assessment that no income tax is payable by you for an income year.
(2) The credit is equal to:
• the total of each instalment payable by you for the income year (even if you have not yet paid it);
reduced by:
• the total of each credit that you have claimed under section 45‑215 or 45‑420 in respect of such an instalment.
(3) The making of the assessment, and the resulting credit entitlement, do not affect the liability to pay an instalment.
Note: How the credit is applied is set out in Division 3 of Part IIB.
(4) If:
(a) you are a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group at any time during a *consolidation transitional year for you; and
(b) an amount of instalment payable by you, or an amount of credit claimed by you under section 45‑215 or 45‑420, is taken into account in working out a credit to which the *head company of that consolidated group is entitled under section 45‑865 for a consolidation transitional year for the head company;
that amount, to the extent to which it is so taken into account under that section, is not to be taken into account in working out any credit to which you are entitled under this section for any year.
Subdivision 45‑B—When instalments are due
Table of sections
45‑50 Liability to pay instalments
45‑60 Meaning of instalment quarter
45‑61 When quarterly instalments are due—payers of quarterly instalments
45‑70 When annual instalments are due
45‑75 Instalments recoverable in same way as income tax
45‑80 General interest charge on late payment
45‑90 Commissioner may withdraw instalment rate
45‑50 Liability to pay instalments
(1) Subject to subsection (4), you are liable to pay an instalment for an *instalment quarter in an income year if, at the end of that instalment quarter, you are:
(a) a *quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax; or
(b) a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income.
(2) Subject to subsection (4), you are liable to pay an instalment for an *instalment quarter that is the third or fourth instalment quarter in an income year if, at the end of that quarter, you are a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), you are liable to pay an instalment for an income year if, at the end of the *starting instalment quarter in that year, you are an *annual payer.
(4) You are only liable to pay an instalment for an *instalment quarter or an income year if:
(a) the Commissioner has given you an instalment rate; and
(b) the Commissioner has not withdrawn your instalment rate before the end of that quarter or year.
45‑60 Meaning of instalment quarter
For an income year (whether it ends on 30 June or not), the following are the instalment quarters:
(a) your first instalment quarter consists of the first 3 months of the income year; and
(b) your second instalment quarter consists of the fourth, fifth and sixth months of the income year; and
(c) your third instalment quarter consists of the seventh, eighth and ninth months of the income year; and
(d) your fourth instalment quarter consists of the tenth, 11th and 12th months of the income year.
45‑61 When quarterly instalments are due—payers of quarterly instalments
You are not a deferred BAS payer
(1) Subject to subsection (2), if you are:
(a) a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income; or
(b) a *quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax; or
(c) a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax;
the instalment for an *instalment quarter that you are liable to pay is due on or before the 21st day of the month after the end of that quarter.
Note: You are only liable to pay instalments for the third and fourth instalment quarters in an income year if you are a quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax. See section 45‑50.
You are a deferred BAS payer
(2) If:
(a) subsection (1) would, but for this subsection, have applied to you in relation to an *instalment quarter; but
(b) you are a *deferred BAS payer on the 21st day of the month after the end of that quarter;
the instalment for that quarter is instead due on or before:
(c) the 28th day of the month after the end of that quarter unless all or a part of a December falls within the last month of that quarter; or
(d) if all or a part of a December falls within the last month of that quarter—the next 28 February.
Note 1: You are only liable to pay instalments for the third and fourth instalment quarters in an income year if you are a quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax. See section 45‑50.
Note 2: If you are the head company of a consolidated group to which Subdivision 45‑Q applies, the instalment is due on or before the 21st day of the month after the end of the quarter: see section 45‑715.
45‑70 When annual instalments are due
(1) This section applies if you are liable to pay an annual instalment for the 2002‑03 income year or a later income year.
(2) If the income year ends on 30 June, the instalment is due on or before the next 21 October.
(3) If the income year ends on a day other than 30 June, the instalment is due on or before the 21st day of the fourth month after the end of the income year.
45‑75 Instalments recoverable in same way as income tax
Instalments are to be treated as income tax for the purposes of sections 254 and 255 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
45‑80 General interest charge on late payment
If you fail to pay some or all of an instalment by the time by which the instalment is due to be paid, you are liable to pay the *general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the instalment was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the instalment;
(ii) general interest charge on any of the instalment.
45‑90 Commissioner may withdraw instalment rate
(1) The Commissioner may:
(a) by giving you written notice, withdraw your instalment rate; or
(b) by notice published in the Gazette, withdraw the instalment rate of a class of entities that includes you.
Note: If the Commissioner does so, you cease to be liable to pay instalments (even if you have chosen a rate under section 45‑205). See subsection 45‑50(4).
(2) If the Commissioner withdraws your instalment rate and later gives you another one:
(a) you are again liable to pay instalments in accordance with section 45‑50; and
(b) this Division has effect as if the Commissioner has given you an instalment rate for the first time.
Subdivision 45‑C—Working out instalment amounts
Table of sections
45‑110 How to work out amount of quarterly instalment on instalment income basis
45‑112 Amount of instalment for quarterly payer who pays on basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
45‑115 How to work out amount of annual instalment
45‑120 Meaning of instalment income
45‑110 How to work out amount of quarterly instalment on instalment income basis
(1) Work out the amount of an instalment you are liable to pay for an *instalment quarter as follows if, at the end of that instalment quarter, you are a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income:
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
Applicable instalment rate means:
(a) unless paragraph (b) or (c) applies—the most recent instalment rate given to you by the Commissioner under section 45‑15 before the end of that quarter; or
(b) if you have chosen an instalment rate for that quarter under section 45‑205—that rate; or
(c) if you have chosen an instalment rate under section 45‑205 for an earlier *instalment quarter in that income year (and paragraph (b) does not apply)—that rate.
Note: If you believe the Commissioner’s rate is not appropriate for the current income year, you may choose a different instalment rate under Subdivision 45‑F.
45‑112 Amount of instalment for quarterly payer who pays on basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
(1) If, at the end of an *instalment quarter in an income year, you are a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax who is liable to pay an instalment for that quarter, the amount of your instalment for that quarter is:
(a) unless paragraph (b) or (c) applies—the amount that the Commissioner works out under Subdivision 45‑L, and notifies to you, as the amount of the instalment; or
(b) if you choose to work out the amount of the instalment on the basis of your estimate of your *benchmark tax for that income year, and you notify the Commissioner in accordance with subsection (2)—the amount worked out under Subdivision 45‑M; or
(c) if paragraph (b) applied to your instalment for an earlier *instalment quarter in that income year—the amount that the Commissioner works out under Subdivision 45‑M, and notifies to you, as the amount of the instalment.
(2) If the amount of the instalment is worked out under paragraph (1)(b) on the basis of your estimate of your *benchmark tax for the income year, you must notify the Commissioner in the *approved form, on or before the day when the instalment is due (disregarding subsection (3)), of the amount of that estimate.
(3) If:
(a) after the end of an *instalment quarter the Commissioner notifies you of an amount as the amount of your instalment for that quarter; and
(b) the amount of your instalment for that quarter is not worked out under paragraph (1)(b);
the instalment is due on or before the 21st day after the day on which the notice is given.
45‑115 How to work out amount of annual instalment
(1) The amount of an instalment you are liable to pay for the 2002‑03 income year or a later income year is whichever of the following you choose:
(a) the amount worked out using the formula:
(b) your most recent *notional tax notified by the Commissioner before the end of the income year;
(c) the amount that you estimate will be your *benchmark tax for the income year.
Note 1: You cannot choose a different instalment rate under Subdivision 45‑F if you are an annual payer. Instead you can work out the amount of your instalment under paragraph (c).
Note 2: You may be liable to general interest charge under section 45‑235 if working out your instalment under paragraph (c) leads you to pay an instalment that is less than 85% of your benchmark tax for the income year (worked out by the Commissioner under section 45‑365).
(2) Commissioner’s instalment rate for an income year means the most recent instalment rate given to you by the Commissioner before the end of the income year.
(3) If you choose to work out your instalment under paragraph (1)(c), you must notify the Commissioner, in the *approved form, of the amount of the instalment on or before the day when it is due.
45‑120 Meaning of instalment income
General rule
(1) Your instalment income for a period includes your *ordinary income *derived during that period, but only to the extent that it is assessable income of the income year that is or includes that period.
Note 1: No other amount is instalment income unless it is covered by another provision of this section or by Subdivision 45‑H or 45‑I.
Note 1A: The operation of this section and other provisions relating to instalment income is affected by sections 45‑855 and 45‑860 (about a member of a consolidated group during a period before the members of the group are treated as a single entity for the purposes of this Part.)
Note 2: If during that period you are a partner in a partnership, or a beneficiary of a trust, your instalment income also includes some of the partnership’s or trust’s instalment income for the period (except in some cases). See Subdivision 45‑H or 45‑I.
Statutory income included for some entities
(2) The instalment income of:
(a) a *complying approved deposit fund or a *non‑complying approved deposit fund; or
(b) a *complying superannuation fund or a *non‑complying superannuation fund; or
(c) a *pooled superannuation trust; or
(ca) an *FHSA trust;
for a period also includes the entity’s *statutory income, to the extent that:
(d) it is reasonably attributable to that period; and
(e) it is assessable income of the income year that is or includes that period.
(2A) The instalment income of a *life insurance company for a period also includes any part of its *statutory income that:
(a) is reasonably attributable to that period; and
(b) is included in the *complying superannuation/FHSA class of its taxable income for the income year that is or includes that period.
Net gains under Subdivision 250‑E of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 included in instalment income
(2B) Your instalment income for a period also includes the difference between:
(a) a gain (or gains) you make from a *financial arrangement to the extent to which it is (or they are):
(i) assessable under Subdivision 250‑E of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(ii) reasonably attributable to that period; and
(b) a loss (or losses) you make from a financial arrangement to the extent to which it is (or they are):
(i) allowable to you as a deduction under Subdivision 250‑E of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(ii) reasonably attributable to that period.
This is so only if the gain (or gains) referred to in paragraph (a) exceeds the loss (or losses) referred to in paragraph (b).
Effect of Division 230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 on instalment income
(2C) Your instalment income for a period also includes the difference between:
(a) a gain (or gains) you make from a *financial arrangement to the extent to which it is (or they are):
(i) assessable under Division 230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(ii) reasonably attributable to that period; and
(b) a loss (or losses) you make from a financial arrangement to the extent to which it is (or they are):
(i) allowable to you as a deduction under Division 230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(ii) reasonably attributable to that period.
This is so only if the gain (or gains) referred to in paragraph (a) equals or exceeds the loss (or losses) referred to in paragraph (b).
(2D) However, your instalment income for a period is worked out disregarding subsection (2C) if any of the following apply:
(a) you are an individual;
(b) the only gains and losses that would be taken into account under subsection (2C) for the period are from *financial arrangements that are *qualifying securities.
(2E) A gain or loss that is taken into account under subsection (2C) in working out an amount (including a nil amount) to be included in your instalment income for a period is not to be, to any extent, taken into account again under another provision of this section in calculating your instalment income for the same or any other period.
Exclusion: amounts in respect of withholding payments
(3) Your instalment income for a period does not include amounts in respect of:
(a) *withholding payments (except *non‑quotation withholding payments) made to you during that period; and
(b) amounts included in your assessable income under section 86‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 for which there are amounts required to be paid under Division 13; and
(c) which a penalty is applicable under section 12‑415.
Farm management deposits: effect of making and repayment
(4) Your instalment income for a period is reduced (but not below nil) by a *farm management deposit made during that period, but only to the extent that, at the end of that period, you can reasonably expect to be able to deduct the deposit under section 393‑5 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 for the income year that is or includes that period.
(5) Your instalment income for a period also includes an amount that section 393‑10 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 includes in your assessable income, for the income year that is or includes that period, because of a repayment during that period of all or some of a *farm management deposit.
Instalment income of entity that is not liable for instalments
(6) An entity can have *instalment income for a period even if the entity is not liable to pay an instalment for that period.
Note: For example, although a partnership does not pay instalments, it is necessary to work out the partnership’s instalment income in order to work out instalments payable by the partners. See Subdivision 45‑H.
Subdivision 45‑D—Quarterly payers
Table of sections
45‑125 Quarterly payer who pays instalments on the basis of instalment income
45‑130 Quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
45‑132 Quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
45‑134 Quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
45‑125 Quarterly payer who pays instalments on the basis of instalment income
(1) You are a quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income if:
(a) at the end of the *starting instalment quarter in an income year, you are not a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax and you are not an *annual payer; or
(b) but for this section, you would be a quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the end of the starting instalment quarter in an income year but you choose to pay quarterly instalments on the basis of your instalment income.
Note: The entity must make the choice mentioned in paragraph (b) in accordance with subsection (4).
(2) The starting instalment quarter in an income year (the current year) is:
(a) if the Commissioner gives you an instalment rate for the first time during an *instalment quarter in the current year—that instalment quarter (even if it is not the first instalment quarter in the current year); or
(b) if the Commissioner has given you an instalment rate during a previous income year and your instalment rate has not been withdrawn—the first instalment quarter in the current year.
How and when you become such a payer
(3) You become a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income just before the end of the *starting instalment quarter if paragraph (1)(a) or (b) is satisfied.
(4) You must make the choice mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) by notifying the Commissioner in the *approved form on or before the day on which the instalment for that quarter is due (disregarding subsection 45‑112(3)).
How and when you stop being such a payer
(5) If you are a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income because of paragraph (1)(a), you stop being such a payer at the start of the first *instalment quarter in the next income year if, at the end of that quarter, you become:
(a) a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax; or
(b) an *annual payer.
(6) If you are a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income because of paragraph (1)(b), you stop being such a payer at the start of the first *instalment quarter in the next income year if:
(a) you become an *annual payer at the end of that quarter; or
(b) both of the following conditions apply:
(i) you choose not to be a quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income;
(ii) you become a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the end of that quarter.
(7) You may only make the choice mentioned in paragraph (6)(b) if you would otherwise satisfy paragraph 45‑130(1)(a), (b), (c) or (d) at the end of that quarter. You must make that choice by notifying the Commissioner in the *approved form on or before the day on which the instalment for that quarter is due (disregarding subsection 45‑112(3)).
45‑130 Quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
(1) You are a quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax if, at the end of the *starting instalment quarter in an income year:
(a) you are an individual who is not an *annual payer or a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income; or
(b) you are a *self‑assessment entity:
(i) that is not an *annual payer or a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income; and
(ii) your base assessment instalment income (within the meaning of section 45‑320) for the *base year is $2 million or less; or
(c) you satisfy all of the following conditions:
(i) you are a self‑assessment entity whose base assessment instalment income (within the meaning of section 45‑320) for the *base year is more than $2 million;
(ii) you are not an annual payer, but you satisfy the conditions set out in subsection 45‑140(1) for an annual payer;
(iii) you are not a quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income; or
(d) for the 2009‑10 income year or a later income year—you are a *small business entity (other than because of subsection 328‑110(4) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997).
Note: Paragraph (a) may apply to you if you are a multi‑rate trustee. See section 45‑468.
How and when you become such a payer
(2) You become such a payer just before the end of the *starting instalment quarter if paragraph (1)(a), (b), (c) or (d) is satisfied.
(2A) For the purposes of subsection (2), you satisfy proposed paragraph (1)(d) at the end of the *starting instalment quarter in an income year if you are a *small business entity (other than because of subsection 328‑110(4) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997) for the income year that includes that instalment quarter.
How and when you stop being such a payer
(3) You stop being a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the start of the first *instalment quarter in the next income year if you fail to satisfy paragraph (1)(a), (b), (c) or (d) at the end of that quarter.
(3A) For the purposes of subsection (3), you fail to satisfy proposed paragraph (1)(d) at the end of the first *instalment quarter in an income year if you are not a *small business entity (other than because of subsection 328‑110(4) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997) for the income year that includes that instalment quarter.
(4) In addition, you stop being such a payer at the start of the first *instalment quarter in the next income year if, at the end of that quarter, you become:
(a) a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income; or
(b) an *annual payer.
45‑132 Quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
(1) You are a quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax if, at the end of the *starting instalment quarter in an income year:
(a) you satisfy the conditions to be a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax under section 45‑130; and
(b) you do not satisfy the conditions to be a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax under section 45‑134.
How and when you become such a payer
(2) You become such a payer just before the end of the *starting instalment quarter if paragraphs (1)(a) and (b) are satisfied.
How and when you stop being such a payer
(3) You stop being a *quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the start of the first *instalment quarter in the next income year if you fail to satisfy paragraphs (1)(a) and (b) at the end of that quarter.
(4) In addition, you stop being such a payer at the start of the first *instalment quarter in the next income year if, at the end of that quarter, you become:
(a) a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income; or
(b) an *annual payer.
45‑134 Quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
(1) You are a quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax if, at the end of the *starting instalment quarter in an income year, you are an individual that is a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax and one or more of the following paragraphs apply:
(a) both of the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) you are carrying on a *primary production business in the income year;
(ii) the assessable income that was *derived from, or resulted from, a primary production business that you carried on in the *base year exceeded the amount of so much of your deductions in that year that are reasonably related to that income;
(b) both of the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) you are a *special professional in the income year;
(ii) your *assessable professional income in the base year exceeded the amount of so much of your deductions in that year that are reasonably related to that income.
Note: This section may apply to you if you are a multi‑rate trustee. See section 45‑468.
How and when you become such a payer
(2) You become such a payer just before the end of the *starting instalment quarter if subsection (1) is satisfied.
How and when you stop being such a payer
(3) You stop being a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the start of the first *instalment quarter in the next income year if you fail to satisfy subsection (1) at the end of that quarter.
(4) In addition, you also stop being such a payer at the start of the first *instalment quarter in the next income year if, at the end of that quarter, you become:
(a) a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income; or
(b) an *annual payer.
Subdivision 45‑E—Annual payers
Table of sections
When you start and stop being an annual payer
45‑140 Choosing to pay annual instalments
45‑145 Meaning of instalment group
45‑150 Entity stops being annual payer if involved with GST registration or instalment group
45‑155 Entity stops being annual payer if notional tax is $8,000 or more, or entity chooses to pay quarterly
45‑160 Head company of a consolidated group stops being annual payer
When you start and stop being an annual payer
45‑140 Choosing to pay annual instalments
(1) You may choose to pay instalments annually instead of quarterly if, at the end of the *starting instalment quarter, you satisfy the following conditions:
(a) you are neither registered, nor *required to be registered, under Part 2‑5 of the *GST Act; and
(b) you are not a partner in a partnership that is registered, or required to be registered, under that Part; and
(c) your most recent *notional tax notified by the Commissioner is less than $8,000; and
(d) in the case of a company—the company is not a *participant in a *GST joint venture under Division 51 of that Act; and
(e) in the case of a company—the company is not part of an *instalment group.
Note: You cannot choose to be an annual payer while you are the head company of a consolidated group to which Subdivision 45‑Q applies: see section 45‑720.
(1A) You may also choose at a time (subject to subsection (2)) to pay instalments annually instead of quarterly if at that time either:
(a) an *annual tax period election of yours has effect and, if you are a partner in one or more partnerships that are registered under Part 2‑5 of the *GST Act, an annual tax period election of each of those partnerships has effect; or
(b) all of the following subparagraphs apply:
(i) you are neither registered, nor *required to be registered, under Part 2‑5 of the GST Act;
(ii) you are a partner in one or more partnerships that are registered under that Part;
(iii) an annual tax period election of each of those partnerships has effect;
and at the end of the *starting instalment quarter, you satisfy the following conditions:
(c) you are not a partner in a partnership that is required to be registered under Part 2‑5 of the GST Act;
(d) your most recent *notional tax notified by the Commissioner is less than $8,000;
(e) in the case of a company—the company is not a *participant in a *GST joint venture under Division 51 of that Act;
(f) in the case of a company—the company is not part of an *instalment group.
Note: You cannot choose to be an annual payer while you are the head company of a consolidated group to which Subdivision 45‑Q applies: see section 45‑720.
(2) You must make the choice under subsection (1) or (1A) by notifying the Commissioner, in the *approved form, on or before the day on which that instalment would otherwise be due.
(3) You become an annual payer just before the end of the *starting instalment quarter if:
(a) you satisfy the conditions in subsection (1) or (1A); and
(b) you choose to pay instalment annually.
45‑145 Meaning of instalment group
(1) An instalment group consists of:
(a) a company:
(i) that has *majority control of at least one other company; but
(ii) of which no other company has *majority control; and
(b) any other company of which the first‑mentioned company has *majority control.
(2) A company has majority control of another company if, and only if:
(a) the first company is in a position to cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the other company; or
(b) the first company has the power to appoint or remove the majority of the directors of the other company; or
(c) the other company is, or a majority of its directors are, accustomed or under an obligation, whether formal or informal, to act according to the directions, instructions or wishes of the first company.
45‑150 Entity stops being annual payer if involved with GST registration or instalment group
(1) You stop being an *annual payer if, during an *instalment quarter that is in an income year that starts after the commencement of this section:
(a) you become *required to be registered under Part 2‑5 of the *GST Act; or
(b) you become a partner in a partnership that is required to be registered under that Part; or
(c) a partnership in which you are a partner becomes required to be registered under that Part; or
(d) in the case of a company—the company becomes a *participant in a *GST joint venture under Division 51 of that Act; or
(e) in the case of a company—the company becomes part of an *instalment group; or
(f) an *annual tax period election of yours, or of a partnership in which you are a partner, ceases to have effect.
(2) If you stop being an *annual payer under subsection (1):
(a) you must still pay an annual instalment for the income year mentioned in that subsection; and
(b) you must pay an instalment for each instalment quarter in the next income year for which subsection 45‑50(1) or (2) requires you to do so.
(3) You may again become an *annual payer if:
(a) after you stop being an *annual payer under subsection (1), you satisfy the conditions in subsection 45‑140(1) or (1A); and
(b) you again choose under section 45‑140 to pay instalments annually.
45‑155 Entity stops being annual payer if notional tax is $8,000 or more, or entity chooses to pay quarterly
(1) You stop being an *annual payer at the start of the first *instalment quarter in an income year (the current year) if:
(a) after the end of the first instalment quarter in the previous income year and before the end of the first instalment quarter in the current year, the Commissioner notifies you of your *notional tax, and it is $8,000 or more; or
(b) you choose to pay instalments quarterly instead of annually.
(1A) You must make the choice by notifying the Commissioner, in the *approved form, on or before the day on which the instalment for the first *instalment quarter for the current year would otherwise be due (disregarding subsection 45‑112(3)).
(2) You must pay an instalment for the first *instalment quarter of the next income year, and later instalment quarters, in accordance with Subdivision 45‑B.
(3) You must still pay an annual instalment for the previous income year referred to in subsection (1).
(4) You may again become an *annual payer at the end of the first *instalment quarter in a later income year if:
(a) at that time, you satisfy the conditions in subsection 45‑140(1) or in paragraphs 45‑140(1A)(c), (d), (e) and (f); and
(b) you again choose under section 45‑140 to pay annually.
45‑160 Head company of a consolidated group stops being annual payer
(1) You stop being an *annual payer at the start of an *instalment quarter if Subdivision 45‑Q starts applying to you as the *head company of a *consolidated group during that quarter.
(2) You must pay an instalment for that *instalment quarter and later instalment quarters in accordance with Subdivision 45‑B.
(3) You may again become an *annual payer if:
(a) after you stop being an *annual payer under subsection (1), you satisfy the conditions in subsection 45‑140(1) or (1A); and
(b) you again choose under section 45‑140 to pay instalments annually.
Note: You cannot choose to be an annual payer while you are the head company of a consolidated group to which Subdivision 45‑Q applies: see section 45‑720.
Subdivision 45‑F—Varying the instalment rate for quarterly payers who pay on the basis of instalment income
Table of sections
45‑200 Application
45‑205 Choosing a varied instalment rate
45‑210 Notifying Commissioner of varied instalment rate
45‑215 Credit on using varied rate in certain cases
45‑200 Application
This Subdivision applies if you are a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income at the end of an *instalment quarter.
45‑205 Choosing a varied instalment rate
(1) You may choose an instalment rate for working out under section 45‑110 the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in an income year.
(2) If you do so, you must use that instalment rate to work out the amount of that instalment. (You cannot later choose another instalment rate for working out that amount.)
Note 1: If choosing a rate leads you to pay an instalment that is too low, you may be liable to general interest charge under section 45‑230.
Note 2: If you choose a rate under this section, you must use it even if the Commissioner later gives you a new instalment rate.
(3) You must also use that instalment rate to work out the amount of the instalment that you are liable to pay for each later *instalment quarter in that income year, unless you choose another instalment rate under subsection (1) for working out that amount.
Note 1: If you choose a rate under this section, you must use it even if the Commissioner later gives you a new instalment rate.
Note 2: If a rate you have chosen for an instalment quarter is not appropriate for a later instalment quarter in the same income year, you should choose another rate under subsection (1) for the later quarter. If the earlier rate is too low, you may be liable to general interest charge under section 45‑230.
(4) However, for working out under section 45‑110 the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in a later income year, you must use the most recent instalment rate given to you by the Commissioner before the end of that quarter, unless you again choose another instalment rate under subsection (1).
45‑210 Notifying Commissioner of varied instalment rate
If you work out the amount of an instalment using an instalment rate you have chosen under section 45‑205, you must specify that rate in the notice about your instalment income that you must give the Commissioner under section 45‑20.
45‑215 Credit on using varied rate in certain cases
(1) You are entitled to claim a credit if:
(a) the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter (the current quarter) in an income year is to be worked out using an instalment rate you chose under section 45‑205; and
(b) that rate is lower than the instalment rate you used to work out the amount of your instalment for the previous instalment quarter (if any) in the same income year; and
(c) the amount worked out using the method statement is greater than nil.
Method statement
Step 1. Add up the instalments you are liable to pay for the earlier *instalment quarters in the income year (even if you have not yet paid all of them).
Step 2. Subtract from the step 1 amount each earlier credit that you have claimed under this section or section 45‑420 in respect of the income year.
Step 3. Multiply the total of your *instalment income for those earlier *instalment quarters by the instalment rate to be used for the current quarter.
Step 4. Subtract the step 3 amount from the step 2 amount.
Step 5. If the result is a positive amount, it is the amount of the credit you can claim.
(2) A claim for a credit must be made in the *approved form on or before the day on which the instalment for the current quarter is due.
Note: How the credit is applied is set out in Division 3 of Part IIB.
(3) The credit entitlement does not affect your liability to pay an instalment.
Subdivision 45‑G—General interest charge payable in certain cases if instalments are too low
Table of sections
45‑230 Liability to GIC on shortfall in quarterly instalment worked out on the basis of varied rate
45‑232 Liability to GIC on shortfall in quarterly instalment worked out on the basis of estimated benchmark tax
45‑233 Reduction in GIC liability under section 45‑232 if shortfall is made up in later instalment
45‑235 Liability to GIC on shortfall in annual instalment
45‑240 Commissioner may remit general interest charge
45‑230 Liability to GIC on shortfall in quarterly instalment worked out on the basis of varied rate
(1) You are liable to pay the *general interest charge under this section if:
(a) you use an instalment rate (the varied rate) under section 45‑205 to work out the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter (the variation quarter) in an income year; and
(b) the varied rate is less than 85% of your *benchmark instalment rate for that income year that the Commissioner works out under Subdivision 45‑K.
(2) You are liable to pay the *general interest charge on the amount worked out as follows:
where:
rate discrepancy means the difference between the varied rate and the lesser of:
(a) the most recent instalment rate given to you by the Commissioner before the end of the variation quarter; and
(b) your *benchmark instalment rate for that income year.
credit adjustment means:
(a) if, as a result of using the varied rate for the variation quarter, you claimed a credit under section 45‑215—the amount worked out as follows:
or the amount of the credit, whichever is less; and
(b) otherwise—nil.
(2A) If the variation quarter is in a *consolidation transitional year for you as a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group, a reference in subsection (2) to:
(a) your *instalment income for the variation quarter; or
(b) your instalment income for the earlier instalment quarters in the income year;
is taken to be a reference to so much of that income as is reasonably attributable to the period in that quarter or those quarters (as appropriate) during which you are not a subsidiary member of the group.
(3) You are liable to pay the charge for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the instalment for the variation quarter was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the day on which your assessed tax for the income year is due to be paid.
(4) The Commissioner must give you written notice of the *general interest charge to which you are liable under subsection (2). You must pay the charge within 14 days after the notice is given to you.
(5) If any of the *general interest charge to which you are liable under subsection (2) remains unpaid at the end of the 14 days referred to in subsection (4), you are also liable to pay the *general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(a) starts at the end of those 14 days; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the unpaid amount;
(ii) general interest charge on the unpaid amount.
45‑232 Liability to GIC on shortfall in quarterly instalment worked out on the basis of estimated benchmark tax
(1) You are liable to pay the *general interest charge under this section if:
(a) the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter (the variation quarter) in an income year is worked out under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c) on the basis of your estimate of your *benchmark tax for that income year; and
(b) the estimate used is less than 85% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365).
Amount on which the charge is payable
(2) You are liable to pay the *general interest charge on the amount worked out as follows (if it is a positive amount):
where:
acceptable amount, of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in an income year, has the meaning given by subsections (3), (3A), (3B), (3C) and (3D).
actual amount means:
(a) the amount of your instalment, as worked out on the basis of the estimate; or
(b) if, as a result of using the estimate, you claimed a credit under section 45‑420 for the variation quarter—the amount of the credit, expressed as a negative amount.
(3) If you are a *quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax, the acceptable amount of your instalment for that instalment quarter is:
(a) if the amount of the instalment is worked out under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c)—the amount worked out using the table in this subsection (which can be a negative amount); or
(b) otherwise—the amount notified to you by the Commissioner under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter.
Acceptable amount of an instalment |
Item | If the *instalment quarter is: | The acceptable amount of your instalment for that instalment quarter is: |
1 | the first in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter; and (b) 25% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
2 | the second in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner would have notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter if the amounts of all your instalments for that income year had been required to be worked out under Subdivision 45‑L; and (b) the amount worked out by subtracting: • the *acceptable amount of your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in that income year; from: • 50% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
3 | the third in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner would have notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter if the amounts of all your instalments for that income year had been required to be worked out under Subdivision 45‑L; and (b) the amount worked out by subtracting: • the total of the *acceptable amounts of your instalments for the earlier instalment quarters in that income year; from: • 75% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
4 | the fourth in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner would have notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter if the amounts of all your instalments for that income year had been required to be worked out under Subdivision 45‑L; and (b) the amount worked out by subtracting: • the total of the *acceptable amounts of your instalments for the earlier instalment quarters in that income year; from: • 100% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
(3A) Subject to subsections (3B), (3C) and (3D), if you are a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax, the acceptable amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in an income year is:
(a) if the amount of the instalment is worked out under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c)—the amount worked out using the table in this subsection (which can be a negative amount); or
(b) otherwise—the amount notified to you by the Commissioner under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that instalment quarter.
Acceptable amount of an instalment |
Item | If the *instalment quarter is: | The acceptable amount of your instalment for that instalment quarter is: |
1 | the third *instalment quarter in that income year | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter; and (b) 75% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
2 | the fourth *instalment quarter in that income year | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner would have notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter if the amounts of all your instalments for that income year had been required to be worked out under Subdivision 45‑L; and (b) the amount worked out by subtracting: • the *acceptable amount of your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in that income year; from: • 100% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
(3B) If:
(a) you are a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax; and
(b) the Commissioner first gives you an instalment rate during the second *instalment quarter in an income year;
the acceptable amount of your instalment for an instalment quarter in that income year is:
(c) if the amount of the instalment is worked out under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c)—the amount worked out using the table in this subsection (which can be a negative amount); or
(d) otherwise—the amount notified to you by the Commissioner under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that instalment quarter.
Acceptable amount of an instalment |
Item | If the *instalment quarter is: | The acceptable amount of your instalment for that instalment quarter is: |
1 | the third *instalment quarter in that income year | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter; and (b) 50% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
2 | the fourth *instalment quarter in that income year | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner would have notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter if the amounts of all your instalments for that income year had been required to be worked out under Subdivision 45‑L; and (b) the amount worked out by subtracting: • the *acceptable amount of your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in that income year; from: • 75% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
(3C) If:
(a) you are a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax; and
(b) the Commissioner first gives you an instalment rate during the third *instalment quarter in an income year;
the acceptable amount of your instalment for an instalment quarter in that income year is:
(c) if the amount of the instalment is worked out under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c)—the amount worked out using the table in this subsection (which can be a negative amount); or
(d) otherwise—the amount notified to you by the Commissioner under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that instalment quarter.
Acceptable amount of an instalment |
Item | If the *instalment quarter is: | The acceptable amount of your instalment for that instalment quarter is: |
1 | the third *instalment quarter in that income year | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter; and (b) 25% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
2 | the fourth *instalment quarter in that income year | the lower of: (a) the amount that the Commissioner would have notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter if the amounts of all your instalments for that income year had been required to be worked out under Subdivision 45‑L; and (b) the amount worked out by subtracting: • the *acceptable amount of your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in that income year; from: • 50% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365). |
(3D) If:
(a) you are a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax; and
(b) the Commissioner first gives you an instalment rate during the fourth *instalment quarter in an income year;
the acceptable amount of your instalment for an instalment quarter in that income year is the lower of the following amounts:
(c) the amount that the Commissioner notified to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) as the amount of your instalment for that instalment quarter;
(d) 25% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365).
Period for which the charge is payable
(4) You are liable to pay the charge for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the instalment for the variation quarter was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the day on which your assessed tax for the income year is due to be paid.
Commissioner to notify you
(5) The Commissioner must give you written notice of the *general interest charge to which you are liable under subsection (2). You must pay the charge within 14 days after the notice is given to you.
Further charge if charge under subsection (2) remains unpaid
(6) If any of the *general interest charge to which you are liable under subsection (2) remains unpaid at the end of the 14 days referred to in subsection (5), you are also liable to pay the *general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(a) starts at the end of those 14 days; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the unpaid amount;
(ii) general interest charge on the unpaid amount.
Modifications for subsidiary member of consolidated group
(7) Subsections (1) to (6) apply to you with the modifications set out in subsections (8) to (10) if the variation quarter is in a *consolidation transitional year for you as a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group.
(8) For the purposes of subsection (7), a reference in subsection (1), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C) and (3D) to your *benchmark tax for that year is taken to be a reference to the amount worked out as follows:
(9) For the purposes of subsection (7), a reference in this section to:
(a) the acceptable amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in an income year; or
(b) the acceptable amount of your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in an income year; or
(c) the acceptable amounts of your instalments for the earlier instalment quarters in an income year;
is taken to be a reference to so much of the acceptable amount of instalment or acceptable amounts of instalments, worked out under subsection (3), (3A), (3B), (3C) or (3D) for that quarter or those quarters (as appropriate), as is reasonably attributable to the period in that quarter or those quarters (as appropriate) during which you are not a *subsidiary member of the group.
(10) For the purposes of subsection (7), a reference to the actual amount in subsection (2) is taken to be a reference to so much of the actual amount worked out under that subsection as is reasonably attributable to the period in the variation quarter during which you are not a *subsidiary member of the group.
45‑233 Reduction in GIC liability under section 45‑232 if shortfall is made up in later instalment
(1) This section reduces the amount (the shortfall) on which you are liable to pay the *general interest charge under subsection 45‑232(2) if, for a later *instalment quarter (the later quarter) that is in the same income year as the variation quarter, the amount worked out as follows is a negative amount:
That amount (expressed as a positive number) is called the top up.
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
actual amount of your instalment for the later quarter means:
(a) the amount of your instalment for the later quarter, as worked out under section 45‑112; or
(b) if you claimed a credit under section 45‑420 for the later quarter—the amount of the credit, expressed as a negative amount.
Amount of the reduction
(3) The shortfall is reduced by applying so much of the top up as does not exceed the shortfall.
(4) However, if some of the top up has already been applied (under any other application or applications of this section) to reduce the amount on which you are liable to pay the *general interest charge under subsection 45‑232(2) as it applies to a different *instalment quarter, the shortfall is reduced by applying so much of the top up as has not already been applied, and does not exceed the shortfall.
Period for which reduction has effect
(5) The reduction has effect for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the instalment for the later quarter was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the day on which your assessed tax for the income year is due to be paid.
45‑235 Liability to GIC on shortfall in annual instalment
(1) You are liable to pay the *general interest charge under this section if:
(a) you choose to estimate the amount of your instalment (the estimated instalment amount) for an income year under former paragraph 45‑115(1)(c) or 45‑175(1)(b); and
(b) that amount is less than 85% of your *benchmark tax for the income year (which the Commissioner works out under section 45‑365).
(2) If you estimated the amount of the instalment under former paragraph 45‑175(1)(b), you are liable to pay the *general interest charge on the difference between the estimated instalment amount and the lower of the following amounts:
(a) your most recent *notional tax notified by the Commissioner at least 30 days before the day on which the instalment was due;
(b) your *benchmark tax for the income year.
(3) If you estimated the amount of the instalment under paragraph 45‑115(1)(c), you are liable to pay the *general interest charge on the difference between the estimated instalment amount and the lowest of the following amounts:
(a) the amount of your instalment worked out using the most recent instalment rate given to you by the Commissioner before the end of the income year;
(b) your most recent *notional tax notified by the Commissioner before the end of the income year under subsection 45‑320(5);
(c) your *benchmark tax for the income year.
(4) You are liable to pay the charge for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the instalment for the income year was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the day on which your assessed tax for the income year is due to be paid.
(5) The Commissioner must give you written notice of the *general interest charge to which you are liable under subsection (2) or (3). You must pay the charge within 14 days after the notice is given to you.
(6) If any of the *general interest charge to which you are liable under subsection (2) or (3) remains unpaid at the end of the 14 days referred to in subsection (5), you are also liable to pay the *general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(a) starts at the end of those 14 days; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the unpaid amount;
(ii) general interest charge on the unpaid amount.
45‑240 Commissioner may remit general interest charge
The Commissioner may, if he or she is satisfied that because special circumstances exist it would be fair and reasonable to do so, remit the whole or any part of any *general interest charge payable under subsection 45‑230(2) or 45‑232(2) or subsection 45‑235(2) or (3).
Subdivision 45‑H—Partnership income
45‑260 Instalment income for a period in which you are in a partnership
(1) Your instalment income for a period (the current period) includes an amount for each partnership in which you are a partner at any time during the current period. The amount is worked out using the formula:
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
your assessable income from the partnership for the last income year means so much of your individual interest in the partnership’s net income for an income year as was included by section 92 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in your assessable income for the most recent income year:
(a) that ended before the start of the current period; and
(b) for which you have an assessment, or for which the Commissioner has notified you that you do not have a taxable income.
(3) However, if for any reason the component defined in subsection (2) does not exist or is a nil amount, or the partnership had no *instalment income for that income year, your instalment income for the current period includes, for that partnership, an amount that is fair and reasonable having regard to:
(a) the extent of your interest in the partnership during the current period; and
(b) the partnership’s *instalment income for the current period; and
(c) any other relevant circumstances.
Exception for corporate limited partnerships
(4) Your instalment income for the current period does not include an amount for a partnership that is a *corporate limited partnership for the income year that is or includes that period.
Note: Your instalment income will still include a distribution by the partnership that is ordinary income. See section 45‑120.
Subdivision 45‑I—Trust income included in instalment income of beneficiary
Table of sections
45‑280 Instalment income for a period in which you are a beneficiary of a trust
45‑285 Instalment income includes distributions by certain resident unit trusts
45‑286 Instalment income includes distributions by certain managed investment trusts
45‑287 When trusts are disqualified due to concentrated ownership
45‑288 Resident investment trusts for beneficiaries who are absolutely entitled
45‑290 Exceptions to exclusion of trust capital gains from beneficiary’s instalment income
45‑280 Instalment income for a period in which you are a beneficiary of a trust
(1) Your instalment income for a period (the current period) includes an amount for each trust of which you are a beneficiary at any time during the current period. The amount is worked out using the formula:
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
your assessable income from the trust for the last income year means so much of a share of the trust’s net income for an income year as:
(a) Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 included in your assessable income for the most recent income year:
(i) that ended before the start of the current period; and
(ii) for which you have an assessment, or for which the Commissioner has notified you that you do not have a taxable income; and
(b) is not attributable to a *capital gain made by the trust.
Note: For exceptions to paragraph (b), see section 45‑290.
(3) However, if for any reason the component defined in subsection (2) does not exist or is a nil amount, or the trust had no *instalment income for that income year, your instalment income for the current period includes, for that trust, an amount that is fair and reasonable having regard to:
(a) the extent of your interest in the trust, and your interest in the income of the trust, during the current period; and
(b) the trust’s *instalment income for the current period; and
(c) any other relevant circumstances.
Exception for corporate unit trusts and public trading trusts
(4) Your instalment income for the current period does not include an amount for a trust if the trustee is liable to be assessed, and to pay tax, under section 102K or 102S of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 for the income year that is or includes that period.
Note: Your instalment income will still include a distribution by the trust that is ordinary income. See section 45‑120.
Exception for certain resident unit trusts
(5) Your instalment income for the current period does not include an amount for a trust under subsection (1) if the conditions in either subsection 45‑285(1) or (2) are satisfied for you for that trust for that period.
Note: Your instalment income will instead include a distribution by the trust: see section 45‑285.
Exception for trusts whose beneficiary is absolutely entitled
(6) Your instalment income for the current period does not include an amount for a trust under subsection (1) if, throughout the current period:
(a) the trustee of the trust did not have any active duties to perform in the management of the trust (other than the duty to deal with the trust income and capital in accordance with any requests made or directions given by the beneficiary or beneficiaries); and
(b) if there was only one beneficiary, the beneficiary:
(i) was absolutely entitled to the trust assets; and
(ii) had a vested and indefeasible interest in any trust income arising from time to time; and
(c) if there was more than one beneficiary, each beneficiary:
(i) was absolutely entitled to that beneficiary’s interest in the trust assets; and
(ii) had a vested and indefeasible interest in a proportion of any trust income arising from time to time, being a proportion that corresponded to the beneficiary’s proportional interest in the trust capital.
Instead, your instalment income for the current period includes the following amount:
45‑285 Instalment income includes distributions by certain resident unit trusts
(1) Your instalment income for a period includes trust income or trust capital that a unit trust distributes to you, or applies for your benefit, during that period if:
(a) the unit trust is a resident unit trust (within the meaning of section 102Q of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) for the income year of the trust that is or includes that period; and
(b) throughout that period:
(i) any of the units in the trust were listed for quotation in the official list of a stock exchange in Australia or elsewhere; or
(ii) any of the units in the trust were offered to the public; or
(iii) the units in the trust were held by at least 50 persons; and
(c) section 45‑287 in this Schedule did not apply to the trust at any time during that period; and
(d) throughout that period, the trust’s activities consisted only of activities listed in the definition of eligible investment business in section 102M of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
(It does not matter whether the trust income or trust capital is included in your assessable income for the income year that is or includes that period.)
(2) Your instalment income for a period also includes trust income or trust capital that a unit trust distributes to you, or applies for your benefit, during that period if:
(a) the income or capital is not included in your instalment income under subsection (1); and
(b) the unit trust is a resident unit trust (within the meaning of section 102Q of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) for the income year of the trust that is or includes that period; and
(c) throughout that period, the trust’s activities consisted only of activities listed in the definition of eligible investment business in section 102M of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; and
(d) throughout that period, either:
(i) you are yourself the trustee of a unit trust that satisfies each of paragraphs (1)(a) to (d) of this section; or
(ii) you are yourself the trustee of one or more trusts covered by section 45‑288; or
(iii) you are exempt from tax; or
(iv) you are a *complying superannuation entity or a statutory fund of a *life insurance company.
(It does not matter whether the trust income or trust capital is included in your assessable income for the income year that is or includes that period.)
Extension—nominee and bare trust situations
(3) In determining, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b)(iii), how many persons hold units in a unit trust, if:
(a) another trust (the holding trust) is a unit holder in the unit trust; and
(b) the holding trust is a trust of the kind covered by subsection 45‑280(6); and
(c) the beneficiary’s or beneficiaries’ absolute entitlement exists at all times while the holding trust is in existence;
the beneficiary or beneficiaries count as persons who hold units in the unit trust, and the trustee of the holding trust does not.
45‑286 Instalment income includes distributions by certain managed investment trusts
Your instalment income for a period includes trust income or trust capital that a trust distributes to you, or applies for your benefit, during that period if:
(a) the income or capital is not included in your instalment income under section 45‑280 or 45‑285; and
(b) the trust satisfies the condition in paragraph 12‑400(1)(a) in relation to the income year that is or includes that period; and
(c) the trust is:
(i) a *managed investment trust for that income year; or
(ii) treated as a managed investment trust for that income year for the purposes of Division 275 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(d) the trust meets the requirement in section 275‑110 of that Act throughout the income year.
(It does not matter whether the trust income or trust capital is included in your assessable income for the income year that is or includes that period.)
45‑287 When trusts are disqualified due to concentrated ownership
Concentrated ownership
(1) This section applies to a trust if an individual holds, or up to 20 individuals hold between them directly or indirectly and for their own benefit, interests in the trust:
(a) carrying *fixed entitlements to:
(i) at least 75% of the trust’s income; or
(ii) at least 75% of the trust’s capital; or
(b) if beneficiaries of the trust have a right to vote in respect of activities of the trust—carrying at least 75% of those voting rights.
Single individual
(2) Subsection (1) operates as if all of these were a single individual:
(a) an individual, whether or not the individual holds interests in the trust; and
(b) the individual’s *associates; and
(c) for any interests in respect of which other individuals are nominees of the individual or of the individual’s associates—those other individuals.
Concentrated ownership—potential due to possible variation of rights etc.
(3) This section also applies to a trust if, because of:
(a) any provision in the trust’s constituent document, or in any contract, agreement or instrument:
(i) authorising the variation or abrogation of rights attaching to any of the interests in the trust; or
(ii) relating to the conversion, cancellation, extinguishment or redemption of any of those interests; or
(b) any contract, *arrangement, option or instrument under which a person has power to acquire any of those interests; or
(c) any power, authority or discretion in a person in relation to the rights attaching to any of those interests;
it is reasonable to conclude that the rights attaching to any of the interests are capable of being varied or abrogated in such a way (even if they are not in fact varied or abrogated in that way) that, directly or indirectly, the trust would be disqualified under subsection (1).
Tracing
(4) In applying this section:
(a) if a *complying superannuation fund, *approved deposit fund or *superannuation fund for foreign residents has more than 50 members and has, directly or indirectly, a *fixed entitlement to any of the trust’s income or capital—that entitlement is taken to be held by more than 20 individuals for their own benefit; and
(b) if a complying superannuation fund, approved deposit fund or superannuation fund for foreign residents has 50 or fewer members and has, directly or indirectly, a fixed entitlement to any of the trust’s income or capital—each of the members is taken to have a share of that entitlement, in equal proportions, for his or her own benefit.
45‑288 Resident investment trusts for beneficiaries who are absolutely entitled
This section covers a trust if:
(a) the trust is a resident unit trust within the meaning of section 102Q of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; and
(b) the trust is of the kind covered by subsection 45‑280(6) in this Schedule; and
(c) the requests or directions that beneficiaries may give the trustee are limited to requests or directions as to which of the activities listed in the definition of eligible investment business in section 102M of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 the trustee should engage in; and
(d) all of the trust’s beneficiaries became beneficiaries as a result of a public offer to invest in the trust; and
(e) either:
(i) the trust has 50 or more beneficiaries; or
(ii) if the trustee of the trust is also the trustee of one or more other trusts that satisfy paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this section—all those trusts together have a total of 50 or more beneficiaries.
45‑290 Exceptions to exclusion of trust capital gains from beneficiary’s instalment income
(1) This section sets out cases where paragraph (b) of the definition of your assessable income from the trust for the last income year in subsection 45‑280(2) does not apply.
(2) It does not apply in the case of:
(a) a *complying approved deposit fund or a *non‑complying approved deposit fund for the income year that is or includes the current period; or
(b) a *complying superannuation fund or a *non‑complying superannuation fund for that year; or
(c) a *pooled superannuation trust for that year; or
(d) an *FHSA trust for that year.
(3) It does not apply in the case of a *life insurance company to the extent that the share of the trust’s net income is included in the *complying superannuation/FHSA class of its taxable income for the income year that is or includes the current period.
Subdivision 45‑J—How Commissioner works out your instalment rate and notional tax
Table of sections
45‑320 Working out instalment rate
45‑325 Working out your notional tax
45‑330 Working out your adjusted taxable income
45‑335 Working out your adjusted withholding income
45‑340 Adjusted tax on adjusted taxable income or on adjusted withholding income
45‑320 Working out instalment rate
(1) Except as provided by section 45‑775, an instalment rate that the Commissioner gives you must be the percentage worked out to 2 decimal places (rounding up if the third decimal place is 5 or more) using the formula:
However, the instalment rate must be a nil rate if either component of the formula is nil.
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
base assessment instalment income means so much of your assessable income, as worked out for the purposes of the *base assessment, as the Commissioner determines is *instalment income for the *base year.
(3) The base assessment is the latest assessment for your most recent income year for which an assessment has been made. However, if the Commissioner is satisfied that there is a later income year for which you do not have a taxable income, the base assessment is the latest return or other information from which an assessment for that income year would have been made.
(4) The base year is the income year to which the *base assessment relates.
(5) When the Commissioner gives you the instalment rate, he or she must also notify you of the amount of your *notional tax, as worked out for the purposes of working out the instalment rate.
(6) The Commissioner may incorporate notice of the instalment rate and the amount of your *notional tax in notice of your assessment.
45‑325 Working out your notional tax
Notional tax if you have no withholding income
(1) Your notional tax is your *adjusted tax (worked out under section 45‑340) on your *adjusted taxable income (worked out under section 45‑330) for the *base year.
Notional tax if you have no‑TFN contributions income
(1A) In working out the notional tax of a *complying superannuation fund, *non‑complying superannuation fund or *RSA provider for the *base year, assume that the entity had no *no‑TFN contributions income for the base year and that the entity was not entitled to a *tax offset for the base year under Subdivision 295‑J of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Notional tax if you have withholding income
(2) However, your notional tax (as worked out under subsection (1)) is reduced if your assessable income for the *base assessment includes amounts in respect of *withholding payments (except *non‑quotation withholding payments).
(3) It is reduced (but not below nil) by your *adjusted tax (worked out under section 45‑340) on your *adjusted withholding income (worked out under section 45‑335) for the *base year.
Commissioner may take into account effect of the law, as applying to income years after base year
(4) For the purposes of working out your *notional tax, the Commissioner may work out an amount as if provisions of an Act or regulations, as they may reasonably be expected to apply for the purposes of your assessment for a later income year, had applied for the purposes of the *base assessment.
Commissioner may take into account proposed changes to the law so as to reduce instalment rate
(5) For the purposes of working out your *notional tax, the Commissioner may work out an amount as if provisions of an Act or regulations that, in the Commissioner’s opinion, are likely to be enacted or made had applied for the purposes of the *base assessment. But the Commissioner may do so only if, as a result, the instalment rate given to you is reduced.
(6) If the *base year is the income year immediately preceding the income year in which 1 July 2000 occurred, subsections (4) and (5) apply for the purpose of working out the *base assessment instalment income of a *life insurance company in the same way as they apply for the purpose of working out such a company’s *notional tax.
45‑330 Working out your adjusted taxable income
(1) Your adjusted taxable income for the *base year is your total assessable income for the *base assessment, reduced by:
(a) any *net capital gain included in that assessable income; and
(b) your deductions for the base year (except *tax losses), as used in making that assessment; and
(c) the amount of any tax loss, to the extent that you can carry it forward to the next income year.
Exception: superannuation entities and net capital gains
(2) Paragraph (1)(a) does not apply in the case of:
(a) a *complying approved deposit fund or a *non‑complying approved deposit fund for the *base year; or
(b) a *complying superannuation fund or a *non‑complying superannuation fund for that year; or
(c) a *pooled superannuation trust for that year; or
(d) an *FHSA trust for that year.
Special rule for some entities
(2A) If an entity:
(a) has *tax losses transferred to it under Subdivision 707‑A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(b) is a *corporate tax entity at any time during the *base year;
the adjusted taxable income of the entity for the base year is worked out under subsection (1) as if paragraph (1)(c) were replaced by the following provision:
(c) the lesser of the following amounts:
(i) the amount of any tax loss, to the extent that you can carry it forward to the next income year;
(ii) the amount of the deductions for tax losses used in making your *base assessment.
Amounts assessable under Subdivision 250‑E of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
(2AA) To avoid doubt, paragraph (1)(a) does not apply to a *net capital gain that is included in your assessable income under Subdivision 250‑E of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Special rule for life insurance companies
(3) The adjusted taxable income of a *life insurance company for the *base year is worked out as follows:
Method statement
Step 1. Recalculate the taxable income of the *ordinary class for the *base assessment on the basis that it did not include any *net capital gain.
Step 2. Add to the step 1 result the deductions for *tax losses of the *ordinary class that were used in making the *base assessment.
Step 3. Reduce the step 2 result by the lesser of the following amounts:
(a) the amount of any *tax losses of the *ordinary class, to the extent that the company can carry them forward to the next income year;
(b) deductions for tax losses of the ordinary class that were used in making the *base assessment.
Step 4. Add to the step 3 result the taxable income of the *complying superannuation/FHSA class for the *base assessment.
Step 5. Add to the step 4 result the deductions for *tax losses of the *complying superannuation/FHSA class that were used in making the *base assessment.
Step 6. Reduce the step 5 result by the lesser of the following amounts:
(a) the amount of any *tax losses of the *complying superannuation/FHSA class, to the extent that the company can carry them forward to the next income year;
(b) deductions for tax losses of the complying superannuation/FHSA class that were used in making the *base assessment.
The result of this step is the adjusted taxable income of the company for the *base year.
45‑335 Working out your adjusted withholding income
Your adjusted withholding income for the *base year is:
• the total of the amounts included in your assessable income for the *base assessment in respect of *withholding payments (except *non‑quotation withholding payments);
reduced by:
• your deductions for that year, as used in making that assessment, to the extent that they reasonably relate to those amounts.
45‑340 Adjusted tax on adjusted taxable income or on adjusted withholding income
Your adjusted tax on your *adjusted taxable income, or on your *adjusted withholding income, for the *base year is worked out as follows:
Method statement
Step 1. The income tax payable on your *adjusted taxable income, or on your *adjusted withholding income, for the *base year is worked out disregarding any *tax offset under:
(a) Subdivision 61‑G of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the private health insurance tax offset); or
(b) Subdivision 61‑IA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the child care tax offset); or
(c) Subdivision 61‑J of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the 25% entrepreneurs’ tax offset); or
(d) Subdivision 61‑K of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the mature age worker tax offset); or
(da) Subdivision 61‑L of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (tax offset for Medicare levy surcharge (lump sum payments in arrears)); or
(db) Subdivision 61‑M of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the education expenses tax offset); or
(e) section 205‑70 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the tax offset for *franking deficit tax liabilities); or
(f) section 159N of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (the tax offset for certain low income earners); or
(g) section 290‑230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the tax offset for superannuation contributions made for a spouse).
Step 2. The Medicare levy payable on your *adjusted taxable income, or on your *adjusted withholding income, for the *base year is worked out disregarding sections 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E, 8F and 8G of the Medicare Levy Act 1986 (which increase Medicare levy in certain cases).
Step 3. The amount (if any) that you would have been liable to pay for the *base year in respect of an *accumulated HELP debt if your taxable income for the base year had been your *adjusted taxable income, or your *adjusted withholding income, for that year is worked out.
Step 3A. The amount (if any) that you would have been liable to pay for the *base year by way of an *FS assessment debt if your taxable income for the base year had been your *adjusted taxable income, or your *adjusted withholding income, for that year is worked out.
Step 4. The results of steps 1, 2, 3 and 3A are added together, and reduced by what would have been your *FTB amount (if any) for the *base year if your taxable income for the base year had been your *adjusted taxable income, or your *adjusted withholding income, for that year. The result is your adjusted tax on your *adjusted taxable income, or on your *adjusted withholding income.
Subdivision 45‑K—How Commissioner works out your benchmark instalment rate and benchmark tax
Table of sections
45‑355 When Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate and benchmark tax
45‑360 How Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate
45‑365 Working out your benchmark tax
45‑370 Working out your adjusted assessed taxable income for the variation year
45‑375 Adjusted assessed tax on adjusted assessed taxable income
45‑355 When Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate and benchmark tax
(1) The Commissioner may work out your *benchmark instalment rate for an income year (the variation year) if, under section 45‑205, you choose an instalment rate to work out the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in that year.
(1A) The Commissioner may work out your *benchmark tax for an income year (the variation year) if, under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c), the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in an income year is worked out on the basis of your estimate of your *benchmark tax for that income year.
(2) The Commissioner may work out your *benchmark tax for an income year (the variation year) if, under paragraph 45‑115(1)(c), you estimate the amount of your annual instalment for that year.
45‑360 How Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate
(1) Your benchmark instalment rate for the variation year is the percentage worked out to 2 decimal places (rounding up if the third decimal place is 5 or more) using the formula:
However, your benchmark instalment rate is a nil rate if either component of the formula is nil.
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
variation year instalment income means so much of your assessable income for the variation year as the Commissioner determines is *instalment income for that year.
45‑365 Working out your benchmark tax
Benchmark tax if you had no withholding income
(1) Your benchmark tax is your *adjusted assessed tax (worked out under section 45‑375) on your *adjusted assessed taxable income (worked out under section 45‑370) for the variation year.
Benchmark tax if you have no‑TFN contributions income
(1A) In working out the benchmark tax of a *complying superannuation fund, *non‑complying superannuation fund or *RSA provider for the variation year, assume that the entity had no *no‑TFN contributions income for the variation year and that the entity was not entitled to a *tax offset for the variation year under Subdivision 295‑J of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Benchmark tax if you had withholding income
(2) However, your benchmark tax (as worked out under subsection (1)) is reduced if your assessable income for the variation year includes amounts in respect of *withholding payments.
(3) It is reduced (but not below nil) by the sum of:
(a) the total amount of the credits to which you are entitled for the variation year under section 18‑15 (for amounts withheld from withholding payments made to you during the variation year); and
(b) the total amount of the credits to which you are entitled for the variation year under section 18‑27 (for amounts paid under Division 13 in respect of amounts included in your assessable income under section 86‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997).
45‑370 Working out your adjusted assessed taxable income for the variation year
(1) Your adjusted assessed taxable income for the variation year is your taxable income for the year, reduced by any *net capital gain included in your assessable income for the year.
Exception: superannuation entities and net capital gains
(2) In working out the adjusted assessed taxable income, taxable income is not reduced by any *net capital gain in the case of:
(a) a *complying approved deposit fund or a *non‑complying approved deposit fund for the variation year; or
(b) a *complying superannuation fund or a *non‑complying superannuation fund for the variation year; or
(c) a *pooled superannuation trust for the variation year; or
(d) an *FHSA trust for the variation year.
Special rule for life insurance companies
(3) The adjusted assessed taxable income of a *life insurance company for the variation year is worked out as follows:
Method statement
Step 1. Recalculate the *ordinary class of the taxable income for the variation year on the basis that the assessable income that relates to the class did not include any *net capital gain.
Step 2. Add to the step 1 result the *complying superannuation/FHSA class of the taxable income for the variation year.
45‑375 Adjusted assessed tax on adjusted assessed taxable income
Your adjusted assessed tax on your *adjusted assessed taxable income for the variation year is worked out as follows:
Method statement
Step 1. The income tax payable on your *adjusted assessed taxable income for the variation year is worked out disregarding any *tax offset under:
(a) Subdivision 61‑G of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the private health insurance tax offset); or
(b) Subdivision 61‑IA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the child care tax offset); or
(c) Subdivision 61‑K of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the mature age worker tax offset); or
(ca) Subdivision 61‑L of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (tax offset for Medicare levy surcharge (lump sum payments in arrears)); or
(cb) Subdivision 61‑M of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the education expenses tax offset); or
(d) section 205‑70 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the tax offset for *franking deficit tax liabilities); or
(e) section 159N of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (the tax offset for certain low income earners); or
(f) section 290‑230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the tax offset for superannuation contributions made for a spouse).
Step 2. The Medicare levy payable on your *adjusted assessed taxable income for the variation year is worked out disregarding sections 8B, 8C, 8D, 8E, 8F and 8G of the Medicare Levy Act 1986 (which increase Medicare levy in certain cases).
Step 3. The amount (if any) that you would have been liable to pay for the variation year in respect of an *accumulated HELP debt if your taxable income for that year had been your *adjusted assessed taxable income for that year is worked out.
Step 3A. The amount (if any) that you would have been liable to pay for the variation year by way of an *FS assessment debt if your taxable income for that year had been your *adjusted assessed taxable income for that year is worked out.
Step 4. The results of steps 1, 2, 3 and 3A are added together, and reduced by what would have been your *FTB amount (if any) for the variation year if your taxable income for that year had been your *adjusted assessed taxable income for that year. The result is your adjusted assessed tax on your *adjusted assessed taxable income for the variation year.
Subdivision 45‑L—How Commissioner works out amount of quarterly instalment on basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
Table of sections
45‑400 Working out amount of instalment—payers of 4 quarterly instalments
45‑402 Working out amount of instalment—payers of 2 quarterly instalments
45‑405 Working out your GDP‑adjusted notional tax
45‑400 Working out amount of instalment—payers of 4 quarterly instalments
Scope
(1) This section applies if you are a *quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the end of an *instalment quarter in an income year (the current year).
Working out amount of instalment
(2) The amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter which the Commissioner must work out and notify to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) is:
(a) the amount worked out in accordance with the table if it is positive; or
(b) otherwise—nil.
Amount of quarterly instalment worked out on basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax |
Item | If the instalment quarter is: | The amount of the instalment is: |
1 | the first in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment | 25% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax |
2 | the second in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment | 50% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax, reduced by the amount of your instalment for the earlier *instalment quarter in that income year |
3 | the third in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment | 75% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax, reduced by the total of your instalments for earlier *instalment quarters in that income year |
4 | the fourth in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment | 100% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax, reduced by the total of your instalments for earlier *instalment quarters in that income year |
Note: Your instalments for earlier instalment quarters may have been worked out on a basis other than GDP‑adjusted notional tax.
Amount reduced in circumstances specified by regulations
(3) In the circumstances (if any) specified by the regulations, the amount worked out in accordance with the table in subsection (2) is reduced by the amount worked out under the regulations.
(4) Without limiting subsection (3), the regulations may specify circumstances by:
(a) specifying the particular *instalment quarter to which the reduction applies; or
(b) specifying the kind of payers to whom the reduction applies.
(5) In working out, under subsection (2), the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in an income year, assume that there had not been any reductions under subsection (3) for earlier instalment quarters in that year.
December 2008 reduction for small business entities
(6) If 31 December 2008 occurs in an *instalment quarter in an income year, the amount worked out in accordance with the table in subsection (2) for the instalment quarter is reduced by 20% if you are:
(a) a *small business entity for the 2007‑08 or 2008‑09 income year; or
(b) a partner of a partnership that is a small business entity for the 2007‑08 or 2008‑09 income year; or
(c) a beneficiary of a trust that is a small business entity for the 2007‑08 or 2008‑09 income year.
(7) In working out, under subsection (2), the amount of your instalment for a later *instalment quarter in the income year, assume that the reduction under subsection (6) had not happened.
45‑402 Working out amount of instalment—payers of 2 quarterly instalments
(1) This section applies if you are a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the end of an *instalment quarter in an income year (the current year).
(2) If you are liable to pay an instalment for that *instalment quarter, the amount of that instalment which the Commissioner must work out and notify to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) is:
(a) the amount worked out in accordance with this section if it is positive; or
(b) otherwise—nil.
Amount of instalment
(3) Subject to subsections (4) to (6), the amount of that instalment is worked out in accordance with the following table:
Amount of quarterly instalment |
Item | If the *instalment quarter is: | the amount of the instalment is: |
1 | the third *instalment quarter in the income year | 75% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax |
2 | the fourth *instalment quarter in the income year | 100% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax, reduced by your instalment for earlier instalment quarter in that income year |
You receive instalment rate for the first time in second quarter
(4) If the Commissioner gives you an instalment rate for the first time during the second *instalment quarter in that income year, the amount of the instalment is worked out in accordance with the following table:
Amount of quarterly instalment |
Item | If the *instalment quarter is: | the amount of the instalment is: |
1 | the third *instalment quarter in the income year | 50% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax |
2 | the fourth *instalment quarter in the income year | 75% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax, reduced by your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in that income year |
You receive instalment rate for the first time in third quarter
(5) If the Commissioner first gives you an instalment rate during the third *instalment quarter in that income year, the amount of the instalment is worked out in accordance with the following table:
Amount of quarterly instalment |
Item | If the *instalment quarter is: | the amount of the instalment is: |
1 | the third *instalment quarter in the income year | 25% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax |
2 | the fourth *instalment quarter in the income year | 50% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax, reduced by your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in that income year |
You receive instalment rate for the first time in fourth quarter
(6) If the Commissioner first gives you an instalment rate during the fourth *instalment quarter in that income year, the amount of the instalment must be equal to 25% of your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax.
45‑405 Working out your GDP‑adjusted notional tax
(1) Except as provided by section 45‑775, your GDP‑adjusted notional tax is worked out in the same way as your *notional tax would be worked out for the purposes of working out an instalment rate if that instalment rate were to be given to you at the same time as notice of the amount of the instalment referred to in section 45‑400 or 45‑402 (as appropriate).
(2) However, for the purposes of subsection (1):
(a) your *adjusted taxable income for the *base year; and
(b) your *adjusted withholding income (if any) for the *base year;
are each increased in accordance with the formula:
(3) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (2):
original amount means the amount that, apart from subsection (2), would be your *adjusted taxable income for the *base year, or your *adjusted withholding income for the *base year, as appropriate.
GDP adjustment means:
(a) if the current year is the 2009‑10 income year—2%; or
(aa) if the current year is the 2011‑12 income year—4%; or
(b) otherwise:
(i) the percentage (rounded to the nearest whole number, rounding down a number ending in .5) worked out using the following formula; or
(ii) if the percentage worked out using the formula is negative—0%:
Note 1: Paragraph (a) will be repealed on 1 July 2014: see Part 2 of Schedule 1 to the Tax Laws Amendment (2009 Measures No. 3) Act 2009.
Note 2: Paragraph (aa) will be repealed on 1 July 2016: see Part 2 of Schedule 1 to the Tax Laws Amendment (2011 Measures No. 4) Act 2011.
(4) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (3):
sum of GDP amounts (current year) means the sum of the *GDP amounts, for the *quarters in the last calendar year (the later calendar year) ending at least 3 months before the start of the current year, specified in the document referred to in subsection (6).
sum of GDP amounts (previous year) means the sum of the *GDP amounts, for the *quarters in the calendar year (the earlier calendar year) before the later calendar year, specified in the document referred to in subsection (6).
(5) The GDP amount for a *quarter is the amount published by the Australian Statistician as the original gross domestic product at current prices for that quarter.
(6) In a case covered by paragraph (b) of the definition of GDP adjustment in subsection (3), the GDP adjustment must be worked out on the basis of the first document that:
(a) is published by the Australian Statistician after the end of the later calendar year; and
(b) sets out the *GDP amounts for all the *quarters in both the later calendar year and the earlier calendar year.
(7) To avoid doubt, subsections 45‑325(4) and (5) also have effect for the purposes of working out your *GDP‑adjusted notional tax.
Subdivision 45‑M—How amount of quarterly instalment is worked out on basis of your estimate of your benchmark tax
Table of sections
45‑410 Working out amount of instalment—payers of 4 quarterly instalments
45‑412 Working out amount of instalment—payers of 2 quarterly instalments
45‑415 Estimating your benchmark tax
45‑420 Credit in certain cases where amount of instalment is nil
45‑410 Working out amount of instalment—payers of 4 quarterly instalments
(1A) This section applies if you are a *quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the end of an *instalment quarter in an income year (the current year).
(1) For the purposes of paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c), the amount of your instalment for that *instalment quarter in an income year is:
(a) the amount worked out, in accordance with this section, on the basis of the estimate of your *benchmark tax for that income year that section 45‑415 requires to be used, if that amount is positive; or
(b) otherwise—nil.
Note: If the amount is negative, you can claim a credit under section 45‑420.
First instalment quarter
(2) If the *instalment quarter is the first in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment, the amount is 25% of the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
Second instalment quarter
(3) If the *instalment quarter is the second in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment, the amount is worked out by subtracting:
• the amount of your instalment under section 45‑112 for the earlier *instalment quarter in that income year;
from:
• 50% of the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
Third instalment quarter
(4) If the *instalment quarter is the third in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment, the amount is worked out using this method statement.
Method statement
Step 1. The total of your instalments under section 45‑112 for earlier *instalment quarters in that income year is subtracted from 75% of the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
Step 2. If you were entitled to claim a credit under section 45‑420 for the second of those earlier *instalment quarters, the amount of the credit is added to the step 1 amount.
Fourth instalment quarter
(5) If the *instalment quarter is the fourth in that income year for which you are liable to pay an instalment, the amount is worked out using this method statement.
Method statement
Step 1. The total of your instalments under section 45‑112 for earlier *instalment quarters in that income year is subtracted from the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
Step 2. For each credit that you were entitled to claim under section 45‑420 for any of those earlier *instalment quarters, the amount of the credit is added to the step 1 amount.
45‑412 Working out amount of instalment—payers of 2 quarterly instalments
(1) This section applies if you are a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the end of an *instalment quarter in an income year.
(2) If you are liable to pay an instalment for that quarter, the amount of that instalment for the purposes of paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c) is:
(a) the amount worked out, in accordance with this section, on the basis of the estimate of your *benchmark tax for that income year that section 45‑415 requires to be used, if that amount is positive; or
(b) otherwise—nil.
Note: If the amount is negative, you can claim a credit under section 45‑420.
Instalment for third quarter
(3) Subject to subsections (5) to (9), the amount of the instalment for the third *instalment quarter in that year is 75% of the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
Instalment for fourth quarter
(4) Subject to subsections (5) to (9), the amount of the instalment for the fourth *instalment quarter in that year is worked out by subtracting:
(a) the amount of your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in that year;
from:
(b) the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
You receive instalment rate for the first time in second quarter
(5) If the Commissioner gives you an instalment rate for the first time during the second *instalment quarter in the income year, the amount of the instalment for the third *instalment quarter in that year is 50% of the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
(6) If the Commissioner gives you an instalment rate for the first time during the second *instalment quarter in the income year, the amount of the instalment for the fourth instalment quarter in that year is worked out by subtracting:
(a) the amount of your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in that year;
from:
(b) 75% of the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
You receive instalment rate for the first time in third quarter
(7) If the Commissioner gives you an instalment rate for the first time during the third *instalment quarter in the income year, the amount of the instalment for the third instalment quarter in that year is 25% of the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
(8) If the Commissioner gives you an instalment rate for the first time during the third *instalment quarter in the income year, the amount of the instalment for the fourth instalment quarter in that year is worked out by subtracting:
(a) the amount of your instalment for the earlier instalment quarter in that year;
from:
(b) 50% of the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
You receive instalment rate for the first time in fourth quarter
(9) If the Commissioner gives you an instalment rate for the first time during the fourth *instalment quarter in the income year, the amount of the instalment for that quarter is 25% of the estimate of your *benchmark tax.
45‑415 Estimating your benchmark tax
(1) If you choose under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) to work out the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in an income year on the basis of your estimate of your *benchmark tax for that income year, you must make the estimate on or before the day on which the instalment is due (disregarding subsection 45‑112(3)).
(2) Having done so, you must use that estimate to work out the amount of that instalment. (You cannot later make another estimate for working out that amount.)
Note: If your estimate leads you to pay an instalment that is too low, you may be liable to general interest charge under section 45‑232.
(3) The Commissioner must also use that estimate to work out under this Subdivision the amount of each instalment:
(a) that you are liable to pay for a later *instalment quarter in that income year; and
(b) whose amount he or she must notify to you under paragraph 45‑112(1)(c);
unless a later application of this subsection requires him or her to use a later estimate you make under subsection (1) of this section.
Note: This means that if an estimate you have made is not appropriate for a later instalment quarter in the same income year, you should choose under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) to work out the amount of your instalment for that later quarter on the basis of a new estimate under this section. If the instalment that the Commissioner works out on the basis of the earlier estimate is too low, you may be liable to general interest charge under section 45‑232.
45‑420 Credit in certain cases where amount of instalment is nil
(1) You are entitled to claim a credit if the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter (the current quarter) in an income year is nil because the amount worked out for the current quarter in accordance with section 45‑410 or 45‑412 (as appropriate) is negative. The amount of the credit is equal to that amount, expressed as a positive amount.
(2) A claim for a credit must be made in the *approved form on or before the day on which the instalment for the current quarter is due.
Note: How the credit is applied is set out in Division 3 of Part IIB.
Subdivision 45‑N—How this Part applies to the trustee of a trust
Table of sections
Trustees to whom this Part applies
45‑450 Trustees to whom a single instalment rate is given
45‑455 Trustees to whom several instalment rates are given
45‑460 Rest of Subdivision applies only to multi‑rate trustees
45‑465 Meaning of instalment income
45‑468 Multi‑rate trustee may pay quarterly instalments
How Commissioner works out instalment rate and notional tax for a multi‑rate trustee
45‑470 Working out instalment rate
45‑473 Commissioner must notify you of notional tax
45‑475 Working out your notional tax
45‑480 Working out your adjusted taxable income
45‑483 Meaning of reduced beneficiary’s share and reduced no beneficiary’s share
45‑485 Working out your adjusted withholding income
How Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate and benchmark tax for a multi‑rate trustee
45‑525 When Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate and benchmark tax
45‑530 How Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate
45‑535 Working out your benchmark tax
Trustees to whom this Part applies
45‑450 Trustees to whom a single instalment rate is given
(1) This Part applies to a trustee covered by any of items 4 to 8, and 12 and 13, of the table in section 9‑1 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) Such a trustee is called a single‑rate trustee.
(3) This Part applies to the trustee of a trust that is a *corporate unit trust, or a *public trading trust, for an income year as if the trustee had a taxable income for the income year equal to the net income of the trust for the income year.
45‑455 Trustees to whom several instalment rates are given
Trustee previously assessed in respect of beneficiary
(1) This Part also applies for an income year (the current year), to the trustee of a trust, in respect of a beneficiary of the trust, if for a previous income year the trustee of the trust was liable to be assessed, and to pay tax, under subsection 98(1) or (2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in respect of that beneficiary.
(2) However, this Part does not apply for the current year to the trustee in respect of that beneficiary if:
(a) for that previous income year the trustee was liable to be assessed, and to pay tax, under subsection 98(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in respect of that beneficiary; and
(b) that beneficiary will no longer be under a legal disability, or it is reasonable to expect that he or she will no longer be under a legal disability, at the end of the current year.
Trustee previously assessed under section 99 or 99A
(3) This Part also applies for an income year to the trustee of a trust if for a previous income year the trustee was liable to be assessed, and to pay tax, under section 99 or 99A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
Multiple applications of this Part to the same trustee for the same income year
(4) The application of this Part for an income year, to the trustee of a trust, in respect of a beneficiary of the trust, because of subsection (1), is distinct from, and additional to, each of the following:
(a) the application of this Part for that income year, to the trustee of the trust, in respect of another beneficiary;
(b) the application of this Part for that income year, to the trustee of the trust, because of subsection (3);
(c) the application of this Part for that income year to a beneficiary of the trust.
(5) The application of this Part for an income year, to the trustee of a trust, because of subsection (3), is distinct from, and additional to, each of the following:
(a) the application of this Part for that income year, to the trustee of the trust, in respect of a beneficiary of the trust, because of subsection (1);
(b) the application of this Part for that income year to a beneficiary of the trust.
(6) A multi‑rate trustee is a trustee to whom this Part applies because of this section.
45‑460 Rest of Subdivision applies only to multi‑rate trustees
The rest of this Subdivision applies to you if, and only if, you are a *multi‑rate trustee. (It applies instead of Subdivisions 45‑J and 45‑K.)
Note: Except as provided in the rest of this Subdivision or elsewhere, this Part applies according to its terms to a multi‑rate trustee. For example, a multi‑rate trustee can become an annual payer under Subdivision 45‑E.
45‑465 Meaning of instalment income
Your instalment income for a period is the whole of the trust’s *instalment income for that period.
45‑468 Multi‑rate trustee may pay quarterly instalments
Subdivision 45‑D (about quarterly payers) applies to you in the same way as it applies to an individual.
Note: This means that a multi‑rate trustee may pay instalments on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax if the trustee otherwise satisfies the relevant test that applies to an individual.
How Commissioner works out instalment rate and notional tax for a multi‑rate trustee
45‑470 Working out instalment rate
(1) An instalment rate that the Commissioner gives you must be the percentage worked out to 2 decimal places (rounding up if the third decimal place is 5 or more) using the formula:
However, the instalment rate must be a nil rate if either component of the formula is nil.
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
base assessment instalment income means so much of the assessable income of the trust, as worked out for the purposes of the *base assessment, as the Commissioner determines is *instalment income of the trust for the *base year.
(3) The base assessment is the latest assessment for the most recent income year for which an assessment has been made of the tax payable by you:
(a) under subsection 98(1) or (2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in respect of the same beneficiary; or
(b) under section 99 or 99A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936;
as appropriate.
(4) However, if the Commissioner is satisfied that there is a later income year for which no tax is payable as mentioned in subsection (3), the base assessment is the latest return or other information from which an assessment of tax so payable for that income year would have been made.
(5) The base year is the income year to which the *base assessment relates.
45‑473 Commissioner must notify you of notional tax
(1) When the Commissioner gives you the instalment rate, he or she must also notify you of the amount of your *notional tax, as worked out for the purposes of working out the instalment rate.
(2) The Commissioner may incorporate notice of the instalment rate and the amount of your *notional tax in notice of your assessment.
45‑475 Working out your notional tax
Notional tax if no withholding income
(1) Your notional tax is your *adjusted tax (worked out under section 45‑340) on your *adjusted taxable income (worked out under section 45‑480) for the *base year.
Notional tax if trust has withholding income
(2) However, your notional tax (as worked out under subsection (1)) is reduced if the trust’s assessable income for the *base assessment includes amounts in respect of *withholding payments (except *non‑quotation withholding payments).
(3) It is reduced (but not below nil) by your *adjusted tax (worked out under section 45‑340) on your *adjusted withholding income (worked out under section 45‑485) for the *base year.
Commissioner may take into account actual and proposed changes to the law
(4) Subsections 45‑325(4) and (5) apply for the purposes of working out your *notional tax under this section.
45‑480 Working out your adjusted taxable income
(1) Your adjusted taxable income for the *base year is worked out using the formula:
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
adjusted net income of the trust means the net income of the trust, as worked out for the purposes of the *base assessment and:
(a) reduced by any *net capital gain included in the trust’s assessable income as so worked out; and
(b) increased by any deductions for *tax losses that were made in so working out that net income; and
(c) reduced by the amount of any tax loss, to the extent that it can be carried forward for working out the trust’s net income for the next income year.
reduced net income of the trust means the net income of the trust, as worked out for the purposes of the *base assessment and reduced by any *net capital gain included in the trust’s assessable income as so worked out.
relevant share means the *reduced beneficiary’s share, or the *reduced no beneficiary’s share, as appropriate, of the net income of the trust, as worked out for the purposes of the *base assessment.
45‑483 Meaning of reduced beneficiary’s share and reduced no beneficiary’s share
(1) If the trustee of a trust is liable to be assessed, and to pay tax, for an income year under subsection 98(1) or (2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in respect of a particular beneficiary, the reduced beneficiary’s share of the net income is the amount on which the trustee is so liable to be assessed and to pay tax, except so much of that amount as is attributable to a *net capital gain included in the trust’s assessable income for that income year.
(2) If the trustee of a trust is liable to be assessed, and to pay tax, for an income year under section 99 or 99A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936, the reduced no beneficiary’s share of the net income is the amount on which the trustee is so liable to be assessed and to pay tax, except so much of that amount as is attributable to a *capital gain made by the trust during that income year.
45‑485 Working out your adjusted withholding income
(1) Your adjusted withholding income for the *base year is worked out using the formula:
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
net withholding income of the trust means:
• the total of the amounts included in the trust’s assessable income for the *base assessment in respect of *withholding payments (except *non‑quotation withholding payments);
reduced by:
• the trust’s deductions for that year, as used in making that assessment, to the extent that they reasonably relate to those amounts.
reduced net income of the trust has the meaning given by subsection 45‑480(2).
relevant share has the meaning given by subsection 45‑480(2).
How Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate and benchmark tax for a multi‑rate trustee
45‑525 When Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate and benchmark tax
(1) The Commissioner may work out your *benchmark instalment rate for an income year (the variation year) if, under section 45‑205, you choose an instalment rate to work out the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in that year.
(2) The Commissioner may work out your *benchmark tax for an income year (the variation year) if, under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c), the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in an income year is worked out on the basis of your estimate of your *benchmark tax for that income year.
(3) The Commissioner may work out your *benchmark tax for an income year (the variation year) if, under paragraph 45‑115(1)(c), you estimate the amount of your annual instalment for that year.
45‑530 How Commissioner works out benchmark instalment rate
(1) Your benchmark instalment rate for the variation year is the percentage worked out to 2 decimal places (rounding up if the third decimal place is 5 or more) using the formula:
However, your benchmark instalment rate is a nil rate if either component of the formula is nil.
(2) For the purposes of the formula in subsection (1):
variation year instalment income means so much of the trust’s assessable income for the variation year as the Commissioner determines is *instalment income for that year.
45‑535 Working out your benchmark tax
Benchmark tax if no withholding income
(1) Your benchmark tax is your *adjusted assessed tax (worked out under section 45‑375) on the *reduced beneficiary’s share, or the *reduced no beneficiary’s share, as appropriate, of the net income of the trust for the variation year.
Benchmark tax if you had withholding income
(2) However, your benchmark tax (as worked out under subsection (1)) is reduced if the trust’s assessable income for the variation year includes amounts in respect of *withholding payments.
(3) It is reduced (but not below nil) by the total amount of the credits to which you are entitled for the variation year under section 18‑25 (for amounts withheld from the withholding payments).
Subdivision 45‑P—Anti‑avoidance rules
Table of sections
45‑595 Object of this Subdivision
45‑600 General interest charge on tax benefit relating to instalments
45‑605 When do you get a tax benefit from a scheme?
45‑610 What is your tax position for an income year?
45‑615 What is your hypothetical tax position for an income year?
45‑620 Amount on which GIC is payable, and period for which it is payable
45‑625 Credit if you also got a tax detriment from the scheme
45‑630 When do you get a tax detriment from a scheme?
45‑635 No tax benefit or detriment results from choice for which income tax law expressly provides
45‑640 Commissioner may remit general interest charge in special cases
45‑595 Object of this Subdivision
(1) The object of this Subdivision is to penalise an entity whose *tax position, so far as it relates to *PAYG instalments (and related credits and *general interest charge), is altered by a *scheme that is inconsistent with:
(a) the purposes and objects of this Part; or
(b) the purposes and objects of any relevant provisions of this Part;
(whether those purposes and objects are stated expressly or not).
(2) This Subdivision is not intended to apply to a straightforward use of structural features of this Part if that use is consistent with the purposes and objects mentioned in subsection (1).
(3) This Subdivision is to be interpreted and applied accordingly.
45‑600 General interest charge on tax benefit relating to instalments
(1) You are liable to pay the *general interest charge under section 45‑620 if:
(a) you get a *tax benefit from a *scheme; and
(b) the tax benefit relates to a *component of your *tax position for an income year, and that component is covered by section 45‑610; and
(c) having regard to the matters referred to in subsection (3), it would be concluded that an entity that entered into or carried out the scheme (or part of it) did so for the sole or dominant purpose of:
(i) an entity (whether you, that entity or another entity) getting one or more tax benefits from the scheme; or
(ii) 2 or more entities (whether or not including you or that entity) each getting one or more tax benefits from the scheme.
(2) It does not matter:
(a) whether or not you entered into or carried out the *scheme (or part of it); or
(b) whether the entity that entered into or carried out the scheme (or part of it) did so alone or together with one or more others; or
(c) whether the scheme (or any part of it) was entered into or carried out inside or outside Australia; or
(d) whether or not the *tax benefit you got is of the same kind as a tax benefit mentioned in paragraph (1)(c).
Matters to be considered in determining purpose of scheme
(3) In considering an entity’s purpose in entering into or carrying out a *scheme (or part of one), have regard to these matters:
(a) the manner in which the scheme or part was entered into or carried out;
(b) the form and substance of the scheme, including:
(i) the legal rights and obligations involved in the scheme; and
(ii) the economic and commercial substance of the scheme;
(c) the purposes and objects of this Part and of any relevant provisions of this Part (whether those purposes and objects are stated expressly or not);
(d) the timing of the scheme;
(e) the period over which the scheme was entered into and carried out;
(f) the effect that this Act would have in relation to the scheme apart from this Subdivision;
(g) any change in your financial position that has resulted from the scheme, or may reasonably be expected to result from it;
(h) any change that has resulted from the scheme, or may reasonably be expected to result from it, in the financial position of an entity that has or had a connection or dealing with you, whether the connection or dealing is or was of a family, business or other nature;
(i) any other consequence for you, or for such an entity, of the scheme having been entered into or carried out;
(j) the nature of the connection between you and such an entity, including the question whether the dealing is or was at *arm’s length.
GIC is payable on each of 2 or more tax benefits
(4) If you get 2 or more *tax benefits from the *scheme, this section has a separate application to each of them.
45‑605 When do you get a tax benefit from a scheme?
(1) This section describes how to work out whether you get a tax benefit from a *scheme and, if so, the amount of the tax benefit.
(2) First, determine your actual *tax position for an income year (apart from this Subdivision).
(3) Next, determine your *hypothetical tax position for the same income year (apart from this Subdivision).
(4) Then compare each *component of the 2 positions. If the amount of that component of the actual *tax position is lower than the amount of that component of the *hypothetical tax position, the difference between the 2 amounts is a tax benefit that you get from the *scheme.
Note 1: The difference between the 2 amounts is not a tax benefit to the extent that it is attributable to certain things for which the income tax law expressly provides. See section 45‑635.
Note 2: An entity may get 2 or more tax benefits from the same scheme. One reason is that the scheme may affect 2 or more components of the entity’s tax position for an income year. Another reason is that the scheme may affect the tax position for 2 or more income years.
45‑610 What is your tax position for an income year?
Your tax position for an income year consists of a number of components. The table sets out each component, and how to work out the amount of the component.
Components of your tax position that relate to PAYG instalments and credits |
Item | Each of these is a component: | The amount of that component is: |
1 | Your instalment for each *instalment quarter in the income year is a quarterly instalment component. | The amount worked out as follows: (a) if you are liable to pay an instalment for that instalment quarter—the amount of the instalment; or (b) if for any reason you are not liable to pay an instalment for that instalment quarter—nil (even if you are an *annual payer or a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax); or (c) if you are entitled to claim a credit for that instalment quarter under section 45‑420 (because the instalment for that quarter is to be worked out on the basis of your estimated benchmark tax)—the amount of the credit (expressed as a negative amount). |
2 | Your annual instalment for the income year is the annual instalment component. | The amount worked out as follows: (a) if you are liable to pay an annual instalment for the income year—the amount of the instalment; or (b) if for any reason you are not liable to pay an annual instalment for the income year—nil (even if you are a *quarterly payer). |
3 | A variation credit component is a credit arising under section 45‑215 because the amount of your instalment for an *instalment quarter in the income year is to be worked out using an instalment rate you chose under section 45‑205. | The amount worked out as follows: (a) if you are entitled to the credit—the amount of the credit (expressed as a negative amount); or (b) otherwise—nil. |
4 | A variation GIC component is the *general interest charge you are liable to pay under: (a) subsection 45‑230(2) (varied instalment rate); or (b) subsection 45‑232(2) (estimated benchmark tax); or (c) subsection 45‑235(2) or (3) (annual instalment); because of how your instalment for an *instalment quarter in the income year, or for the income year, was worked out. | The amount worked out as follows: (a) if you are liable to pay the charge—the amount of the charge; or (b) otherwise—nil. |
Example: A scheme results in X Pty Ltd being able to choose to be an annual payer for the 2000‑01 income year.
The following table shows the actual tax position of X Pty Ltd for that year, and also its hypothetical tax position as defined in section 45‑615. X Pty Ltd has got 4 tax benefits from the scheme: one for each of the 4 instalment quarters.
2000‑01 income year |
For this component: | The amount of that component of the actual tax position is: | The amount of that component of the hypothetical tax position is: |
Quarterly instalment component for first instalment quarter | nil | $3,000 |
Quarterly instalment component for second instalment quarter | nil | $4,000 |
Quarterly instalment component for third instalment quarter | nil | $3,000 |
Quarterly instalment component for fourth instalment quarter | nil | $2,000 |
Annual instalment component | $12,000 | nil |
45‑615 What is your hypothetical tax position for an income year?
Your hypothetical tax position for an income year is what would have been, or what could reasonably be expected to have been, your *tax position for the income year if the *scheme had not been entered into or carried out.
45‑620 Amount on which GIC is payable, and period for which it is payable
(1) You are liable to pay the *general interest charge on twice the *tax benefit mentioned in paragraph 45‑600(1)(a).
Note 1: To the extent that you also got a tax detriment from the scheme, you get a credit: see section 45‑625.
Note 2: In special circumstances the Commissioner can remit some or all of the general interest charge: see section 45‑640.
(2) You are liable to pay the charge for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which your instalment for the period mentioned in the applicable item of the table in section 45‑610 was due to be paid, or would have been due to be paid if you had been liable to pay an instalment for that period; and
(b) finishes at the end of the day on which your assessed tax for the income year is due to be paid.
(3) The Commissioner must give you written notice of the *general interest charge to which you are liable under subsection (1). You must pay the charge within 14 days after the notice is given to you.
(4) If any of the *general interest charge to which you are liable under subsection (1) remains unpaid at the end of the 14 days referred to in subsection (3), you are also liable to pay the general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(a) starts at the end of those 14 days; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the unpaid amount;
(ii) general interest charge on the unpaid amount.
45‑625 Credit if you also got a tax detriment from the scheme
(1) You are entitled to a credit if:
(a) you are liable to pay *general interest charge under section 45‑620 because you got one or more *tax benefits from the *scheme; and
(b) the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(i) you got a *tax detriment from the scheme; and
(ii) the tax detriment relates to a *component of your *tax position for an income year, and that component is covered by section 45‑610.
(It does not matter whether that income year is the same as the one referred to in section 45‑600.)
Note: How the credit is applied is set out in Division 3 of Part IIB.
(2) The credit is equal to the *general interest charge on twice the amount of the *tax detriment for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which your instalment for the period mentioned in the item of the table in section 45‑610 that applies for the purposes of working out the amount of the tax detriment:
(i) was due to be paid; or
(ii) would have been due to be paid if you had been liable to pay an instalment for that period; and
(b) finishes at the end of the day on which your assessed tax for the income year is due to be paid.
(3) However, the credit cannot exceed the total *general interest charge you are liable to pay under section 45‑620 because you got one or more *tax benefits from the *scheme.
Credit for each of 2 or more tax detriments
(4) If you get 2 or more *tax detriments from the scheme, subsections (1) and (2) have a separate application to each of them. However, the total of the credits cannot exceed the total *general interest charge referred to in subsection (3).
45‑630 When do you get a tax detriment from a scheme?
(1) This section describes how to work out whether you get a tax detriment from a *scheme and, if so, the amount of the tax detriment.
(2) First, determine your actual *tax position for an income year (apart from this Subdivision).
(3) Next, determine your *hypothetical tax position for the same income year (apart from this Subdivision).
(4) Then compare each *component of the 2 positions. If the amount of that component of the actual *tax position is higher than the amount of that component of the *hypothetical tax position, the difference between the 2 amounts is a tax detriment that you get from the *scheme.
Example: In the fact situation in the example in section 45‑610, X Pty Ltd gets a tax detriment from the scheme for the annual instalment component of its tax position for the income year.
Note 1: The difference between the 2 amounts is not a tax detriment to the extent that it is attributable to certain things for which the income law expressly provides. See section 45‑635.
Note 2: An entity may get 2 or more tax detriments from the same scheme. One reason is that the scheme may affect 2 or more components of the entity’s tax position for an income year. Another reason is that the scheme may affect the tax position for 2 or more income years.
45‑635 No tax benefit or detriment results from choice for which income tax law expressly provides
Choice under the income tax law generally
(1) The difference between the 2 amounts referred to in subsection 45‑605(4) or 45‑630(4) is not a *tax benefit or *tax detriment if there would have been no difference between the 2 amounts but for one or more matters covered by subsection (3).
(2) The difference between the 2 amounts is not a *tax benefit or *tax detriment to the extent that the difference between the 2 amounts would have been less but for one or more matters covered by subsection (3).
(3) This subsection covers:
(a) an entity making an agreement, choice, declaration, election or selection; or
(b) an entity giving a notice or exercising an option;
for which this Act expressly provides. However, this subsection does not cover an entity doing such a thing under:
(c) Subdivision 126‑B (about CGT roll‑overs involving certain companies in the same wholly‑owned group) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(d) Subdivision 170‑B of that Act (about transferring a net capital loss between certain companies in the same wholly‑owned group).
Matters excluded in applying subsection (1) or (2)
(4) Subsection (1) or (2) does not apply to a matter covered by subsection (3) if an entity entered into or carried out the *scheme (or part of it) for the sole or dominant purpose of creating a circumstance or state of affairs whose existence is necessary for the entity referred to in subsection (3):
(a) to make the agreement, choice, declaration, election or selection; or
(b) to give the notice or exercise the option.
Choice under some CGT provisions
(5) The difference between the 2 amounts is not a *tax benefit or *tax detriment if:
(a) there would have been no difference between the 2 amounts but for one or more matters covered by subsection (7); and
(b) the *scheme consisted wholly of that matter or those matters.
(6) Also, the difference between the 2 amounts is not a *tax benefit or *tax detriment to the extent that the difference between the 2 amounts would have been less but for one or more matters covered by subsection (7), but only if the *scheme consisted wholly of that matter or those matters.
(7) This subsection covers:
(a) a choice made under Subdivision 126‑B (about CGT roll‑overs involving certain companies in the same wholly‑owned group) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(b) an agreement made under Subdivision 170‑B of that Act (about transferring a net capital loss between certain companies in the same wholly‑owned group);
45‑640 Commissioner may remit general interest charge in special cases
(1) The Commissioner may, if he or she is satisfied that because special circumstances exist it would be fair and reasonable to do so, remit the whole or any part of any *general interest charge payable under section 45‑620.
(2) If the Commissioner does so, section 45‑625 (about credits for tax detriments from schemes) applies, and is taken always to have applied, as if the remitted amount had never been payable.
Subdivision 45‑Q—General rules for consolidated groups
Guide to Subdivision 45‑Q
45‑700 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision allows the members of a consolidated group to be treated as a single entity for the purposes of Pay as you go (PAYG) instalments. Generally, the head company of the group is the entity liable to pay PAYG instalments.
The PAYG instalments provisions in this Part apply to the head company in much the same way as they apply to any other company. However, the operation of some of these provisions is modified by this Subdivision.
This Subdivision also contains special rules to deal with changes in the membership of the group.
Note 1: Subdivision 45‑R contains special rules that apply to members of a consolidated group before they are treated as a single entity for the purposes of this Part. It also contains special rules that affect the operation of this Subdivision (see sections 45‑880 and 45‑885).
Note 2: Subdivision 45‑S extends the operation of this Subdivision so that it can apply to members of a MEC group. It contains modifications of this Subdivision for the purposes of that extended operation.
Table of sections
Application of Subdivision
45‑705 Application of Subdivision to head company
Usual operation of this Part for consolidated group members
45‑710 Single entity rule
45‑715 When instalments are due—modification of section 45‑61
45‑720 Head company cannot be an annual payer—modification of section 45‑140
Membership changes
45‑740 Change of head company
45‑755 Entry rule (for an entity that becomes a subsidiary member of a consolidated group)
45‑760 Exit rule (for an entity that ceases to be a subsidiary member of a consolidated group)
45‑775 Commissioner’s power to work out different instalment rate or GDP‑adjusted notional tax
Application of Subdivision
45‑705 Application of Subdivision to head company
Period during which Subdivision applies to head company
(1) Subject to sections 45‑880 and 45‑885, this Subdivision applies to a company as the *head company of a *consolidated group during the period:
(a) starting at the start of the *instalment quarter of the company determined under subsection (2), (3) or (4); and
(b) ending:
(i) at the end of the instalment quarter of the company determined under paragraph (5)(a) or (b); or
(ii) just before the instalment quarter of the company determined under paragraph (5)(c) or (d).
When the period begins—initial head company instalment rate
(2) This Subdivision starts to apply to a company as the *head company of a *consolidated group at the start of an *instalment quarter under this subsection if, during that quarter, the Commissioner gives the company (as that head company) the *initial head company instalment rate.
Note: The operation of this subsection may be affected by section 45‑885.
When the period begins—group created from MEC group
(3) This Subdivision starts to apply to a company as the *head company of a *consolidated group at the start of an *instalment quarter (the starting quarter) under this subsection if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(a) the consolidated group is *created from a *MEC group during the starting quarter;
(b) the company is the head company of the consolidated group when the consolidated group is created from the MEC group;
(c) either of the following applies:
(i) this Subdivision applied, in accordance with Subdivision 45‑S, to the *provisional head company of the MEC group at the end of the previous instalment quarter;
(ii) the Commissioner gives the *initial head company instalment rate to the provisional head company of the MEC group during the starting quarter.
Note: For the application of this Subdivision to a provisional head company of a MEC group: see section 45‑915.
When the period begins—new head company
(4) This Subdivision starts to apply to a company as the *head company of a *consolidated group at the start of an *instalment quarter (the starting quarter) under this subsection if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(a) the company is an interposed company mentioned in subsection 124‑380(5) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997;
(b) the company chooses under that subsection that the consolidated group is to continue in existence at and after the completion time mentioned in that subsection;
(c) the completion time occurs during the starting quarter;
(d) one of the following subparagraphs applies:
(i) this Subdivision applied to the original company mentioned in that subsection (as the head company of the consolidated group) at the end of the previous instalment quarter;
(ii) the Commissioner gives the *initial head company instalment rate to the original company mentioned in that subsection (as the head company of the consolidated group) during the starting quarter;
(iii) the consolidated group is *created from a *MEC group during the starting quarter and this Subdivision applied to the *provisional head company of the MEC group at the end of the previous instalment quarter;
(iv) the consolidated group is created from a MEC group during the starting quarter and the Commissioner gives the initial head company instalment rate to the provisional head company of the MEC group during the starting quarter.
When the period ends
(5) This Subdivision stops applying to a company as the *head company of a *consolidated group at the earliest of the following times after the company becomes the head company:
(a) the end of the *instalment quarter during which the consolidated group ceases to exist (other than because a *MEC group is *created from the consolidated group);
(b) the end of the instalment quarter during which the Commissioner is notified of the creation of a MEC group from the consolidated group if the MEC group is created during that instalment quarter;
(c) just before the instalment quarter during which the Commissioner is notified of the creation of a MEC group from the consolidated group if the MEC group was created before that instalment quarter;
(d) just before the instalment quarter that includes the completion time mentioned in subsection 124‑380(5) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 where an interposed company mentioned in that subsection chooses under that subsection that the consolidated group is to continue in existence.
Note: The operation of this subsection because of paragraph (a) may be affected by section 45‑880.
(6) For the purposes of subsection (5), the Commissioner is notified of the creation of a *MEC group from a *consolidated group when the Commissioner receives a notice of the consolidation of the MEC group under subsection 719‑40(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(7) If this Subdivision stops applying to a company as the *head company of a *consolidated group just before an *instalment quarter under paragraph (5)(c), then, for the purposes of this Part, this Act has effect for the company and other *members of the group as if:
(a) the consolidated group had continued to exist until just before the start of that quarter; and
(b) the company were the head company of the group until just before the start of that quarter.
(8) To avoid doubt, this Subdivision does not apply to a company as the *head company of a *consolidated group for any time at all if:
(a) subsection (2), (3) or (4), and subsection (5), would, apart from this subsection, apply to the company; but
(b) the time at which this Subdivision would stop applying to the company under subsection (5) is before the time at which this Subdivision would start to apply to the company under subsection (2), (3) or (4).
(9) To avoid doubt, and apart from the operation of subsection (7), this Subdivision may apply to a company as the *head company of a *consolidated group at a time when the company is not in fact the head company of the group.
Note: An example of this is when an interposed company becomes the new head company of a consolidated group. Under this section and section 45‑740, this Subdivision may start applying to the company as if it had already become the head company when it is not yet such a company.
Usual operation of this Part for consolidated group members
45‑710 Single entity rule
If an entity is a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group for any period during which this Subdivision applies to the *head company of the group:
(a) that entity; and
(b) any other subsidiary member of the group;
are taken for the purposes of this Part to be parts of that head company (rather than separate entities) during that period.
Note: That means, amongst other things, the head company would be liable to pay instalments for that period as if the subsidiary members were parts of the head company.
45‑715 When instalments are due—modification of section 45‑61
If:
(a) the *head company of a *consolidated group is liable to pay an instalment for an *instalment quarter; and
(b) this Subdivision applies to the head company during that quarter;
then, despite subsection 45‑61(2), the instalment is due on or before the 21st day of the month after the end of that quarter whether or not the head company is a *deferred BAS payer on that day.
45‑720 Head company cannot be an annual payer—modification of section 45‑140
Despite any other provisions in this Part, the *head company of a *consolidated group cannot choose to be an *annual payer under section 45‑140 while this Subdivision applies to the head company.
Note: You stop being an annual payer when this Subdivision starts applying to you as the head company of a consolidated group: see section 45‑160.
Membership changes
45‑740 Change of head company
Object
(1) The object of this section (except subsection (8)) is to ensure that, for the purposes of this Part, when a company becomes the new *head company of a *consolidated group:
(a) the company inherits the history of the former head company of the group; and
(b) the history of the new head company is effectively ignored.
(2) This section applies to a *head company of a *consolidated group if:
(a) the company is an interposed company mentioned in subsection 45‑705(4) (an interposed company that chooses under subsection 124‑380(5) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 that the consolidated group is to continue in existence at and after the completion time mentioned in that subsection); and
(b) the conditions in subsection 45‑705(4) are satisfied in relation to the interposed company (whether or not this Subdivision applies to the company as the head company of the group for any period of time).
(3) Everything that happened before the completion time in relation to the company (the original company) that was the *head company of the *consolidated group immediately before the completion time:
(a) is taken to have happened in relation to the interposed company instead of in relation to the original company; and
(b) is taken to have happened in relation to the interposed company instead of what would (apart from this section) be taken to have happened in relation to the interposed company before the completion time;
just as if, at all times before the completion time:
(c) the interposed company had been the original company; and
(d) the original company had been the interposed company.
(4) To avoid doubt, subsection (3) also covers everything that, immediately before the completion time, was taken to have happened in relation to the original company because of:
(a) section 701‑1 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (single entity rule); or
(b) section 701‑5 of that Act (entry history rule); or
(c) section 703‑75 of that Act (effects of an interposed company becoming the *head company of a *consolidated group); or
(d) section 719‑90 of that Act (effects of a change of head company of a *MEC group); or
(e) section 45‑710 in this Schedule (single entity rule for the purposes of this Part), including an application of that section under Subdivision 45‑S in this Schedule; or
(f) this section; or
(g) section 45‑920 in this Schedule (effects of a change of *provisional head company of a MEC group for the purposes of this Part); or
(h) one or more previous applications of any of the provisions covered by paragraphs (a) to (g).
(5) In addition, and without affecting subsection (3):
(a) an assessment of the original company for an income year that ends before the income year that includes the completion time; or
(b) an amendment of the assessment;
is taken to be something that had happened to the interposed company, whether or not the assessment or amendment is made before the completion time.
(6) This section has effect for the purposes of applying this Part to *members of the *consolidated group in relation to an *instalment quarter of the interposed company that ends after the completion time.
Note: An assessment mentioned in subsection (5) may therefore be taken to be the base assessment of the interposed company for the purposes of this Part.
(7) Subsections (1) to (6) are to be disregarded in applying section 45‑705 (about the application of this Subdivision to a company as the *head company of a *consolidated group).
Note: For example, if the Commissioner has given an initial head company instalment rate to the original company during an earlier instalment quarter, the rate is not, despite this section, treated as if it had been given to the interposed company for the purposes of section 45‑705. Subject to the other provisions in that section, this Subdivision therefore starts applying to the interposed company under subsection 45‑705(4).
Special rule for the original company
(8) A provision of this Part that applies on an entity becoming a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group does not apply to the original company when it is taken to have become such a member at the completion time as a result of section 703‑70 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Note: Section 45‑755 (the entry rule) therefore does not apply to the original company on the company becoming a subsidiary member of the consolidated group.
45‑755 Entry rule (for an entity that becomes a subsidiary member of a consolidated group)
(1) Despite any other provisions in this Part, an entity is liable to pay an instalment for an *instalment quarter or income year (as appropriate) during which the entity becomes a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group if:
(a) this Subdivision applies to the *head company of the group at any time during that quarter or year (as appropriate); and
(b) the entity would otherwise be liable to pay an instalment for that quarter or year (as appropriate) if it had not become a subsidiary member of the group; and
(c) the entity becomes a subsidiary member of the group on a day other than the first day of that quarter or the first day of that year (as appropriate).
Note: Under paragraph (b), this section could apply to an entity that, at the time of becoming a subsidiary member of the group, was not a subsidiary member of another consolidated group, or was a member of another consolidated group but this Subdivision did not apply to the head company of that other group at that time.
Modifications for a quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax
(2) Subsections (3) and (4) apply to the entity if:
(a) the entity would have been a *quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the end of the *instalment quarter mentioned in subsection (1) if it had not become a *subsidiary member of the group; and
(b) the amount of the instalment payable by the entity for that quarter would have been worked out under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b); and
(c) that quarter is not the fourth instalment quarter in an income year.
(3) For the purposes of working out the amount of the instalment payable by the entity for that *instalment quarter, subsection 45‑410(5) applies to the entity as if that quarter were the fourth instalment quarter in the income year for which the entity is liable to pay an instalment.
(4) For the purposes of working out the *acceptable amount of the entity’s instalment for that instalment quarter, subsection 45‑232(3) applies to the entity as if that quarter were the fourth instalment quarter in the income year for which the entity is liable to pay an instalment.
45‑760 Exit rule (for an entity that ceases to be a subsidiary member of a consolidated group)
(1) This section applies to an entity if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(a) the entity ceases to be a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group during an *instalment quarter of the *head company of the group;
(b) this Subdivision applies to the head company of the group during that instalment quarter;
(c) the entity does not, at the time it ceases to be a subsidiary member of the group, become:
(i) a subsidiary member of another consolidated group the head company of which is one to which this Subdivision applies at that time; or
(ii) a member (other than the *provisional head company) of a *MEC group the provisional head company of which is one to which this Subdivision applies, in accordance with Subdivision 45‑S, at that time;
(d) this Part applies to the entity under section 45‑10.
(2) This Part applies to the entity as if:
(a) the Commissioner had given the entity an instalment rate equal to the most recent instalment rate given to the *head company mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) before the end of the *instalment quarter mentioned in that paragraph; and
(b) the entity were a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income at the end of that instalment quarter, and of each subsequent instalment quarter, until:
(i) if the Commissioner first gives the entity an instalment rate worked out on the basis of the *base assessment covered by subsection (3) during the first instalment quarter of an income year—immediately before the end of that first instalment quarter; or
(ii) if that rate is given to the entity during any other instalment quarter of an income year—immediately after the end of the last instalment quarter of that year.
(3) This section only covers the first *base assessment of the entity for an income year that is, or includes, a period after the entity ceases to be a *subsidiary member of the group.
45‑775 Commissioner’s power to work out different instalment rate or GDP‑adjusted notional tax
(1) This section applies if any of the following changes (the membership change) occurs in relation to a *consolidated group while this Subdivision applies to the *head company of the group:
(a) an entity becomes a *subsidiary member of the group or a number of entities become subsidiary members of the group;
(b) an entity ceases to be a subsidiary member of the group or a number of entities cease to be subsidiary members of the group.
(2) If the Commissioner, having regard to the object of this Part and the membership change, is of the opinion that it would be reasonable to do so, the Commissioner may work out:
(a) an instalment rate that is higher, or lower, than the most recent instalment rate given by the Commissioner to the *head company under section 45‑15; or
(b) an amount of *GDP‑adjusted notional tax that is higher, or lower, than the amount of GDP‑adjusted notional tax worked out for the purposes of the most recent amount of instalment notified by the Commissioner to the head company under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a).
(3) The new instalment rate or amount of *GDP‑adjusted notional tax must be a rate or amount that, in the opinion of the Commissioner, is reasonable having regard to the object of this Part and the membership change.
Note 1: Subdivision 45‑J does not apply for the purpose of working out an instalment rate under this section.
Note 2: Section 45‑405 does not apply for the purpose of working out an amount of GDP‑adjusted notional tax under this section.
Additional applications of subsection (2)
(4) If, after exercising the power in relation to the membership change under subsection (2) for the first time, and on the basis of an assessment (including an amendment) of the *head company for the income year in which the change occurs, or for an earlier year, the Commissioner has worked out:
(a) another instalment rate under section 45‑320 for the company (whether or not the Commissioner has given that rate to the company); or
(b) another amount of *GDP‑adjusted notional tax under section 45‑405 for the company (whether or not the Commissioner has notified the company an amount of instalment based on that other amount);
the Commissioner may again exercise the power under subsection (2) in relation to the membership change, as if:
(c) the rate mentioned in paragraph (a) were the most recent instalment rate mentioned in paragraph (2)(a); and
(d) the amount of GDP‑adjusted notional tax mentioned in paragraph (b) were the amount of GDP‑adjusted notional tax worked out for the purposes of the most recent amount of instalment that is mentioned in paragraph (2)(b).
(5) To avoid doubt, in relation to the membership change, the Commissioner:
(a) may exercise the power under subsection (2) by applying subsection (4) more than once; but
(b) must not exercise that power more than once in relation to a particular instalment rate mentioned in paragraph (4)(a) or a particular amount of *GDP‑adjusted notional tax mentioned in paragraph (4)(b).
Subdivision 45‑R—Special rules for consolidated groups
Guide to Subdivision 45‑R
45‑850 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision deals with the application of this Part to members of a consolidated group after the group has come into existence but before the members are treated as a single entity for the purposes of this Part.
This Subdivision also contains special rules in relation to the application of Subdivision 45‑Q to members of a consolidated group in these circumstances:
(a) a group whose members were treated as a single entity under that Subdivision (a mature group) is acquired by another group (see section 45‑880); or
(b) a member of a mature group ceases to be such a member and becomes the head company of a new group (see section 45‑885).
Note: Subdivision 45‑S extends the operation of this Subdivision so that it can apply to members of a MEC group. It contains modifications of this Subdivision for the purposes of that extended operation.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
45‑855 Section 701‑1 disregarded for certain purposes
45‑860 Member having a different instalment period
45‑865 Credit rule
45‑870 Head company’s liability to GIC on shortfall in quarterly instalment
45‑875 Other rules about the general interest charge
45‑880 Continued application of Subdivision 45‑Q to the head company of an acquired group
45‑885 Early application of Subdivision 45‑Q to the head company of a new group
Operative provisions
45‑855 Section 701‑1 disregarded for certain purposes
If:
(a) an amount is required to be worked out for the purpose of determining the *instalment income of an entity that is a *member of a *consolidated group for a period that is all or a part of a *consolidation transitional year for the entity; and
(b) the period ends before Subdivision 45‑Q starts to apply, because of subsection 45‑705(2) or subparagraph 45‑705(3)(c)(ii), (4)(d)(ii) or (iv), to the *head company of the group;
that amount must be worked out without regard to any application of section 701‑1 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 to the entity in relation to the period.
45‑860 Member having a different instalment period
Different instalment period—instalment quarter
(1) If:
(a) but for Subdivision 45‑Q, a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group would be liable to pay an instalment for an *instalment quarter of the subsidiary member that includes the starting time; and
(b) that quarter ends before the end of the instalment quarter of the *head company of the group that includes the starting time;
then, despite section 45‑710, the subsidiary member is liable to pay an instalment for that quarter.
Different instalment period—income year
(2) If:
(a) but for Subdivision 45‑Q, a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group would be liable to pay an annual instalment for an income year of the subsidiary member that includes the starting time; and
(b) that year ends before the end of the income year of the *head company of the group that includes the starting time;
then, despite section 45‑710, the subsidiary member is liable to pay an instalment for that year.
Assumptions for working out amount of instalment
(3) The amount of the instalment must be worked out on the following assumptions:
(a) that the *instalment quarter or income year of the *subsidiary member (as appropriate) consists only of the period that is the part of the quarter or year occurring before the starting time;
(b) that an amount required to be worked out for the purpose of determining the *instalment income of the subsidiary member for that period is worked out under section 45‑855.
(4) For the purposes of this section, the starting time is the time at which Subdivision 45‑Q starts to apply to the *head company of the group because of subsection 45‑705(2) or subparagraph 45‑705(3)(c)(ii), (4)(d)(ii) or (iv).
45‑865 Credit rule
(1) When the Commissioner makes an assessment:
(a) of the income tax that the *head company of a *consolidated group is liable to pay for a *consolidation transitional year for the head company; or
(b) that no income tax is payable by the head company for that year;
the head company is, in addition to any credit to which it is entitled under section 45‑30 for that year, entitled to a credit in relation to instalments payable by an entity that is a *subsidiary member of the group at any time during that year.
(2) The credit is equal to:
(a) the sum of so much of each instalment payable by the entity (even if it has not paid it) for an *instalment quarter of a *consolidation transitional year for the entity, or for that year, as is reasonably attributable to so much of that quarter or year:
(i) which is, or is included in, the consolidation transitional year for the *head company; and
(ii) during which the entity is a *subsidiary member of the group;
minus
(b) the sum of so much of each credit that the entity has claimed under section 45‑215 or 45‑420 for each instalment quarter covered by paragraph (a) as is reasonably attributable to:
(i) for a credit under section 45‑215—so much of the preceding instalment quarters of that consolidation transitional year for the entity which is covered by subparagraphs (a)(i) and (ii); or
(ii) for a credit under section 45‑420—so much of that instalment quarter and the preceding instalment quarters of that consolidation transitional year for the entity which is covered by subparagraphs (a)(i) and (ii).
(3) To avoid doubt, if:
(a) during the *instalment quarter or the *consolidation transitional year mentioned in paragraph (2)(a), the entity is a *subsidiary member of:
(i) 2 or more *consolidated groups; or
(ii) one or more consolidated groups and one or more *MEC groups; and
(b) an amount is taken into account under that paragraph or paragraph (2)(b) in working out the credit to which the *head company of one of the groups is entitled under subsection (1);
that amount is not to be taken into account in working out the credit to which the head company of another of those groups is entitled under that subsection.
(4) A reference in subsection (3) to subsection (1) or paragraph (2)(a) or (b) includes a reference to that provision in its extended operation in relation to a *MEC group under Subdivision 45‑S.
Note: This section applies to members of a MEC group with the modifications set out in section 45‑930.
45‑870 Head company’s liability to GIC on shortfall in quarterly instalment
Liability for the general interest charge
(1) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), the *head company of a *consolidated group is liable to pay the *general interest charge under this section for an *instalment quarter in a *consolidation transitional year for the head company if:
(a) the instalment payable by at least one *member of the group for that quarter is worked out:
(i) under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c); or
(ii) by using an instalment rate under section 45‑205; and
(b) the sum of instalments payable by the members of the group for that quarter, reduced by credits claimed by those members under section 45‑215 or 45‑420 for that quarter, is less than 17/80 of the head company’s *benchmark tax for that consolidation transitional year.
Note: 17/80 of the head company’s benchmark tax represents an amount that is 85% of one quarter of that benchmark tax.
Amount on which the charge is payable
(2) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), the *general interest charge is payable on the amount worked out in accordance with the following method statement (if the amount is a positive amount).
Method statement
Step 1. Work out the amount that is 1/4 of the *benchmark tax of the *head company for that *consolidation transitional year of that head company.
Step 2. Work out the sum of instalments that would have been payable by all the *members of the group for that *instalment quarter of that *head company if none of the members had worked out its instalment for that quarter under paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) or (c) or by using an instalment rate under section 45‑205.
Step 3. Work out the sum of instalments payable by all the *members of the group for that *instalment quarter, reduced by credits claimed by the members under section 45‑215 or 45‑420 for that quarter.
Step 4. Reduce the lesser of the results of steps 1 and 2 by the result of step 3. The result of this step is the amount on which the *general interest charge is payable if it is a positive amount. No general interest charge is payable if the result of this step is nil or a negative amount.
Amounts of instalments or credits that are taken into account
(3) In working out an amount of instalment or credit for a *subsidiary member of the group for the purposes of any of the following provisions:
(a) paragraph (1)(b);
(b) step 2 or 3 of the method statement;
take into account only an amount of instalment or credit covered by that provision that is reasonably attributable to a period in that *consolidation transitional year of the *head company during which it is a subsidiary member of the group.
Members having different instalment quarters
(4) In working out an amount of instalment or credit for a *subsidiary member whose *instalment quarters differ from those of the *head company for the purposes of any of the following provisions:
(a) paragraph (1)(a) or (b);
(b) step 2 or 3 of the method statement;
a reference to an instalment quarter in a *consolidation transitional year of the head company in any of those provisions includes a reference to the last instalment quarter of that subsidiary member ending before the end of that instalment quarter of the head company.
45‑875 Other rules about the general interest charge
(1) The *general interest charge under section 45‑870 for an *instalment quarter in an income year is payable by the *head company for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the instalment for that quarter was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the day on which the head company’s assessed tax for that income year is due to be paid.
(2) The Commissioner must give the *head company written notice of the *general interest charge. The head company must pay the charge within 14 days after the notice is given to the head company.
(3) If any of the *general interest charge remains unpaid at the end of the 14 days, the *head company is also liable to pay the general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(a) starts at the end of those 14 days; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the unpaid amount;
(ii) general interest charge on the unpaid amount.
(4) The Commissioner may, if he or she is satisfied that because special circumstances exist it would be fair and reasonable to do so, remit the whole or any part of any *general interest charge payable under section 45‑870.
45‑880 Continued application of Subdivision 45‑Q to the head company of an acquired group
(1) This section applies to a company for which all of the following conditions are satisfied in relation to a particular time (the takeover time):
(a) just before the takeover time, Subdivision 45‑Q applied to the company as the *head company of a *consolidated group;
(b) at the takeover time, the company becomes a *wholly‑owned subsidiary of a *member of another consolidated group or *MEC group;
(c) that other group is consolidated at or before the takeover time under section 703‑50 or 719‑50 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997;
(d) the Commissioner receives the choice (or notice) under that section for the consolidation of that other group not later than 28 days after the takeover time, or within such further period (if any) as the Commissioner allows;
(e) at the takeover time, Subdivision 45‑Q (including that Subdivision as applied under Subdivision 45‑S) does not apply to the head company or the *provisional head company of that other group.
(2) For the purposes of this Part only, this Act has effect in relation to the company and the other *members of the *consolidated group mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) (the preserved group) as if, during the period covered by subsection (5):
(a) the preserved group had continued to exist as a consolidated group; and
(b) the company were still the *head company of the preserved group; and
(c) Subdivision 45‑Q had continued to apply to the company as the head company of the preserved group; and
(d) an entity, while being a *subsidiary member of the preserved group, were not treated as a member of the group mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) (the new group).
(3) Subsection (2) does not stop the company from being a member of the new group for the purposes of this Part during the period covered by subsection (5).
Note: This means, for example, sections 45‑855 and 45‑860 apply to the head company as a member of the new group.
(4) However, for the purposes of applying section 45‑855 to the company, a reference in that section to an application of section 701‑1 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 to the company in relation to the period mentioned in section 45‑855 is taken to be:
(a) a reference only to an application of section 701‑1 of that Act to the company as a member of the new group during that period; and
(b) not a reference to an application (because of subsection (2) of this section) of section 701‑1 of that Act to the company as the *head company of the preserved group during that period.
(5) This subsection covers the period that starts from the start of the *instalment quarter of the company that includes the takeover time and ends at the earlier of the following times:
(a) the end of the instalment quarter of the company during which the company ceases to be a member of the new group;
(b) just before the instalment quarter of the company during which the Commissioner gives the *initial head company instalment rate to the *head company, or the *provisional head company, of the new group.
(6) The Commissioner may, on the application of the company made not later than 28 days after the takeover time, allow such extension of time for the purposes of paragraph (1)(d) as he or she considers appropriate.
(7) To avoid doubt, nothing in this section prevents the operation of section 45‑755 or 45‑760 to *members of the preserved group while it continues to exist under subsection (2).
45‑885 Early application of Subdivision 45‑Q to the head company of a new group
(1) This section applies to a company for which all of the following conditions are satisfied in relation to a particular time (the starting time):
(a) just before the starting time, the company was a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group, or a member of a *MEC group;
(b) just before the starting time, the consolidated group or MEC group was a mature group (see subsection (4));
(c) at the starting time, either of the following applies:
(i) the company ceases to be a subsidiary member of the consolidated group, or a member of the MEC group;
(ii) the group ceases to exist (otherwise than because a MEC group or consolidated group is *created from the group, or because its *head company or *provisional head company becomes a *wholly‑owned subsidiary of a member of another mature group);
(d) at the starting time, the company is the head company of another consolidated group;
(e) within 28 days after the starting time, or within such further period (if any) as the Commissioner allows, the Commissioner receives the notice under section 703‑58 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 in relation to the choice to consolidate, at and after the starting time, that other consolidated group under section 703‑50 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) For the purposes of this Part:
(a) the instalment rate that the Commissioner is taken to have given to the company under paragraph 45‑760(2)(a) has effect as if it were the *initial head company instalment rate for the company as the *head company of the *consolidated group mentioned in paragraph (1)(d); and
(b) an instalment rate that would otherwise be the initial head company instalment rate for the company as the head company of that consolidated group is not to be treated as that initial head company instalment rate.
Note: This means, subject to the provisions in section 45‑705, Subdivision 45‑Q starts applying to the company as the head company of the consolidated group at the start of the instalment quarter that includes the starting time: see subsection (2) of that section and paragraph 45‑760(2)(a).
(3) The Commissioner may, on the application of the company made within 28 days after the starting time, allow such extension of time for the purposes of paragraph (1)(e) as he or she considers appropriate.
Mature group
(4) For the purposes of this section, a *consolidated group or a *MEC group is a mature group at a particular time if:
(a) for a consolidated group—Subdivision 45‑Q applies to its *head company at that time; or
(b) for a MEC group—Subdivision 45‑Q, as applied under Subdivision 45‑S, applies to its *provisional head company at that time.
Subdivision 45‑S—MEC groups
Guide to Subdivision 45‑S
45‑900 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision sets out how this Part applies in relation to MEC groups and their members.
Table of sections
Preliminary
45‑905 Objects of Subdivision
General modification rules
45‑910 Extended operation of Part to cover MEC groups
Extended operation of Subdivision 45‑Q
45‑913 Sections 45‑705 and 45‑740 do not apply to members of MEC groups
45‑915 Application of Subdivision 45‑Q to provisional head company
45‑917 Assumption for applying section 45‑710 (single entity rule)
45‑920 Change of provisional head company
45‑922 Life insurance company
Extended operation of Subdivision 45‑R
45‑925 Additional modifications of sections 45‑855 and 45‑860
45‑930 Modifications of sections 45‑865 and 45‑870 and a related provision
45‑935 Additional modifications of section 45‑885
Preliminary
45‑905 Objects of Subdivision
The objects of this Subdivision are to:
(a) extend the operation of this Part (except sections 45‑705 and 45‑740 and this Subdivision) so that it can apply in relation to *MEC groups and their members; and
(b) modify the rules in this Part for that extended operation so that they take account of the special characteristics of MEC groups.
General modification rules
45‑910 Extended operation of Part to cover MEC groups
(1) This Part (except sections 45‑705 and 45‑740 and this Subdivision) has effect in relation to members of a *MEC group in the same way in which it has effect in relation to *members of a *consolidated group.
(2) However, that effect is subject to the modifications set out in the following table and elsewhere in this Subdivision.
Modifications of this Part |
Item | A reference in this Part to: | Is taken to be a reference to: |
1 | a *consolidated group | a *MEC group |
2 | the *head company of a *consolidated group | the *provisional head company of a *MEC group |
3 | a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group | a member (other than the *provisional head company) of a *MEC group |
Exceptions
(3) The modifications set out in the table do not apply to the following provisions:
(a) this Subdivision;
(b) subsection 45‑30(4) (see section 45‑930);
(c) the note at the end of subsection 45‑330(5);
(d) note 2 at the end of section 45‑700;
(e) sections 45‑705 and 45‑740 (see sections 45‑913, 45‑915 and 45‑920);
(f) subparagraphs 45‑760(1)(c)(i) and (ii);
(g) the note at the end of section 45‑850;
(h) sections 45‑865 and 45‑870 (see section 45‑930);
(i) paragraphs (1)(b), (c), (d) and (e), and subsection (5), of section 45‑880;
(j) paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c), and subsection (4), of section 45‑885.
Note: The provisions covered by paragraphs (c), (d), (f), (g), (i) and (j) apply to members of a MEC group without any modifications.
Extended operation of Subdivision 45‑Q
45‑913 Sections 45‑705 and 45‑740 do not apply to members of MEC groups
In applying Subdivision 45‑Q to members of a *MEC group, the Subdivision has effect as if:
(a) section 45‑705 had no effect and section 45‑915 had effect instead; and
(b) section 45‑740 had no effect and section 45‑920 had effect instead.
45‑915 Application of Subdivision 45‑Q to provisional head company
Period during which Subdivision applies to provisional head company
(1) Subject to sections 45‑880 and 45‑885 (as applied under this Subdivision), Subdivision 45‑Q applies to a company as the *provisional head company of a *MEC group during the period:
(a) starting at the start of the *instalment quarter of the company determined under subsection (2), (3) or (4); and
(b) ending:
(i) at the end of the instalment quarter of the company determined under paragraph (6)(a) or (b); or
(ii) just before the instalment quarter of the company determined under paragraph (6)(c).
Note: The application of Subdivision 45‑Q to the provisional head company is subject to the modifications set out in this section and elsewhere in this Subdivision.
When the period begins—initial head company instalment rate
(2) Subdivision 45‑Q starts to apply to a company as the *provisional head company of a *MEC group at the start of an *instalment quarter under this subsection if, during that quarter, the Commissioner gives the company (as that provisional head company) the *initial head company instalment rate.
Note: The operation of this subsection may be affected by section 45‑885 (as applied under this Subdivision).
When the period begins—group created from consolidated group
(3) Subdivision 45‑Q starts to apply to a company as the *provisional head company of a *MEC group at the start of an *instalment quarter (the starting quarter) under this subsection if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(a) during the starting quarter, the Commissioner is notified of the creation of the MEC group from a *consolidated group (see subsection (5));
(b) the company is the provisional head company of the MEC group when the Commissioner is so notified;
(c) either of the following applies:
(i) Subdivision 45‑Q applied to the *head company of the consolidated group at the end of the previous instalment quarter;
(ii) the Commissioner gives the *initial head company instalment rate to the head company of the consolidated group during the starting quarter.
Note: For the application of Subdivision 45‑Q to a head company of a consolidated group: see section 45‑705.
When the period begins—new provisional head company
(4) Subdivision 45‑Q starts to apply to a company as the *provisional head company of a *MEC group at the start of an *instalment quarter (the starting quarter) under this subsection if both of the following conditions are satisfied:
(a) the company is appointed as the provisional head company of the MEC group under subsection 719‑60(3) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 during the starting quarter;
(b) one of the following applies:
(i) Subdivision 45‑Q applied to the former provisional head company of the MEC group at the end of the previous instalment quarter;
(ii) the Commissioner gives the *initial head company instalment rate to the former provisional head company of the MEC group during the starting quarter;
(iii) the Commissioner is notified during the starting quarter of the creation of the MEC group from a *consolidated group and Subdivision 45‑Q applied to the *head company of the consolidated group at the end of the previous instalment quarter;
(iv) the Commissioner is notified during the starting quarter of the creation of the MEC group from a consolidated group and the Commissioner gives the initial head company instalment rate to the head company of the consolidated group during the starting quarter.
Notification of creation of MEC group from consolidated group
(5) For the purposes of subsections (3) and (4), the Commissioner is notified of the creation of a *MEC group from a *consolidated group when the Commissioner receives a notice of the consolidation of the MEC group under subsection 719‑40(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
When the period ends
(6) Subdivision 45‑Q stops applying to a company as the *provisional head company of a *MEC group at the earliest of the following times after the company becomes the provisional head company:
(a) the end of the *instalment quarter during which the MEC group ceases to exist (other than because a *consolidated group is *created from the MEC group);
(b) the end of the instalment quarter during which a consolidated group is created from the MEC group;
(c) just before the instalment quarter during which another company is appointed as the provisional head company of the MEC group under subsection 719‑60(3) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Note: The operation of this subsection because of paragraph (a) may be affected by section 45‑880 (as applied under this Subdivision).
(7) To avoid doubt, Subdivision 45‑Q does not apply to a company as the *provisional head company of a *MEC group for any time at all if:
(a) subsection (2), (3) or (4), and subsection (6), would, apart from this subsection, apply to the company; but
(b) the time at which Subdivision 45‑Q would stop applying to the company under subsection (6) is before the time at which that Subdivision would start to apply to the company under subsection (2), (3) or (4).
(8) To avoid doubt, Subdivision 45‑Q may apply to a company as the *provisional head company of a *MEC group at a time when the company is not in fact the provisional head company of the group.
Note: An example of this is when a company replaces another company as the provisional head company of a MEC group. Under this section and section 45‑920, Subdivision 45‑Q may start applying to the company as if it had already become the provisional head company when it is not yet such a company.
45‑917 Assumption for applying section 45‑710 (single entity rule)
In applying section 45‑710 to members of a *MEC group at a particular time, the company that is the *provisional head company of the group at that time must be assumed to be the *head company of the group at all times during the period:
(a) throughout which the group is in existence; and
(b) that is all or a part of the income year of the company that includes that particular time.
45‑920 Change of provisional head company
Object
(1) The object of this section (except subsection (9)) is to ensure that, for the purposes of this Part, when a company becomes the new *provisional head company of a *MEC group:
(a) the company inherits the history of the former provisional head company; and
(b) the history of the new provisional head company is effectively ignored.
(2) This section applies to a *provisional head company of a *MEC group (the new provisional head company) that is appointed under subsection 719‑60(3) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 if one of the following conditions is satisfied:
(a) the conditions in subsection 45‑915(4) are satisfied in relation to the new provisional head company (whether or not Subdivision 45‑Q applies to the company as the provisional head company of the group for any period of time);
(b) the new provisional head company is so appointed during the *instalment quarter of the company in which the MEC group is *created from a *consolidated group and either:
(i) the Commissioner gives the *initial head company instalment rate to the *head company of the consolidated group during that instalment quarter; or
(ii) Subdivision 45‑Q applied to the head company of the consolidated group at the end of the previous instalment quarter.
(3) Everything that happened before the starting time in relation to the company (the former company) that was the *provisional head company of the *MEC group immediately before the starting time:
(a) is taken to have happened in relation to the new provisional head company instead of in relation to the former company; and
(b) is taken to have happened in relation to the new provisional head company instead of what would (apart from this section) be taken to have happened in relation to the new provisional head company before the starting time;
just as if, at all times before the starting time:
(c) the new provisional head company had been the former company; and
(d) the former company had been the new provisional head company.
(4) For the purposes of this section, the starting time is the time at which the *cessation event happened to the former company (the event that results in the appointment of the new provisional head company).
(5) To avoid doubt, subsection (3) also covers everything that, immediately before the starting time, was taken to have happened in relation to the former company because of:
(a) section 701‑1 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (single entity rule); or
(b) section 701‑5 of that Act (entry history rule); or
(c) section 703‑75 of that Act (effects of an interposed company becoming the *head company of a *consolidated group); or
(d) section 719‑90 of that Act (effects of a change of head company of a *MEC group); or
(e) section 45‑710 in this Schedule (single entity rule for the purposes of this Part), including an application of that section under this Subdivision; or
(f) section 45‑740 in this Schedule (effects of an interposed company becoming the head company of a consolidated group for the purposes of this Part); or
(g) this section; or
(h) one or more previous applications of any of the provisions covered by paragraphs (a) to (g).
(6) In addition, and without affecting subsection (3):
(a) an assessment of the former company for an income year that ends before the income year that includes the starting time; or
(b) an amendment of the assessment;
is taken to be something that had happened to the new provisional head company, whether or not the assessment or amendment is made before the starting time.
(7) This section has effect for the purposes of applying this Part to members of the *MEC group in relation to an *instalment quarter of the new provisional head company that ends after the starting time.
Note: An assessment mentioned in subsection (6) may therefore be taken to be the base assessment of the new provisional head company for the purposes of this Part.
(8) Subsections (1) to (7) are to be disregarded in applying section 45‑915 (about the application of Subdivision 45‑Q to a company as the *provisional head company of a *MEC group).
Note: For example, if the Commissioner has given an initial head company instalment rate to the former company during an earlier instalment quarter, the rate is not, despite this section, treated as if it had been given to the new provisional head company for the purposes of section 45‑915. Subject to the other provisions in that section, Subdivision 45‑Q therefore starts applying to the new provisional head company under subsection 45‑915(4).
Special rule for the former company
(9) A provision of this Part that applies on an entity becoming a member (other than the *provisional head company) of a *MEC group does not apply to the former company when it becomes such a member at the starting time.
Note: Section 45‑755 (the entry rule, as applied under this Subdivision) therefore does not apply to the former company on the company becoming such a member of the MEC group.
45‑922 Life insurance company
In applying Subdivision 45‑Q to members of a *MEC group for an *instalment quarter of the *provisional head company of the group in an income year of the provisional head company, the company is taken to be a *life insurance company for that quarter if:
(a) one or more life insurance companies are members of the group at any time during that quarter; or
(b) one or more life insurance companies were members of the group at any time during a previous instalment quarter of the company in that year.
Extended operation of Subdivision 45‑R
45‑925 Additional modifications of sections 45‑855 and 45‑860
In applying sections 45‑855 and 45‑860 to members of a *MEC group, those sections have effect as if, in addition to the modifications set out in the table in section 45‑910:
(a) a reference in those sections to subsection 45‑705(2) were a reference to subsection 45‑915(2); and
(b) a reference in those sections to subparagraph 45‑705(3)(c)(ii), (4)(d)(ii) or (iv) were a reference to subparagraph 45‑915(3)(c)(ii), (4)(b)(ii) or (iv).
45‑930 Modifications of sections 45‑865 and 45‑870 and a related provision
(1) In applying sections 45‑865 and 45‑870, and subsection 45‑30(4) (which is related to section 45‑865), to members of a *MEC group, those provisions have effect as if:
(a) a reference in those provisions to a *consolidated group were a reference to a *MEC group; and
(b) a reference in those provisions to a MEC group were a reference to a consolidated group.
Note: This means a reference in those provisions to the head company of a consolidated group has effect as if it were a reference to the head company of a MEC group. Similarly, a reference in those provisions to a subsidiary member of a consolidated group has effect as if it were a reference to a subsidiary member of a MEC group.
(2) However, the modifications in subsection (1) do not apply to subsection 45‑865(4) and the note at the end of section 45‑865.
Note: This means subsection 45‑865(4) and the note apply to members of a MEC group without any modifications.
45‑935 Additional modifications of section 45‑885
In applying section 45‑885 to members of a *MEC group, that section has effect as if, in addition to the modifications set out in the table in section 45‑910, it had been modified as set out in the following table:
Modifications of section 45‑885 |
Item | Provision: | Modification: |
1 | Paragraph 45‑885(1)(e) | The paragraph is taken to have been replaced by the following paragraph: (e) within 28 days after the starting time, or within such further period (if any) as the Commissioner allows, the Commissioner receives a notice under section 719‑76 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 in relation the consolidation of that other MEC group, at and after the starting time, under section 719‑50 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997. |
2 | Subsection 45‑885(2) (including the note at the end of the subsection) | A reference to paragraph 45‑760(2)(a) is taken to be a reference to that paragraph as applied under this Subdivision |
3 | The note at the end of subsection 45‑885(2) | The reference to section 45‑705 is taken to be a reference to section 45‑915 |
Part 2‑30—Collecting Medicare levy with income tax
Division 90—Medicare levy and Medicare levy surcharge
Table of Subdivisions
90‑A Treatment like income tax
Subdivision 90‑A—Treatment like income tax
Table of sections
90‑1 Laws apply in relation to Medicare levy and Medicare levy surcharge as they apply in relation to income tax
90‑1 Laws apply in relation to Medicare levy and Medicare levy surcharge as they apply in relation to income tax
Except so far as the contrary intention appears, this Schedule and the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 apply, and are taken always to have applied, in relation to the following in the same way as they apply in relation to income tax and *tax:
(a) Medicare levy (as defined in section 251R of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936);
(b) *Medicare levy surcharge.
Chapter 3—Collection, recovery and administration of other taxes
Part 3‑10—Indirect taxes
Division 105—General rules for indirect taxes
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 105
105‑A Assessments
105‑B Review of indirect tax decisions
105‑C Limits on credits, refunds and recovering amounts
105‑D General interest charge and penalties
105‑E Evidence
105‑F Indirect tax refund schemes
105‑G Other administrative provisions
Guide to Division 105
105‑1 What this Division is about
This Division contains rules relating to the administration of the indirect tax laws.
Note: Administration rules relevant to particular indirect tax laws are in Divisions 110, 111 and 112.
The rules in this Division deal with the following:
(a) how assessments are made or amended and their effect;
(b) review of assessments;
(c) limits on credits, refunds and recovering amounts;
(e) the effect of not passing on refunds of overpaid amounts;
(f) charges and penalties;
(g) the evidentiary effect of official indirect tax documents;
(h) refunding indirect tax because of Australia’s international obligations;
(i) your address for service of documents and requirements for notifications.
Subdivision 105‑A—Assessments
Table of sections
105‑5 Commissioner may make assessment of indirect tax
105‑10 Request for assessment
105‑15 Indirect tax liabilities do not depend on assessment
105‑20 Commissioner must give notice of the assessment
105‑25 Amendment of assessment
105‑30 Later assessment prevails in case of inconsistency
105‑5 Commissioner may make assessment of indirect tax
(1) The Commissioner may at any time make an assessment of:
(a) your *net amount, or any part of your net amount, for a *tax period; or
(b) your *net fuel amount, or any part of your net fuel amount, for a tax period or *fuel tax return period.
(2) The Commissioner may at any time make an assessment of the amount of *indirect tax payable by you on an importation of goods.
(3) The Commissioner may make an assessment under this section even if he or she has already made an assessment for the *tax period, *fuel tax return period or importation concerned.
Note: An assessment made under this section is a reviewable indirect tax decision: see Subdivision 105‑B.
105‑10 Request for assessment
(1) You may request the Commissioner in the *approved form to make an assessment of:
(a) your *net amount for a *tax period; or
(b) your *net fuel amount for a tax period or *fuel tax return period; or
(c) an amount of *indirect tax payable by you on an importation of goods.
(2) The Commissioner must comply with the request if it is made within:
(a) 4 years after:
(i) the end of the *tax period or *fuel tax return period; or
(ii) the importation; or
(b) such further period as the Commissioner allows.
105‑15 Indirect tax liabilities do not depend on assessment
(1) Your liability to pay *indirect tax or a *net fuel amount, and the time by which a *net amount, a net fuel amount or an amount of indirect tax must be paid, do not depend on, and are not in any way affected by, the making of an assessment under this Subdivision.
(2) The Commissioner’s obligation to pay:
(a) a *net amount under section 35‑5 of the *GST Act; or
(b) a *net fuel amount under section 61‑5 of the Fuel Tax Act 2006;
and the time by which it must be paid, do not depend on, and are not in any way affected by, the making of an assessment under this Subdivision.
Note: However, a notice of assessment can be used as evidence of liability: see section 105‑100.
105‑20 Commissioner must give notice of the assessment
(1) The Commissioner must give you notice of an assessment as soon as practicable after the assessment is made. However, failing to do so does not affect the validity of the assessment.
(2) The Commissioner may give you the notice electronically if you are required to lodge or have lodged your *GST returns electronically.
105‑25 Amendment of assessment
The Commissioner may amend an assessment at any time. An amended assessment is an assessment for all purposes of any *indirect tax law.
Note 1: However, there is a time limit on the recovery of overpaid or underpaid net amounts, net fuel amounts and indirect tax: see sections 105‑50 and 105‑55.
Note 2: An amendment under this section is a reviewable indirect tax decision: see Subdivision 105‑B.
105‑30 Later assessment prevails in case of inconsistency
If there is an inconsistency between assessments that relate to the same *tax period, *fuel tax return period or importation of goods, the later assessment prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.
Subdivision 105‑B—Review of indirect tax decisions
Table of sections
105‑40 Reviewable indirect tax decisions
105‑40 Reviewable indirect tax decisions
(1) You may object, in the manner set out in Part IVC, against a decision you are dissatisfied with that is a *reviewable indirect tax decision relating to you.
(2) A decision under section 105‑5 or 105‑25 involving an assessment of a *net amount, a *net fuel amount or an amount of *indirect tax is a reviewable indirect tax decision.
Subdivision 105‑C—Limits on credits, refunds and recovering amounts
Table of sections
105‑50 Time limit on recovery by the Commissioner
105‑55 Time limit on refunds etc. from the Commissioner
105‑65 Restriction on GST refunds
105‑50 Time limit on recovery by the Commissioner
(1) Any unpaid *net amount, *net fuel amount or amount of *indirect tax (together with any relevant *general interest charge under this Act) ceases to be payable 4 years after it became payable by you.
(2) If:
(a) an amount was paid to you, or applied under Division 3 of Part IIB of this Act, as:
(i) a refund in relation to a *net amount, *net fuel amount or amount of *indirect tax; or
(ii) an amount of indirect tax that was overpaid or wrongly paid; and
(b) that amount exceeded the amount (if any) that you were entitled to be paid, or to have applied under Division 3 of Part IIB of this Act;
the amount of the excess (together with any relevant *general interest charge under this Act) ceases to be payable 4 years after it became payable by you.
(3) However, subsection (1) does not apply to an amount, and subsection (2) does not apply to an amount of an excess, if:
(a) within those 4 years the Commissioner has required payment of the amount or the amount of excess by giving a notice to you; or
(b) the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(i) the payment of the amount was avoided by fraud or evaded; or
(ii) the payment of the amount of excess, or its application under Division 3 of Part IIB of this Act, was brought about by fraud or evasion.
105‑55 Time limit on refunds etc. from the Commissioner
(1) You are not entitled to a refund, other payment or credit to which this subsection applies in respect of a *tax period or importation unless:
(a) within 4 years after:
(i) the end of the tax period; or
(ii) the importation;
as the case requires, you notify the Commissioner (in a *GST return or otherwise) that you are entitled to the refund, other payment or credit; or
(b) within that period the Commissioner notifies you (in a notice of assessment or otherwise) that you are entitled to the refund, other payment or credit; or
(c) in the case of a credit—the credit is taken into account in working out:
(i) a *net amount or *net fuel amount that the Commissioner may recover from you only because of subparagraph 105‑50(3)(b)(i); or
(ii) an amount of excess referred to in subsection 105‑50(2) that the Commissioner may recover from you only because of subparagraph 105‑50(3)(b)(ii).
Note: Division 93 of the GST Act puts a time limit on your entitlement to an input tax credit. Division 47 of the Fuel Tax Act 2006 puts a time limit on your entitlement to a fuel tax credit.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to:
(a) a refund in relation to a *net amount or *net fuel amount in respect of a particular *tax period; or
(aa) another payment that represents some or all of an amount:
(i) that you paid as an amount of *indirect tax payable by you in respect of a particular tax period; and
(ii) that exceeded the amount (if any) of such tax that you were liable to pay in respect of that tax period; or
(b) an *input tax credit or *fuel tax credit that is attributable to a particular tax period; or
(c) a *wine tax credit the amount of which could have been included in a reduction of your *net amount for a tax period under section 21‑15 of the *Wine Tax Act; or
(d) a refund of an amount of *indirect tax relating to an importation.
(2A) A request by you to the Commissioner to treat a document as a *tax invoice for the purposes of attributing a credit to a *tax period is taken to be a notification, for the purposes of paragraph (1)(a), of your entitlement to the credit if:
(a) you made the request within the 4 year period referred to in that paragraph in relation to the credit; and
(b) the Commissioner agrees to the request (whether or not within that period).
Fuel tax—non‑business taxpayers
(3) If you are neither *registered for GST nor *required to be registered for GST, you are not entitled to a refund, other payment or *fuel tax credit to which this subsection applies in respect of a *fuel tax return period, acquisition, manufacture or importation unless:
(a) within 4 years after:
(i) the end of the fuel tax return period; or
(ii) the acquisition, manufacture or importation;
(as the case requires) you notify the Commissioner that you are entitled to the refund, other payment or credit; or
(b) within that period the Commissioner notifies you (in a notice of assessment or otherwise) that you are entitled to the refund, other payment or credit; or
(c) in the case of a fuel tax credit—the credit is taken into account in working out:
(i) a *net fuel amount that the Commissioner may recover from you only because of subparagraph 105‑50(3)(b)(i); or
(ii) an amount of excess referred to in subsection 105‑50(2) that the Commissioner may recover from you only because of subparagraph 105‑50(3)(b)(ii).
Note: Division 47 of the Fuel Tax Act 2006 puts a time limit on your entitlement to a fuel tax credit.
(4) Subsection (3) applies to:
(a) a refund in relation to a *net fuel amount attributable to a *fuel tax return period; or
(b) a *fuel tax credit for *taxable fuel that you acquire, manufacture or import.
(5) To avoid doubt, if, under subsection (3), you are not entitled to a *fuel tax credit, then you are not entitled to a refund or other payment in relation to the credit.
105‑65 Restriction on GST refunds
(1) The Commissioner need not give you a refund of an amount to which this section applies, or apply (under Division 3 or 3A of Part IIB) an amount to which this section applies, if:
(a) you overpaid the amount, or the amount was not refunded to you, because a *supply was treated as a *taxable supply, or an *arrangement was treated as giving rise to a taxable supply, to any extent; and
(b) the supply is not a taxable supply, or the arrangement does not give rise to a taxable supply, to that extent (for example, because it is *GST‑free); and
(c) one of the following applies:
(i) the Commissioner is not satisfied that you have reimbursed a corresponding amount to the recipient of the supply or (in the case of an arrangement treated as giving rise to a taxable supply) to an entity treated as the recipient;
(ii) the recipient of the supply, or (in the case of an arrangement treated as giving rise to a taxable supply) the entity treated as the recipient, is *registered or *required to be registered.
Note: Divisions 3 and 3A of Part IIB deal with payments, credits and RBA surpluses.
(2) This section applies to the following amounts:
(a) in the case of a *supply:
(i) so much of any *net amount or amount of *GST as you have overpaid (as mentioned in paragraph (1)(a)); or
(ii) so much of any net amount that is payable to you under section 35‑5 of the *GST Act as the Commissioner has not refunded to you (as mentioned in paragraph (1)(a)), either by paying it to you or by applying it under Division 3 of Part IIB of this Act;
(b) in the case of an *arrangement:
(i) so much of any net amount or amount of GST to which subparagraph (a)(i) would apply if the arrangement were a supply; or
(ii) so much of any net amount to which subparagraph (a)(ii) would apply if the arrangement were a supply.
Note: Division 3 of Part IIB deals with payments, credits and RBA surpluses.
Subdivision 105‑D—General interest charge and penalties
Table of sections
105‑80 General interest charge
105‑85 Amending Acts cannot impose penalties or general interest charge earlier than 28 days after Royal Assent
105‑80 General interest charge
(1) If any of an amount (the liability) to which this section applies remains unpaid after the time by which it is due to be paid, you are liable to pay the *general interest charge on the unpaid amount of the liability for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the liability was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the liability;
(ii) general interest charge on any of the liability.
Note: The general interest charge is worked out under Division 1 of Part IIA.
(2) This section applies to either of the following amounts that you are liable to pay:
(a) a *net fuel amount;
(b) an amount of *indirect tax.
105‑85 Amending Acts cannot impose penalties or general interest charge earlier than 28 days after Royal Assent
(1) An Act that amends an *indirect tax law does not have the effect of making you liable to:
(a) a penalty for an offence against an indirect tax law; or
(b) *general interest charge under section 105‑80;
for any act or omission that happens before the 28th day (the postponed day) after the day on which the amending Act receives the Royal Assent.
(2) If the amending Act would (apart from this section) have the effect of making you liable to such a penalty or charge because you contravened a requirement to do something:
(a) within a specified period ending before the postponed day; or
(b) before a specified time happening before the postponed day;
the requirement has effect instead by reference to a period ending at the start of the postponed day, or by reference to the start of the postponed day, as the case requires.
(3) This section does not relieve you from liability to such a penalty or charge to the extent to which the liability would have existed if the amending Act had not been enacted.
Subdivision 105‑E—Evidence
Table of sections
105‑100 Production of assessment or declaration is conclusive evidence
105‑105 Certificate of amount payable is prima facie evidence
105‑110 Signed copies are evidence
105‑100 Production of assessment or declaration is conclusive evidence
The production of:
(a) a notice of assessment under this Part; or
(b) a declaration under:
(i) section 165‑40 or subsection 165‑45(3) of the *GST Act; or
(ii) section 75‑40 or subsection 75‑45(3) of the Fuel Tax Act 2006;
is conclusive evidence:
(c) that the assessment or declaration was properly made; and
(d) except in proceedings under Part IVC of this Act on a review or appeal relating to the assessment or declaration—that the amounts and particulars in the assessment or declaration are correct.
105‑105 Certificate of amount payable is prima facie evidence
The presentation of a certificate signed by the Commissioner or a Deputy Commissioner certifying that, from the time specified in the certificate, an amount was payable under an *indirect tax law (whether to or by the Commissioner) is prima facie evidence:
(a) that the amount is payable from that time; and
(b) that the particulars stated in the certificate are correct.
105‑110 Signed copies are evidence
(1) The production of a document signed by the Commissioner or a Deputy Commissioner that appears to be a copy of, or extract from, any document made or given by or to an entity for the purposes of an *indirect tax law is evidence of the matters set out in the document to the same extent as the original document would have been evidence of those matters.
(2) To avoid doubt, subsection (1) applies to a copy or extract of a document that was given by or to the Commissioner on a data processing device or by way of electronic transmission, unless it is shown that the document was not authorised.
Subdivision 105‑F—Indirect tax refund schemes
Table of sections
105‑120 Refund scheme—defence related international obligations
105‑125 Refund scheme—international obligations
105‑120 Refund scheme—defence related international obligations
(1) The Commissioner must, on behalf of the Commonwealth, pay you an amount equal to the amount of *indirect tax borne by you in respect of an acquisition (within the meaning of the *GST Act) if:
(a) you are in a class of entities determined by the *Defence Minister; and
(b) the acquisition is covered by a determination of the Defence Minister; and
(c) the acquisition is made:
(i) by or on behalf of a *visiting force that is; or
(ii) by a member (within the meaning of the Defence (Visiting Forces) Act 1963) of the visiting force who is; or
(iii) by any other entity that is;
covered by a determination of the Defence Minister; and
(d) at the time of the acquisition, it was intended for:
(i) the official use of the visiting force; or
(ii) the use of a member (within the meaning of the Defence (Visiting Forces) Act 1963) of the visiting force; or
(iii) any other use;
and that use is covered by a determination of the Defence Minister; and
(e) you claim the amount in the *approved form.
(2) The amount is payable:
(a) in accordance with the conditions and limitations; and
(b) within the period and manner;
determined by the *Defence Minister.
(3) The *Defence Minister may only determine an entity under subparagraph (1)(c)(iii) or a use under subparagraph (1)(d)(iii) if the Commonwealth is under an international obligation to grant *indirect tax concessions in relation to the kind of entity or the kind of use.
(4) A determination under this section is a legislative instrument.
105‑125 Refund scheme—international obligations
(1) The Commissioner must, on behalf of the Commonwealth, pay you, or an entity in a class of entities determined by the Commissioner, an amount equal to the amount of *indirect tax borne by you in respect of an acquisition (within the meaning of the *GST Act) made by you if:
(a) you are a kind of entity specified in the regulations; and
(b) the acquisition is of a kind specified in the regulations; and
(c) you or the entity claims the amount in the *approved form.
(2) The amount is payable:
(a) in accordance with the conditions and limitations; and
(b) within the period and manner;
set out in the regulations.
(3) The regulations may only specify a kind of entity for the purposes of paragraph (1)(a) or a kind of acquisition for the purposes of paragraph (1)(b) if the Commonwealth is under an international obligation to grant *indirect tax concessions in relation to the kind of entity or the kind of acquisition.
(4) A determination by the Commissioner under subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.
Subdivision 105‑G—Other administrative provisions
Table of sections
105‑140 Address for service
105‑145 Commissioner must give things in writing
105‑140 Address for service
(1) Your address for service for the purposes of an *indirect tax law is:
(a) if you are registered in the *Australian Business Register—the address shown in the Register under subsection 25(2) of the A New Tax System (Australian Business Number) Act 1999 as your address for service; or
(b) if you are not registered in that Register—the address last notified by you in a document under an indirect tax law; or
(c) if you have not notified an address in a document under an indirect tax law—your Australian place of business or residence last known to the Commissioner; or
(d) any other address that the Commissioner reasonably believes to be your address for service.
Note: If you are a company, see also sections 444‑10 and 444‑15.
(2) If:
(a) under an *indirect tax law, you are:
(i) liable to pay an amount of *indirect tax; or
(ii) entitled to a credit; and
(b) you change your address for service;
you must notify the Commissioner in writing of the new address within 28 days after the change.
(3) If:
(a) a notice or other document must be served on you:
(i) under an *indirect tax law; or
(ii) in proceedings for recovery of an amount under an indirect tax law; and
(b) you have notified the Commissioner of an Australian address for service;
the Commissioner may serve the notice or document by post to that address.
(4) However, if:
(a) you must lodge or have lodged *GST returns electronically; and
(b) you notify the Commissioner of an address for effecting service by way of electronic transmission;
the Commissioner may serve a notice of assessment, or notice of penalty or *general interest charge under an *indirect tax law, on you by electronic transmission to that address.
105‑145 Commissioner must give things in writing
(1) Any notice, approval, direction, authority or declaration that the Commissioner may give, or must give, to you under an *indirect tax law must be in writing.
(2) However, this does not prevent the Commissioner giving any of those things to you by electronic transmission if a provision of an *indirect tax law allows the Commissioner to do so.
Division 110—Goods and services tax
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 110
110‑F Review of GST decisions
Guide to Division 110
110‑1 What this Division is about
This Division gives you the right to object against reviewable GST decisions that relate to you. Section 110‑50 sets out the reviewable GST decisions.
Subdivision 110‑F—Review of GST decisions
Table of sections
110‑50 Reviewable GST decisions
110‑50 Reviewable GST decisions
(1) You may object, in the manner set out in Part IVC, against a decision you are dissatisfied with that is:
(a) a *reviewable GST decision relating to you; or
(b) a *reviewable GST transitional decision relating to you.
Note: You may object to a decision relating to you under section 105‑5 or 105‑25 involving an assessment of a net amount or indirect tax: see Subdivision 105‑B.
(2) Each of the following decisions is a reviewable GST decision:
Reviewable GST decisions under GST Act |
Item | Decision | Provision of GST Act under which decision is made |
1 | refusing to register you | subsection 25‑5(1) |
2 | registering you | subsection 25‑5(2) |
3 | deciding the date of effect of your registration | section 25‑10 |
4 | refusing to cancel your registration | subsection 25‑55(1) |
5 | cancelling your registration | subsection 25‑55(2) |
6 | refusing to cancel your registration | section 25‑57 |
7 | deciding the date on which the cancellation of your registration takes effect | section 25‑60 |
8 | determining that the *tax periods that apply to you are each individual month | subsection 27‑15(1) |
9 | deciding the date of effect of a determination | subsection 27‑15(2) |
10 | refusing to revoke your election under section 27‑10 | subsection 27‑22(1) |
11 | deciding the date of effect of a revocation | subsection 27‑22(3) |
12 | refusing to revoke a determination under section 27‑15 | subsection 27‑25(1) |
13 | deciding the date of effect of a revocation | subsection 27‑25(2) |
14 | determining that a specified period is a *tax period that applies to you | section 27‑30 |
15 | refusing a request for a determination | section 27‑37 |
16 | revoking a determination under section 27‑37 | subsection 27‑38(1) |
17 | deciding the date of a revocation | subsection 27‑38(2) |
18 | refusing to permit you to account on a cash basis | subsection 29‑45(1) |
19 | deciding the date of effect of your permission to account on a cash basis | subsection 29‑45(2) |
20 | revoking your permission to account on a cash basis | subsection 29‑50(3) |
21 | deciding the date of effect of the revocation of your permission to account on a cash basis | subsection 29‑50(4) |
22 | refusing an application for a decision that an event is a *fund‑raising event | paragraph 40‑165(1)(c) |
23 | approving another day of effect | paragraph 48‑71(1)(b) |
24 | revoking an approval of a day of effect | subsection 48‑71(2) |
29 | refusing an application for approval | section 49‑5 |
30 | refusing an application for approval or revocation | subsection 49‑70(1) |
31 | revoking an approval under Division 49 | subsection 49‑70(2) |
32 | refusing an application for revocation | subsection 49‑75(1) |
33 | revoking the approval of a *GST religious group | subsection 49‑75(2) |
34 | deciding the date of effect of any approval, or any revocation of an approval, under Division 49 | section 49‑85 |
35 | approving another day of effect | paragraph 51‑75(1)(b) |
36 | revoking an approval of a day of effect | subsection 51‑75(2) |
42 | refusing an application for registration | section 54‑5 |
43 | deciding the date of effect of registration as a *GST branch | section 54‑10 |
44 | refusing to cancel the registration of a *GST branch | subsection 54‑75(1) |
45 | cancelling the registration of a *GST branch | subsection 54‑75(2) |
46 | deciding the date of effect of the cancellation of the registration of a *GST branch | section 54‑80 |
47 | cancelling the registration of an Australian resident agent | subsection 57‑25(1) |
48 | determining that the *tax periods that apply to a resident agent are each individual month | subsection 57‑35(1) |
49 | deciding the date of effect of a determination | subsection 57‑35(2) |
49A | cancelling the registration of a *representative of an *incapacitated entity | subsection 58‑25(1) |
49B | deciding to direct a *representative of an *incapacitated entity to give to the Commissioner a *GST return | paragraph 58‑50(1)(b) |
50 | cancelling the registration of a *non‑profit sub‑entity | subsection 63‑35(1) |
51 | refusing to allow, or allowing, a further period within which to make an agreement that the margin scheme is to apply | paragraph 75‑5(1A)(b) |
52 | refusing a request to allow an annual apportionment election to take effect from the start of another *tax period | paragraph 131‑10(2)(b) |
53 | disallowing an annual apportionment election | subsection 131‑20(3) |
55 | refusing a request to allow an annual *tax period election to take effect from the start of another tax period | paragraph 151‑10(2)(b) |
56 | refusing a request to be allowed to make an annual *tax period election on a specified day | subsection 151‑20(3) |
57 | disallowing an annual *tax period election | subsection 151‑25(3) |
58 | refusing a request to allow an election to pay *GST by instalments to take effect from the start of another *tax period | paragraph 162‑15(2)(b) |
59 | refusing a request to be allowed to make an election on a specified day | subsection 162‑25(3) |
60 | disallowing an election to pay *GST by instalments | subsection 162‑30(3) |
61 | making a declaration to negate a GST benefit | section 165‑40 |
62 | making a declaration to negate or reduce a GST disadvantage | subsection 165‑45(3) |
63 | deciding whether to grant a request for a declaration to negate or reduce a GST disadvantage | subsection 165‑45(5) |
(3) A decision under section 24B of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax Transition) Act 1999 refusing an application for a determination under that section, or making a determination under that section, is a reviewable GST transitional decision.
Division 111—Wine tax and luxury car tax
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 111
111‑C Review of wine tax decisions
111‑D Effect on contracts from amendments to laws
Guide to Division 111
111‑1 What this Division is about
This Division gives you the right to object against decisions that relate to you disallowing the whole or part of a claim for a wine tax credit.
It also explains how contracts to supply wine or a luxury car are affected if a wine tax law or luxury car tax law changes.
Subdivision 111‑C—Review of wine tax decisions
Table of sections
111‑50 Reviewable wine tax decisions
111‑50 Reviewable wine tax decisions
(1) You may object, in the manner set out in Part IVC, against a decision you are dissatisfied with that is a *reviewable wine tax decision relating to you.
Note: You may object to a decision relating to you under section 105‑5 or 105‑25 involving an assessment of a net amount or indirect tax: see Subdivision 105‑B.
(2) Each of the following decisions is a reviewable wine tax decision:
Reviewable wine tax decisions |
Item | Decision | Provision of Wine Tax Act under which decision is made |
1 | disallowing the whole or a part of your claim for a *wine tax credit | section 17‑45 |
2 | deciding the date of effect of your approval as a New Zealand participant | section 19‑7 |
3 | refusing to approve you as a New Zealand participant | section 19‑7 |
4 | revoking your approval as a New Zealand participant | section 19‑8 |
5 | deciding the date of effect of revocation of your approval as a New Zealand participant | section 19‑8 |
Subdivision 111‑D—Effect on contracts from amendments to laws
Table of sections
111‑60 Alteration of contracts if cost of complying with agreement is affected by later alteration to wine tax or luxury car tax laws
111‑60 Alteration of contracts if cost of complying with agreement is affected by later alteration to wine tax or luxury car tax laws
(1) If, after a contract involving a *supply or a *wine taxable dealing has been made, an alteration to the *wine tax law or the *luxury car tax law happens and the alteration directly causes an increase or decrease in the cost to a party to the agreement of complying with the agreement, then the contract is altered as follows:
(a) if the cost is increased—by allowing the party to add the increase to the contract price;
(b) if the cost is decreased—by allowing the other party to deduct the decrease from the contract price.
(2) The contract is not altered if:
(a) the contract has express written provision to the contrary; or
(b) it is clear from the terms of the contract that the alteration of the *wine tax law or the *luxury car tax law has been taken into account in the agreed contract price.
Division 112—Fuel tax
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 112
112‑E Review of fuel tax decisions
Guide to Division 112
112‑1 What this Division is about
This Division gives you the right to object against reviewable fuel tax decisions that relate to you. Section 112‑50 sets out the reviewable fuel tax decisions.
Subdivision 112‑E—Review of fuel tax decisions
Table of sections
112‑50 Reviewable fuel tax decisions
112‑50 Reviewable fuel tax decisions
(1) You may object, in the manner set out in Part IVC, against a decision you are dissatisfied with that is a *reviewable fuel tax decision relating to you.
Note: You may object to a decision relating to you under section 105‑5 or 105‑25 involving an assessment of a net fuel amount: see Subdivision 105‑B.
(2) Each of the following decisions is a reviewable fuel tax decision:
Reviewable fuel tax decisions |
Item | Decision | Provision of the Fuel Tax Act 2006 under which decision is made |
1 | making a declaration to negate a *fuel tax benefit | section 75‑40 |
2 | making a declaration to negate or reduce a *fuel tax disadvantage | subsection 75‑45(3) |
3 | deciding whether or not to grant a request to negate or reduce a *fuel tax disadvantage | subsection 75‑45(5) |
Chapter 4—Generic collection and recovery rules
Part 4‑15—Collection and recovery of tax‑related liabilities and other amounts
Division 250—Introduction
Table of Subdivisions
250‑A Guide to Part 4‑15
250‑B Object of this Part
Subdivision 250‑A—Guide to Part 4‑15
250‑1 What this Part is about
This Part deals with the methods by which the Commissioner may collect and recover amounts of taxes and other liabilities.
These rules may affect you if you are liable to pay an amount of a tax‑related liability (see, for example, Division 255). Some of the rules may also affect you because of your relationship with someone else who is liable for such an amount (see Division 260).
Table of sections
250‑5 Some important concepts about tax‑related liabilities
250‑10 Summary of tax‑related liabilities
250‑5 Some important concepts about tax‑related liabilities
(1) A tax‑related liability may arise for an entity before it becomes due and payable by that entity.
Example: Under Part 2‑5, an entity’s liability to pay a withheld amount may arise before the amount is due and payable.
(2) For some tax‑related liabilities, an assessment needs to be made before the amount of the relevant liability becomes due and payable.
Example: Under Division 5 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, an amount of income tax needs to be assessed before it becomes due and payable.
(3) An amount of a tax‑related liability may become payable by an entity (for example, when the amount has been assessed) before it is due and payable by that entity.
250‑10 Summary of tax‑related liabilities
(1) The following table is an index of each tax‑related liability under the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936. The key provision for the liability, as set out in the table, specifies when the liability becomes due and payable.
Note 1: The Commissioner may vary the time at which the amount becomes due and payable. See Subdivision 255‑B.
Note 2: Members and former members of consolidated groups and MEC groups may be jointly and severally liable to pay certain tax‑related liabilities related to the group’s activities (see Division 721 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997).
Tax‑related liabilities under the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
Item | Topic | Provision |
5 | trustee beneficiary non‑disclosure tax | 102UO |
10 | withholding tax on dividend, interest or royalty | 128C(1) |
15 | special tax payable on dealings by offshore banking units | 128NB(3) |
20 | mining withholding tax | 128W(1) |
50 | late lodgment penalty | 163A(3) |
90 | family trust distribution tax | 271‑75 in Schedule 2F |
100 | interest payable under section 102AAM (about distributions from non‑resident trust estates) | 5‑5 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
105 | tax payable under section 159GZZZZH (Tax payable where infrastructure borrowing certificate cancelled) | 5‑5 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
(2) The following table is an index of each tax‑related liability under other Acts. The key provision for the liability, as set out in the table, specifies when the liability becomes due and payable.
Note 1: The Commissioner may vary the time at which the amount becomes due and payable. See Subdivision 255‑B.
Note 2: Members and former members of consolidated groups and MEC groups may be jointly and severally liable to pay certain tax‑related liabilities related to the group’s activities (see Division 721 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997).
Note 3: Companies that are or were members of the same wholly‑owned group as an NZ franking company may be jointly and severally liable to pay certain tax‑related liabilities of the NZ franking company (see Division 220 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997).
Tax‑related liabilities under other legislation |
Item | Topic | Provision | Act |
5 | net amount, including amounts in respect of luxury car tax and wine equalisation tax | 33‑3, 33‑5 | A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 |
10 | amount of GST on importations | 33‑15 | A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 |
12 | excess refund of GST | 35‑5(2) | A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 |
13 | repayments of amounts paid under tourist refund scheme | 168‑10 | A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 |
15 | amount of luxury car tax on importation | 13‑20 | A New Tax System (Luxury Car Tax) Act 1999 |
16 | excess luxury car tax credits | 17‑15 | A New Tax System (Luxury Car Tax) Act 1999 |
18 | excess wine tax credits | 17‑25 | A New Tax System (Wine Equalisation Tax) Act 1999 |
20 | amount of wine tax on customs dealings | 23‑5 | A New Tax System (Wine Equalisation Tax) Act 1999 |
21 | repayments of amounts paid under tourist refund scheme | 25‑10 | A New Tax System (Wine Equalisation Tax) Act 1999 |
22A | amount of advance to be repaid | 14A | Diesel and Alternative Fuels Grants Scheme Act 1999 |
22B | amount payable as a result of an amended assessment | 15E | Diesel and Alternative Fuels Grants Scheme Act 1999 |
24 | excise duty | 54 | Excise Act 1901 |
24A | accounting for excisable goods | 60(1), (1A), (1B) and (1C) | Excise Act 1901 |
24B | tobacco leaf stock deficiency | 77AA | Excise Act 1901 |
24C | accounting for spirit | 77FH | Excise Act 1901 |
24CA | penalty for using LPG for excisable LPG use | 77M | Excise Act 1901 |
24D | returnable Government FHSA contributions | 43 | First Home Saver Accounts Act 2008 |
24E | returnable underpaid amounts in relation to Government FHSA contributions | 47 | First Home Saver Accounts Act 2008 |
25 | fringe benefits tax | 90(1) | Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 |
30 | additional tax under Part VIII | 90(2) | Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 |
35 | fringe benefits tax instalments | 103 | Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 |
36 | net fuel amount | 61‑5(3), 61‑10 | Fuel Tax Act 2006 |
36A | compulsory repayment amount under the Higher Education Support Act 2003 | 5‑5 | Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
37 | income tax | 5‑5 | Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
37A | untainting tax | 197‑70 | Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
38 | franking tax | 214‑150(1), (2), (3) and (4) | Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
38A | excess concessional contributions tax | 292‑385 | Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
38B | excess non‑concessional contributions tax | 292‑385 | Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
38C | FHSA misuse tax | section
345‑110 | Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
39 | TSA liability | 721‑30 | Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 |
39A | managed investment trust withholding tax | 840‑810(1) | Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 | |
39B | managed investment trust withholding tax | 840‑810(1) | Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 | |
40 | petroleum resource rent tax and additional tax | 82 | Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act 1987 |
45 | petroleum resource rent tax instalments | 95 | Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act 1987 |
45A | instalment transfer interest charge | 98C(4) | Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act 1987 |
46 | amount of advance to be repaid | 13 | Product Grants and Benefits Administration Act 2000 |
47 | amount payable as a result of an amended assessment | 20 | Product Grants and Benefits Administration Act 2000 |
48 | penalty under section 35 | 36 | Product Grants and Benefits Administration Act 2000 |
50 | superannuation contributions surcharge | 15(3) | Superannuation Contributions Tax (Assessment and Collection) Act 1997 |
55 | superannuation contributions surcharge | 15(8) | Superannuation Contributions Tax (Members of Constitutionally Protected Superannuation Funds) Assessment and Collection Act 1997 |
60 | superannuation guarantee charge | 46 | Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 |
65 | additional superannuation guarantee charge | 47 | Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 |
67 | Superannuation (Self Managed Funds) Levy | 15DB | Superannuation (Self Managed Superannuation Funds) Taxation Act 1987 |
67A | payment of unclaimed money to the Commissioner | 17 | Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999 |
67B | payment from Commissioner that cannot be credited | 18C | Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999 |
68 | payment in respect of a superannuation interest to the Commissioner | 20F | Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999 |
69 | repayment of Commissioner’s payment | 20M | Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999 |
69A | payment of value of lost member accounts to the Commissioner | 24E | Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999 |
69B | payment from Commissioner that cannot be credited | 24L | Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999 |
70 | general interest charge | 8AAE | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
73 | shortfall interest charge | Division 280 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
85 | RBA deficit debt | 8AAZH(1) | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
90 | administrative overpayment made by Commissioner | 8AAZN | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
95 | TFN withholding tax | 14‑55 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
100 | TFN withholding tax (ESS) | 14‑155 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
105 | payment of withheld amount to Commissioner | 16‑75 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
115 | quarterly PAYG instalment | 45‑61 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
120 | annual PAYG instalment | 45‑70 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
125 | general interest charge on shortfall in quarterly instalment worked out on basis of varied rate | 45‑230(4) in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
130 | general interest charge on shortfall in quarterly instalment worked out on basis of estimated benchmark tax | 45‑232 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
135 | general interest charge on shortfall in annual instalment | 45‑235(5) in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
137 | amount to be recovered from a debtor under a registered foreign revenue claim | 263‑30 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
138 | estimate of payable amounts | 268‑20 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
139 | penalty under Subdivision 269‑B | 269‑20 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
140 | administrative penalties | 298‑15 in Schedule 1 | Taxation Administration Act 1953 |
142 | tax bonus overpayments | subsection 8(3) | Tax Bonus for Working Australians Act (No. 2) 2009 |
145 | termination payment surcharge | 11(2) | Termination Payments Tax (Assessment and Collection) Act 1997 |
| | | | |
Subdivision 250‑B—Object of this Part
250‑25 Object
The object of this Part is to ensure that unpaid amounts of *tax‑related liabilities and other related amounts are collected or recovered in a timely manner.
Division 255—General rules about collection and recovery
Table of Subdivisions
255‑A Tax‑related liabilities
255‑B Commissioner’s power to vary payment time
255‑C Recovery proceedings
255‑D Security deposits
Subdivision 255‑A—Tax‑related liabilities
Table of sections
255‑1 Meaning of tax‑related liability
255‑5 Recovering a tax‑related liability that is due and payable
255‑1 Meaning of tax‑related liability
(1) A tax‑related liability is a pecuniary liability to the Commonwealth arising directly under a *taxation law (including a liability the amount of which is not yet due and payable).
Note 1: See section 250‑10 for an index of tax‑related liabilities.
Note 2: A taxation law, or a provision of it, may be excluded from being applied to this Part. See section 265‑65.
(2) A civil penalty under Division 290 of this Schedule or Part 5 of the Tax Agent Services Act 2009 is not a tax‑related liability.
255‑5 Recovering a tax‑related liability that is due and payable
(1) An amount of a *tax‑related liability that is due and payable:
(a) is a debt due to the Commonwealth; and
(b) is payable to the Commissioner.
(2) The Commissioner, a Second Commissioner or a Deputy Commissioner may sue in his or her official name in a court of competent jurisdiction to recover an amount of a *tax‑related liability that remains unpaid after it has become due and payable.
Note: The tables in section 250‑10 set out each provision that specifies when an amount of a tax‑related liability becomes due and payable. The Commissioner may vary that time under Subdivision 255‑B.
Subdivision 255‑B—Commissioner’s power to vary payment time
Table of sections
255‑10 To defer the payment time
255‑15 To permit payments by instalments
255‑20 To bring forward the payment time in certain cases
255‑10 To defer the payment time
Deferrals for particular taxpayers
(1) The Commissioner may, having regard to the circumstances of your particular case, defer the time at which an amount of a *tax‑related liability is, or would become, due and payable by you (whether or not the liability has already arisen). If the Commissioner does so, that time is varied accordingly.
Note: General interest charge or any other relevant penalty, if applicable for any unpaid amount of the liability, will begin to accrue from the time as varied. See, for example, paragraph 5‑15(a) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) The Commissioner must do so by written notice given to you.
Deferrals for classes of taxpayers
(2A) The Commissioner, having regard to the circumstances of the case, may, by notice published on the Australian Taxation Office website, defer the time at which amounts of *tax‑related liabilities are, or would become, due and payable by a class of taxpayers (whether or not the liabilities have already arisen).
(2B) If the Commissioner does so, that time is varied accordingly.
Note: General interest charge and any other relevant penalties, if applicable for any unpaid amounts of the liabilities, will begin to accrue from the time as varied. See, for example, paragraph 5‑15(a) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2C) A notice published under subsection (2A) is not a legislative instrument.
Deferral does not affect time for giving form
(3) A deferral under this section does not defer the time for giving an *approved form to the Commissioner.
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
255‑15 To permit payments by instalments
(1) The Commissioner may, having regard to the circumstances of your particular case, permit you to pay an amount of a *tax‑related liability by instalments under an *arrangement between you and the Commissioner (whether or not the liability has already arisen).
(2) The *arrangement does not vary the time at which the amount is due and payable.
Note: Despite an arrangement under this section, any general interest charge or other relevant penalty, if applicable for any unpaid amount of the liability, begins to accrue when the liability is due and payable under the relevant taxation law, or at that time as varied under section 255‑10 or 255‑20.
255‑20 To bring forward the payment time in certain cases
(1) If the Commissioner reasonably believes that you may leave Australia before the time at which an amount of a *tax‑related liability becomes due and payable by you, the Commissioner may bring that time forward. If the Commissioner does so, that time is varied accordingly.
Note: General interest charge or any other relevant penalty, if applicable for any unpaid amount of the liability, will begin to accrue from the time as varied. See, for example, paragraph 5‑15(a) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) The Commissioner must do so by written notice given to you.
Subdivision 255‑C—Recovery proceedings
Guide to Subdivision 255‑C
255‑35 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision deals with procedural and evidentiary matters relating to proceedings to recover an amount of a tax‑related liability.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
255‑40 Service of documents if person absent from Australia or cannot be found
255‑45 Evidentiary certificate
255‑50 Certain statements or averments
255‑55 Evidence by affidavit
Operative provisions
255‑40 Service of documents if person absent from Australia or cannot be found
(1) This section applies if a document needs to be served on a person in respect of a proceeding to recover an amount of a *tax‑related liability, and the Commissioner, after making reasonable inquiries, is satisfied that:
(a) the person is absent from Australia and does not have any agent in Australia on whom the document can be served; or
(b) the person cannot be found.
(2) The Commissioner may, without the court’s leave, serve the document by posting it, or a sealed copy of it, in a letter addressed to the person at any Australian address of the person (including the person’s Australian place of business or residence) that is last known to the Commissioner.
(3) For the purposes of giving effect to a provision of an international agreement of a kind referred to in Subdivision 263‑A (about foreign revenue claims), if a document needs to be served on a person and the Commissioner, after making reasonable inquiries, is satisfied that:
(a) the person is absent from Australia and does not have an agent in Australia on whom the document can be served; and
(b) the person has an address in a foreign country, a constituent part of a foreign country or a foreign territory;
the Commissioner may serve the document on the person at the address mentioned in paragraph (b).
255‑45 Evidentiary certificate
(1) A certificate:
(a) stating one or more of the matters covered by subsection (2) or (3); and
(b) signed by the Commissioner, a Second Commissioner or a Deputy Commissioner;
is prima facie evidence of the matter or matters in a proceeding to recover an amount of a *tax‑related liability.
(2) A certificate may state:
(a) that a person named in the certificate has a *tax‑related liability; or
(b) that an *assessment relating to a tax‑related liability has been made, or is taken to have been made, under a *taxation law; or
(c) that notice of an assessment, or any other notice required to be served on a person in respect of an amount of a tax‑related liability, was, or is taken to have been, served on the person under a *taxation law; or
(d) that the particulars of a notice covered by paragraph (c) are as stated in the certificate; or
(e) that a sum specified in the certificate is, as at the date specified in the certificate, a debt due and payable by a person to the Commonwealth.
(3) A certificate may state:
(a) that a *foreign revenue claim for an amount specified in the certificate has been made by the competent authority under the relevant international agreement; or
(b) that the relevant requirements of the relevant international agreement have been complied with in relation to the foreign revenue claim; or
(c) that the claim was registered under Division 263 on the date specified in the certificate; or
(d) that, as at the date of the certificate, the Commissioner has or has not received advice from the competent authority under the relevant international agreement about the reduction or discharge of an amount to be recovered under the claim; or
(e) that the particulars of any reduction or discharge of an amount to be recovered under the claim are as specified in the certificate.
255‑50 Certain statements or averments
(1) In a proceeding to recover an amount of a *tax‑related liability, a statement or averment about a matter in the plaintiff’s complaint, claim or declaration is prima facie evidence of the matter.
(2) This section applies even if the matter is a mixed question of law and fact. However, the statement or averment is prima facie evidence of the fact only.
(3) This section applies even if evidence is given in support or rebuttal of the matter or of any other matter.
(4) Any evidence given in support or rebuttal of the matter stated or averred must be considered on its merits. This section does not increase or diminish the credibility or probative value of the evidence.
(5) This section does not lessen or affect any onus of proof otherwise falling on a defendant.
255‑55 Evidence by affidavit
In a proceeding to recover an amount of a *tax‑related liability:
(a) a person may give evidence by affidavit; and
(b) the court may require the person to attend before it:
(i) to be cross‑examined on that evidence; or
(ii) to give other evidence relating to the proceedings.
Subdivision 255‑D—Security deposits
Table of sections
255‑100 Commissioner may require security deposit
255‑105 Notice of requirement to give security
255‑110 Offence
255‑100 Commissioner may require security deposit
(1) The Commissioner may require you to give security for the due payment of an existing or future *tax‑related liability of yours if:
(a) the Commissioner has reason to believe that:
(i) you are establishing or *carrying on an *enterprise in Australia; and
(ii) you intend to carry on that enterprise for a limited time only; or
(b) the Commissioner reasonably believes that the requirement is otherwise appropriate, having regard to all relevant circumstances.
Note: A requirement to give security under this section is not a tax‑related liability. As such, the collection and recovery provisions in this Part do not apply to it.
(2) The Commissioner may require you to give the security:
(a) by way of a bond or deposit (including by way of payments in instalments); or
(b) by any other means that the Commissioner reasonably believes is appropriate.
(3) The Commissioner may require you to give security under this section:
(a) at any time the Commissioner reasonably believes is appropriate; and
(b) as often as the Commissioner reasonably believes is appropriate.
Example: The Commissioner may require additional security if he or she reasonably believes that the original security requirement underestimated the amount of the likely tax‑related liability.
255‑105 Notice of requirement to give security
Commissioner must give notice of requirement to give security
(1) If the Commissioner requires you to give security under section 255‑100, he or she must give you written notice of the requirement.
Content of notice
(2) The notice must:
(a) state that you are required to give the security to the Commissioner; and
(b) explain why the Commissioner requires the security; and
(c) set out the amount of the security; and
(d) describe the means by which you are required to give the security under subsection 255‑100(2); and
(e) specify the time by which you are required to give the security; and
(f) explain how you may have the Commissioner’s decision to require you to give the security reviewed.
(3) To avoid doubt, a single notice may relate to security for the payment of 2 or more existing or future *tax‑related liabilities, but must comply with subsection (2) in relation to each of them.
When notice is given
(4) Despite section 29 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, a notice under subsection (1) is taken to be given at the time the Commissioner leaves or posts it.
Note: Section 28A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 may be relevant to giving a notice under subsection (1).
Miscellaneous
(5) A failure to comply with this section does not affect the validity of the requirement to give the security under section 255‑100.
255‑110 Offence
You commit an offence if:
(a) the Commissioner requires you to give security under section 255‑100; and
(b) you fail to give that security as required.
Penalty: 100 penalty units.
Division 260—Special rules about collection and recovery
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 260
260‑A From third party
260‑B From liquidator
260‑C From receiver
260‑D—From agent winding up business for foreign resident principal
260‑E From deceased person’s estate
Guide to Division 260
260‑1 What this Division is about
This Division deals with the collection and recovery of an amount from a person who is not personally liable to pay that amount. Apart from Subdivision 260‑A, which covers a wider range of amounts, this Division primarily deals with amounts of tax‑related liabilities.
Subdivision 260‑A—From third party
Table of sections
260‑5 Commissioner may collect amounts from third party
260‑10 Notice to Commonwealth, State or Territory
260‑15 Indemnity
260‑20 Offence
260‑5 Commissioner may collect amounts from third party
Amount recoverable under this Subdivision
(1) This Subdivision applies if any of the following amounts (the debt) is payable to the Commonwealth by an entity (the debtor) (whether or not the debt has become due and payable):
(a) an amount of a *tax‑related liability;
(b) a judgment debt for a *tax‑related liability;
(c) costs for such a judgment debt;
(d) an amount that a court has ordered the debtor to pay to the Commissioner following the debtor’s conviction for an offence against a *taxation law.
Commissioner may give notice to an entity
(2) The Commissioner may give a written notice to an entity (the third party) under this section if the third party owes or may later owe money to the debtor.
Third party regarded as owing money in these circumstances
(3) The third party is taken to owe money (the available money) to the debtor if the third party:
(a) is an entity by whom the money is due or accruing to the debtor; or
(b) holds the money for or on account of the debtor; or
(c) holds the money on account of some other entity for payment to the debtor; or
(d) has authority from some other entity to pay the money to the debtor.
The third party is so taken to owe the money to the debtor even if:
(e) the money is not due, or is not so held, or payable under the authority, unless a condition is fulfilled; and
(f) the condition has not been fulfilled.
How much is payable under the notice
(4) A notice under this section must:
(a) require the third party to pay to the Commissioner the lesser of, or a specified amount not exceeding the lesser of:
(i) the debt; or
(ii) the available money; or
(b) if there will be amounts of the available money from time to time—require the third party to pay to the Commissioner a specified amount, or a specified percentage, of each amount of the available money, until the debt is satisfied.
When amount must be paid
(5) The notice must require the third party to pay an amount under paragraph (4)(a), or each amount under paragraph (4)(b):
(a) immediately after; or
(b) at or within a specified time after;
the amount of the available money concerned becomes an amount owing to the debtor.
Debtor must be notified
(6) The Commissioner must send a copy of the notice to the debtor.
Setting‑off amounts
(7) If an entity other than the third party has paid an amount to the Commissioner that satisfies all or part of the debt:
(a) the Commissioner must notify the third party of that fact; and
(b) any amount that the third party is required to pay under the notice is reduced by the amount so paid.
260‑10 Notice to Commonwealth, State or Territory
If the third party is the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, the Commissioner may give the notice to a person who:
(a) is employed by the Commonwealth, or by the State or Territory (as appropriate); and
(b) has the duty of disbursing public money under a law of the Commonwealth, or of the State or Territory (as appropriate).
260‑15 Indemnity
An amount that the third party pays to the Commissioner under this Subdivision is taken to have been authorised by:
(a) the debtor; and
(b) any other person who is entitled to all or a part of the amount;
and the third party is indemnified for the payment.
260‑20 Offence
(1) The third party must not fail to comply with the Commissioner’s notice.
Penalty: 20 penalty units
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
(2) The court may, in addition to imposing a penalty on a person convicted of an offence against subsection (1) in relation to failing to pay an amount under the notice, order the person to pay to the Commissioner an amount not exceeding that amount.
Subdivision 260‑B—From liquidator
Table of sections
260‑40 Subdivision does not apply to superannuation guarantee charge
260‑45 Liquidator’s obligation
260‑50 Offence
260‑55 Joint liability of 2 or more liquidators
260‑60 Liquidator’s other obligation or liability
260‑40 Subdivision does not apply to superannuation guarantee charge
This Subdivision does not apply to a *tax‑related liability that is superannuation guarantee charge imposed by the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992.
260‑45 Liquidator’s obligation
(1) This Subdivision applies to a person who becomes a liquidator of a company.
(2) Within 14 days after becoming liquidator, the liquidator must give written notice of that fact to the Commissioner.
(3) The Commissioner must, as soon as practicable, notify the liquidator of the amount (the notified amount) that the Commissioner considers is enough to discharge any *outstanding tax‑related liabilities that the company has when the notice is given.
(4) The liquidator must not, without the Commissioner’s permission, part with any of the company’s assets before receiving the Commissioner’s notice.
(5) However, subsection (4) does not prevent the liquidator from parting with the company’s assets to pay debts of the company not covered by either of the following paragraphs:
(a) the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities;
(b) any debts of the company which:
(i) are unsecured; and
(ii) are not required, by an *Australian law, to be paid in priority to some or all of the other debts of the company.
(6) After receiving the Commissioner’s notice, the liquidator must set aside, out of the assets available for paying amounts covered by paragraph (5)(a) or (b) (the ordinary debts), assets with a value calculated using the following formula:
where:
amount of remaining ordinary debts means the sum of the company’s ordinary debts other than the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities.
(7) The liquidator must, in his or her capacity as liquidator, discharge the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities, to the extent of the value of the assets that the liquidator is required to set aside.
(8) The liquidator is personally liable to discharge the liabilities, to the extent of that value, if the liquidator contravenes this section.
260‑50 Offence
The liquidator must not fail to comply with subsection 260‑45(2), (4), (5), (6) or (7).
Penalty: 10 penalty units.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
260‑55 Joint liability of 2 or more liquidators
If there are 2 or more persons who become liquidators of the company, the obligations and liabilities under this Subdivision:
(a) apply to all the liquidators; but
(b) may be discharged by any of them.
260‑60 Liquidator’s other obligation or liability
This Subdivision does not reduce any obligation or liability of a liquidator arising elsewhere.
Subdivision 260‑C—From receiver
Table of sections
260‑75 Receiver’s obligation
260‑80 Offence
260‑85 Joint liability of 2 or more receivers
260‑90 Receiver’s other obligation or liability
260‑75 Receiver’s obligation
(1) This Subdivision applies to a person (the receiver) who, in the capacity of receiver, or of receiver and manager, takes possession of a company’s assets for the company’s debenture holders.
(2) Within 14 days after taking possession of the assets, the receiver must give written notice of that fact to the Commissioner.
(3) The Commissioner must, as soon as practicable, notify the receiver of the amount (the notified amount) that the Commissioner considers is enough to discharge any *outstanding tax‑related liabilities that the company has when the notice is given.
(4) The receiver must not, without the Commissioner’s permission, part with any of the company’s assets before receiving the Commissioner’s notice.
(5) However, subsection (4) does not prevent the receiver from parting with the company’s assets to pay debts of the company not covered by either of the following paragraphs:
(a) the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities;
(b) any debts of the company which:
(i) are unsecured; and
(ii) are not required, by an *Australian law, to be paid in priority to some or all of the other debts of the company.
(6) After receiving the Commissioner’s notice, the receiver must set aside, out of the assets available for paying amounts covered by paragraph (5)(a) or (b) (the ordinary debts), assets with a value calculated using the following formula:
where:
amount of remaining ordinary debts means the sum of the company’s ordinary debts other than the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities.
(7) The receiver must, in his or her capacity as receiver, or as receiver and manager, discharge the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities, to the extent of the value of the assets that the receiver is required to set aside.
(8) The receiver is personally liable to discharge the liabilities, to the extent of that value, if the receiver contravenes this section.
260‑80 Offence
The receiver must not fail to comply with subsection 260‑75(2), (4), (5), (6) or (7).
Penalty: 10 penalty units.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
260‑85 Joint liability of 2 or more receivers
If 2 or more persons (the receivers) take possession of a company’s assets, for the company’s debenture holders, in the capacity of receiver, or of receiver and manager, the obligations and liabilities under this Subdivision apply to:
(a) all the receivers; but
(b) may be discharged by any of them.
260‑90 Receiver’s other obligation or liability
This Subdivision does not reduce any obligation or liability of the receiver or receivers arising elsewhere.
Subdivision 260‑D—From agent winding up business for foreign resident principal
Table of sections
260‑105 Obligation of agent winding up business for foreign resident principal
260‑110 Offence
260‑115 Joint liability of 2 or more agents
260‑120 Agent’s other obligation or liability
260‑105 Obligation of agent winding up business for foreign resident principal
(1) This Subdivision applies to an agent whose principal:
(a) is a foreign resident; and
(b) has instructed the agent to wind up so much of the principal’s business as is carried on in Australia.
(2) Within 14 days after receiving the instructions, the agent must give written notice of that fact to the Commissioner.
(3) The Commissioner must, as soon as practicable after receiving the notice, notify the agent of the amount (the notified amount) that the Commissioner considers is enough to discharge any *outstanding tax‑related liabilities that the principal has when the notice is given.
(4) Before receiving the Commissioner’s notice, the agent must not, without the Commissioner’s permission, part with any of the principal’s assets that are available for discharging the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities.
(5) After receiving the notice, the agent must set aside:
(a) out of the assets available for discharging the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities, assets to the value of the notified amount; or
(b) all of the assets so available, if their value is less than the notified amount.
(6) The agent must, in that capacity, discharge the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities, to the extent of the value of the assets that the agent is required to set aside.
(7) The agent is personally liable to discharge the liabilities, to the extent of that value, if the agent contravenes this section.
260‑110 Offence
A person must not fail to comply with subsection 260‑105(2), (4), (5) or (6).
Penalty: 10 penalty units.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of penalty units.
260‑115 Joint liability of 2 or more agents
If 2 or more agents are jointly instructed by the principal to wind up the business, the obligations and liabilities under this Subdivision:
(a) apply to all the agents; but
(b) may be discharged by any of them.
260‑120 Agent’s other obligation or liability
This Subdivision does not reduce any obligation or liability of the agent or agents arising elsewhere.
Subdivision 260‑E—From deceased person’s estate
Table of sections
260‑140 Administered estate
260‑145 Unadministered estate
260‑150 Commissioner may authorise amount to be recovered
260‑140 Administered estate
(1) This section applies if:
(a) a person has an *outstanding tax‑related liability when the person dies; and
(b) either of the following is granted after the death:
(i) probate of the person’s will;
(ii) letters of administration of the person’s estate.
(2) The Commissioner may, in respect of the liability, deal with the trustee of the deceased person’s estate as if:
(a) the deceased person were still alive; and
(b) the trustee were the deceased person.
(3) Without limiting subsection (2), the trustee must:
(a) provide any returns and other information that the deceased person was liable to provide, or would have been liable to provide if he or she were still alive; and
(b) provide any additional returns or other information relating to the liability that the Commissioner requires; and
(c) in the trustee’s representative capacity, discharge the liability and any penalty imposed in respect of the liability under a *taxation law (including any *general interest charge) for which the deceased person would be liable if he or she were still alive.
(4) If:
(a) the amount of the liability requires an *assessment under a *taxation law but the assessment has not been made; and
(b) the trustee fails to provide a return or other information in relation to assessing that amount as required by the Commissioner;
the Commissioner may assess that amount. If the Commissioner does so, the assessment has the same effect as if it were made under that taxation law.
(5) A trustee who is dissatisfied with an *assessment under subsection (4) may object in the manner set out in Part IVC.
(6) Part IVC applies in relation to the objection as if the trustee were the deceased person.
260‑145 Unadministered estate
(1) This section applies if neither of the following is granted within 6 months after a person’s death:
(a) probate of the person’s will;
(b) letters of administration of the person’s estate.
(2) The Commissioner may determine the total amount of *outstanding tax‑related liabilities that the person had at the time of death.
(3) The Commissioner must publish notice of the determination twice in a daily newspaper circulating in the State or Territory in which the person resided at the time of death.
(4) A notice of the determination is conclusive evidence of the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities, unless the determination is amended.
(5) A person who is dissatisfied with the determination may object in the manner set out in Part IVC if the person:
(a) claims an interest in the estate; or
(b) is granted probate of the deceased person’s will or letters of administration of the estate.
(6) Part IVC applies in relation to the objection as if the person making it were the deceased person.
260‑150 Commissioner may authorise amount to be recovered
(1) The Commissioner may, in writing, authorise a person (the authorised person) who is:
(a) a member or a special member of the Australian Federal Police; or
(b) a member of the police force of a State or Territory; or
(c) any other person;
to recover:
(d) the total amount of the *outstanding tax‑related liabilities of a deceased person as determined under section 260‑145 (about unadministered estates); and
(e) any reasonable costs incurred by the authorised person in recovering that amount;
by seizing and disposing of any property of the deceased person.
(2) The authorised person may seize and dispose of the property as prescribed by the regulations.
Division 263—Mutual assistance in collection of foreign tax debts
Table of Subdivisions
263‑A Foreign revenue claims
Subdivision 263‑A—Foreign revenue claims
Guide to Subdivision 263‑A
263‑5 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision can be activated if there is in force an agreement between Australia and a foreign country or territory that contains an article relating to assistance in collection of foreign tax debts.
The Commissioner can collect from an entity an amount in respect of a tax debt that the person owes to such a country or territory or take action to conserve assets of the entity.
The Commissioner is required to remit amounts collected to the foreign country or territory concerned.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
263‑10 Meaning of foreign revenue claim
263‑15 Requirements for foreign revenue claims
263‑20 Foreign Revenue Claims Register
263‑25 Registering claims
263‑30 When amount is due and payable
263‑35 Amending the Register etc.
263‑40 Payment to competent authority
Operative provisions
263‑10 Meaning of foreign revenue claim
A foreign revenue claim is a claim made to the Commissioner:
(a) in accordance with an agreement (the international agreement) between Australia and:
(i) a foreign country or a constituent part of a foreign country; or
(ii) an overseas territory;
(the overseas entity); and
(b) for one or both of these purposes:
(i) the recovery by the Commissioner of an amount from an entity (the debtor) in respect of taxes imposed otherwise than by an *Australian law (including any associated amounts);
(ii) the conserving of assets for the purposes of a recovery of that kind.
263‑15 Requirements for foreign revenue claims
A *foreign revenue claim must:
(a) be made by or on behalf of an entity that is, under the relevant international agreement, the competent authority; and
(b) be consistent with the provisions of that agreement; and
(c) be made in the *approved form; and
(d) specify the amount owed by the debtor in Australian currency (calculated as at the day the claim is made); and
(e) be accompanied by a declaration by the competent authority stating that the claim fulfils the requirements of that agreement.
263‑20 Foreign Revenue Claims Register
(1) The Commissioner must keep a register called the Foreign Revenue Claims Register (the Register).
(2) The regulations may make provision in relation to the form in which the Register may be kept.
(3) The register is not a legislative instrument.
263‑25 Registering claims
If the Commissioner is satisfied that a *foreign revenue claim has been made in accordance with section 263‑15, the Commissioner must register the claim by entering particulars of it in the Register within 90 days after receiving the claim.
263‑30 When amount is due and payable
(1) When particulars of a *foreign revenue claim are entered in the Register, the amount owed by the debtor becomes a pecuniary liability to the Commonwealth by the debtor.
Note 1: The amount to be recovered from the debtor will be a primary tax debt for the purposes of Part IIB and the Commissioner may allocate the debt to a running balance account under that Part.
Note 2: For provisions about collection and recovery of the debt, see Part 4‑15.
(1A) To avoid doubt, the amount owed by the debtor may not be the same as the amount (if any) entered in the Register.
(2) The amount owed by the debtor becomes due and payable 30 days after notice of the particulars of the *foreign revenue claim is given to the debtor or on a later day specified in the notice.
(3) If that amount remains unpaid after it is due and payable, the debtor is liable to pay *general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the amount was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day at the end of which either of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the amount;
(ii) general interest charge on any of the amount.
263‑35 Amending the Register etc.
(1) The Commissioner may, with the agreement of the relevant competent authority, amend the Register to correct an error.
(2) The Commissioner may, with the agreement of the relevant competent authority:
(a) remove from the Register the particulars of a *foreign revenue claim; or
(b) reduce an amount to be recovered from a debtor under the claim.
(2A) To avoid doubt, the Commissioner may reduce an amount to be recovered from a debtor under paragraph (2)(b) without amending the Register.
(3) A debtor may, after receiving a copy of the particulars of a *foreign revenue claim entered in the Register, apply to the Commissioner in the *approved form to have those particulars removed from the Register.
(4) The Commissioner may, after considering the application, remove those particulars from the Register.
(5) If the Commissioner removes particulars of a *foreign revenue claim relating to the recovery of an amount from the Register under paragraph (2)(a) or subsection (4), the debtor is entitled to a credit for the purposes of Part IIB equal to the sum of:
(a) the amount (as reduced by any previous application of subsection (6)); and
(b) any *general interest charge for which the debtor is liable as a result of the foreign revenue claim.
Note: How the credit is applied is set out in Part IIB.
(6) If the Commissioner reduces the amount to be recovered from a debtor under a *foreign revenue claim under paragraph (2)(b), the debtor is entitled to a credit for the purposes of Part IIB equal to the amount of the reduction.
Note: How the credit is applied is set out in Part IIB.
263‑40 Payment to competent authority
(1) The Commissioner must, if the Commissioner recovers all or part of an amount to be recovered from a debtor under a registered *foreign revenue claim, pay that amount to the competent authority concerned or to another entity on behalf of that competent authority.
(2) The Commissioner may also pay to the competent authority all or part of an amount that the Commissioner has received and that is attributable to *general interest charge in relation to the claim.
(3) The Commissioner may also pay to the competent authority all or part of an amount that the Commissioner has received and that is attributable to any of the following in relation to the claim:
(a) judgment interest;
(b) costs that:
(i) have been recovered in the course of legal proceedings; and
(ii) represent an amount that has previously been paid by the competent authority to the Commonwealth in relation to the recovery of the claim.
Division 265—Other matters
Table of Subdivisions
265‑A Right of person to seek recovery or contribution
265‑B Application of laws
Subdivision 265‑A—Right of person to seek recovery or contribution
Guide to Subdivision 265‑A
265‑35 What this Subdivision is about
This Division deals with a person’s right to recover from another person an amount paid in discharge of a tax‑related liability if:
• the person has paid the amount for or on behalf of the other person;
• the persons are jointly liable to pay the amount.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
265‑40 Right of recovery if another person is liable
265‑45 Right of contribution if persons are jointly liable
Operative provisions
265‑40 Right of recovery if another person is liable
A person who has paid an amount of a *tax‑related liability for or on behalf of another person may:
(a) recover that amount from the other person as a debt (together with the costs of recovery) in a court of competent jurisdiction; or
(b) retain or deduct the amount out of money held by the person that belongs to, or is payable to, the other person.
265‑45 Right of contribution if persons are jointly liable
(1) If 2 or more persons are jointly liable to pay an amount of a *tax‑related liability, they are each liable for the whole of the amount.
(2) If one of the persons has paid an amount of the liability, the person may recover in a court of competent jurisdiction, as a debt, from another of those persons:
(a) an amount equal to so much of the amount paid; and
(b) an amount equal to so much of the costs of recovery under this section;
as the court considers just and equitable.
Note: Item 15 of Schedule 6 to the Tax Laws Amendment (Repeal of Inoperative Provisions) Act 2006 has the effect that, in addition to its normal application in relation to tax‑related liabilities arising on or after 1 July 2000, subsection (2) also applies to such liabilities arising before that date, where amounts of the liabilities are paid after the commencement of that item.
Subdivision 265‑B—Application of laws
Table of sections
265‑65 Non‑application of certain taxation laws
265‑65 Non‑application of certain taxation laws
This Part does not apply in relation to a *taxation law, or a provision of a taxation law, that is prescribed by the regulations.
Division 268—Estimates and recovery of PAYG withholding liabilities
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 268
268‑A Object
268‑B Making estimates
268‑C Liability to pay estimates
268‑D Reducing and revoking estimates
268‑E Late payment of estimates
268‑F Miscellaneous
Guide to Division 268
268‑1 What this Division is about
This Division enables the Commissioner to make an estimate of amounts not paid as required by Part 2‑5 (Pay as you go (PAYG) withholding), and to recover the amount of the estimate.
If you are given an estimate, you are liable to pay the amount of the estimate. That liability is distinct from your liability to pay the amounts required by Part 2‑5. However, you can ensure that the Commissioner does not require you to pay more than the amounts not paid under that Part.
Other Divisions of this Part provide for the recovery of amounts payable under this Division.
Subdivision 268‑A—Object
Table of sections
268‑5 Object of Division
268‑5 Object of Division
The object of this Division is to enable the Commissioner to take prompt and effective action to recover amounts not paid as required by Part 2‑5 (Pay as you go (PAYG) withholding).
Subdivision 268‑B—Making estimates
Table of sections
268‑10 Commissioner may make estimate
268‑15 Notice of estimate
268‑10 Commissioner may make estimate
Estimate
(1) The Commissioner may estimate the unpaid and overdue amount of a liability (the underlying liability) of yours under section 16‑70.
Note: Section 16‑70 requires you to pay to the Commissioner amounts you have withheld under the Pay as you go withholding rules.
Amount of estimate
(2) The amount of the estimate must be what the Commissioner thinks is reasonable.
(3) In making the estimate, the Commissioner may have regard to anything he or she thinks relevant.
Example: The Commissioner may have regard to information about amounts you withheld under the Pay as you go rules before the period in relation to which the underlying liability arose.
Only one estimate for each liability
(4) While the estimate is in force, the Commissioner cannot make another estimate relating to the underlying liability.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (4), the estimate is in force if:
(a) the Commissioner has given you notice of the estimate; and
(b) the estimate has not been revoked; and
(c) your liability to pay the estimate has not been discharged.
268‑15 Notice of estimate
Commissioner must give notice of estimate
(1) The Commissioner must give you written notice of the estimate.
Content of notice
(2) The notice must:
(a) identify the underlying liability; and
(b) specify the date of the estimate; and
(c) set out the amount of the estimate; and
(d) state that the amount of the estimate is due and payable; and
(e) explain how you may have the amount of the estimate reduced or the estimate revoked.
(3) To avoid doubt, a single notice may relate to 2 or more estimates, but must comply with subsection (2) in relation to each of them.
When notice is given
(4) Despite section 29 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, a notice under subsection (1) is taken to be given at the time the Commissioner leaves or posts it.
Note: Section 28A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 may be relevant to giving a notice under subsection (1).
Subdivision 268‑C—Liability to pay estimates
Table of sections
268‑20 Nature of liability to pay estimate
268‑25 Accuracy of estimate irrelevant to liability to pay
268‑30 Estimate provable in bankruptcy or winding up
268‑20 Nature of liability to pay estimate
Liability to pay amount of estimate
(1) You must pay to the Commissioner the amount of the estimate if the Commissioner gives you notice of the estimate in accordance with section 268‑15. The amount is due and payable when the Commissioner gives you the notice.
Note: The amount of the estimate may be reduced, or the estimate revoked, under Subdivision 268‑D.
Liability to pay amount of estimate is distinct from underlying liability
(2) Your liability to pay the amount of the estimate is separate and distinct from the underlying liability. It is separate and distinct for all purposes.
Example: The Commissioner may take:
(a) proceedings to recover the unpaid amount of the estimate; or
(b) proceedings to recover the unpaid amount of the underlying liability; or
(c) proceedings of both kinds.
Discharging one liability discharges other liabilities
(3) Despite subsection (2), if, at a particular time, one of the liabilities to which this subsection applies is discharged, to the extent of an amount, for either of the following reasons, each of the other liabilities to which this subsection applies is discharged to the extent of the same amount:
(a) an amount is paid or applied towards discharging the liability;
(b) the liability is discharged because of section 269‑40 (Effect of director paying penalty or company discharging liability).
(4) Subsection (3) applies to whichever of the following liabilities are in existence at the particular time:
(a) your liability to pay the amount of the estimate;
(b) the underlying liability;
(c) a liability of yours under a judgment, to the extent that it is based on a liability referred to in paragraph (a) or (b).
(5) Subsection (3) does not discharge a liability to a greater extent than the amount of the liability.
268‑25 Accuracy of estimate irrelevant to liability to pay
You are liable to pay the unpaid amount of the estimate even if:
(a) the underlying liability never existed or has been discharged in full; or
(b) the unpaid amount of the underlying liability is less than the unpaid amount of the estimate.
Note 1: Section 268‑40 revokes the estimate if you give the Commissioner a statutory declaration, or file an affidavit, to the effect that the underlying liability never existed.
Note 2: Subdivision 268‑D provides ways in which you can challenge the estimate or its amount.
268‑30 Estimate provable in bankruptcy or winding up
(1) Your liability (the estimate liability) to pay the unpaid amount of the estimate is provable in a bankruptcy or winding up, even if the estimate was made after:
(a) the date of the bankruptcy; or
(b) the relevant date (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001).
(2) However, the estimate liability is provable only to the extent that the underlying liability would be provable if the unpaid amount of the underlying liability were the same as the unpaid amount of the estimate.
Example: Subsection (2) prevents proof of the estimate liability if the underlying liability could not be proved because, for example, of when it arose.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply if:
(a) the underlying liability has already been admitted to proof; and
(b) the proof has not been set aside.
(4) If the estimate liability has been admitted to proof at a particular amount, the underlying liability is provable only to the extent the unpaid amount of the underlying liability exceeds that particular amount.
(5) To the extent that a liability is provable because of this section, it is taken, for the purposes of the Bankruptcy Act 1966, to be provable in bankruptcy under that Act.
Subdivision 268‑D—Reducing and revoking estimates
Table of sections
268‑35 How estimate may be reduced or revoked—Commissioner’s powers
268‑40 How estimate may be reduced or revoked—statutory declaration or affidavit
268‑45 How estimate may be reduced or revoked—rejection of proof of debt
268‑50 How estimate may be reduced—amount paid or applied
268‑55 When reduction or revocation takes effect
268‑60 Consequences of reduction or revocation—refund
268‑65 Consequences of reduction or revocation—statutory demand changed or set aside
268‑70 Consequences of reduction or revocation—underlying liability
268‑35 How estimate may be reduced or revoked—Commissioner’s powers
Reduction
(1) The Commissioner may at any time reduce the amount of the estimate, but is not obliged to consider whether or not to do so.
(2) If the Commissioner reduces the amount of the estimate under subsection (1), he or she must give you a written notice that:
(a) identifies the underlying liability; and
(b) sets out the reduced amount of the estimate.
Note: The estimate is taken always to have had effect as reduced: see section 268‑55.
Revocation
(3) The Commissioner may at any time revoke the estimate, but is not obliged to consider whether or not to do so.
(4) If the Commissioner revokes the estimate under subsection (3), he or she must give you a written notice that:
(a) identifies the underlying liability; and
(b) states that the estimate has been revoked.
Note: The estimate is taken never to have been made: see section 268‑55.
Matters for Commissioner to consider
(5) In exercising his or her power under this section to reduce the amount of the estimate, or to revoke the estimate, the Commissioner must have regard to:
(a) the following principles:
(i) the estimate is of the unpaid amount of the underlying liability as at a particular time;
(ii) the purpose of reducing the amount of the estimate is to bring it closer to the unpaid amount of the underlying liability as at the time the estimate was made;
(iii) reductions of the unpaid amount of the underlying liability that happen after the time the estimate was made are dealt with by section 268‑20 (Nature of liability to pay estimate) and so should not be taken into account in exercising such a power; and
(b) the effects of sections 268‑55 and 268‑70 (effect of reduction or revocation on liabilities).
268‑40 How estimate may be reduced or revoked—statutory declaration or affidavit
Scope
(1) This section applies as set out in the following table:
Statutory declaration or affidavit |
Item | This section applies if ... | and ... | within ... |
1 | the Commissioner gives you notice of the estimate | you give the Commissioner a statutory declaration for the purposes of this section | (a) 7 days after the Commissioner gives you the notice; or (b) a longer period allowed by the Commissioner. |
2 | you are a party to proceedings before a court that relate to the recovery of the unpaid amount of the estimate | you: (a) file an affidavit for the purposes of this section; and (b) serve a copy on the Commissioner | (a) 14 days after you first take a procedural step as a party to the proceedings; or (b) a longer period allowed by the court. |
3 | (a) the estimate is of the unpaid amount of a liability of a company; and (b) the Commissioner serves on the company a *statutory demand relating to the company’s liability to pay the unpaid amount of the estimate; and (c) an application is made to a court under section 234, 459P, 462 or 464 of the Corporations Act 2001 for the company to be wound up | the company: (a) files an affidavit for the purposes of this section; and (b) serves a copy on the applicant | (a) 14 days after notice of the application was served on the company; or (b) a longer period allowed by the court. |
Example: For the purposes of item 2 of the table, taking a procedural step as a party to proceedings includes entering an appearance, filing a notice of intention to defend, or applying to set aside judgment entered in default of appearance.
Note 1: Section 459C of the Corporations Act 2001 creates a presumption that a company is insolvent, and may be wound up, if the company fails to comply with a statutory demand.
Note 2: See section 268‑90 for what the statutory declaration or affidavit must contain and who must make, swear or affirm it.
Reduction
(2) The amount of the estimate is reduced if the statutory declaration is to the effect, or the affidavit verifies facts sufficient to prove, that a specified lesser amount is the unpaid amount of the underlying liability.
Example: Subsection (2) will apply if the statutory declaration etc. is to the effect that the underlying liability has been discharged in full (and therefore the unpaid amount of the liability is nil).
(3) The amount of the reduction is the amount by which the unpaid amount of the estimate (just before the reduction) exceeds the amount specified.
Note: The effect of subsection (3) is to reduce the unpaid amount of the estimate to the amount specified.
Revocation
(4) The estimate is revoked if the statutory declaration is to the effect, or the affidavit verifies facts sufficient to prove, that the underlying liability never existed.
268‑45 How estimate may be reduced or revoked—rejection of proof of debt
Scope
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the Commissioner lodges a proof of debt relating to the unpaid amount of the estimate; and
(b) section 268‑95 applies to an entity (your supervising entity) in relation to you.
Rejection of proof of debt
(2) Your supervising entity may give the Commissioner a statutory declaration to the effect that:
(a) the underlying liability has been discharged in full; or
(b) the unpaid amount of the underlying liability is a specified, lesser amount; or
(c) the underlying liability never existed.
Note: See section 268‑90 for what the statutory declaration must contain and who must make it.
(3) If your supervising entity does so, he or she may reject the proof of debt (in whole or in part) on the ground made out in the statutory declaration.
(4) If the Commissioner appeals, or applies for review of, your supervising entity’s decision to reject the proof of debt, nothing in subsection (2) or (3) prevents evidence being adduced to contradict statements in the declaration.
Note: Such evidence might also be relevant to a prosecution for an offence, such as an offence against section 11 of the Statutory Declarations Act 1959 (False declarations).
Revocation or reduction of estimate
(5) The following table applies in relation to the outcome following all (if any) appeals from, and applications for review of, your supervising entity’s decision to reject the proof of debt. (If there are no appeals or applications for review, the outcome is your supervising entity’s decision as originally made.)
Rejecting proof of debt |
Item | If the outcome is that ... | then ... |
1 | the proof is rejected in whole on the ground that the estimate has been discharged in full | the amount of the estimate is reduced by the unpaid amount of the estimate (just before the reduction). |
2 | the proof is rejected in part | the amount of the estimate is reduced by so much of the unpaid amount of the estimate (just before the reduction) as is rejected. |
3 | the proof is rejected in whole on the ground that the underlying liability never existed | the estimate is revoked. |
Note 1: The effect of item 1 of the table is to reduce the unpaid amount of the estimate to nil.
Note 2: The effect of item 2 of the table is to reduce the unpaid amount of the estimate to the amount admitted to proof.
268‑50 How estimate may be reduced—amount paid or applied
(1) This section applies if:
(a) an amount is paid or applied towards discharging your liability to pay the amount of the estimate; and
(b) the amount paid or applied exceeds the unpaid amount of the underlying liability as at the time just before the payment or application.
(2) The amount of the estimate is reduced so that it does not exceed the unpaid amount, at the time mentioned in paragraph (1)(b), of the underlying liability.
268‑55 When reduction or revocation takes effect
Scope
(1) This section applies for the purposes of the following:
(a) Subdivision 268‑C (Liability to pay estimates);
(b) section 268‑60 (refund of overpayments);
(c) Subdivision 268‑E (Late payment of estimates);
(d) Division 269 (Penalties for directors of non‑complying companies).
When reduction or revocation takes effect
(2) If the amount of the estimate is reduced, the estimate has effect, and is taken always to have had effect, as if the original amount of the estimate had been the reduced amount.
(3) If the estimate is revoked, the estimate is taken never to have been made.
268‑60 Consequences of reduction or revocation—refund
(1) This section applies if:
(a) an amount is paid or applied towards discharging your liability to pay the amount of the estimate; and
(b) the amount paid or applied exceeds the unpaid amount of the estimate as at the time just before the payment or application.
Example: You pay an amount towards discharging the estimate and the estimate is later reduced to a lesser amount.
Note: Section 268‑50 provides for the reduction of the amount of the estimate in the case of overpayment.
(2) The Commissioner must pay you the excess.
Note: See Division 3A of Part IIB of this Act for the rules about how the Commissioner must pay you. Division 3 of that Part allows the Commissioner to apply the amount owing as a credit against tax debts that you owe the Commonwealth.
268‑65 Consequences of reduction or revocation—statutory demand changed or set aside
Scope
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the estimate is of the unpaid amount of a liability of a company; and
(b) the Commissioner has served a *statutory demand on the company relating to the company’s liability to pay the unpaid amount of the estimate; and
(c) the amount of the estimate is later reduced, or the estimate is revoked.
Statutory demand changed
(2) The *statutory demand is changed accordingly.
(3) The *statutory demand is taken to have had effect (as so changed) from the time the Commissioner served it on the company.
Statutory demand set aside
(4) The *statutory demand is set aside if subsection (2) reduces the amount of the debt (or the total of the amounts of the debts) below the statutory minimum (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001).
268‑70 Consequences of reduction or revocation—underlying liability
Reduction of the amount of the estimate, or revocation of the estimate, does not affect the Commissioner’s rights or remedies in relation to the underlying liability (except to the extent that this Division expressly provides otherwise).
Subdivision 268‑E—Late payment of estimates
Table of sections
268‑75 Liability to pay the general interest charge
268‑80 Effect of paying the general interest charge
268‑75 Liability to pay the general interest charge
(1) This section applies if your liability to pay the amount of the estimate remains undischarged at the end of 7 days after the Commissioner gives you notice of the estimate.
(2) You are liable to pay the *general interest charge on the unpaid amount of the estimate for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the underlying liability was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the amount of the estimate;
(ii) general interest charge on any of the amount of the estimate.
Note: The general interest charge is worked out under Part IIA of this Act.
268‑80 Effect of paying the general interest charge
Scope
(1) If you are liable to pay the *general interest charge under section 268‑75 in relation to the estimate, this section applies to the following liabilities:
(a) your liability to pay the general interest charge;
(b) a liability of yours to pay a general interest charge, under a corresponding provision of Subdivision 16‑B, because the underlying liability remains undischarged;
(c) liability under a judgment, to the extent that it is based on a liability referred to in paragraph (a) or (b);
(d) a liability of yours to pay interest carried by a judgment debt, to the extent that the judgment debt is based on:
(i) the liability to pay the estimate; or
(ii) the liability to pay the general interest charge under section 268‑75 on an unpaid amount of the estimate.
Discharging one liability discharges other liabilities
(2) If, at a particular time, an amount is paid or applied towards discharging one of the liabilities, each of the other liabilities that is in existence at that time is discharged to the extent of the same amount.
(3) However, this section does not discharge a liability to a greater extent than the amount of the liability.
(4) If, because a judgment debt carries interest, section 8AAH of this Act reduces the amount of a *general interest charge payable as mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) of this section, the amount of the reduction is taken, for the purposes of subsection (2) of this section, to have been applied towards discharging your liability to the charge.
Subdivision 268‑F—Miscellaneous
Table of sections
268‑85 Effect of judgment on liability on which it is based
268‑90 Requirements for statutory declaration or affidavit
268‑95 Liquidators, receivers and trustees in bankruptcy
268‑100 Division not to limit or exclude Corporations or Bankruptcy Act
268‑85 Effect of judgment on liability on which it is based
Estimate payable despite judgment
(1) The unpaid amount of the estimate, or of the underlying liability, does not stop being payable merely because a judgment has been given by, or entered in, a court.
Division applies to liability under judgment
(2) This Division applies in relation to liability under a judgment, to the extent that it is based on your liability to pay the amount of the estimate, in the same way as this Division applies to that estimate liability.
(3) This Division applies in relation to liability under a judgment, to the extent that it is based on the underlying liability, in the same way as this Division applies to the underlying liability.
(4) Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply for the purposes of the following:
(a) section 268‑20 (Nature of liability to pay estimate);
(b) section 268‑30 (Estimate provable in bankruptcy or winding up);
(c) section 268‑45 (rejection of proof of debt).
Judgment conclusive as to amount of liability
(5) Nothing in this Division affects the conclusiveness of a judgment as to the amount of a liability on which it is based.
268‑90 Requirements for statutory declaration or affidavit
Scope
(1) This section applies to a statutory declaration given, or an affidavit filed, for the purposes of section 268‑40 or 268‑45 in relation to the estimate.
Content
(2) The statutory declaration or affidavit must verify the following facts:
(a) whichever of the following are applicable:
(i) the sum of all amounts you withheld under Division 12 during the relevant period, or the fact that you did not withhold any such amounts during the period;
(ii) the sum of all amounts you were required to pay under Division 13 (Alienated personal services payments) during the relevant period, or the fact that you were not required to pay any such amounts during the period;
(iii) the sum of all amounts you were required to pay under Division 14 (non‑cash benefits and accruing gains) during the relevant period, or the fact that you were not required to pay any such amounts during the period;
(b) what has been done to comply with Division 16 (Payer’s obligations and rights) in relation to the amounts referred to in paragraph (a).
Maker or deponent
(3) The statutory declaration or affidavit must be made, sworn or affirmed by:
(a) an individual specified in the following table; or
(b) your liquidator, receiver or trustee in bankruptcy (if and as applicable).
Who must make the statutory declaration or swear or affirm the affidavit |
Item | A statutory declaration or affidavit in relation to an estimate of a liability of ... | must be made, sworn or affirmed by ... |
1 | an individual | that individual. |
2 | a body corporate | (a) in the case of a company that has a director or a company secretary (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001)—a director of the company or the company secretary; or (b) in the case of an *Australian government agency—an individual prescribed by the regulations; or (c) in any case—the public officer of the body corporate (for the purposes of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936). |
3 | a body politic | an individual prescribed by the regulations. |
4 | a partnership | a partner of the partnership. |
5 | any other unincorporated association or body of persons | (a) a member of the association’s or body’s committee of management; or (b) the public officer of the association or body (for the purposes of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936). |
6 | a trust | (a) the trustee of the trust; or (b) the public officer of the trust (for the purposes of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936). |
7 | a *superannuation fund or an *approved deposit fund | (a) the trustee of the fund; or (b) if the fund does not have a trustee—the entity managing the fund. |
(4) If the entity specified in the table in subsection (3) is not an individual, the table is taken to specify the individual who, under that subsection, would be eligible to make a statutory declaration in relation to an estimate of a liability of that entity.
268‑95 Liquidators, receivers and trustees in bankruptcy
Scope
(1) This section applies to an entity (your supervising entity), in relation to you, if:
(a) the entity is your liquidator, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or administrator, or the administrator of a deed of company arrangement executed by you; or
(b) your property is vested in the entity, or the entity has control of your property.
(2) For the purposes of this Division, this section applies to an entity in relation to a partnership if it applies to the entity in relation to a partner of the partnership.
Notices from the Commissioner
(3) For the purposes of this Division, a notice given by the Commissioner to your supervising entity is taken to have been given to you.
(4) You must give your supervising entity a copy of any notice given to you by the Commissioner under this Division. You must do so as soon as practicable, and in any event within 7 days, after:
(a) if the Commissioner gave you the notice before the day when your property vested in, or control of your property passed to, the supervising entity—that day; or
(b) if subsection (2) applies and the Commissioner gave you the notice before the day when the relevant partner’s property vested in, or control of the relevant partner’s property passed to, the supervising entity—that day; or
(c) otherwise—the day when the Commissioner gave you the notice.
(5) If the Commissioner gives you and your supervising entity a notice at different times, each notice is taken to have been given at the later of those times.
Action taken by your supervising entity
(6) For the purposes of this Division, a statutory declaration given to the Commissioner by your supervising entity is taken to have been given by you.
(7) For the purposes of this Division, an affidavit filed by your supervising entity is taken to have been filed by you.
(8) For the purposes of item 2 in the table in subsection 268‑40(1) (recovery proceedings), a procedural step taken by your supervising entity is taken to have been taken by you.
Multiple supervising entities
(9) If you have 2 or more supervising entities, anything this Division provides for to be done by or in relation to your supervising entity may be done by or in relation to any of them.
268‑100 Division not to limit or exclude Corporations or Bankruptcy Act
This Division is not intended to limit or exclude the operation of Chapter 5 of the Corporations Act 2001 (External administration), or the Bankruptcy Act 1966, to the extent that Chapter or Act can operate concurrently with this Division.
Note: Section 268‑30 and Subdivision 268‑D affect the operation of Chapter 5 of the Corporations Act 2001 and the Bankruptcy Act 1966.
Division 269—Penalties for directors of non‑complying companies
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 269
269‑A Object and scope
269‑B Obligations and penalties
269‑C Discharging liabilities
269‑D Miscellaneous
Guide to Division 269
269‑1 What this Division is about
The directors of a company have a duty to ensure that the company either:
(a) meets its obligations under Subdivision 16‑B (obligation to pay withheld amounts to the Commissioner) and Division 268; or
(b) goes promptly into voluntary administration under the Corporations Act 2001 or into liquidation.
The directors’ duties are enforced by penalties.
Note: The duties this Division imposes on the directors of the company are in addition to the similar duties imposed on the public officer of the company. See subsection 252(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
Subdivision 269‑A—Object and scope
Table of sections
269‑5 Object of Division
269‑10 Scope of Division
269‑5 Object of Division
The object of this Division is to ensure that a company either:
(a) meets its obligations under Subdivision 16‑B (obligation to pay withheld amounts to the Commissioner) and Division 268; or
(b) goes promptly into voluntary administration under the Corporations Act 2001 or into liquidation.
Note: The directors’ duties are enforced by penalties on the directors. A penalty recovered under this Division is applied towards meeting the company’s obligation.
269‑10 Scope of Division
(1) This Division applies as set out in the following table:
Obligations that directors must cause company to comply with |
Item | This Division applies if, on a particular day (the initial day), a company registered under the Corporations Act 2001 ... | and the company is obliged to pay to the Commissioner on or before a particular day (the due day) ... |
1 | withholds an amount under Division 12 | that amount in accordance with Subdivision 16‑B. |
2 | receives an *alienated personal services payment | an amount in respect of that alienated personal services payment in accordance with Division 13 and Subdivision 16‑B. |
3 | provides a *non‑cash benefit | an amount in respect of that benefit in accordance with Subdivision 16‑B. |
4 | is given notice of an estimate under Division 268 | the amount of the estimate. |
Note: In a case covered by item 2, 3 or 4 of the table, the due day is the same as the initial day.
(2) This Division applies in relation to an amount that the company purports to withhold under Division 12, but is not required to withhold, as if the company were required to withhold the amount.
Subdivision 269‑B—Obligations and penalties
Table of sections
269‑15 Directors’ obligations
269‑20 Penalty
269‑25 Notice
269‑30 Remission of penalty before end of notice period
269‑35 Defences
269‑15 Directors’ obligations
Directors’ obligations
(1) The directors (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001) of the company (from time to time) on or after the initial day must cause the company to comply with its obligation.
(2) The directors of the company (from time to time) continue to be under their obligation until:
(a) the company complies with its obligation; or
(b) an administrator of the company is appointed under section 436A, 436B or 436C of the Corporations Act 2001; or
(c) the company begins to be wound up (within the meaning of that Act).
Instalment arrangements
(3) The Commissioner must not commence, or take a procedural step as a party to, proceedings to enforce an obligation, or to recover a penalty, of a director under this Division if an *arrangement that covers the company’s obligation is in force under section 255‑15 (Commissioner’s power to permit payments by instalments).
Note 1: The arrangement may also cover other obligations of the company.
Note 2: Subsection (3) does not prevent the Commissioner from giving a director a notice about a penalty under section 269‑25.
269‑20 Penalty
Penalty for director on or before due day
(1) You are liable to pay to the Commissioner a penalty if:
(a) at the end of the due day, the directors of the company are still under an obligation under section 269‑15; and
(b) you were under that obligation at or before that time (because you were a director).
Note: Paragraph (1)(b) applies even if you stopped being a director before the end of the due day: see subsection 269‑15(2).
(2) The penalty is due and payable at the end of the due day.
Note: The Commissioner must not commence proceedings to recover the penalty until the end of 21 days after the Commissioner gives you notice of the penalty under section 269‑25.
Penalty for new director
(3) You are also liable to pay to the Commissioner a penalty if:
(a) after the due day, you became a director of the company and began to be under an obligation under section 269‑15; and
(b) 14 days later, you are still under that obligation.
(4) The penalty is due and payable at the end of that 14th day.
Note: The Commissioner must not commence proceedings to recover the penalty until the end of 21 days after the Commissioner gives you notice of the penalty under section 269‑25.
Amount of penalty
(5) The amount of a penalty under this section is equal to the unpaid amount of the company’s liability under its obligation.
Note 1: See section 269‑40 for the effect on your penalty of the company discharging its obligation, or of another director paying his or her penalty.
Note 2: See section 269‑45 for your rights of indemnity and contribution.
269‑25 Notice
Commissioner must give notice of penalty
(1) The Commissioner must not commence proceedings to recover from you a penalty payable under this Subdivision until the end of 21 days after the Commissioner gives you a written notice under this section.
Content of notice
(2) The notice must:
(a) set out what the Commissioner thinks is the unpaid amount of the company’s liability under its obligation; and
(b) state that you are liable to pay to the Commissioner, by way of penalty, an amount equal to that unpaid amount because of an obligation you have or had under this Division; and
(c) explain the main circumstances in which the penalty will be remitted.
(3) To avoid doubt, a single notice may relate to 2 or more penalties, but must comply with subsection (2) in relation to each of them.
When notice is given
(4) Despite section 29 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, a notice under subsection (1) is taken to be given at the time the Commissioner leaves or posts it.
Note 1: Section 28A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 may be relevant to giving a notice under subsection (1).
Note 2: Section 269‑50 of this Act is also relevant to giving a notice under subsection (1).
269‑30 Remission of penalty before end of notice period
A penalty of yours under this Division is remitted if the directors of the company stop being under the relevant obligation under section 269‑15:
(a) before the Commissioner gives you notice of the penalty under section 269‑25; or
(b) within 21 days after the Commissioner gives you notice of the penalty under that section.
269‑35 Defences
Scope
(1) This section applies in relation to:
(a) proceedings to recover from you a penalty payable under this Division; or
(b) proceedings against you in relation to a right referred to in paragraph 269‑45(2)(b) (directors jointly and severally liable as guarantors).
Illness
(2) It is a defence in the proceedings if it is proved that, because of illness or for some other good reason, it would have been unreasonable to expect you to take part, and you did not take part, in the management of the company at any time when:
(a) you were a director of the company; and
(b) the directors were under the relevant obligations under section 269‑15.
All reasonable steps
(3) It is a defence in the proceedings if it is proved that:
(a) you took all reasonable steps to ensure that the directors complied with their relevant obligations under section 269‑15; or
(b) there were no such steps that you could have taken.
(4) In determining what are reasonable steps for the purposes of subsection (3), have regard to:
(a) when, and for how long, you were a director and took part in the management of the company; and
(b) all other relevant circumstances.
Power of courts to grant relief
(5) Section 1318 of the Corporations Act 2001 does not apply to an obligation or liability of a director under this Division.
Subdivision 269‑C—Discharging liabilities
Table of sections
269‑40 Effect of director paying penalty or company discharging liability
269‑45 Directors’ rights of indemnity and contribution
269‑40 Effect of director paying penalty or company discharging liability
Liabilities
(1) This section applies to the following liabilities:
(a) the liability of the company under its obligation referred to in section 269‑10;
(b) the liability of each director (or former director) to pay a penalty under this Division in relation to the liability of the company referred to in paragraph (a);
(c) a liability under a judgment, to the extent that it is based on a liability referred to in paragraph (a) or (b).
Discharging one liability discharges other liabilities
(2) If an amount is paid or applied at a particular time towards discharging one of the liabilities, each of the other liabilities in existence at that time is discharged to the extent of the same amount.
(3) If, because of section 268‑20 (Nature of liability to pay estimate), one of the liabilities is discharged at a particular time to the extent of a particular amount, each of the other liabilities in existence at that time is discharged to the extent of the same amount.
(4) This section does not discharge a liability to a greater extent than the amount of the liability.
269‑45 Directors’ rights of indemnity and contribution
(1) This section applies if you pay a penalty under this Division in relation to a liability of the company under an obligation referred to in section 269‑10.
(2) You have the same rights (whether by way of indemnity, subrogation, contribution or otherwise) against the company or anyone else as if:
(a) you made the payment under a guarantee of the liability of the company; and
(b) under the guarantee you and every other person who has paid, or from whom the Commissioner is entitled to recover, a penalty under this Division in relation to the company’s obligation were jointly and severally liable as guarantors.
Subdivision 269‑D—Miscellaneous
Table of sections
269‑50 How notice may be given
269‑55 Division not to limit or exclude Corporations Act
269‑50 How notice may be given
The Commissioner may give you a notice under section 269‑25 by leaving it at, or posting it to, an address that appears, from information held by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, to be, or to have been within the last 7 days, your place of residence or *business.
269‑55 Division not to limit or exclude Corporations Act
To avoid doubt, this Division is not intended to limit or exclude the operation of Chapter 5 of the Corporations Act 2001 (External administration), to the extent that Chapter can operate concurrently with this Division.
Part 4‑25—Charges and penalties
Division 280—Shortfall interest charge
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 280
280‑A Object of Division
280‑B Shortfall interest charge
280‑C Remitting shortfall interest charge
Guide to Division 280
280‑1 Guide to Division 280
The shortfall interest charge applies to shortfalls of income tax, petroleum resource rent tax or excess contributions tax that are revealed when the Commissioner amends your assessment.
The charge is applied at a uniform rate that is lower than the general interest charge rate.
The Commissioner has a discretion to remit shortfall interest charge.
Subdivision 280‑A—Object of Division
Table of sections
280‑50 Object of Division
280‑50 Object of Division
The object of this Division is to neutralise benefits that taxpayers could otherwise receive from shortfalls of income tax, *petroleum resource rent tax or *excess contributions tax, so that they do not receive an advantage in the form of a free loan over those who assess correctly.
Subdivision 280‑B—Shortfall interest charge
Table of sections
280‑100 Liability to shortfall interest charge—income tax
280‑102 Liability to shortfall interest charge—petroleum resource rent tax
280‑102A Liability to shortfall interest charge—excess contributions tax
280‑103 Liability to shortfall interest charge—general
280‑105 Amount of shortfall interest charge
280‑110 Notification by Commissioner
280‑100 Liability to shortfall interest charge—income tax
(1) You are liable to pay *shortfall interest charge on an additional amount of income tax that you are liable to pay because the Commissioner amends your assessment for an income year.
(2) The liability is for each day in the period:
(a) beginning at the start of the day on which income tax under your first assessment for that income year was due to be paid, or would have been due to be paid if there had been any; and
(b) ending at the end of the day before the day on which the Commissioner gave you notice of the amended assessment.
(3) However, if an amended assessment reinstates all or part of a liability in relation to a particular that had been reduced by an earlier amended assessment, the period for the reinstated liability begins at the start of the day on which income tax under the earlier amended assessment was due to be paid, or would have been due to be paid if there had been any.
Note: See Division 5 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 for when the amount of income tax and shortfall interest charge becomes due and payable. That Division also provides for general interest charge on any part of the additional amount (plus any shortfall interest charge) that remains unpaid after the additional amount is due and payable.
280‑102 Liability to shortfall interest charge—petroleum resource rent tax
(1) You are liable to pay *shortfall interest charge on an additional amount of *petroleum resource rent tax that you are liable to pay because the Commissioner amends your assessment under the Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act 1987 for a year of tax (within the meaning of that Act).
(2) The liability is for each day in the period:
(a) beginning at the start of the day on which *petroleum resource rent tax under your first assessment for that year of tax was due to be paid, or would have been due to be paid if there had been any; and
(b) ending at the end of the day before the day on which the Commissioner gave you notice of the amended assessment.
(3) However, if an amended assessment reinstates all or part of a liability in relation to a particular that had been reduced by an earlier amended assessment, the period for the reinstated liability begins at the start of the day on which *petroleum resource rent tax under the earlier amended assessment was due to be paid, or would have been due to be paid if there had been any.
Note: See section 82 of the Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act 1987 for when the amount of petroleum resource rent tax and shortfall interest charge becomes due and payable. Section 85 of that Act provides for general interest charge on any part of the additional amount (plus any shortfall interest charge) that remains unpaid after the additional amount is due and payable.
280‑102A Liability to shortfall interest charge—excess contributions tax
(1) You are liable to pay *shortfall interest charge on an additional amount of *excess contributions tax that you are liable to pay because the Commissioner amends your *excess contributions tax assessment for a financial year.
(2) The liability is for each day in the period:
(a) beginning at the start of the day on which *excess contributions tax under your first *excess contributions tax assessment for that year was due to be paid; and
(b) ending at the end of the day before the day on which the Commissioner gave you notice of the amended assessment.
(3) However, if an amended assessment reinstates all or part of a liability in relation to a particular that had been reduced by an earlier amended assessment, the period for the reinstated liability begins at the start of the day on which *excess contributions tax under the earlier amended assessment was due to be paid.
Note: See section 292‑385 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 for when the amount of excess contributions tax becomes due and payable. See section 5‑10 of that Act for when the amount of shortfall interest charge becomes due and payable. Section 292‑390 of that Act provides for general interest charge on any part of the additional amount (plus any shortfall interest charge) that remains unpaid after the additional amount is due and payable.
280‑103 Liability to shortfall interest charge—general
(1) Your liability to pay *shortfall interest charge exists whether or not you are liable to any penalty under this Act.
(2) Neither the Commonwealth nor an authority of the Commonwealth is liable to pay *shortfall interest charge.
280‑105 Amount of shortfall interest charge
(1) The *shortfall interest charge for a day is worked out by multiplying the rate worked out under subsection (2) for that day by the sum of these amounts:
(a) the additional amount of income tax, *petroleum resource rent tax or *excess contributions tax; and
(b) the shortfall interest charge on that amount from previous days.
(2) The rate is:
280‑110 Notification by Commissioner
(1) The Commissioner must give you a notice stating the amount of the *shortfall interest charge you are liable to pay for the period applicable under section 280‑100, 280‑102 or 280‑102A.
(2) The notice may be included in any other notice given to you by the Commissioner.
(3) A notice given by the Commissioner under this section is prima facie evidence of the matters stated in the notice.
Subdivision 280‑C—Remitting shortfall interest charge
Table of sections
280‑160 Remitting shortfall interest charge
280‑165 Commissioner must give reasons for not remitting in certain cases
280‑170 Objecting against remission decision
280‑160 Remitting shortfall interest charge
(1) The Commissioner may remit all or a part of an amount of *shortfall interest charge you are liable to pay if the Commissioner considers it fair and reasonable to do so.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), in deciding whether to remit, the Commissioner must have regard to:
(a) the principle that remission should not occur just because the benefit you received from the temporary use of the shortfall amount is less than the *shortfall interest charge; and
(b) the principle that remission should occur where the circumstances justify the Commonwealth bearing part or all of the cost of delayed payments.
280‑165 Commissioner must give reasons for not remitting in certain cases
The Commissioner must give you a written statement of the reasons for a decision not to remit an amount of *shortfall interest charge you are liable to pay if you requested the Commissioner, in the *approved form, to remit the amount.
Note: Section 25D of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 sets out rules about the contents of a statement of reasons.
280‑170 Objecting against remission decision
You may object, in the manner set out in Part IVC, against a decision of the Commissioner not to remit an amount of *shortfall interest charge you are liable to pay on an additional amount of income tax, *petroleum resource rent tax or *excess contributions tax, if the amount of the charge that was not remitted is more than 20% of the additional amount.
Division 284—Administrative penalties for statements, unarguable positions and schemes
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 284
284‑A General provisions
284‑B Penalties relating to statements
284‑C Penalties relating to schemes
284‑D Provisions common to Subdivisions 284‑B and 284‑C
Guide to Division 284
284‑5 What this Division is about
This Division sets out the circumstances in which administrative penalties apply for:
(a) making false or misleading statements; and
(b) taking a position that is not reasonably arguable; and
(c) entering into schemes.
It also sets out the amounts of those penalties.
Subdivision 284‑A—General provisions
Table of sections
284‑10 Object of Division
284‑15 When a matter is reasonably arguable
284‑20 Which statements this Division applies to
284‑25 Statements by agents
284‑30 Application of Division to trusts
284‑35 Application of Division to partnerships
284‑10 Object of Division
The object of this Division is to provide a uniform administrative penalty regime for all *taxation laws to enable administrative penalties to apply to entities that fail to meet their obligations under those laws in relation to:
(a) making false or misleading statements; and
(b) taking a position that is not reasonably arguable; and
(c) entering into *schemes; and
(d) refusing to provide documents to the Commissioner.
284‑15 When a matter is reasonably arguable
(1) A matter is reasonably arguable if it would be concluded in the circumstances, having regard to relevant authorities, that what is argued for is about as likely to be correct as incorrect, or is more likely to be correct than incorrect.
(2) To the extent that a matter involves an assumption about the way in which the Commissioner will exercise a discretion, the matter is only reasonably arguable if, had the Commissioner exercised the discretion in the way assumed, a court would be about as likely as not to decide that the exercise of the discretion was in accordance with law.
(3) Without limiting subsection (1), these authorities are relevant:
(a) a *taxation law;
(b) material for the purposes of subsection 15AB(1) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901;
(c) a decision of a court (whether or not an Australian court), the *AAT or a Board of Review;
(d) a *public ruling.
284‑20 Which statements this Division applies to
This Division applies to a statement made orally, in a document or in any other way (including electronically) for a purpose connected with a *taxation law.
284‑25 Statements by agents
This Division applies to a statement made by your agent as if it had been made by you.
284‑30 Application of Division to trusts
If you are a trustee of a trust and:
(a) you make a statement to the Commissioner or to an officer who is exercising powers or performing functions under a *taxation law about the trust; and
(b) the statement:
(i) is false or misleading in a material particular, whether because of things in it or omitted from it; or
(ii) treated an *income tax law as applying to a matter or identical matters in a particular way that was not *reasonably arguable; or
(iii) treated a taxation law as applying in a particular way to a *scheme;
this Division applies to you as if any *shortfall amount or *scheme shortfall amount of a beneficiary of the trust as a result of the statement were your shortfall amount or scheme shortfall amount.
284‑35 Application of Division to partnerships
(1) If you are a partner in a partnership and:
(a) a statement about the partnership net income or partnership loss is made by a partner or the partnership’s agent to the Commissioner or to an entity who is exercising powers or performing functions under a *taxation law about the partnership; and
(b) the statement:
(i) is false or misleading in a material particular, whether because of things in it or omitted from it; or
(ii) treated an *income tax law as applying to a matter or identical matters in a particular way that was not *reasonably arguable;
this Division applies to you as if you had made the statement.
(2) If you are a partner in a partnership and:
(a) the partnership participated in a *scheme; and
(b) the partnership net income would have been greater, or the partnership loss would have been smaller, apart from the scheme;
this Division applies to you as if the proportion of the *scheme benefit that is the same as your share of the partnership net income or partnership loss were your scheme benefit.
Subdivision 284‑B—Penalties relating to statements
Guide to Subdivision 284‑B
284‑70 What this Subdivision is about
You are liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you make a false or misleading statement about a tax‑related matter; or
(b) you take a position that is not reasonably arguable about a tax‑related matter; or
(c) the Commissioner determines a tax‑related liability of yours without documents you were required to provide.
This Subdivision sets out when the penalties apply and how the amounts of the penalties are calculated.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
284‑75 Liability to penalty
284‑80 Shortfall amounts
284‑85 Amount of penalty
284‑90 Base penalty amount
284‑95 Joint and several liability of directors of corporate trustee that makes a false or misleading statement
Operative provisions
284‑75 Liability to penalty
(1) You are liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you make a statement to the Commissioner or to an entity that is exercising powers or performing functions under a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts); and
(b) the statement is false or misleading in a material particular, whether because of things in it or omitted from it.
Note: This section applies to a statement made by your agent as if it had been made by you: see section 284‑25.
(2) You are liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you make a statement to the Commissioner or to an entity that is exercising powers or performing functions under an *income tax law; and
(b) in the statement, you treated an *income tax law as applying to a matter or identical matters in a particular way that was not *reasonably arguable; and
(d) item 4, 5 or 6 of the table in subsection 284‑90(1) applies to you.
(3) You are liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you fail to give a return, notice or other document to the Commissioner by the day it is required to be given; and
(b) that document is necessary for the Commissioner to determine a *tax‑related liability of yours accurately; and
(c) the Commissioner determines the tax‑related liability without the assistance of that document.
Note: You are also liable to an administrative penalty for failing to give the document on time: see Subdivision 286‑C.
(4) You are liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you make a statement to an entity other than:
(i) the Commissioner; and
(ii) an entity exercising powers or performing functions under a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts); and
(b) the statement is, or purports to be, one required or permitted by a taxation law (other than the Excise Acts); and
(c) the statement is false or misleading in a material particular, whether because of things in it or omitted from it.
Exceptions to subsections (1) and (4)
(5) You are not liable to an administrative penalty under subsection (1) or (4) for a statement that is false or misleading in a material particular if you, and your *agent (if relevant), took reasonable care in connection with the making of the statement.
(6) You are not liable to an administrative penalty under subsection (1) or (4) if:
(a) you engage a *registered tax agent or BAS agent; and
(b) you give the registered tax agent or BAS agent all relevant taxation information; and
(c) the registered tax agent or BAS agent makes the statement; and
(d) the false or misleading nature of the statement did not result from:
(i) intentional disregard by the registered tax agent or BAS agent of a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts); or
(ii) recklessness by the agent as to the operation of a taxation law (other than the Excise Acts).
(7) If you wish to rely on subsection (6), you bear an evidential burden in relation to paragraph (6)(b).
284‑80 Shortfall amounts
(1) You have a shortfall amount if an item in this table applies to you. That amount is the amount by which the relevant liability, or the payment or credit, is less than or more than it would otherwise have been.
Shortfall amounts |
Item | You have a shortfall amount in this situation: |
1 | A *tax‑related liability of yours for an accounting period, or for a *taxable importation, or under the Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999, worked out on the basis of the statement is less than it would be if the statement were not false or misleading |
2 | An amount that the Commissioner must pay or credit to you under a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts) for an accounting period, or under a tourist refund scheme under Division 168 of the *GST Act or Division 25 of the A New Tax System (Wine Equalisation Tax) Act 1999, worked out on the basis of the statement is more than it would be if the statement were not false or misleading |
3 | A *tax‑related liability of yours for an accounting period worked out on the basis of the statement is less than it would be if the statement did not treat an *income tax law as applying in a way that was not *reasonably arguable |
4 | An amount that the Commissioner must pay or credit to you under an *income tax law for an accounting period worked out on the basis of the statement is more than it would be if the statement did not treat an *income tax law as applying in a way that was not *reasonably arguable |
(2) However, if:
(a) your shortfall amount arises in the situation covered by both item 1 in the table and item 1, 2 or 3 in the table in subsection 284‑90(1); and
(b) the statement is false or misleading because of errors mentioned in section 705‑315 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 that were made in it and it was made before the Commissioner became aware of the errors, your shortfall amount is instead the amount worked out using the formula:
where:
adjusted reset cost base asset setting amount means:
(a) the *tax cost setting amount, worked out under Division 705 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, for all assets of a kind referred to in section 705‑35 of that Act as reset cost base assets that the *head company of the relevant group held continuously from the time when the *subsidiary member referred to in subsection 705‑315(2) of that Act joined the group until the start of the head company’s income year in which the Commissioner became aware of the errors mentioned in section 705‑315 of that Act;
less:
(b) the head company’s deductions under Division 40 (except under Subdivision 40‑F, 40‑G, 40‑H or 40‑I) or Subdivision 328‑D of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 for those assets for all income years before the income year in which the Commissioner became aware of the errors.
original reset cost base asset setting amount means the *tax cost setting amount, worked out under Division 705 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, for all reset cost base assets that the *subsidiary member held at the time it joined the group, other than assets that the *head company no longer held at the start of the earliest income year for which the Commissioner could amend the head company’s assessment to correct any of the errors.
tax on capital gain means the product of:
(a) the *capital gain that the *head company makes as a result of *CGT event L6 happening as mentioned in section 104‑525 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(b) the *corporate tax rate in respect of taxable income for the income year in which that CGT event happens.
284‑85 Amount of penalty
(1) Work out the *base penalty amount under section 284‑90. If the base penalty amount is not increased under section 284‑220 or reduced under section 284‑225, this is the amount of the penalty.
(2) Otherwise, use this formula:
where:
BPA is the *base penalty amount.
increase % is the percentage increase (if any) under section 284‑220.
reduction % is the percentage reduction (if any) under section 284‑225.
284‑90 Base penalty amount
(1) The base penalty amount under this Subdivision is worked out using this table and section 284‑224 if relevant:
Base penalty amount |
Item | In this situation: | The base penalty amount is: |
1 | You have a *shortfall amount as a result of a statement described in subsection 284‑75(1) or (4) and the amount, or part of the amount, resulted from intentional disregard of a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts) by you or your agent | 75% of your *shortfall amount or part |
2 | You have a *shortfall amount as a result of a statement described in subsection 284‑75(1) or (4) and the amount, or part of the amount, resulted from recklessness by you or your agent as to the operation of a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts) | 50% of your *shortfall amount or part |
3 | You have a *shortfall amount as a result of a statement described in subsection 284‑75(1) or (4) and the amount, or part of the amount, resulted from a failure by you or your agent to take reasonable care to comply with a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts) | 25% of your *shortfall amount or part |
3A | A statement described in subsection 284‑75(1) or (4) was false or misleading because of intentional disregard of a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts) by you or your *agent but did not result in you having a *shortfall amount | 60 penalty units |
3B | A statement described in subsection 284‑75(1) or (4) was false or misleading because of recklessness by you or your *agent as to the operation of a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts) but did not result in you having a *shortfall amount | 40 penalty units |
3C | A statement described in subsection 284‑75(1) or (4) was false or misleading because of a failure by you or your *agent to take reasonable care to comply with a *taxation law (other than the *Excise Acts) but did not result in you having a *shortfall amount | 20 penalty units |
4 | You have a *shortfall amount, all or part of which resulted from you or your agent treating an *income tax law as applying to a matter or identical matters in a particular way that was not *reasonably arguable, and that amount is more than the greater of $10,000 or 1% of the income tax payable by you for the income year, worked out on the basis of your *income tax return | 25% of your *shortfall amount or part |
5 | You have a *shortfall amount because of section 284‑30 (about trusts) and: (a) your shortfall amount or part of it resulted from you or your agent treating an *income tax law as applying to a matter or identical matters in a particular way that was not *reasonably arguable; and (b) because of that treatment, the trust’s net income would have been reduced, or the trust’s *tax loss would have been increased, for the income year by more than the greater of $20,000 or 2% of the trust’s net income (if any) for that year worked out on the basis of the trust’s *income tax return | 25% of your *shortfall amount or part |
6 | You have a *shortfall amount because of section 284‑35 (about partnerships) and: (a) your shortfall amount or part of it resulted from you or your agent treating an *income tax law as applying to a matter or identical matters in a particular way that was not *reasonably arguable; and (b) because of that treatment, the partnership net income would have been reduced, or the partnership loss would have been increased, for the income year by more than the greater of $20,000 or 2% of the partnership net income (if any) for that year, worked out on the basis of the partnership’s *income tax return | 25% of your *shortfall amount or part |
7 | You are liable to an administrative penalty under subsection 284‑75(3) | 75% of the tax‑related liability concerned |
(2) If 2 or more items in that table apply and one of them produces a greater *base penalty amount than any of the others, use that item.
284‑95 Joint and several liability of directors of corporate trustee that makes a false or misleading statement
(1) This section applies if a trustee of a *self managed superannuation fund, or of a fund that is treated as a self managed superannuation fund under subsection 10(4) of the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993:
(a) is liable to an administrative penalty under subsection 284‑75(1) or (4); and
(b) is a body corporate.
(2) The directors of the body corporate at the time it becomes liable to the penalty are jointly and severally liable to pay the amount of the *tax‑related liability in respect of the penalty.
Note: See section 265‑45 for rules on joint liability.
Subdivision 284‑C—Penalties relating to schemes
Guide to Subdivision 284‑C
284‑140 What this Subdivision is about
You are liable to an administrative penalty if you attempt to reduce your tax‑related liabilities or increase your credits through a scheme.
This Subdivision sets out when the penalties apply and how the amounts of the penalties are calculated.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
284‑145 Liability to penalty
284‑150 Scheme benefits and scheme shortfall amounts
284‑155 Amount of penalty
284‑160 Base penalty amount: schemes
Operative provisions
284‑145 Liability to penalty
(1) You are liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you would, apart from a provision of a *taxation law or action taken under such a provision (the adjustment provision), get a *scheme benefit from a *scheme; and
(b) having regard to any relevant matters, it is reasonable to conclude that:
(i) an entity that (alone or with others) entered into or carried out the scheme, or part of it, did so with the sole or dominant purpose of that entity or another entity getting a scheme benefit from the scheme; or
(ii) for a scheme referred to in Division 165 of the *GST Act or Division 75 of the Fuel Tax Act 2006—the principal effect of the scheme, or of part of the scheme, is that you would, apart from the adjustment provision, get the scheme benefit from the scheme directly or indirectly.
(2) You are also liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you would, apart from section 136AD or 136AE of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936, or the application of the International Tax Agreements Act 1953 to those sections, (also the adjustment provision) get a *scheme benefit from a *scheme; and
(b) subparagraph (1)(b)(i) is not satisfied for the scheme.
(3) It does not matter whether the *scheme, or any part of the scheme, was entered into or carried out inside or outside Australia.
284‑150 Scheme benefits and scheme shortfall amounts
(1) An entity gets a scheme benefit from a *scheme if:
(a) a *tax‑related liability of the entity for an accounting period is, or could reasonably be expected to be, less than it would be apart from the scheme or a part of the scheme; or
(b) an amount that the Commissioner must pay or credit to the entity under a *taxation law for an accounting period is, or could reasonably be expected to be, more than it would be apart from the scheme or a part of the scheme.
(2) The amount of the *scheme benefit that you would, apart from the adjustment provision, have got from the *scheme is called your scheme shortfall amount.
(3) However, to the extent that your scheme shortfall amount is due to errors mentioned in section 705‑315 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 that were made in a statement that was made before the Commissioner became aware of the errors, your scheme shortfall amount is instead the amount worked out using the formula:
where:
adjusted reset cost base asset setting amount means:
(a) the *tax cost setting amount, worked out under Division 705 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, for all assets of a kind referred to in section 705‑35 of that Act as reset cost base assets that the *head company of the relevant group held continuously from the time when the *subsidiary member referred to in subsection 705‑315(2) of that Act joined the group until the start of the head company’s income year in which the Commissioner became aware of the errors mentioned in section 705‑315 of that Act;
less:
(b) the head company’s deductions under Division 40 (except under Subdivision 40‑F, 40‑G, 40‑H or 40‑I) or Subdivision 328‑D of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 for those assets for all income years before the income year in which the Commissioner became aware of the errors.
original reset cost base asset setting amount means the *tax cost setting amount, worked out under Division 705 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, for all reset cost base assets that the *subsidiary member held at the joining time, other than assets that the *head company no longer held at the start of the earliest income year for which the Commissioner could amend the head company’s assessment to correct any of the errors.
tax on capital gain means the product of:
(a) the *capital gain that the *head company makes as a result of *CGT event L6 happening as mentioned in section 104‑525 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(b) the *corporate tax rate in respect of taxable income for the income year in which that CGT event happens.
284‑155 Amount of penalty
(1) Work out the *base penalty amount under section 284‑160. If the base penalty amount is not increased under section 284‑220 or reduced under section 284‑225, this is the amount of the penalty.
(2) Otherwise, use this formula:
where:
BPA is the *base penalty amount.
increase % is the percentage increase (if any) under section 284‑220.
reduction % is the percentage reduction (if any) under section 284‑225.
284‑160 Base penalty amount: schemes
The base penalty amount for a *scheme is, subject to section 284‑224:
(a) for a scheme to which subsection 284‑145(1) applies:
(i) 50% of your *scheme shortfall amount; or
(ii) 25% of your scheme shortfall amount if it is *reasonably arguable that the adjustment provision does not apply; or
(b) for a scheme to which subsection 284‑145(2) applies:
(i) 25% of your *scheme shortfall amount; or
(ii) 10% of your scheme shortfall amount if it is *reasonably arguable that the adjustment provision does not apply.
Subdivision 284‑D—Provisions common to Subdivisions 284‑B and 284‑C
Table of sections
284‑220 Increase in base penalty amount
284‑224 Reduction of base penalty amount if law was applied in an accepted way
284‑225 Reduction of base penalty amount if you voluntarily tell the Commissioner
284‑220 Increase in base penalty amount
(1) The *base penalty amount is increased by 20% if:
(a) you took steps to prevent or obstruct the Commissioner from finding out about a *shortfall amount, or the false or misleading nature of a statement, in relation to which the base penalty amount was calculated; or
(b) you:
(i) became aware of such a shortfall amount after a statement had been made to the Commissioner about the relevant *tax‑related liability; or
(ii) became aware of the false or misleading nature of a statement made to the Commissioner or another entity after the statement had been made;
and you did not tell the Commissioner or other entity about it within a reasonable time; or
(c) the base penalty amount was worked out using item 1, 2 or 3 of the table in subsection 284‑90(1) and a base penalty amount for you was worked out under one of those items previously; or
(ca) the base penalty amount was worked out using item 3A, 3B or 3C of the table in subsection 284‑90(1) and a base penalty amount for you was worked out under one of those items previously; or
(d) the base penalty amount was worked out using item 4, 5 or 6 of that table and a base penalty amount for you was worked out under that item previously; or
(e) your liability to a penalty arises under subsection 284‑75(3) and you were previously liable to a penalty under that subsection.
(2) The *base penalty amount for your *scheme shortfall amount, or for part of it, for an accounting period is increased by 20% if:
(a) you took steps to prevent or obstruct the Commissioner from finding out about the scheme shortfall amount or the part; or
(b) a base penalty amount for you was worked out under section 284‑160 for a previous accounting period.
284‑224 Reduction of base penalty amount if law was applied in an accepted way
(1) If, apart from this section, you would have a *base penalty amount because you or your *agent treated a *taxation law as applying in a particular way, and that way agreed with:
(a) advice given to you or your agent by or on behalf of the Commissioner; or
(b) general administrative practice under that law; or
(c) a statement in a publication approved in writing by the Commissioner;
your base penalty amount is reduced to the extent that it was caused by that treatment.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) it does not matter whether the *base penalty amount also relates to:
(a) a statement; or
(b) a failure to give the Commissioner a return, notice or other document when required; or
(c) a *scheme.
284‑225 Reduction of base penalty amount if you voluntarily tell the Commissioner
(1) The *base penalty amount for your *shortfall amount or *scheme shortfall amount, for part of it or for your false or misleading statement is reduced by 20% if:
(a) the Commissioner tells you that an examination is to be made of your affairs relating to a *taxation law for a relevant period; and
(b) after that time, you voluntarily tell the Commissioner, in the *approved form, about the shortfall, the part of it or the false or misleading nature of the statement; and
(c) telling the Commissioner can reasonably be estimated to have saved the Commissioner a significant amount of time or significant resources in the examination.
(2) The *base penalty amount for your *shortfall amount or *scheme shortfall amount, for part of it or for your false or misleading statement is reduced under subsection (3), (4) or (4A) if you voluntarily tell the Commissioner, in the *approved form, about the shortfall amount, the part of it or the false or misleading nature of the statement before:
(a) the day the Commissioner tells you that an examination is to be made of your affairs relating to a *taxation law for a relevant period; or
(b) if the Commissioner makes a public statement requesting entities to make a voluntary disclosure by a particular earlier day about a *scheme or transaction that applies to your affairs—that earlier day.
(3) The *base penalty amount for your *shortfall amount, or for part of it, is:
(a) reduced by 80% if the shortfall amount, or the part of it, is $1,000 or more; or
(b) reduced to nil if the shortfall amount, or the part of it, is less than $1,000.
(4) The *base penalty amount for your *scheme shortfall amount, or for part of it, is reduced by 80%.
(4A) The *base penalty amount for your false or misleading statement that does not result in you having a *shortfall amount is reduced to nil.
(5) If you voluntarily tell the Commissioner, in the *approved form, about your *shortfall amount or *scheme shortfall amount, part of it or the false or misleading nature of the statement after the Commissioner tells you that an examination is to be conducted of your affairs relating to a *taxation law for a relevant period, the Commissioner may treat you as having done so before being told about the examination if the Commissioner considers it appropriate to do so in the circumstances.
Division 286—Penalties for failing to lodge documents on time
Table of Subdivisions
286‑A Guide to Division 286
286‑B Object of Division
286‑C Penalties for failing to lodge documents on time
Subdivision 286‑A—Guide to Division 286
286‑1 What this Division is about
You are liable to an administrative penalty if you are required to give a return, statement, notice or other document by a particular time and you do not do so.
This Division sets out when the penalty applies and how the amounts of the penalty are calculated.
Subdivision 286‑B—Object of Division
Table of sections
286‑25 Object of Division
286‑25 Object of Division
The object of this Division is to provide a uniform administrative penalty regime for all *taxation laws to enable administrative penalties to apply for failure to give returns, notices, statements or other documents on time.
Subdivision 286‑C—Penalties for failing to lodge documents on time
Table of sections
286‑75 Liability to penalty
286‑80 Amount of penalty
286‑75 Liability to penalty
(1) You are liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you are required under a *taxation law to give a return, notice, statement or other document to the Commissioner in the *approved form by a particular day; and
(b) you do not give the return, notice, statement or document to the Commissioner in the approved form by that day.
(1A) However, you are not liable to an administrative penalty under subsection (1) if:
(a) you engage a *registered tax agent or BAS agent; and
(b) you give the registered tax agent or BAS agent all relevant taxation information to enable the agent to give a return, notice, statement or other document to the Commissioner in the *approved form by a particular day; and
(c) the registered tax agent or BAS agent does not give the return, notice, statement or other document to the Commissioner in the approved form by that day; and
(d) the failure to give the return, notice, statement or other document to the Commissioner did not result from:
(i) intentional disregard by the registered tax agent or BAS agent of a *taxation law; or
(ii) recklessness by the agent as to the operation of a taxation law.
(1B) If you wish to rely on subsection (1A), you bear an evidential burden in relation to paragraph (1A)(b).
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a return, notice, statement or other document under any of these Acts:
(a) the Superannuation Contributions Tax (Assessment and Collection) Act 1997;
(b) the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992; or
(c) the Superannuation (Self Managed Superannuation Funds) Supervisory Levy Imposition Act 1991.
(2A) You are also liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you are required under Division 390 to give a statement to an entity (other than the Commissioner) in the *approved form by a particular day; and
(b) you do not give the statement in the approved form to the other entity by that day.
(2B) You are also liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you are required under Division 391 to give a statement to an entity (other than the Commissioner) in the *approved form by a particular day; and
(b) you do not give the statement in the approved form to the entity by that day.
(2BA) You are also liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you are required under Division 392 (Employee share scheme reporting) to give a statement to an entity (other than the Commissioner) in the *approved form by a particular day; and
(b) you do not give the statement in the approved form to the entity by that day.
(2C) You are also liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you are required under section 20 of the First Home Saver Accounts Act 2008 to give a notice to an entity in the *approved form by a particular day; and
(b) you do not give the notice in the approved form to the entity by that day.
(4) You are also liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) you are required under section 713‑540 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 to notify another entity of the happening of an event by a particular day; and
(b) you do not notify the other entity of the happening of that event by that day.
(5) Subsection (6) applies if:
(a) an entity is liable to an administrative penalty under subsection (1) or (2A) as the *superannuation provider in relation to a *self managed superannuation fund; and
(b) the entity is a body corporate.
(6) The directors of the body corporate at the time it becomes liable to the penalty are jointly and severally liable to pay the amount of the *tax‑related liability in respect of the penalty.
Note: See section 265‑45 for rules on joint liability.
286‑80 Amount of penalty
(1) The amount of the penalty is worked out in this way:
(a) work out the *base penalty amount under subsection (2); and
(b) work out whether the base penalty amount is increased under subsection (3) or (4).
(2) The base penalty amount is:
(a) for failing to give a return, notice or other document on time or in the *approved form, as mentioned in subsection 286‑75(1), (2A), (2B), (2BA) or (2C)—1 penalty unit for each period of 28 days or part of a period of 28 days starting on the day when the document is due and ending when you give it (up to a maximum of 5 penalty units); or
(c) for failing to notify the happening of an event as mentioned in subsection 286‑75(4)—1 penalty unit for each period of 28 days or part of a period of 28 days starting on the day when the notification is due and ending when you notify the happening of the event (up to a maximum of 5 penalty units).
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Example: An entity lodges a return 31 days late. The base penalty amount under subsection (2) is 2 penalty units.
(3) The *base penalty amount is multiplied by 2 if:
(a) the entity concerned is a *medium withholder for the month in which the return, notice or other document was required to be given; or
(b) the entity’s assessable income for the income year in which the return, notice or other document is required to be given is more than $1 million but less than $20 million; or
(c) the entity’s *current GST turnover worked out at a time in the month in which the return, notice or other document was required to be given is more than $1 million but less than $20 million.
(4) The *base penalty amount is multiplied by 5 if:
(a) the entity concerned is a *large withholder for the month when the return, notice or other document was required to be given; or
(b) the entity’s assessable income for the income year in which the return, notice or other document is required to be given is $20 million or more; or
(c) the entity’s *current GST turnover worked out at a time in the month in which the return, notice or other document was required to be given is $20 million or more.
(5) In working out the *base penalty amount, the amount of a penalty unit is the amount applying at the start of the relevant 28 day period.
(6) The fact that you have not yet given the relevant return, notice or other document does not prevent the Commissioner notifying you that you are liable to an administrative penalty under this Subdivision. That penalty may be later increased under this section.
Note: The Commissioner is required to notify you of an administrative penalty: see section 298‑10.
Division 288—Miscellaneous administrative penalties
Table of sections
288‑10 Penalty for non‑electronic notification
288‑20 Penalty for non‑electronic payment
288‑25 Penalty for failure to keep or retain records
288‑30 Penalty for failure to retain or produce declarations
288‑35 Penalty for preventing access etc.
288‑40 Penalty for failing to register or cancel registration
288‑45 Penalty for failing to issue tax invoice etc.
288‑50 Penalty for both principal and agent issuing certain documents
288‑70 Administrative penalties for life insurance companies
288‑75 Administrative penalty for a copyright or resale royalty collecting society
288‑80 Administrative penalty for over declaring conduit foreign income
288‑90 Failing to give release authority for excess non‑concessional contributions tax
288‑95 Failing to comply etc. with release authority
288‑100 Excess money paid under release authority
288‑105 Superannuation provider to calculate crystallised pre‑July 83 amount of superannuation interest by 30 June 2008
288‑10 Penalty for non‑electronic notification
An entity that:
(a) under subsection 31‑25(2) of the *GST Act, is required to *lodge a *GST return electronically; or
(b) under section 388‑80 in this Schedule, is required to notify another *BAS amount electronically;
but lodges or notifies it in another way, is liable to an administrative penalty of 5 penalty units.
Note 1: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Note 2: Division 298 contains machinery provisions for administrative and civil penalties.
288‑20 Penalty for non‑electronic payment
An entity that:
(a) under subsection 33‑10(2) of the *GST Act, is required to pay a *net amount for a tax period electronically; or
(b) under section 8AAZMA, or subsection 16‑85(1) in this Schedule, is required to pay an amount electronically;
but pays it another way, is liable to an administrative penalty of 5 penalty units for each payment of one or more such amounts.
Note 1: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Note 2: Division 298 contains machinery provisions for administrative and civil penalties.
288‑25 Penalty for failure to keep or retain records
(1) You are liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if:
(a) a provision of a *taxation law requires you to keep or retain a record; and
(b) you do not keep or retain that record in the manner required by that law.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to:
(a) documents required to be retained under Part X of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 (about statutory evidentiary documents); or
(b) documents required to be kept or retained under Division 900 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about substantiation of expenses).
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
288‑30 Penalty for failure to retain or produce declarations
You are liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if:
(a) a provision of a *taxation law requires you to retain or produce a declaration you made about an agent giving an *approved form to the Commissioner on your behalf; and
(b) you do not retain or produce that declaration in the manner required by that law.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
288‑35 Penalty for preventing access etc.
You are liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if:
(a) a provision of a *taxation law confers a power on an officer authorised under that law:
(i) to enter or remain on land, premises or a place that you occupy; or
(ii) to have access to documents, goods or other property in your possession; or
(iii) to inspect, copy or take extracts from documents in your possession; or
(iv) to inspect, examine, count, measure, weigh, gauge, test or analyse any goods or other property in your possession and, to that end, take samples; and
(b) you refuse to provide the officer with all reasonable facilities for the officer effectively to exercise that power in accordance with that law.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
288‑40 Penalty for failing to register or cancel registration
You are liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if you fail to apply for registration, or to apply for cancellation of registration, as required by the *GST Act.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
288‑45 Penalty for failing to issue tax invoice etc.
(1) You are liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if you fail to issue a tax invoice as required by section 29‑70 of the *GST Act.
(2) You are liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if you fail to issue an adjustment note as required by section 29‑75 of the *GST Act.
(3) You are liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if you fail to issue a third party adjustment note as required by section 134‑20 of the *GST Act.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
288‑50 Penalty for both principal and agent issuing certain documents
An entity is liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if both the entity and its agent issue:
(a) separate tax invoices relating to the same taxable supply, contrary to subsection 153‑15(2) of the *GST Act; or
(b) separate adjustment notes, or third party adjustment notes, for the same decreasing adjustment, contrary to subsection 153‑20(2) of that Act.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
288‑70 Administrative penalties for life insurance companies
Complying superannuation/FHSA asset pool—calculation of an amount
(1) A *life insurance company is liable to an administrative penalty if the company:
(a) is required to calculate a particular amount under section 320‑175 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; but
(b) fails to do so within the period of 60 days that is required by that section.
Complying superannuation/FHSA asset pool—transfer following valuation
(2) A *life insurance company is liable to an administrative penalty if the company:
(a) is required to transfer assets having a particular *transfer value from its *complying superannuation/FHSA assets under subsection 320‑180(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; but
(b) fails to do so within the period of 30 days that is required by subsection 320‑180(2) of that Act.
Segregated exempt assets—calculation of an amount
(3) A *life insurance company is liable to an administrative penalty if the company:
(a) is required to calculate a particular amount under section 320‑230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; but
(b) fails to do so within the period of 60 days that is required by that section.
Segregated exempt assets—transfer following valuation
(4) A *life insurance company is liable to an administrative penalty if the company:
(a) is required to transfer assets having a particular *transfer value from its *segregated exempt assets under subsection 320‑235(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; but
(b) fails to do so within the period of 30 days that is required by subsection 320‑235(2) of that Act.
How to work out the administrative penalty
(5) The administrative penalty under subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) for a failure to make a calculation or transfer is equal to 5 penalty units for each period of 28 days or part of a period of 28 days:
(a) starting immediately after the end of the period mentioned in paragraph (b) of that subsection; and
(b) ending at the end of the day on which the calculation or transfer is made.
However, the maximum penalty for that failure must not exceed 25 penalty units.
Note 1: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Note 2: Division 298 contains machinery provisions for the penalties provided by this section.
288‑75 Administrative penalty for a copyright or resale royalty collecting society
(1) A *copyright collecting society is liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if the society fails to give a notice as required by section 410‑5 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) The *resale royalty collecting society is liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if the society fails to give a notice as required by section 410‑50 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
288‑80 Administrative penalty for over declaring conduit foreign income
(1) An *Australian corporate tax entity is liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) the entity makes a *frankable distribution that has an *unfranked part; and
(b) the entity declares an amount of the unfranked part to be *conduit foreign income; and
(c) the sum of the amounts declared exceeds the amount of the entity’s conduit foreign income at:
(i) if the entity declares the distribution before making the distribution—the time of the declaration; or
(ii) otherwise—the time the distribution is made.
(2) The amount of the penalty is the sum of the amounts worked out under subsections (3) and (4).
(3) The amount is:
where:
Australian membership interests means the number of *membership interests or *non‑share equity interests in the entity that are not covered by the definition of foreign membership interests in subsection (4).
total membership interests means the number of *membership interests or *non‑share equity interests in the entity held by entities that are entitled to receive the *distribution.
(4) The amount is:
where:
applicable withholding tax rate means 50% of the rate of tax set out in paragraph 7(a) of the Income Tax (Dividends, Interest and Royalties Withholding Tax) Act 1974.
foreign membership interests means the number of *membership interests or *non‑share equity interests in the entity held by entities that are entitled to receive the *distribution and in relation to whom the entity is required to withhold amounts under section 12‑210 disregarding the operation of section 12‑300 (about limits on the amount withheld).
total membership interests means the number of *membership interests or *non‑share equity interests in the entity held by entities that are entitled to receive the *distribution.
288‑90 Failing to give release authority for excess non‑concessional contributions tax
A person to whom the Commissioner has given a release authority in accordance with paragraph 292‑405(1)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 and who fails to comply with subsection 292‑410(2) of that Act in relation to the release authority is liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units.
288‑95 Failing to comply etc. with release authority
(1) A *superannuation provider that has been given a release authority in accordance with section 292‑410 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 and that fails to comply with subsection 292‑415(1) of that Act is liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units.
(2) A *superannuation provider that has been given a transitional release authority in accordance with section 292‑80B of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 and that fails to comply with subsection 292‑80C(1) of that Act is liable to an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units.
288‑100 Excess money paid under release authority
A person is liable for an administrative penalty of 20 penalty units if:
(a) the person gives one or more *superannuation providers a release authority in accordance with:
(i) section 292‑410 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(ii) section 292‑80B of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997; and
(b) the total of the amounts paid by the superannuation provider or providers to the person and the Commissioner as a result of being given the release authority exceeds the amount required to be paid in respect of the release authority under:
(i) if subparagraph (a)(i) applies—subsection 292‑415(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or
(ii) if subparagraph (a)(ii) applies—section 292‑80C of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997.
288‑105 Superannuation provider to calculate crystallised pre‑July 83 amount of superannuation interest by 30 June 2008
(1) An entity is liable to an administrative penalty of 5 penalty units if:
(a) the entity is the *superannuation provider in relation to a *superannuation plan (other than a *constitutionally protected fund) on 30 June 2008; and
(b) the entity has not ensured that the crystallised pre‑July 83 amount in relation to each superannuation interest in the plan has been calculated on or before that day.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1)(b), disregard a *superannuation interest unless the *element taxed in the fund of the *taxable component of the interest exceeds nil just before 1 July 2007.
(3) For the purpose of paragraph (1)(b), disregard a *superannuation interest that supported a *superannuation income stream just before 1 July 2007.
Division 290—Promotion and implementation of schemes
Table of Subdivisions
290‑A Objects of this Division
290‑B Civil penalties
290‑C Injunctions
290‑D Voluntary undertakings
Subdivision 290‑A—Objects of this Division
Table of sections
290‑5 Objects of this Division
290‑5 Objects of this Division
The objects of this Division are:
(a) to deter the promotion of tax avoidance *schemes and tax evasion schemes; and
(b) to deter the implementation of schemes that have been promoted on the basis of conformity with a *product ruling in a way that is materially different from that described in the product ruling.
Subdivision 290‑B—Civil penalties
Table of sections
290‑50 Civil penalties
290‑55 Exceptions
290‑60 Meaning of promoter
290‑65 Meaning of tax exploitation scheme
290‑50 Civil penalties
Promoter of tax exploitation scheme
(1) An entity must not engage in conduct that results in that or another entity being a *promoter of a *tax exploitation scheme.
Implementing scheme otherwise than in accordance with ruling
(2) An entity must not engage in conduct that results in a *scheme that has been promoted on the basis of conformity with a *product ruling being implemented in a way that is materially different from that described in the product ruling.
Note: A scheme will not have been implemented in a way that is materially different from that described in a product ruling if the tax outcome for participants in the scheme is the same as that described in the ruling.
(2A) For the purposes of subsection (2), disregard:
(a) subsection 82KZMGA(1A) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; and
(b) subsection 394‑10(5A) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Note 1: Those 2 subsections relate to forestry managed investment schemes.
Note 2: The effect of this subsection is that a scheme will have been implemented in a way that is materially different from that described in a product ruling if the tax outcome for participants in the scheme is the same as that described in the ruling only because of the operation of the subsections mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b).
Civil penalty
(3) If the Federal Court of Australia is satisfied, on application by the Commissioner, that an entity has contravened subsection (1) or (2), the Court may order the entity to pay a civil penalty to the Commonwealth.
Amount of penalty
(4) The maximum amount of the penalty is the greater of:
(a) 5,000 penalty units (for an individual) or 25,000 penalty units (for a body corporate); and
(b) twice the consideration received or receivable (directly or indirectly) by the entity and *associates of the entity in respect of the *scheme.
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Principles relating to penalties
(5) In deciding what penalty is appropriate for a contravention of subsection (1) or (2) by an entity, the Federal Court of Australia may have regard to all matters it considers relevant, including:
(a) the amount of the consideration received or receivable (directly or indirectly) by the entity and *associates of the entity in respect of the *scheme; and
(b) the deterrent effect that any penalty may have; and
(c) the amount of loss or damage incurred by scheme participants; and
(d) the nature and extent of the contravention; and
(e) the circumstances in which the contravention took place, including the deliberateness of the entity’s conduct and whether there was an honest and reasonable mistake of law; and
(f) the period over which the conduct extended; and
(g) whether the entity took any steps to avoid the contravention; and
(h) whether the entity has previously been found by the Court to have engaged in the same or similar conduct; and
(i) the degree of the entity’s cooperation with the Commissioner.
Recovery of penalty
(6) The penalty is a civil debt payable to the Commonwealth, and the Commissioner may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, enforce an order for an entity to pay the penalty as if it were an order made in civil proceedings against the entity to recover a debt due by the entity. The debt arising from the order is taken to be a judgment debt.
290‑55 Exceptions
Reasonable mistake or reasonable precautions
(1) The Federal Court of Australia must not order the entity to pay a civil penalty if the entity satisfies the Court:
(a) that the conduct in respect of which the proceedings were instituted was due to a reasonable mistake of fact; or
(b) that:
(i) the conduct in respect of which the proceedings were instituted was due to the act or default of another entity, to an accident or to some other cause beyond the entity’s control; and
(ii) the entity took reasonable precautions and exercised due diligence to avoid the conduct.
(2) The other entity referred to in paragraph (1)(b) does not include someone who was an employee or agent of the entity when the alleged conduct occurred.
Reliance on advice from the Commissioner
(3) The Commissioner must not make an application under section 290‑50 for conduct referred to in subsection 290‑50(1) in relation to an entity’s involvement in a *scheme if:
(a) the scheme is based on treating a *taxation law as applying in a particular way; and
(b) that way agrees with:
(i) advice given to the entity or the entity’s agent by or on behalf of the Commissioner; or
(ii) a statement in a publication approved in writing by the Commissioner.
Time limitation
(4) The Commissioner must not make an application under section 290‑50 in relation to an entity’s involvement in a *tax exploitation scheme more than 4 years after the entity last engaged in conduct that resulted in the entity or another entity being a *promoter of the tax exploitation scheme.
(5) The Commissioner must not make an application under section 290‑50 in relation to an entity’s involvement in a *scheme that has been promoted on the basis of conformity with a *product ruling more than 4 years after the entity last engaged in conduct in relation to implementation of the scheme.
(6) However, the limitation in subsection (4) or (5) does not apply to a *scheme involving tax evasion.
Exception where entity does not know result of conduct
(7) The Federal Court of Australia must not order an entity to pay a civil penalty in relation to the entity’s engaging in conduct:
(a) that results in another entity being a *promoter of a *tax exploitation scheme; or
(b) that results in a *scheme that has been promoted on the basis of conformity with a *product ruling being implemented in a way that is materially different from that described in the product ruling;
if the entity satisfies the Court that the entity did not know, and could not reasonably be expected to have known, that the entity’s conduct would produce that result.
Employees
(8) The Commissioner must not make an application under section 290‑50 in relation to an individual’s involvement in a *scheme as an employee if the Federal Court of Australia has ordered the individual’s employer to pay a civil penalty under this Division in relation to the same scheme.
290‑60 Meaning of promoter
(1) An entity is a promoter of a *tax exploitation scheme if:
(a) the entity markets the scheme or otherwise encourages the growth of the scheme or interest in it; and
(b) the entity or an *associate of the entity receives (directly or indirectly) consideration in respect of that marketing or encouragement; and
(c) having regard to all relevant matters, it is reasonable to conclude that the entity has had a substantial role in respect of that marketing or encouragement.
(2) However, an entity is not a promoter of a *tax exploitation scheme merely because the entity provides advice about the *scheme.
(3) An employee is not to be taken to have had a substantial role in respect of that marketing or encouragement merely because the employee distributes information or material prepared by another entity.
290‑65 Meaning of tax exploitation scheme
(1) A *scheme is a tax exploitation scheme if, at the time of the conduct mentioned in subsection 290‑50(1):
(a) one of these conditions is satisfied:
(i) if the scheme has been implemented—it is reasonable to conclude that an entity that (alone or with others) entered into or carried out the scheme did so with the sole or dominant purpose of that entity or another entity getting a *scheme benefit from the scheme;
(ii) if the scheme has not been implemented—it is reasonable to conclude that, if an entity (alone or with others) had entered into or carried out the scheme, it would have done so with the sole or dominant purpose of that entity or another entity getting a scheme benefit from the scheme; and
(b) one of these conditions is satisfied:
(i) if the scheme has been implemented—it is not *reasonably arguable that the scheme benefit is available at law;
(ii) if the scheme has not been implemented—it is not reasonably arguable that the scheme benefit would be available at law if the scheme were implemented.
Note: The condition in paragraph (b) would not be satisfied if the implementation of the scheme for all participants were in accordance with binding advice given by or on behalf of the Commissioner of Taxation (for example, if that implementation were in accordance with a public ruling under this Act, or all participants had private rulings under this Act and that implementation were in accordance with those rulings).
(2) In deciding whether it is *reasonably arguable that a *scheme benefit would be available at law, take into account any thing that the Commissioner can do under a *taxation law.
Example: The Commissioner may cancel a tax benefit obtained by a taxpayer in connection with a scheme under section 177F of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
Subdivision 290‑C—Injunctions
Table of sections
290‑120 Conduct to which this Subdivision applies
290‑125 Injunctions
290‑130 Interim injunctions
290‑135 Delay in making ruling
290‑140 Discharge etc. of injunctions
290‑145 Certain limits on granting injunctions not to apply
290‑150 Other powers of the Federal Court unaffected
290‑120 Conduct to which this Subdivision applies
This Subdivision applies to conduct of the kind referred to in subsection 290‑50(1) or (2).
290‑125 Injunctions
If an entity has engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in conduct to which this Subdivision applies or would apply, the Federal Court of Australia may, on the application of the Commissioner, grant an injunction:
(a) restraining the entity from engaging in the conduct; and
(b) if, in the Court’s opinion, it is desirable to do so—requiring the entity to do something.
290‑130 Interim injunctions
The Federal Court of Australia may, before considering an application for an injunction under section 290‑125, grant an interim injunction restraining an entity from engaging in conduct to which this Subdivision applies.
290‑135 Delay in making ruling
If:
(a) an entity applied in writing to the Commissioner for a *product ruling in relation to a *scheme; and
(b) the Commissioner has neither made the ruling nor told the entity in writing that the Commissioner has declined to make the ruling;
the Commissioner must not make an application under section 290‑125 in relation to conduct or proposed conduct by an entity in relation to the scheme until the Commissioner makes the ruling or tells the entity in writing that the Commissioner has declined to make the ruling.
290‑140 Discharge etc. of injunctions
The Federal Court of Australia may discharge or vary an injunction granted under this Subdivision.
290‑145 Certain limits on granting injunctions not to apply
Restraining injunctions
(1) The power of the Federal Court of Australia under this Subdivision to grant an injunction restraining an entity from engaging in conduct of a particular kind may be exercised:
(a) if the Court is satisfied that the entity has engaged in conduct of that kind—whether or not it appears to the Court that the entity intends to engage again, or to continue to engage, in conduct of that kind; or
(b) if it appears to the Court that, if an injunction is not granted, it is likely that the entity will engage in conduct of that kind—whether or not the entity has previously engaged in conduct of that kind and whether or not there is an imminent danger of substantial damage to anyone if the entity engages in conduct of that kind.
Performance injunctions
(2) The power of the Federal Court of Australia under this Subdivision to grant an injunction requiring an entity to do something may be exercised:
(a) if the Court is satisfied that the entity has refused or failed to do that thing—whether or not it appears to the Court that the entity intends to refuse or fail again, or to continue to refuse or fail, to do that thing; or
(b) if it appears to the Court that, if an injunction is not granted, it is likely that the entity will refuse or fail to do that thing—whether or not the entity has previously refused or failed to do that act or thing and whether or not there is an imminent danger of substantial damage to anyone if the entity refuses or fails to do that act or thing.
290‑150 Other powers of the Federal Court unaffected
The powers conferred on the Federal Court of Australia under this Subdivision are in addition to, and not instead of, any other powers of the Court, however conferred.
Subdivision 290‑D—Voluntary undertakings
Table of sections
290‑200 Voluntary undertakings
290‑200 Voluntary undertakings
(1) The Commissioner may accept a written undertaking given by an entity for the purposes of this section in connection with furthering the objects of this Division.
(2) The entity may withdraw or vary the undertaking at any time, but only with the consent of the Commissioner.
(3) If the Commissioner considers that the entity that gave the undertaking has breached any of its terms, the Commissioner may apply to the Federal Court of Australia for an order under subsection (4).
(4) If the Court is satisfied that the entity has breached a term of the undertaking, the Court may make one or both of the following orders:
(a) an order directing the entity to comply with that term of the undertaking;
(b) any other order that the Court considers appropriate.
Division 298—Machinery provisions for penalties
Subdivision 298‑A—Administrative penalties
Table of sections
298‑5 Scope of Subdivision
298‑10 Notification of liability
298‑15 Due date for penalty
298‑20 Remission of penalty
298‑25 General interest charge on unpaid penalty
298‑30 Assessment of penalties under Division 284
298‑5 Scope of Subdivision
This Subdivision applies if:
(a) an administrative penalty is imposed on an entity by another Division in this Part; or
(b) a penalty is imposed on an entity by Subdivision 162‑D of the *GST Act; or
(c) an administrative penalty is imposed on an entity by a provision of Subdivision 12‑H, Division 16 or section 426‑120 in this Schedule.
298‑10 Notification of liability
The Commissioner must give written notice to the entity of the entity’s liability to pay the penalty and of the reasons why the entity is liable to pay the penalty. The Commissioner may do so in any other notice he or she gives to the entity. The Commissioner is not required to give reasons if he or she decides to remit all of the penalty.
Note: Section 25D of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 sets out rules about the contents of a statement of reasons.
298‑15 Due date for penalty
The penalty becomes due for payment on the day specified in the notice, which must be at least 14 days after the notice is given to the entity.
Note: For provisions about collection and recovery of the penalty, see Part 4‑15.
298‑20 Remission of penalty
(1) The Commissioner may remit all or a part of the penalty.
(2) If the Commissioner decides:
(a) not to remit the penalty; or
(b) to remit only part of the penalty;
the Commissioner must give written notice of the decision and the reasons for the decision to the entity.
Note: Section 25D of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 sets out rules about the contents of a statement of reasons.
(3) If:
(a) the Commissioner refuses to any extent to remit an amount of penalty; and
(b) the amount of penalty payable after the refusal is more than 2 penalty units; and
Note: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
(c) the entity is dissatisfied with the decision;
the entity may object against the decision in the manner set out in Part IVC.
298‑25 General interest charge on unpaid penalty
If any of the penalty remains unpaid after it is due, the entity is liable to pay the *general interest charge on the unpaid amount of the penalty for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the amount was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day, at the end of which, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the amount;
(ii) general interest charge on any of the amount.
Note: The general interest charge is worked out under Part IIA.
298‑30 Assessment of penalties under Division 284
(1) The Commissioner must make an assessment of the amount of an administrative penalty under Division 284.
(2) An entity that is dissatisfied with such an assessment made about the entity may object against it in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
(3) The production of a notice of such an assessment, or of a copy of it certified by or on behalf of the Commissioner, is conclusive evidence of the making of the assessment and of the particulars in it.
(4) Subsection (3) does not apply to proceedings under Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 on a review or appeal relating to the assessment.
Subdivision 298‑B—Civil penalties
Table of sections
298‑80 Application of Subdivision
298‑85 Civil evidence and procedure rules for civil penalty orders
298‑90 Civil proceedings after criminal proceedings
298‑95 Criminal proceedings during civil proceedings
298‑100 Criminal proceedings after civil proceedings
298‑105 Evidence given in proceedings for penalty not admissible in criminal proceedings
298‑110 Civil double jeopardy
298‑80 Application of Subdivision
This Subdivision applies for the purposes of the following provisions (the civil penalty provisions):
(a) Division 290 of this Schedule (civil penalties for the promotion and implementation of schemes);
(b) Part 5 of the Tax Agent Services Act 2009 (civil penalties for providing tax agent services while unregistered and for certain conduct when providing tax agent services).
298‑85 Civil evidence and procedure rules for civil penalty orders
The Federal Court of Australia must apply the rules of evidence and procedure for civil matters when hearing proceedings for a civil penalty order under the civil penalty provisions.
298‑90 Civil proceedings after criminal proceedings
The Court must not make a civil penalty order under the civil penalty provisions against an entity if the entity has been convicted of an offence constituted by conduct that is substantially the same as the conduct in relation to which the civil penalty order would be made.
298‑95 Criminal proceedings during civil proceedings
(1) Proceedings for a civil penalty order under the civil penalty provisions against an entity are stayed if:
(a) criminal proceedings are started or have already been started against the entity for an offence; and
(b) the offence is constituted by conduct that is substantially the same as the conduct in relation to which the civil penalty order would be made.
(2) The proceedings for the order may be resumed if the entity is not convicted of the offence. Otherwise, the proceedings for the order are dismissed.
298‑100 Criminal proceedings after civil proceedings
Criminal proceedings may be started against an entity for conduct that is substantially the same as conduct in relation to which a civil penalty order under the civil penalty provisions could be made regardless of whether a civil penalty order has been made against the entity.
298‑105 Evidence given in proceedings for penalty not admissible in criminal proceedings
Evidence of information given or evidence of production of documents by an entity is not admissible in criminal proceedings against the entity if:
(a) the entity previously gave the evidence or produced the documents in proceedings for a civil penalty order under the civil penalty provisions against the entity (whether or not the order was made); and
(b) the conduct alleged to constitute the offence is substantially the same as the conduct in relation to which the civil penalty order was sought.
However, this does not apply to a criminal proceeding in respect of the falsity of the evidence given by the entity in the proceedings for the civil penalty order.
298‑110 Civil double jeopardy
If an entity is ordered to pay a civil penalty under the civil penalty provisions in respect of particular conduct, the entity is not liable to a civil penalty under some other provision of a *Commonwealth law in respect of that conduct.
Part 4‑50—Release from particular liabilities
Division 340—Commissioner’s power in cases of hardship
Guide to Division 340
340‑1 What this Division is about
The Commissioner may release you from a particular liability that you have incurred if you are an individual, or a trustee of the estate of a deceased person, and satisfying the liability would cause serious hardship.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
340‑5 Release from particular liabilities in cases of serious hardship
340‑10 Liabilities to which this section applies
340‑15 Commissioner may take action to give effect to a release decision
340‑20 Extinguishing your liability to pay a fringe benefits tax instalment if you are released
340‑25 Extinguishing your liability to pay a PAYG instalment if you are released
Operative provisions
340‑5 Release from particular liabilities in cases of serious hardship
Applying for release
(1) You may apply to the Commissioner to release you, in whole or in part, from a liability of yours if section 340‑10 applies to the liability.
(2) The application must be in the *approved form.
(3) The Commissioner may release you, in whole or in part, from the liability if you are an entity specified in the column headed “Entity” of the following table and the condition specified in the column headed “Condition” of the table is satisfied.
Entity and condition |
Item | Entity | Condition |
1 | an individual | you would suffer serious hardship if you were required to satisfy the liability |
2 | a trustee of the estate of a deceased individual | the dependants of the deceased individual would suffer serious hardship if you were required to satisfy the liability |
Effect of the Commissioner’s decision
(4) If the Commissioner:
(a) refuses to release you in whole from the liability; or
(b) releases you in part from the liability;
nothing in this section prevents you from making a further application or applications under subsection (1) in relation to the liability.
Notification of the Commissioner’s decision
(5) The Commissioner must notify you in writing of the Commissioner’s decision within 28 days after making the decision.
(6) A failure to comply with subsection (5) does not affect the validity of the Commissioner’s decision.
Objections against the Commissioner’s decision
(7) If you are dissatisfied with the Commissioner’s decision, you may object against the decision in the manner set out in Part IVC.
340‑10 Liabilities to which this section applies
(1) This section applies to a liability if it is a liability of the following kind:
(a) fringe benefits tax;
(b) an instalment of fringe benefits tax;
(c) Medicare levy;
(d) Medicare levy surcharge;
(e) a *PAYG instalment.
(2) This section also applies to a liability if it is a liability that is specified in the column headed “Liabilities” of the following table and the liability is a liability under a provision or provisions of an Act specified in the column headed “Provision(s)” of the table:
Liabilities and provision(s) |
Item | Liabilities | Provision(s) |
1 | additional tax | (a) section 93 or 112B or Part VIII of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986; or (b) section 163B or subsection 221YDB(1), (1AAA), (1AA) or (1ABA) or Part VII of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
2 | administrative penalty in relation to fringe benefits tax or *tax | Part 4‑25 in this Schedule |
3 | general interest charge | (a) section 163AA or 170AA, former subsection 204(3) or former subsection 221AZMAA(1), 221AZP(1), 221YD(3) or 221YDB(3) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; or (aa) section 5‑15 in the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or (b) section 45‑80 or 45‑620 or subsection 45‑230(2), 45‑232(2), 45‑235(2) or 45‑235(3) in this Schedule |
3A | shortfall interest charge | Division 280 in this Schedule |
4 | interest | section 102AAM of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
5 | penalty | section 163A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
6 | *tax | (a) section 128B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; or (b) section 128V of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; or (c) section 4‑1 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or (d) section 840‑805 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; or (e) section 840‑805 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 |
340‑15 Commissioner may take action to give effect to a release decision
(1) If the Commissioner decides to release you from a liability to which section 340‑10 applies, the Commissioner may take such action as is necessary to give effect to the decision.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the Commissioner may amend an assessment within the meaning of the following provisions:
(a) subsection 6(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936;
(b) subsection 136(1) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
by making such alterations or additions to the assessment as the Commissioner thinks necessary.
(3) Subsection (2) does not limit the power of the Commissioner to amend the assessment in accordance with any other provision of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 or the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986.
340‑20 Extinguishing your liability to pay a fringe benefits tax instalment if you are released
(1) This section applies if the Commissioner releases you from a liability to pay an instalment of fringe benefits tax.
(2) If your liability to pay the instalment is released in whole, you are taken, for the purposes of Division 2 of Part VII of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986, not to be liable to pay the instalment.
Note: This means that for the purposes of section 105 of that Act you are not entitled to a credit for the instalment.
(3) If your liability to pay the instalment is released in part, you are taken, for the purposes of Division 2 of Part VII of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986, to be liable to pay the instalment to the extent to which your liability has not been released.
Note: This means that for the purposes of section 105 of that Act you are entitled to a credit for the instalment to the extent to which your liability to pay the instalment has not been released.
340‑25 Extinguishing your liability to pay a PAYG instalment if you are released
(1) This section applies if the Commissioner releases you from a liability to pay a *PAYG instalment.
(2) If your liability to pay the instalment is released in whole, you are taken, for the purposes of Division 45 of Part 2‑10, not to be liable to pay the instalment.
Note: This means that for the purposes of section 45‑30 you are not entitled to a credit for the instalment.
(3) If your liability to pay the instalment is released in part, you are taken, for the purposes of Division 45 of Part 2‑10, to be liable to pay the instalment to the extent to which your liability has not been released.
Note: This means that for the purposes of section 45‑30 you are entitled to a credit for the instalment to the extent to which your liability to pay the instalment has not been released.
Division 342—Commissioner’s power relating to proceeds of crime proceedings
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 342
342‑A Power to waive right to payment of tax‑related liabilities
Guide to Division 342
342‑1 What this Division is about
To facilitate the starting, conduct and ending of proceedings under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, the Commissioner may waive the right to payment of certain tax‑related liabilities.
Subdivision 342‑A—Power to waive right to payment of tax‑related liabilities
Table of sections
342‑5 Object of this Subdivision
342‑10 Power to waive right to payment of tax‑related liability
342‑5 Object of this Subdivision
The object of this Subdivision is to facilitate the starting, conduct and ending of proceedings under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 by allowing the Commissioner to waive the right to payment of certain liabilities to the Commonwealth arising under *taxation laws.
Note: The Commissioner may also exercise other powers so as to facilitate the starting, conduct and ending of proceedings under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002. Examples of those other powers include:
(a) the power under section 255‑10 to defer the time a tax‑related liability is due and payable; and
(b) the power under section 8AAG to remit general interest charge.
342‑10 Power to waive right to payment of tax‑related liability
(1) The Commissioner may waive the Commonwealth’s right to payment of all or part of a *tax‑related liability if the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(a) the waiver will facilitate the starting, conduct or ending (by settlement or otherwise) of proceedings under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002; and
(b) the liability is connected with circumstances associated with the proceedings.
Note: The Commissioner may waive the right to payment only after the liability has arisen, but may do so whether or not the liability is due and payable.
Example: A liability is connected with circumstances associated with the proceedings if the liability arose because of activities constituting an offence to which the proceedings relate.
(2) In deciding whether to waive the right, the Commissioner must consider:
(a) the amount the Commonwealth will forgo as a result of the waiver and the time the Commonwealth could reasonably be expected to receive that amount apart from the waiver; and
(b) the amount the Commonwealth could reasonably be expected to receive as a result of the proceedings and the time the Commonwealth could reasonably be expected to receive that amount.
(3) Subsection (2) does not limit the matters that the Commissioner may consider in making the decision.
Extended operation of this section
(4) This section (except this subsection) applies in relation to a pecuniary liability to the Commonwealth that arises directly under a *taxation law, but is not a *tax‑related liability, in the same way as this section applies in relation to a tax‑related liability.
Example: This section applies to a civil penalty under Division 290 (which penalises certain conduct involving promotion of schemes) in the same way as this section applies to a tax‑related liability.
Chapter 5—Administration
Part 5‑1—The Australian Taxation Office
Division 352—Accountability of the Commissioner
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 352
352‑A Accountability of the Commissioner in respect of indirect tax laws
Guide to Division 352
352‑1 What this Division is about
This Division requires the Commissioner to prepare an annual report on the working of the indirect tax laws.
Subdivision 352‑A—Accountability of the Commissioner in respect of indirect tax laws
Table of sections
352‑5 Commissioner must prepare annual report on indirect tax laws
352‑5 Commissioner must prepare annual report on indirect tax laws
(1) As soon as practicable after 30 June in each year, the Commissioner must prepare and give to the Minister a report on the working of the *indirect tax laws during the year ending on that 30 June.
(2) The report must include a report on any breaches or evasions of the *indirect tax laws that the Commissioner knows about.
(3) The Minister must cause a copy of the report to be laid before each House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days of that House after the day on which the Minister receives the report.
Division 353—Powers to obtain information and evidence
353‑10 Commissioner’s power
(1) The Commissioner may by notice in writing require you to do all or any of the following:
(a) to give the Commissioner any information that the Commissioner requires for the purpose of:
(i) the application of an *indirect tax law in relation to you or any other entity; or
(ii) the administration or operation of this Schedule (other than Division 340);
(b) to attend and give evidence before the Commissioner, or an individual authorised by the Commissioner, for the purpose of:
(i) the application of an indirect tax law in relation to you or any other entity; or
(ii) the administration or operation of this Schedule (other than Division 340);
(c) to produce to the Commissioner any documents in your custody or under your control for the purpose of:
(i) the application of an indirect tax law in relation to you or any other entity; or
(ii) the administration or operation of this Schedule.
Note: Failing to comply with a direction can be an offence against section 8C.
(2) The Commissioner may require the information or evidence:
(a) to be given on oath or affirmation; and
(b) to be given orally or in writing.
For that purpose, the Commissioner or the officer may administer an oath or affirmation.
(3) The regulations may prescribe scales of expenses to be allowed to entities required to attend before the Commissioner or the officer.
353‑15 Access to premises for the purposes of the indirect tax laws
(1) For the purposes of an *indirect tax law, the Commissioner, or an individual authorised by the Commissioner for the purposes of this section:
(a) may at all reasonable times enter and remain on any land or premises; and
(b) is entitled to full and free access at all reasonable times to any documents, goods or other property; and
(c) may inspect, examine, make copies of, or take extracts from, any documents; and
(d) may inspect, examine, count, measure, weigh, gauge, test or analyse any goods or other property and, to that end, take samples.
(2) An individual authorised by the Commissioner for the purposes of this section is not entitled to enter or remain on any land or premises if, after having been requested by the occupier to produce proof of his or her authority, the individual does not produce an authority signed by the Commissioner stating that the individual is authorised to exercise powers under this section.
(3) You commit an offence if:
(a) you are the occupier of land or premises; and
(b) an individual enters, or proposes to enter, the land or premises under this section; and
(c) the individual is the Commissioner or authorised by the Commissioner for the purposes of this section; and
(d) you do not provide the individual with all reasonable facilities and assistance for the effective exercise of powers under this section.
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
(4) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (3)(a) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
353‑20 Checking status of specifically listed deductible gift recipients
(1) The Commissioner may require a *deductible gift recipient covered by this section to give the Commissioner information or a document that is relevant to the deductible gift recipient’s status as a deductible gift recipient. The deductible gift recipient must comply with the requirement.
Note: Failure to comply with this subsection is an offence against section 8C.
(2) If the Commissioner is satisfied of any of the matters set out in subsection (4) in relation to a *deductible gift recipient covered by this section, the Commissioner must, within 28 days, give written notice to the Minister about that fact.
(3) The Minister may only disclose information provided under subsection (2) for a purpose relating to the removal of the name of the *deductible gift recipient from Division 30 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(4) The matters are as follows:
(a) the *deductible gift recipient fails or ceases to use gifts, contributions or money received solely for the principal purpose of the relevant fund, authority or institution;
(b) there is a change in the principal purpose of the relevant fund, authority or institution;
(c) the deductible gift recipient fails or ceases to comply with any rules or conditions made by the Prime Minister or any other Minister relating to the recipient being or becoming a deductible gift recipient.
(5) The requirement in subsection (1):
(a) is to be made by notice in writing to the *deductible gift recipient; and
(b) may ask the deductible gift recipient to give the information in writing; and
(c) must specify:
(i) the information or document the deductible gift recipient is to give; and
(ii) the period within which the deductible gift recipient is to give the information or document.
The period specified under subparagraph (c)(ii) must end at least 28 days after the notice is given.
(6) This section covers *deductible gift recipients, other than:
(a) an entity or *government entity that is endorsed under Subdivision 30‑BA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 as a deductible gift recipient; and
(b) an entity or government entity that is endorsed under that Subdivision as a deductible gift recipient for the operation of a fund, authority or institution.
(7) In a prosecution of a person for an offence against section 8C of this Act because of this section as it applies because of Division 444, it is a defence if the person proves that the person:
(a) did not aid, abet, counsel or procure the act or omission because of which the offence is taken to have been committed; and
(b) was not in any way, by act or omission, directly or indirectly, knowingly concerned in, or party to, the act or omission because of which the offence is taken to have been committed.
Division 355—Confidentiality of taxpayer information
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 355
355‑A Objects and application of Division
355‑B Disclosure of protected information by taxation officers
355‑C On‑disclosure of protected information by other people
355‑D Disclosure of protected information that has been unlawfully acquired
355‑E Other matters
Guide to Division 355
355‑1 What this Division is about
The disclosure of information about the tax affairs of a particular entity is prohibited, except in certain specified circumstances.
Those exceptions are designed having regard to the principle that disclosure of information should be permitted only if the public benefit derived from the disclosure outweighs the entity’s privacy.
Note: This Division contains the main circumstances in which protected tax information can be disclosed. A number of other Commonwealth laws also allow for the disclosure of, or access to, such information in limited circumstances. Some of these other laws are as follows:
- sections 32 and 33 of the Auditor‑General Act 1997;
- section 15 of the Inspector‑General of Taxation Act 2003;
- section 9 of the Ombudsman Act 1976;
- section 44 of the Privacy Act 1988.
Subdivision 355‑A—Objects and application of Division
Table of sections
355‑10 Objects of Division
355‑15 Application of Division
355‑10 Objects of Division
The objects of this Division are:
(a) to protect the confidentiality of taxpayers’ affairs by imposing strict obligations on *taxation officers (and others who acquire protected tax information), and so encourage taxpayers to provide correct information to the Commissioner; and
(b) to facilitate efficient and effective government administration and law enforcement by allowing disclosures of protected tax information for specific, appropriate purposes.
355‑15 Application of Division
This Division applies in relation to the following entities in the same way as it applies in relation to *taxation officers:
(a) an entity engaged to provide services relating to the Australian Taxation Office;
(b) an individual employed by, or otherwise performing services for, an entity referred to in paragraph (a);
(c) an individual:
(i) appointed or employed by, or performing services for, the Commonwealth or an authority of the Commonwealth; and
(ii) performing functions or exercising powers under or for the purposes of a *taxation law.
Subdivision 355‑B—Disclosure of protected information by taxation officers
Guide to Subdivision 355‑B
355‑20 What this Subdivision is about
The main protection for taxpayer confidentiality is in this Subdivision. It is an offence for taxation officers to disclose tax information that identifies an entity, or is reasonably capable of being used to identify an entity, except in certain specified circumstances.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
355‑25 Offence—disclosure of protected information by taxation officers
355‑30 Meaning of protected information and taxation officer
355‑35 Consent is not a defence
355‑40 Generality of Subdivision not limited
355‑45 Exception—disclosure of publicly available information
355‑50 Exception—disclosure in performing duties
355‑55 Exception—disclosure to Ministers
355‑60 Limits on disclosure to Ministers
355‑65 Exception—disclosure for other government purposes
355‑70 Exception—disclosure for law enforcement and related purposes
355‑75 Limits on disclosure to courts and tribunals
Operative provisions
355‑25 Offence—disclosure of protected information by taxation officers
(1) An entity commits an offence if:
(a) the entity is or was a *taxation officer; and
(b) the entity:
(i) makes a record of information; or
(ii) discloses information to another entity (other than the entity to whom the information relates or an entity covered by subsection (2)) or to a court or tribunal; and
(c) the information is *protected information; and
(d) the information was acquired by the first‑mentioned entity as a taxation officer.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
(2) An entity (the covered entity) is covered by this subsection in relation to *protected information that relates to another entity (the primary entity) if:
(a) the covered entity is the primary entity’s *registered tax agent or BAS agent; or
(b) the covered entity is a *legal practitioner representing the primary entity in relation to the primary entity’s *tax affairs; or
(c) the primary entity is an *incapacitated entity and the covered entity is a *representative of the incapacitated entity; or
(d) the covered entity is the primary entity’s *legal personal representative; or
(e) the covered entity is the primary entity’s guardian where the primary entity is a minor or suffers from mental incapacity; or
(f) the covered entity and the primary entity are members of the same *consolidated group or *MEC group; or
(g) the covered entity is a representative of the primary entity who has been nominated by the primary entity in the *approved form to act on that entity’s behalf with respect to protected information.
355‑30 Meaning of protected information and taxation officer
(1) Protected information means information that:
(a) was disclosed or obtained under or for the purposes of a law that was a *taxation law (other than the Tax Agent Services Act 2009) when the information was disclosed or obtained; and
(b) relates to the affairs of an entity; and
(c) identifies, or is reasonably capable of being used to identify, the entity.
Note: Tax file numbers do not constitute protected information because they are not, by themselves, reasonably capable of being used to identify an entity. For offences relating to tax file numbers, see Subdivision BA of Division 2 of Part III.
(2) Taxation officer means:
(a) the Commissioner or a Second Commissioner of Taxation; or
(b) an individual appointed or engaged under the Public Service Act 1999 and performing duties in the Australian Taxation Office.
Note: This Division applies to certain other entities as if they were taxation officers: see section 355‑15.
355‑35 Consent is not a defence
It is not a defence to a prosecution for an offence against section 355‑25 that the entity to whom the information relates has consented to:
(a) the making of the record; or
(b) the disclosure of the information.
355‑40 Generality of Subdivision not limited
Except as provided by section 355‑60, nothing in this Subdivision limits the generality of anything else in it.
Note: This means that each provision in this Subdivision (other than section 355‑60) has an independent operation and is not to be interpreted by reference to any other provision within the Subdivision.
355‑45 Exception—disclosure of publicly available information
Section 355‑25 does not apply if the information was already available to the public (otherwise than as a result of a contravention of section 355‑25, 355‑155 or 355‑265).
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
355‑50 Exception—disclosure in performing duties
(1) Section 355‑25 does not apply if:
(a) the entity is a *taxation officer; and
(b) the record or disclosure is made in performing the entity’s duties as a taxation officer.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), records or disclosures made in performing duties as a *taxation officer include those mentioned in the following table:
Records or disclosures in performing duties |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to ... | and the record or disclosure ... |
1 | any entity, court or tribunal | is for the purpose of administering any *taxation law. |
2 | any entity, court or tribunal | is for the purpose of the making, or proposed or possible making, of an order under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 that is related to a *taxation law. |
3 | any entity, court or tribunal | is for the purpose of criminal, civil or administrative proceedings (including merits review or judicial review) that are related to a *taxation law. |
4 | any entity | is for the purpose of responding to a request for a statement of reasons under the Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977 in relation to a decision made under a *taxation law. |
5 | any entity | is for the purpose of: (a) determining whether to make an ex gratia payment; or (b) administering such a payment; in connection with administering a *taxation law. |
6 | any entity | is for the purpose of enabling the entity to understand or comply with its obligations under a *taxation law. |
7 | the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury | (a) is of information that does not include the name, contact details or *ABN of any entity; and (b) is for the purpose of: (i) the design of a *taxation law; or (ii) the amendment of a taxation law. |
8 | any board or member of a board performing a function or exercising a power under a *taxation law | is for the purpose of performing that function or exercising that power. |
9 | a competent authority referred to in an international agreement (within the meaning of section 23 of the International Tax Agreements Act 1953) | is for the purpose of exchanging information under such an international agreement. |
355‑55 Exception—disclosure to Ministers
(1) Section 355‑25 does not apply if:
(a) the entity is a *taxation officer; and
(b) an item in the table in this subsection covers the making of the record or the disclosure; and
(c) if the entity is not the Commissioner, a Second Commissioner or an SES employee or acting SES employee of the Australian Taxation Office—one of the following has agreed that the record or disclosure is covered by the item:
(i) the Commissioner;
(ii) a Second Commissioner;
(iii) an SES employee or acting SES employee of the Australian Taxation Office who is not a direct supervisor of the taxation officer.
Records or disclosures to Ministers |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to ... | and the record or disclosure ... |
1 | any Minister | is for the purpose of enabling the Minister to exercise a power or perform a function under a *taxation law. |
2 | the Minister | (a) is about an entity; and (b) is for the purpose of enabling the Minister to respond directly to the entity in relation to a representation made by the entity to: (i) the Minister; or (ii) another member of a House of the Parliament. |
3 | the Minister | is for the purpose of informing decisions made under the scheme known as the Compensation for Detriment Caused by Defective Administration Scheme. |
4 | the *Finance Minister | is for the purpose of: (a) the making, or possible making, of a payment referred to in section 33 of the Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997 (about act of grace payments) in connection with administering a *taxation law; or (b) the waiver, or possible waiver, of a *tax debt under section 34 of that Act. |
5 | any Minister | is for the purpose of: (a) determining whether to make an ex gratia payment; or (b) administering such a payment. |
Note 1: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: Section 19A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 provides that the expression “the Minister”, as used in table items 2 and 3, refers to the Minister or Ministers administering the relevant provision.
(2) The *taxation officer is entitled to rely on the exception in subsection (1) even if the agreement referred to in paragraph (1)(c) has not been obtained in relation to the record or disclosure.
355‑60 Limits on disclosure to Ministers
(1) Sections 355‑45 and 355‑55 are the only exceptions to the prohibition in section 355‑25 on which an entity who has acquired *protected information as a *taxation officer can rely in making a record of the information for, or disclosing the information to, a Minister, whether or not provided to a Minister in the course of, or for the purposes of or incidental to, the transacting of the business of a House of the Parliament or of a committee of one or both Houses of the Parliament.
Note: Disclosures that are not prohibited by section 355‑25 are not affected by this subsection. For example, a taxation officer may disclose information to a Minister if the Minister is the entity to whom the information relates, or is an entity covered by subsection 355‑25(2) in relation to the information.
(2) Subsection (1) has effect despite section 16 of the Parliamentary Privileges Act 1987, and that section does not operate to the extent that it would otherwise apply to a disclosure of *protected information by a *taxation officer to a Minister.
Note: This subsection does not limit the operation of section 16 of the Parliamentary Privileges Act 1987 in any other respect. That section continues to operate, for example, to enable taxation officers to disclose protected information to a committee of one or both Houses of the Parliament.
355‑65 Exception—disclosure for other government purposes
(1) Section 355‑25 does not apply if:
(a) the entity is a *taxation officer; and
(b) an item in a table in this section covers the making of the record or the disclosure.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Table 1—Records or disclosures relating to social welfare, health or safety
(2) Table 1 is as follows:
Table 1: Records or disclosures relating to social welfare, health or safety |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to ... | and the record or disclosure ... |
1 | an Agency Head (within the meaning of the Public Service Act 1999) of an agency (within the meaning of that Act) dealing with matters relating to the social security law (within the meaning of subsection 23(17) of the Social Security Act 1991) | is for the purpose of administering that law. |
2 | the *Health Secretary | is for the purpose of administering any law of the Australian Capital Territory or of the Northern Territory which is administered by the *Health Minister. |
3 | the Repatriation Commission | is for the purpose of administering any *Commonwealth law relating to pensions. |
4 | the *Education Secretary or the *Employment Secretary | is for the purpose of administering any *Commonwealth law relating to pensions, allowances or benefits. |
5 | the *Education Secretary | is for the purpose of administering any *Commonwealth law relating to financial assistance to students. |
5A | (a) the *Families Secretary; or (b) the Chief Executive Officer of Centrelink | is for the purpose of administering the Paid Parental Leave Act 2010. |
6 | the *Families Secretary or the Chief Executive Centrelink (within the meaning of the Human Services (Centrelink) Act 1997) | is for the purpose of administering the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999. |
7 | the Child Support Registrar | is for the purpose of administering the Child Support (Registration and Collection) Act 1988 or the Child Support (Assessment) Act 1989. |
8 | the Chief Executive Medicare (within the meaning of the Human Services (Medicare) Act 1973) | is for the purpose of administering Part 2‑2 (about premiums reduction and incentive payment schemes) or 6‑4 (about administration of those schemes) of the Private Health Insurance Act 2007. |
9 | an *Australian government agency | is necessary for the purpose of preventing or lessening: (a) a serious threat to an individual’s life, health or safety; or (b) a serious threat to public health or public safety. |
Table 2—Records or disclosures relating to superannuation or finance
(3) Table 2 is as follows:
Table 2: Records or disclosures relating to superannuation or finance |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to ... | and the record or disclosure ... |
1 | a financial sector supervisory agency (within the meaning of section 3 of the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority Act 1998) | (a) is of information that was obtained under or in relation to the Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999; and (b) is for the purpose of the agency performing any of its functions or exercising any of its powers. |
2 | (a) an agency having the function, in Australia or in a foreign country, of supervising or regulating *financial institutions; or (b) any other agency (including a foreign agency) specified in the regulations | (a) is of information that was obtained under or in relation to the Superannuation (Self Managed Superannuation Funds) Taxation Act 1987 or the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993; and (b) is for the purpose of performing any of its functions or exercising any of its powers; and (c) is made in accordance with the conditions (if any) imposed by the regulations in relation to the disclosure of information under this item. |
3 | the Superannuation Complaints Tribunal established by section 6 of the Superannuation (Resolution of Complaints) Act 1993 | (a) is of information that was obtained under or in relation to the Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999; and (b) is for the purpose of the Tribunal performing any of its functions or exercising any of its powers. |
4 | the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) | is for the purpose of administering: (a) the Financial Institutions Supervisory Levies Collection Act 1998; or (b) the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993. |
5 | APRA | (a) is of information that was obtained under or in relation to the Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999; and (b) is for the purpose of APRA performing any of its functions or exercising any of its powers. |
6 | APRA | is for the purpose of APRA performing any of its functions or exercising any of its powers in relation to *FHSAs. |
7 | an individual who is or was an employee (within the meaning of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992) | (a) is of information that relates to the Commissioner’s response to a complaint by the individual about a failure by the individual’s employer or former employer to comply with the employer’s obligations under the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 in relation to the employee; and (b) does not relate to the general financial affairs of the employer. |
8 | any entity, court or tribunal | is of information that was obtained under, or for the purposes of the Superannuation (Self Managed Superannuation Funds) Taxation Act 1987 or the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 and is for the purpose of all or any of the following: (a) identifying a particular self‑managed superannuation fund; (b) enabling members of the public to contact persons who perform functions in relation to a particular self‑managed superannuation fund; (c) enabling the Commissioner to provide an opinion to members of the public as to whether or not a particular self‑managed superannuation fund is a complying superannuation fund in relation to a particular income year for the purposes of Division 2 of Part 5 of the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993; (d) describing activity engaged in, or proposed to be engaged in, by the Commissioner in relation to a breach or suspected breach by a person of a provision of the Superannuation (Self Managed Superannuation Funds) Taxation Act 1987 or the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993. |
9 | an approved clearing house (within the meaning of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992) | is for the purposes of that body performing its functions in relation to superannuation contributions. |
Table 3—Records or disclosures relating to corporate regulation, business, research or policy
(4) Table 3 is as follows:
Table 3: Records or disclosures relating to corporate regulation, business, research or policy |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to ... | and the record or disclosure ... |
1 | the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) | is for the purpose of investigation or enforcement activities relating to a provision of a law that: (a) is administered by ASIC; and (b) imposes a pecuniary penalty or creates an offence. |
2 | ASIC | (a) is of information that was obtained under or in relation to the Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999; and (b) is for the purpose of ASIC performing any of its functions or exercising any of its powers. |
3 | ASIC | is of information relating to superannuation and is for the purpose of administering: (a) the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993; or (b) Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act 2001 (about financial services and markets); or (c) Division 2 of Part 2 of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (about unconscionable conduct and consumer protection in relation to financial services). |
4 | ASIC | is for the purpose of administering Chapter 5A of the Corporations Act 2001 (relating to deregistration, and transfer of registration, of companies). |
5 | ASIC | is for the purpose of ASIC performing any of its functions or exercising any of its powers in relation to *FHSAs. |
6 | Innovation Australia established under section 6 of the Industry Research and Development Act 1986 | is for the purpose of administering any *Commonwealth law relating to venture capital. |
7 | the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury | is for the purpose of briefing the Treasurer in relation to a decision that the Treasurer may make under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975. |
8 | the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury | (a) is of information that does not include the name, contact details or *ABN of any entity; and (b) is for the purpose of that Department estimating or analysing taxation revenue or estimating the cost of policy proposals. |
Table 4—Records or disclosures relating to other taxation matters
(5) Table 4 is as follows:
Table 4: Records or disclosures relating to other taxation matters |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to ... | and the record or disclosure ... |
1 | a State taxation officer, or a Territory taxation officer, within the meaning of subsection 13D(1) of this Act | is for the purpose of administering a *State law or *Territory law relating to taxation, if a State taxation officer or a Territory taxation officer is authorised by law to communicate information obtained under the State law or Territory law to the Commissioner. |
2 | a State taxation officer, or a Territory taxation officer, within the meaning of subsection 13D(1) of this Act | is of: (a) information obtained under or in relation to the First Home Saver Accounts Act 2008; or (b) rental information, residential address information or spousal information; and is for the purpose of administering the First Home Owner Grant Act 2000 of New South Wales, or a similar *State law or *Territory law. |
3 | the Development Allowance Authority established by section 94 of the Development Allowance Authority Act 1992 | is for the purpose of: (a) administering that Act; or (b) Part III of this Act (prosecutions and offences), in so far as that Part applies in relation to the Development Allowance Authority Act 1992. |
4 | an individual who holds an office of a State or Territory, being an office prescribed for the purpose of this table item | (a) is of information that relates to alcoholic beverages; and (b) is for the purpose of the individual administering an *arrangement for the rebate, refund or other payment or credit by a State or Territory in respect of alcoholic beverages. |
Table 5—Records or disclosures relating to rehabilitation or compensation
(6) Table 5 is as follows:
Table 5: Records or disclosures relating to rehabilitation or compensation |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to ... | and the record or disclosure ... |
1 | an authority of the Commonwealth established under a *Commonwealth law relating to rehabilitation or compensation | is for the purpose of performing any of its functions or exercising any of its powers under that law. |
2 | the *Defence Secretary | is for the purpose of administering any *Commonwealth law relating to payments in respect of dependants of members of the Defence Force. |
3 | an authority of a State or Territory that administers a *workers’ compensation law | (a) is of information that relates to amounts withheld under Part 2‑5 in Schedule 1 to this Act (about PAYG withholding); and (b) is for the purpose of ensuring that employers comply with their obligations relating to insurance or the imposition of a levy under that law. |
Table 6—Records or disclosures relating to the environment
(7) Table 6 is as follows:
Table 6: Records or disclosures relating to the environment |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to... | and the record or disclosure... |
1 | the *Environment Secretary | is for the purpose of administering cleaner fuel grants. |
2 | the *Environment Secretary | is for the purpose of administering product stewardship (oil) benefits. |
Table 7—Records or disclosures relating to miscellaneous matters
(8) Table 7 is as follows:
Table 7: Records or disclosures relating to miscellaneous matters |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to ... | and the record or disclosure ... |
1 | the Australian Statistician | is for the purpose of administering the Census and Statistics Act 1905. |
2 | the Chief Executive Officer of Customs | is for the purpose of administering a law of customs (within the meaning of the Customs Administration Act 1985). |
3 | the *Immigration Secretary | is for the purpose of assisting in locating persons who are unlawfully in Australia. |
4 | the *Immigration Secretary | (a) is of information that relates to a holder or former holder of a visa, or an approved sponsor (within the meaning of the Migration Act 1958) or former approved sponsor of a person for a visa, whose identity is disclosed to a *taxation officer under section 140V of that Act; and (b) is for a purpose that is relevant to: (i) the exercise of the Minister’s powers under Division 3A of Part 2 of that Act or regulations made under that Division; or (ii) the exercise of the Minister’s powers under Part 8D of that Act, to the extent that it relates to a contravention of a civil penalty provision in Division 3A of Part 2 of that Act; or (iii) the administration of Division 3A of Part 2 of that Act or regulations made under that Division. |
5 | the Fair Work Ombudsman (within the meaning of the Fair Work Act 2009) | (a) is of the fact of an entity’s actual or reasonably suspected non‑compliance with a *taxation law; and (b) is for the purpose of ensuring the entity’s compliance with the Fair Work Act 2009. |
6 | the Attorney‑General of a State or Territory | (a) is of information that relates to non‑compliance of a *ancillary fund or charity with an *Australian law; and (b) is for the purpose of the administration of an Australian law governing trusts and charities. |
(9) To avoid doubt, the exception in table item 7 in table 2 in subsection (3) has effect even if at the time the complaint referred to in that item is made it is in dispute or uncertain whether the individual is an employee or former employee of the employer.
355‑70 Exception—disclosure for law enforcement and related purposes
(1) Section 355‑25 does not apply if:
(a) the entity is the Commissioner or a *taxation officer authorised by the Commissioner to make the record or disclosure; and
(b) an item in the table in this subsection covers the making of the record or the disclosure; and
(c) if the entity is not the Commissioner, a Second Commissioner or an SES employee or acting SES employee of the Australian Taxation Office—one of the following has agreed that the record or disclosure is covered by the item:
(i) the Commissioner;
(ii) a Second Commissioner;
(iii) an SES employee or acting SES employee of the Australian Taxation Office who is not a direct supervisor of the taxation officer.
Note 1: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: The Commissioner is required to include in an annual report information about disclosures made under this subsection: see section 3B.
Records or disclosures for law enforcement and related purposes |
Item | The record is made for or the disclosure is to ... | and the record or disclosure ... |
1 | an *authorised law enforcement agency officer, or a court or tribunal | is for the purpose of: (a) investigating a *serious offence; or (b) enforcing a law, the contravention of which is a serious offence; or (c) the making, or proposed or possible making, of a *proceeds of crime order. |
2 | an *authorised ASIO officer | is for the purpose of performing ASIO’s functions under subsection 17(1) of the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation Act 1979. |
3 | a *Project Wickenby officer, or a court or tribunal | (a) is for or in connection with a *purpose of the Project Wickenby taskforce; and (b) is made before 1 July 2013, or a later prescribed day. |
4 | a *taskforce officer of a prescribed taskforce, or a court or tribunal | (a) is for or in connection with a purpose of the prescribed taskforce; and (b) is made within the time limit, if any, prescribed by the regulations. |
5 | a Royal Commission in respect of which Letters Patent issued by the Governor‑General declare that the Royal Commission is a Royal Commission to which this table item applies, or a member of such a Royal Commission | is for the purpose of the Royal Commission conducting its inquiry. |
6 | one or more of the following bodies: (a) a Royal Commission of a State or a Territory prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this table item; (b) a commission of inquiry of a State or a Territory prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this table item; (c) a board of inquiry of a State or a Territory prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this table item | is for the purpose of: (a) investigating a *serious offence; or (b) enforcing a law, the contravention of which is a serious offence; or (c) the making, or proposed or possible making, of a *proceeds of crime order. |
(2A) The *taxation officer is entitled to rely on the exception in subsection (1) even if the agreement referred to in paragraph (1)(c) has not been obtained in relation to the record or disclosure.
Meaning of various terms
(2) Authorised ASIO officer means:
(a) the Director‑General of Security holding office under the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation Act 1979; or
(b) any other individual employed under paragraph 84(1)(a) or (b) of that Act who has been authorised in writing by the Director‑General of Security to perform the functions of an authorised ASIO officer under this Act.
(3) Authorised law enforcement agency officer means:
(a) the head of a *law enforcement agency; or
(b) an officer of a law enforcement agency, or a person engaged by, or otherwise performing services for, a law enforcement agency, authorised in writing by the head of the agency to perform the functions of an authorised law enforcement agency officer under this Act.
(4) Law enforcement agency means:
(a) the Australian Federal Police; or
(b) the police force of a State or Territory; or
(c) the Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions established by section 5 of the Director of Public Prosecutions Act 1983; or
(d) the Australian Commission for Law Enforcement Integrity; or
(e) the Australian Crime Commission; or
(f) the Independent Commission Against Corruption established by the Independent Commission Against Corruption Act 1988 of New South Wales; or
(g) the New South Wales Crime Commission; or
(h) the Police Integrity Commission of New South Wales; or
(i) the Office of Police Integrity of Victoria; or
(j) the Crime and Misconduct Commission of Queensland; or
(k) the Corruption and Crime Commission of Western Australia; or
(l) the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.
(5) Proceeds of crime order means:
(a) an order, relating to an entity’s commission of a *serious offence, under:
(i) Chapter 2 (about confiscation of property in relation to certain offences) or Division 1 of Part 3‑1 (about examination orders) of the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002; or
(ii) Part II (about confiscation) or III (about control of property liable to confiscation) of the Proceeds of Crime Act 1987; or
(iii) a *State law or *Territory law corresponding to a law referred to in subparagraph (i) or (ii); or
(iv) Division 3 of Part XIII (about recovery of pecuniary penalties for dealings in narcotic goods) of the Customs Act 1901; or
(b) an unexplained wealth order (within the meaning of the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002); or
(c) an order under a State law or Territory law corresponding to an order referred to in paragraph (b).
(6) An entity is a Project Wickenby officer if the entity:
(a) holds an office in, is employed in, or is performing services for:
(i) a *Project Wickenby taskforce agency; or
(ii) a *Project Wickenby taskforce supporting agency; and
(b) performs duties that relate to a *purpose of the Project Wickenby taskforce.
(7) The following agencies are Project Wickenby taskforce agencies:
(a) the Australian Taxation Office;
(b) the Australian Crime Commission;
(c) the Australian Federal Police;
(d) the Australian Securities and Investments Commission;
(e) the Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions;
(f) a prescribed agency.
(8) The following agencies are Project Wickenby taskforce supporting agencies:
(a) the Attorney‑General’s Department;
(b) the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre;
(c) the Australian Government Solicitor;
(d) a prescribed agency.
(9) The purposes of the Project Wickenby taskforce are to:
(a) detect; and
(b) deter; and
(c) investigate; and
(d) enforce the law relating to;
the promotion of or participation in *arrangements of an international character, or purported international character, that relate to one or more of the following:
(e) tax avoidance or evasion;
(f) breaches of laws regulating financial markets and corporations;
(g) criminal activity in the nature of fraud or obtaining benefits by deception (including deceiving investors or creditors);
(h) money laundering;
(i) concealing income or assets.
(10) Serious offence means an offence against an *Australian law that is punishable by imprisonment for a period exceeding 12 months.
(11) An entity is a taskforce officer of a prescribed taskforce if:
(a) the entity holds an office in, is employed in, or is performing services for, an agency in the prescribed taskforce; and
(b) the entity’s duties relate to a purpose of the prescribed taskforce.
(12) The regulations may prescribe a taskforce for the purposes of item 4 of the table in subsection (1). A major purpose of the taskforce must be protecting the public finances of Australia.
(13) Without limiting subsection (12), regulations made for the purposes of item 4 of the table in subsection (1) may deal with the following matters:
(a) the purposes of the taskforce;
(b) the agencies in the taskforce.
355‑75 Limits on disclosure to courts and tribunals
An entity who is or was a *taxation officer is not to be required to disclose to a court or tribunal *protected information that was acquired by the entity as a taxation officer except where it is necessary to do so for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of a *taxation law.
Note: See also section 8ZK of this Act (about protection of witnesses).
Subdivision 355‑C—On‑disclosure of protected information by other people
Guide to Subdivision 355‑C
355‑150 What this Subdivision is about
Someone who is not a taxation officer is prohibited from disclosing protected information, except in certain specified circumstances.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
355‑155 Offence—on‑disclosure of protected information by other people
355‑160 Consent is not a defence
355‑165 Generality of Subdivision not limited
355‑170 Exception—on‑disclosure of publicly available information
355‑175 Exception—on‑disclosure for original purpose
355‑180 Exception—on‑disclosure to Ministers in relation to statutory powers or functions
355‑185 Exception—on‑disclosure in relation to IGIS
355‑190 Exception—on‑disclosure in relation to ASIO
355‑195 Exception—on‑disclosure by Royal Commissions
355‑200 Exception—records made in compliance with Australian laws
355‑205 Limits on on‑disclosure to courts or tribunals
355‑210 Limits on on‑disclosure to Ministers
Operative provisions
355‑155 Offence—on‑disclosure of protected information by other people
An entity commits an offence if:
(a) the entity:
(i) makes a record of information; or
(ii) discloses information to another entity (other than the entity to whom the information relates or that entity’s agent in relation to the information) or to a court or tribunal; and
(b) the information was acquired by the first‑mentioned entity under an exception in this Subdivision or in Subdivision 355‑B; and
(c) the first‑mentioned entity did not acquire the information as a *taxation officer.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
Note: This section also covers information acquired by an entity (other than as a taxation officer) before the commencement of this section under certain repealed or amended provisions: see item 124 of Schedule 2 to the Tax Laws Amendment (Confidentiality of Taxpayer Information) Act 2010.
355‑160 Consent is not a defence
It is not a defence to a prosecution for an offence against section 355‑155 that the entity to whom the information relates has consented to:
(a) the making of the record; or
(b) the disclosure of the information.
355‑165 Generality of Subdivision not limited
Except as provided in section 355‑210 (about limits on disclosure to Ministers), nothing in this Subdivision limits the generality of anything else in it.
Note: This means that each provision in this Subdivision (other than section 355‑210) has an independent operation and is not to be interpreted by reference to any other provision within the Subdivision.
355‑170 Exception—on‑disclosure of publicly available information
Section 355‑155 does not apply if the information was already available to the public (otherwise than as a result of a contravention of section 355‑25, 355‑155 or 355‑265).
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
355‑175 Exception—on‑disclosure for original purpose
(1) Section 355‑155 does not apply if:
(a) the information was originally disclosed under an exception in Subdivision 355‑B for a purpose specified in that exception (the original purpose); and
(b) the information was acquired by the entity under this section or an exception in Subdivision 355‑B; and
(c) the record or disclosure is made by the entity for the original purpose, or in connection with the original purpose.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Instances of disclosures in connection with the original purpose
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), a record or disclosure is made by the entity in connection with the original purpose if:
(a) the record is made for, or the disclosure is to, any entity, court or tribunal; and
(b) the record or disclosure is for the purpose of criminal, civil or administrative proceedings (including merits review or judicial review) that are related to the original purpose.
Multiple purposes
(3) Subsection (1) has effect as if a record or disclosure made by the entity for a purpose specified in column 3 of the following table were made in connection with the original purpose:
Records or disclosures for purpose connected with the original purpose |
Item | Original purpose | Purpose connected with the original purpose |
1 | a *purpose of the Project Wickenby taskforce | another purpose of that taskforce. |
2 | a purpose of a prescribed taskforce | another purpose of that taskforce. |
3 | one of the purposes specified in column 3 of item 1 of the table in subsection 355‑70(1) | the other of those purposes. |
4 | one of the purposes specified in column 3 of item 6 of the table in subsection 355‑70(1) | one of the other purposes specified in column 3 of item 6 of that table. |
355‑180 Exception—on‑disclosure to Ministers in relation to statutory powers or functions
Section 355‑155 does not apply if:
(a) the information was originally disclosed under an exception in Subdivision 355‑B for a purpose specified in that exception (the original purpose); and
(b) the record is made for, or the disclosure is to, a Minister who has a statutory power or function in relation to the original purpose; and
(c) the record or disclosure is for the purpose of enabling the Minister to:
(i) decide whether to exercise the power or perform the function; or
(ii) exercise the power or perform the function.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
355‑185 Exception—on‑disclosure in relation to IGIS
(1) Section 355‑155 does not apply if:
(a) the entity is an *authorised ASIO officer; and
(b) the record is made for, or the disclosure is to, the Inspector‑General of Intelligence and Security holding office under the Inspector‑General of Intelligence and Security Act 1986 or a member of staff appointed to assist the Inspector‑General under that Act; and
(c) the record or disclosure is for the purpose of performing the Inspector‑General’s, or the member of staff’s, duties in relation to ASIO or officers or employees of ASIO.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Section 355‑155 does not apply if:
(a) the entity is the Inspector‑General of Intelligence and Security holding office under the Inspector‑General of Intelligence and Security Act 1986 or a member of staff appointed to assist the Inspector‑General under that Act; and
(b) the information was acquired by the entity under subsection (1) or this paragraph; and
(c) the record or disclosure is for the purpose of performing the Inspector‑General’s, or the officer’s, duties in relation to ASIO or officers or employees of ASIO.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
355‑190 Exception—on‑disclosure in relation to ASIO
(1) Section 355‑155 does not apply if:
(a) the entity is an *authorised ASIO officer; and
(b) the record is made for, or the disclosure is to, an officer of a *law enforcement agency; and
(c) the record or disclosure is for the purpose of, or in connection with:
(i) investigating a *serious offence; or
(ii) enforcing a law, the contravention of which is a serious offence; or
(iii) the making, or proposed or possible making, of a *proceeds of crime order.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Section 355‑155 does not apply if:
(a) the entity is an officer of a *law enforcement agency; and
(b) the information was acquired by the entity under subsection (1) or this paragraph; and
(c) the record or disclosure is for the purpose of, or in connection with:
(i) investigating a *serious offence; or
(ii) enforcing a law, the contravention of which is a serious offence; or
(iii) the making, or proposed or possible making, of a *proceeds of crime order.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
355‑195 Exception—on‑disclosure by Royal Commissions
(1) Section 355‑155 does not apply if:
(a) the entity is a member of a Royal Commission to which column 2 of item 5 of the table in subsection 355‑70(1) relates; and
(b) the information was acquired by the entity under item 5 of the table in subsection 355‑70(1); and
(c) the record or disclosure is in accordance with section 6P of the Royal Commissions Act 1902.
Note 1: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: Section 6P of the Royal Commissions Act 1902 sets out the circumstances in which a Royal Commission covered by that Act may disclose information it acquires in the course of its inquiry.
(2) Section 355‑155 does not apply to particular information if the information was disclosed under subsection (1).
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this subsection: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
355‑200 Exception—records made in compliance with Australian laws
Section 355‑155 does not apply if the record is made in compliance with a requirement of an *Australian law.
Example: The Australian Taxation Office obtains information about an entity from a credit reporting agency by giving a notice under section 264 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936. The agency is not committing an offence under section 355‑155 by making a record of the disclosure in the entity’s credit information file, as required by subsection 18K(5) of the Privacy Act 1988.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
355‑205 Limits on on‑disclosure to courts or tribunals
An entity is not to be required to disclose to a court or tribunal *protected information that was acquired by the entity under Subdivision 355‑B or this Subdivision, except where it is necessary to do so for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of a *taxation law.
Note: See also section 8ZK of this Act (about protection of witnesses).
355‑210 Limits on on‑disclosure to Ministers
(1) Sections 355‑170, 355‑180 and 355‑195 are the only exceptions to the prohibition in section 355‑155 on which an entity who has acquired *protected information (otherwise than as a *taxation officer) can rely in making a record of the information for, or disclosing the information to, a Minister, whether or not provided to a Minister in the course of, or for the purposes of or incidental to, the transacting of the business of a House of the Parliament or of a committee of one or both Houses of the Parliament.
Note: Disclosures that are not prohibited by section 355‑155 are not affected by this subsection. For example, an entity may disclose information to a Minister if the Minister is the entity to whom the information relates, or is another entity’s agent in relation to the information.
(2) Subsection (1) has effect despite section 16 of the Parliamentary Privileges Act 1987, and that section does not operate to the extent that it would otherwise apply to a disclosure of *protected information by the entity to a Minister.
Note: This subsection does not limit the operation of section 16 of the Parliamentary Privileges Act 1987 in any other respect. That section continues to operate, for example, to enable an entity to disclose protected information to a committee of one or both Houses of the Parliament.
Subdivision 355‑D—Disclosure of protected information that has been unlawfully acquired
Guide to Subdivision 355‑D
355‑260 What this Subdivision is about
The disclosure of protected tax information that has been unlawfully acquired is prohibited.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
355‑265 Offence—disclosure of protected information acquired in breach of a taxation law
355‑270 Exception—disclosure of publicly available information
355‑275 Exception—disclosure in relation to a taxation law
355‑280 Limits on disclosure to courts and tribunals
Operative provisions
355‑265 Offence—disclosure of protected information acquired in breach of a taxation law
An entity commits an offence if:
(a) the entity:
(i) makes a record of information; or
(ii) discloses information to another entity (other than the entity to whom the information relates or that entity’s agent in relation to the information) or to a court or tribunal; and
(b) the information is *protected information; and
(c) the information was acquired by the entity in breach of a provision of a *taxation law (including this provision); and
(d) the information was not acquired by the entity as a *taxation officer.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years.
355‑270 Exception—disclosure of publicly available information
Section 355‑265 does not apply if the information was already available to the public (otherwise than as a result of a contravention of that section, or section 355‑25 or 355‑155).
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
355‑275 Exception—disclosure in relation to a taxation law
Section 355‑265 does not apply:
(a) to the extent that the entity’s actions are required or permitted by a *taxation law or reasonably necessary in order to comply with an obligation imposed by a taxation law; or
(b) if the record was made for or the information was disclosed:
(i) to a *taxation officer; and
(ii) for a purpose connected with administering a *taxation law.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in this section: see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
355‑280 Limits on disclosure to courts and tribunals
An entity is not to be required to disclose to a court or tribunal *protected information that was acquired by the entity under this Subdivision, except where it is necessary to do so for the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of a *taxation law.
Note: See also section 8ZK of this Act (about protection of witnesses).
Subdivision 355‑E—Other matters
Guide to Subdivision 355‑E
355‑320 What this Subdivision is about
The Commissioner may require a taxation officer to make an oath of affirmation to protect information.
The Federal Court has power to grant an injunction restraining an entity from engaging in conduct that would constitute an offence against this Division.
The Commissioner must issue instructions relating to the disclosure of protected tax information.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
355‑325 Oath or affirmation to protect information
355‑330 Injunctions to prevent contravention of non‑disclosure provisions
355‑335 Procedures for disclosing protected information
Operative provisions
355‑325 Oath or affirmation to protect information
(1) A *taxation officer must, if and when required by the Commissioner to do so, make an oath or affirmation to protect information in accordance with this Division.
(2) The Commissioner may determine, in writing:
(a) the form of the oath or affirmation; and
(b) the manner in which the oath or affirmation must be made.
355‑330 Injunctions to prevent contravention of non‑disclosure provisions
Injunctions
(1) If an entity has engaged, is engaging or is proposing to engage in any conduct that constituted, constitutes or would constitute an offence against this Division, the Federal Court of Australia may, on the application of the Commissioner, grant an injunction:
(a) restraining the entity from engaging in the conduct; and
(b) if in the court’s opinion it is desirable to do so—requiring the entity to do any act or thing.
Interim injunctions
(2) If an application is made to the court for an injunction under subsection (1), the court may, before considering the application, grant an interim injunction restraining an entity from engaging in conduct of the kind referred to in that subsection pending the determination of the application.
Discharge or variation of injunctions
(3) The court may discharge or vary an injunction granted under this section.
Exercise of power to grant injunctions
(4) If an application is made to the court for the grant of an injunction restraining an entity from engaging in conduct of a particular kind, the power of the court to grant the injunction may be exercised:
(a) if the court is satisfied that the entity has engaged in conduct of that kind—whether or not it appears to the court that the entity intends to engage again, or to continue to engage, in conduct of that kind; or
(b) if it appears to the court that, in the event that an injunction is not granted, it is likely that the entity will engage in conduct of that kind—whether or not the entity has previously engaged in conduct of that kind and whether or not there is an imminent danger of substantial damage to any other entity if the entity engages in conduct of that kind.
(5) The power of the court to grant an injunction requiring an entity to do a particular act or thing may be exercised:
(a) if the court is satisfied that the entity has refused or failed to do that act or thing—whether or not it appears to the court that the entity intends to refuse or fail again, or to continue to refuse or fail, to do that act or thing; or
(b) if it appears to the court that, in the event that an injunction is not granted, it is likely that the entity will refuse or fail to do that act or thing—whether or not the entity has previously refused or failed to do that act or thing and whether or not there is an imminent danger of substantial damage to any other entity if the entity refuses or fails to do that act or thing.
No undertakings as to damages
(6) If the Commissioner makes an application to the court for the grant of an injunction under this section, the court must not require the Commissioner or any other entity, as a condition of the granting of an interim injunction, to give any undertakings as to damages.
Other powers of the court unaffected
(7) The powers conferred on the court under this section are in addition to, and not in derogation of, any other powers of the court, whether conferred by this Act or otherwise.
355‑335 Procedures for disclosing protected information
(1) The Commissioner must issue instructions in relation to the procedures to be followed by *taxation officers in disclosing *protected information under the exceptions in sections 355‑55 (about disclosures to Ministers), 355-65 (about disclosures for other government purposes) and 355‑70 (about disclosures for law enforcement and related purposes).
(2) The instructions must:
(a) be issued within 6 months after the commencement of this section; and
(b) be in writing; and
(c) provide for the matters mentioned in subsection (3); and
(d) be published on the Australian Taxation Office website.
(3) The matters are:
(a) the processes to be followed before *protected information can be disclosed by a *taxation officer under the exceptions in sections 355‑55, 355-65 and 355‑70; and
(b) the processes involved in obtaining and giving the agreement mentioned in paragraphs 355‑55(1)(c) and 355‑70(1)(c); and
(c) other matters the Commissioner considers appropriate.
(4) Without limiting subsection 33(3) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, the Commissioner may vary or revoke the instructions.
(5) A failure to comply with the time limit in paragraph (2)(a) does not:
(a) prevent the Commissioner from issuing the instructions after this time; or
(b) affect the validity of the instructions when issued.
(6) A failure to comply with the instructions does not, of itself, mean that a *taxation officer is not entitled to rely on the exceptions in sections 355‑55, 355-65 and 355‑70.
(7) The instructions are not a legislative instrument.
Division 356—General administration of tax laws
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 356
356‑A Indirect tax laws
Guide to Division 356
356‑1 What this Division is about
This Division gives the Commissioner the general administration of the indirect tax laws.
Subdivision 356‑A—Indirect tax laws
Table of sections
356‑5 Commissioner has general administration of indirect tax laws
356‑5 Commissioner has general administration of indirect tax laws
The Commissioner has the general administration of each *indirect tax law.
Part 5‑5—Rulings
Division 357—Object and common rules
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 357
357‑A Object of this Part
357‑B Common rules for rulings
Guide to Division 357
357‑1 What this Division is about
This Division sets out the object of this Part, and common rules that apply to public, private and oral rulings. (For the rules specific to each of those kinds of ruling, see Divisions 358, 359 and 360.)
A ruling is an expression of the Commissioner’s opinion of the way in which a relevant provision applies, or would apply, to you.
A ruling binds the Commissioner if it applies to you and you act in accordance with it. If you do act in accordance with it and the law turns out to be less favourable to you than the ruling provides, you are protected by the ruling from any adverse consequences.
The Division also sets out some other general rules for rulings.
Subdivision 357‑A—Object of this Part
Table of sections
357‑5 Object of this Part
357‑5 Object of this Part
(1) The object of this Part is to provide a way for you to find out the Commissioner’s view about how certain laws administered by the Commissioner apply to you so that the risks to you of uncertainty when you are self assessing or working out your tax obligations or entitlements are reduced.
(2) This object is achieved by:
(a) making advice in the form of rulings by the Commissioner available on a wide range of matters and to many taxpayers; and
(b) ensuring that the Commissioner provides rulings in a timely manner; and
(c) enabling the Commissioner to obtain, and make rulings based on, relevant information; and
(d) protecting you from increases in tax and from penalties and interest where you rely on rulings; and
(e) protecting you from decreases in entitlements where you rely on rulings; and
(f) limiting the ways the Commissioner can alter rulings to your detriment; and
(g) giving you protection from interest charges where you rely on other advice from the Commissioner, or on the Commissioner’s general administrative practice.
Subdivision 357‑B—Common rules for rulings
Table of sections
Rules for all rulings
357‑50 Scope of Division
357‑55 The provisions that are relevant for rulings
357‑60 When rulings are binding on the Commissioner
357‑65 Stopping relying on a ruling
357‑70 Commissioner may apply the law if more favourable than the ruling
357‑75 Inconsistent rulings
357‑80 Contracts for schemes
357‑85 Effect on ruling if relevant provision re‑enacted
357‑90 Validity of ruling not affected by formal defect
Common rules for public and private rulings
357‑95 Electronic communications
357‑100 Evidence
Common rules for private and oral rulings
357‑105 Further information must be sought
357‑110 Assumptions in making private or oral ruling
357‑115 Additional information provided by applicant
357‑120 Commissioner may take into account information from third parties
357‑125 Applications and objections not to affect obligations and powers
Rules for all rulings
357‑50 Scope of Division
This Division applies to *public rulings, *private rulings and *oral rulings.
357‑55 The provisions that are relevant for rulings
Provisions of Acts and regulations of which the Commissioner has the general administration are relevant for rulings if the provisions are about any of the following:
(a) *tax;
(b) Medicare levy;
(c) fringe benefits tax;
(d) *franking tax;
(e) *withholding tax;
(f) *mining withholding tax;
(fa) *petroleum resource rent tax;
(fb) *indirect tax;
(fc) *excise duty;
(g) the administration or collection of those taxes, levies and duties;
(h) a grant or benefit mentioned in section 8 of the Product Grants and Benefits Administration Act 2000, or the administration or payment of such a grant or benefit;
(i) a *net fuel amount, or the administration, collection or payment of a net fuel amount;
(j) a *net amount, or the administration, collection or payment of a net amount;
(k) a *wine tax credit, or the administration or payment of a wine tax credit.
357‑60 When rulings are binding on the Commissioner
(1) Subject to subsection (5), a ruling binds the Commissioner in relation to you (whether or not you are aware of the ruling) if:
(a) the ruling applies to you; and
(b) you rely on the ruling by acting (or omitting to act) in accordance with the ruling.
Example 1: A public ruling is expressed to apply to a class of entities in relation to a particular scheme. Tim is a member of that class of entities and he is one of a number of taxpayers who enter into that scheme. The ruling applies to Tim.
Tim relies on the ruling by lodging an income tax return that is in accordance with the ruling.
Under the ruling, Tim’s deductions in relation to the scheme are worked out to be a particular amount. Because Tim has relied on the ruling, the Commissioner must use that amount in making Tim’s assessment (unless Tim stops relying on the ruling or the law is more favourable to him: see sections 357‑65 and 357‑70).
Example 2: Cecelia applies for, and obtains, a private ruling that, when she makes a payment in specified circumstances, she would not have to withhold an amount under a relevant provision. Cecelia makes the payment in the circumstances specified in the ruling, so the ruling applies to her.
Cecelia relies on the ruling by not withholding an amount from the payment. The Commissioner must not apply the provision in relation to Cecelia in a way that is inconsistent with the ruling (unless Cecelia stops relying on the ruling or the law is more favourable to her: see sections 357‑65 and 357‑70).
Example 3: Cathie obtains a private ruling that a type of supply she makes is GST‑free. She relies on the ruling by:
(a) giving her customers invoices that show no GST payable on the supplies; and
(b) lodging her GST return on the basis that the supplies are GST‑free.
The Commissioner must administer the GST law in relation to Cathie on the basis that the supplies to which the ruling relates are GST‑free. This does not apply if Cathie stops relying on the ruling, such as by issuing tax invoices that show GST payable on the supplies: see paragraph (1)(b).
Note 1: A ruling about the amount of tax payable that binds the Commissioner provides protection in relation to that amount. There is no shortfall interest charge or tax shortfall penalty payable in respect of that amount as there can be no shortfall in tax payable.
Note 2: A ruling about the operation of a provision would stop applying to you if the provision is repealed, or is amended to have a different effect. However, if the provision is re‑enacted and expresses the same ideas as the old provision, the ruling would still apply: see section 357‑85.
(2) You may rely on the ruling at any time unless prevented from doing so by a time limit imposed by a *taxation law. It is not necessary to do so at the first opportunity.
GST rulings
(3) The *GST payable on a *supply or importation is the amount worked out in accordance with a ruling (if any) that:
(a) relates to the GST payable on the supply or importation; and
(b) binds the Commissioner in relation to the supplier or importer.
Note: The ruling will stop affecting the GST payable if the supplier or importer stops relying on the ruling: see paragraph (1)(b).
(4) Subsection (3) does not apply for the purposes of an objection to the ruling under section 359‑60.
Indirect tax rulings
(5) An *indirect tax or excise ruling (except to the extent that the ruling relates to an *excise law) binds the Commissioner in relation to:
(a) an entity (the representative entity) that is:
(i) the *representative member of a *GST group; or
(ii) the *joint venture operator of a *GST joint venture; or
(iii) the *representative of an *incapacitated entity; and
(b) an entity (the member entity) that is:
(i) a *member of the GST group; or
(ii) a *participant in the GST joint venture; or
(iii) the incapacitated entity;
if, and only if, both the representative entity and the member entity rely on the ruling by acting (or omitting to act) in accordance with the ruling.
(6) Subsection (5) applies if:
(a) the ruling applies to the member entity; and
(b) the ruling relates to what would be:
(i) a liability of the member entity to *indirect tax; or
(ii) an entitlement of the member entity to a credit (other than a *fuel tax credit) under an *indirect tax law; or
(iii) an *increasing adjustment, a *decreasing adjustment, or a luxury car tax adjustment (within the meaning of the *Luxury Car Tax Act), that the member entity has;
if the rules in the indirect tax law relating to *GST groups, *GST joint ventures or *incapacitated entities did not apply; and
(c) because of those rules:
(i) if that indirect tax were payable, it would be payable by the representative entity; or
(ii) if there was an entitlement to that credit, it would be an entitlement of the representative entity; or
(iii) if any entity had that adjustment, it would be an adjustment that the representative entity had.
357‑65 Stopping relying on a ruling
(1) You can stop relying on a ruling. You do this by acting (or omitting to act) in a way that is not in accordance with the ruling.
Note: There is no penalty for a shortfall resulting from failing to follow a ruling. However, there are penalties for shortfalls resulting from failing to take reasonable care, and from taking a position about a large income tax item that is not reasonably arguable: see Division 284.
(2) You may stop relying on a ruling at any time unless prevented from doing so by a time limit imposed by a *taxation law.
(3) Having stopped relying on a ruling, you may rely on the ruling again unless prevented from doing so by a time limit imposed by a *taxation law.
357‑70 Commissioner may apply the law if more favourable than the ruling
(1) The Commissioner may apply a relevant provision to you in the way it would apply if you had not relied on a ruling if:
(a) doing so would produce a more favourable result for you; and
(b) the Commissioner is not prevented from doing so by a time limit imposed by a *taxation law.
(2) The Commissioner does not have a duty to consider whether to apply subsection (1) to you, whether he or she is requested to do so by you or by any other entity.
357‑75 Inconsistent rulings
(1) The rules in this table have effect if:
(a) a ruling and a later ruling both apply to you; and
(b) the 2 rulings are inconsistent.
However, the rules in the table only apply to the extent of the inconsistency, and do not apply to *indirect tax or excise rulings.
Inconsistent rulings (other than indirect tax or excise rulings) |
Item | If the earlier ruling is: | And the later inconsistent ruling is: | The result is: |
1 | A *public ruling | Any ruling | You may rely on either ruling. |
2 | A *private ruling or an *oral ruling | A private ruling or an oral ruling | If you informed the Commissioner about the existence of the earlier ruling when you applied for the later ruling, the earlier ruling is taken not to have been made. Otherwise, the later ruling is taken not to have been made. |
3 | A *private ruling or an *oral ruling | A *public ruling | The earlier ruling is taken not to have been made if, when the later ruling is made: (a) the income year or other period to which the rulings relate has not begun; and (b) the *scheme to which the rulings relate has not begun to be carried out. Otherwise, you may rely on either ruling. |
(1A) If:
(a) 2 inconsistent *indirect tax or excise rulings apply to you; and
(b) the rulings are both *public rulings;
then, to the extent of the inconsistency, you may rely on either of the rulings.
(1B) If:
(a) 2 inconsistent *indirect tax or excise rulings apply to you; and
(b) at least one of the rulings is not a *public ruling;
then, to the extent of the inconsistency:
(c) the later ruling is taken to apply from the later of:
(i) the time it is made; and
(ii) the time (if any) specified in the ruling as being the time from which it begins to apply; and
(d) the earlier ruling is taken to cease to apply at that later time.
(2) If 3 or more rulings apply to you and the rulings are inconsistent, apply the rules in this section to each combination of 2 rulings in the order in which they were made.
357‑80 Contracts for schemes
For the purposes of this Part, if a contract requiring a *scheme has been entered into, the scheme is taken to have begun to be carried out.
357‑85 Effect on ruling if relevant provision re‑enacted
If:
(a) the Commissioner makes a ruling about a relevant provision (the old provision); and
(b) that provision is re‑enacted or remade (with or without modifications, and whether or not the old provision is repealed);
the ruling is taken also to be a ruling about that provision as re‑enacted or remade (the new provision), but only so far as the new provision expresses the same ideas as the old provision.
Note 1: Section 357‑55 specifies the relevant provisions.
Note 2: Ideas in taxation provisions are not necessarily different just because different forms of words are used: see section 15AC of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 and section 1‑3 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
357‑90 Validity of ruling not affected by formal defect
The validity of a ruling is not affected merely because a provision of this Part relating to the form of the ruling or the procedure for making it has not been complied with.
Common rules for public and private rulings
357‑95 Electronic communications
A communication between the Commissioner and another entity made for the purposes of a *public ruling or *private ruling may be made electronically.
357‑100 Evidence
The production of:
(a) a *public ruling or *private ruling; or
(b) a document signed by the Commissioner, a Second Commissioner or a Deputy Commissioner, purporting to be a copy of the ruling or of a notice of withdrawal of a public ruling;
is conclusive evidence of the proper making of the ruling, or of the withdrawal of the public ruling.
Common rules for private and oral rulings
357‑105 Further information must be sought
(1) If the Commissioner considers that further information is required to make a *private ruling or an *oral ruling, the Commissioner must request the applicant to give that information to him or her.
Note: The Commissioner should make a private ruling within 60 days. However, if the Commissioner requests further information under this section, that period is extended: see subsection 359‑50(2).
(2) The Commissioner may decline to make the ruling if the applicant does not give the information to the Commissioner within a reasonable time.
Note: The Commissioner must give the applicant written reasons for declining to make a private ruling: see section 359‑35.
357‑110 Assumptions in making private or oral ruling
(1) If the Commissioner considers that the correctness of a *private ruling or an *oral ruling would depend on which assumptions were made about a future event or other matter, the Commissioner may:
(a) decline to make the ruling; or
(b) make such of the assumptions as the Commissioner considers to be most appropriate.
(2) Before making the ruling, the Commissioner must:
(a) tell the applicant which assumptions (if any) the Commissioner proposes to make; and
(b) give the applicant a reasonable opportunity to respond.
Note: The Commissioner should make a private ruling within 60 days. However, if the Commissioner tells the applicant about assumptions the Commissioner proposes to make under this section, that period is extended: see subsection 359‑50(2).
357‑115 Additional information provided by applicant
In considering an application for a *private ruling or an *oral ruling, the Commissioner may take into account additional information provided by the applicant after the application was made (whether in response to a request under section 357‑105 or otherwise).
357‑120 Commissioner may take into account information from third parties
In making a *private ruling or an *oral ruling, the Commissioner may take into account any relevant information provided by an entity other than the applicant (whenever it was provided) if the Commissioner:
(a) tells the applicant what that information is and that the Commissioner intends to take the information into account; and
(b) gives the applicant a reasonable opportunity to respond before making the ruling.
Note: The Commissioner should make a private ruling within 60 days. However, if the Commissioner tells the applicant about third party information under this section, that period is extended: see subsection 359‑50(2).
357‑125 Applications and objections not to affect obligations and powers
The fact that you have applied for a *private ruling or an *oral ruling, or have made an objection against a private ruling, does not affect:
(a) your obligation to lodge a return or do anything else; or
(b) the Commissioner’s power to make or amend an assessment or do anything else.
Division 358—Public rulings
Guide to Division 358
358‑1 What this Division is about
A public ruling is an expression of the Commissioner’s opinion of the way in which a relevant provision applies, or would apply, to entities generally or a class of entities.
The Commissioner must publish the ruling.
A public ruling may be withdrawn.
Note: Division 357 has some rules that relate to rulings generally.
Table of sections
Making public rulings
358‑5 What is a public ruling?
358‑10 Application of public rulings
358‑15 When a public ruling ceases to apply
Withdrawing public rulings
358‑20 Withdrawing public rulings
Making public rulings
358‑5 What is a public ruling?
(1) The Commissioner may make a written ruling on the way in which the Commissioner considers a relevant provision applies or would apply to:
(a) entities generally or a class of entities; or
(b) entities generally, or a class of entities, in relation to a class of *schemes; or
(c) entities generally, or a class of entities, in relation to a particular scheme.
Note: Section 357‑55 specifies the relevant provisions.
(2) Such a ruling may cover any matter involved in the application of the provision.
(3) Such a ruling is a public ruling if it:
(a) is published; and
(b) states that it is a public ruling.
(4) The Commissioner must publish notice of the making of a *public ruling in the Gazette.
Note: The validity of a ruling is not affected merely because a provision of this Part relating to the form of the ruling or the procedure for making it has not been complied with: see section 357‑90.
358‑10 Application of public rulings
(1) A *public ruling applies from the time it is published or from such earlier or later time as is specified in the ruling.
(2) A *public ruling, other than an *indirect tax or excise ruling, that relates to a *scheme does not apply to you if the scheme has begun to be carried out when the ruling is published and:
(a) the ruling changes the Commissioner’s general administrative practice; and
(b) the ruling is less favourable to you than the practice.
358‑15 When a public ruling ceases to apply
(1) A *public ruling may specify the time at which it ceases to apply.
(2) If a *public ruling does not do this, it applies until it is withdrawn.
Withdrawing public rulings
358‑20 Withdrawing public rulings
(1) The Commissioner may withdraw a *public ruling, either wholly or to an extent, by publishing notice of the withdrawal.
(2) The withdrawal takes effect from the time specified in the notice. That time must not be before the time the notice is published.
(3) To the extent that a *public ruling, other than an *indirect tax or excise ruling, is withdrawn, it continues to apply to *schemes to which it applied that had begun to be carried out before the withdrawal but does not apply to schemes that begin to be carried out after the withdrawal.
Note: A scheme is taken to have begun to be carried out if a contract requiring the scheme has been entered into: see section 357‑80.
(4) The Commissioner must publish notice of the withdrawal of a *public ruling in the Gazette.
Division 359—Private rulings
Guide to Division 359
359‑1 What this Division is about
A private ruling is an expression of the Commissioner’s opinion of the way in which a relevant provision applies, or would apply, to you in relation to a specified scheme. Private rulings are usually made on application by you, your agent or your legal personal representative.
The Commissioner must make the ruling applied for, except in certain cases. If you are entitled to receive a ruling, you can object if the Commissioner takes too long to make it.
The Commissioner must record the ruling in writing and give a copy of it to you. The ruling must include certain details.
If you are dissatisfied with the ruling, you may object to it.
Note: Division 357 has some common rules that affect private rulings.
Table of sections
Private rulings
359‑5 Private rulings
359‑10 Applying for a private ruling
359‑15 Private rulings to be given to applicants
359‑20 Private rulings must contain certain details
359‑25 Time of application of private rulings
359‑30 Ruling for trustee of a trust
359‑35 Dealing with applications
359‑40 Valuations
359‑45 Related rulings
359‑50 Delays in making private rulings
359‑55 Revised private rulings
359‑60 Objections, reviews and appeals relating to private rulings
359‑65 Commissioner may consider new information on objection
359‑70 Successful objection decision alters ruling
Private rulings
359‑5 Private rulings
(1) The Commissioner may, on application, make a written ruling on the way in which the Commissioner considers a relevant provision applies or would apply to you in relation to a specified *scheme. Such a ruling is called a private ruling.
Note: Section 357‑55 specifies the relevant provisions.
(2) A *private ruling may cover any matter involved in the application of the provision.
359‑10 Applying for a private ruling
(1) You, your *agent or your *legal personal representative may apply to the Commissioner for a *private ruling.
(2) An application for a *private ruling must be made in the *approved form.
(3) You, your *agent or your *legal personal representative may withdraw the application at any time before the ruling is made. The Commissioner must confirm the withdrawal in writing.
359‑15 Private rulings to be given to applicants
The Commissioner makes a *private ruling by recording the ruling in writing and giving a copy of it to the applicant. The copy may be given electronically.
359‑20 Private rulings must contain certain details
(1) A *private ruling must state that it is a private ruling.
(2) A *private ruling must identify the entity to whom it applies and specify the relevant *scheme and the relevant provision to which it relates.
Note 1: The Commissioner must tell the applicant which assumptions the Commissioner made in making the ruling: see section 357‑110.
Note 2: Section 357‑55 specifies the relevant provisions.
359‑25 Time of application of private rulings
(1) A *private ruling may specify the time from which it begins to apply and the time at which it ceases to apply.
(2) The specified start time, or end time, may be before, when, or after the *private ruling is made and may be determined by reference to a specified event.
(3) A *private ruling that does not specify a start time applies from the time when it is made.
(4) A *private ruling, other than an *indirect tax or excise ruling, that does not specify an end time ceases to apply at the end of the income year or other accounting period in which it started to apply.
Note: A private ruling that:
(a) is an indirect tax or excise ruling; and
(b) does not specify an end time;
continues to apply until it is overridden by a later indirect tax or excise ruling: see subsection 357‑75(1B).
359‑30 Ruling for trustee of a trust
A *private ruling given to or for the trustee of a trust and relating to the affairs of the trust also applies to:
(a) if the ruling is not an *indirect tax or excise ruling—the beneficiaries of the trust; and
(b) in any case—another trustee who is appointed to replace a trustee.
359‑35 Dealing with applications
(1) The Commissioner must comply with an application for a *private ruling and make the ruling. However, this obligation is subject to subsections (2) and (3).
(2) The Commissioner may decline to make a *private ruling if:
(a) the Commissioner considers that making the ruling would prejudice or unduly restrict the administration of a *taxation law; or
(b) the matter sought to be ruled on is already being, or has been, considered by the Commissioner for you.
(3) The Commissioner may also decline to make a *private ruling if the matter sought to be ruled on is how the Commissioner would exercise a power under a relevant provision and the Commissioner has decided or decides whether or not to exercise the power.
Example: Michael applies for a private ruling on the way in which the Commissioner might exercise the Commissioner’s discretion under section 255‑10 (deferring the payment time). Rather than make the ruling, the Commissioner decides to defer the time at which an amount would otherwise be payable by Michael.
Note: The Commissioner may also decline to make a private ruling if:
(a) the Commissioner has requested the applicant to give further information under section 357‑105 and the applicant has not given it to the Commissioner within a reasonable time; or
(b) the Commissioner considers that the correctness of a private ruling would depend on which assumptions were made about a future event or other matter (see section 357‑110).
(4) The Commissioner must give the applicant written reasons for declining to make a *private ruling.
359‑40 Valuations
(1) If making a *private ruling would require determining the value of any thing, the Commissioner may:
(a) refer the valuation to a valuer; or
(b) refer a valuation provided by the applicant to a valuer for review.
Note: The Commissioner may request further information: see section 357‑105.
(2) If the Commissioner refers the valuation to a valuer, the Commissioner must tell the applicant that he or she has done so.
(3) When the valuer has completed its work in relation to the valuation, the Commissioner must tell the applicant that it has done so.
Note: The Commissioner should make a private ruling within 60 days. However, if the Commissioner refers a valuation to a valuer under this section, that period is extended: see subsection 359‑50(2).
(4) The Commissioner may charge the applicant an amount in accordance with the regulations for the valuer making or reviewing the valuation.
(5) This section does not apply to a valuation of a gift or contribution for the purposes of Division 30 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
359‑45 Related rulings
If the Commissioner is making a *private ruling (the first ruling) you sought on the way in which, in the Commissioner’s opinion, a relevant provision applies or would apply to you, the Commissioner may:
(a) make the first ruling a ruling on the way in which another relevant provision applies or would apply to you; or
(b) make an additional private ruling on the way in which:
(i) another relevant provision applies or would apply; or
(ii) a relevant provision applies or would apply to you in relation to a *scheme related to the scheme to which the first ruling applies.
Note: Section 357‑55 specifies the relevant provisions.
359‑50 Delays in making private rulings
(1) The applicant for a *private ruling may give the Commissioner a written notice requiring him or her to make the ruling if, at the end of 60 days after the application was made, the Commissioner has neither:
(a) made the ruling; nor
(b) told the applicant that the Commissioner has declined to make the ruling.
(2) The 60 day period mentioned in subsection (1) is extended in a circumstance applicable under the table by the extension period applicable to that circumstance. If 2 or more circumstances are applicable, ignore any overlap between the periods of extension.
Extending the 60 day period |
Item | If the Commissioner, during the 60 day period: | The 60 day period is extended by the number of days in this period: |
1 | requests further information under section 357‑105 | the period starting on the day the information was requested and ending on the day it is received by the Commissioner |
2 | tells the applicant about assumptions the Commissioner proposes to make under section 357‑110 | the period starting on the day the Commissioner tells the applicant and ending on the day on which the Commissioner receives the applicant’s response about the assumptions |
3 | tells the applicant about information provided by a third party that the Commissioner proposes to take into account under section 357‑120 | the period starting on the day the Commissioner tells the applicant and ending on the day on which the Commissioner receives the applicant’s response about the information |
4 | refers a valuation to a valuer under section 359‑40 | the period starting on the day the Commissioner tells the applicant about the referral and ending on the day on which the Commissioner tells the applicant that the valuer has completed its work in relation to the valuation |
(3) The applicant may object, in the manner set out in Part IVC, against the Commissioner’s failure to make the ruling if the Commissioner:
(a) does not make the ruling within 30 days of the notice under subsection (1) being given; and
(b) has not otherwise declined to make the ruling by the end of that period.
(4) The applicant must lodge with the objection a draft *private ruling.
359‑55 Revised private rulings
(1) The Commissioner may make a revised *private ruling that applies to you if:
(a) the Commissioner had previously made a private ruling that applies to you; and
(b) if the ruling is not an *indirect tax or excise ruling—when the Commissioner makes the revised private ruling:
(i) the *scheme to which the earlier ruling relates has not begun to be carried out; and
(ii) if the earlier ruling relates to an income year or other accounting period—that year or period has not begun.
Note: Your private ruling may be affected by a later inconsistent ruling: see section 357‑75.
(2) The Commissioner must give you a copy of the revised *private ruling. The copy may be given electronically.
(3) The Commissioner may make the revised *private ruling whether or not there is an application for the revised ruling.
(4) When the revised *private ruling is made, the ruling in its initial form stops applying to you.
(5) However, if:
(a) the *private ruling is an *indirect tax or excise ruling; and
(b) the revised private ruling specifies the time from which the revision begins to apply (being a time after the time the revision is made);
the ruling in its initial form stops applying to you at the time so specified.
359‑60 Objections, reviews and appeals relating to private rulings
(1) You may object against a *private ruling that applies to you in the manner set out in Part IVC if you are dissatisfied with it.
(2) The ruling is taken to be a taxation decision (within the meaning of that Part).
(3) However, you cannot object against a *private ruling if:
(a) there is an assessment for you for the income year or other accounting period to which the ruling relates; or
(b) the ruling relates to *withholding tax or *mining withholding tax that has become due and payable; or
(c) all of the following subparagraphs apply:
(i) the ruling relates to *excise duty, or another amount, payable in relation to the goods under an *excise law;
(ii) the Commissioner has made a decision about the excise duty, or other amount, payable in relation to those goods;
(iii) the decision is reviewable under an excise law.
359‑65 Commissioner may consider new information on objection
(1) In deciding whether to allow (wholly or in part), or to disallow, an objection under Part IVC against a *private ruling, the Commissioner may consider any additional information that the Commissioner did not consider when making the ruling.
(2) For information you do not have, the Commissioner must tell you what the information is and give you a reasonable opportunity to respond before allowing or disallowing the objection.
(3) However, if the Commissioner considers that the additional information is such that the *scheme to which the application related is materially different from the scheme to which the ruling relates:
(a) the Commissioner must request the applicant to make an application for another *private ruling; and
(b) the objection is taken not to have been made.
359‑70 Successful objection decision alters ruling
A *private ruling has effect as altered by an objection decision (within the meaning of Part IVC) made by the Commissioner if:
(a) the Commissioner made the decision allowing, wholly or in part, a taxation objection (within the meaning of that Part) against the ruling; and
(b) the period in which an appeal against, or an application for the review of, the decision may be made has ended without such an appeal or application being made.
Note: See sections 14ZZC and 14ZZN for the time limits.
Division 360—Oral rulings
Guide to Division 360
360‑1 What this Division is about
An oral ruling is an expression of the Commissioner’s opinion of the way in which a relevant provision applies, or would apply, to you. Oral rulings are given on oral application by you or your legal personal representative.
Oral rulings can only be given for individuals.
The Commissioner must give the ruling unless he or she considers that the advice you are seeking relates to a business matter or a complex matter.
The Commissioner must give the ruling orally and must give you a registration identifier for the ruling.
Note: Division 357 has some common rules that affect oral rulings.
Table of sections
Oral rulings
360‑5 Applying for and making of oral rulings
360‑10 Withdrawing an application for an oral ruling
360‑15 Commissioner determinations
Oral rulings
360‑5 Applying for and making of oral rulings
Applying for oral rulings
(1) If you are an individual, you or your *legal personal representative may apply to the Commissioner for advice on the way in which the Commissioner considers a relevant provision applies or would apply to you in relation to a specified *scheme.
Note: Section 357‑55 specifies the relevant provisions.
(2) An application under this section must be made orally and in the manner determined under section 360‑15.
(2A) You or your *legal personal representative must not apply for advice under this section in relation to:
(a) an *indirect tax law (other than the *fuel tax law); or
(b) an *excise law.
Making of oral rulings
(3) The Commissioner must give you or your *legal personal representative that advice unless:
(a) the Commissioner considers that the advice sought relates to a *business matter or a complex matter; or
(b) the matter sought to be ruled on is already being, or has been, considered by the Commissioner for you.
That advice is an oral ruling.
Note: The Commissioner may also decline to make an oral ruling if:
(a) the Commissioner has requested you to give further information under section 357‑105 and you have not given it to the Commissioner; or
(b) the Commissioner considers that the correctness of an oral ruling would depend on which assumptions were made about a future event or other matter (see section 357‑110).
(4) The Commissioner must give that advice orally and in the manner determined under section 360‑15. That advice must include a registration identifier for the ruling.
Note: The Commissioner must tell you which assumptions the Commissioner made in making the ruling: see section 357‑110.
(5) You are not entitled to receive a written record of that advice.
Note: However, you may be able to apply for a private ruling on the matter under Division 359.
360‑10 Withdrawing an application for an oral ruling
(1) You or your *legal personal representative may withdraw an application under section 360‑5 before the Commissioner makes the *oral ruling.
(2) The withdrawal must be done orally and in the manner determined under section 360‑15.
360‑15 Commissioner determinations
The Commissioner must, by writing, determine:
(a) the manner in which oral applications are to be made under section 360‑5 or are to be withdrawn; and
(b) the manner in which the Commissioner is to give oral advice under that section.
Division 361—Non‑ruling advice and general administrative practice
Table of sections
361‑5 Non‑ruling advice and general administrative practice
361‑5 Non‑ruling advice and general administrative practice
(1) You are not liable to pay the *general interest charge or the *shortfall interest charge under a relevant provision to the extent that the charge would relate to a *shortfall amount or a *scheme shortfall amount that was caused by:
(a) you reasonably relying in good faith on:
(i) advice (other than a ruling) given to you or your *agent by the Commissioner; or
(ii) a statement in a publication approved in writing by the Commissioner;
unless the advice, or the statement or publication, is labelled as non‑binding; or
(b) you reasonably relying in good faith on the Commissioner’s general administrative practice.
Note: Section 357‑55 specifies the relevant provisions.
(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to any *general interest charge accruing more than 21 days after the Commissioner notifies you of the correct position.
Part 5‑25—Record‑keeping and other obligations of taxpayers
Division 382—Record‑keeping
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 382
382‑A Keeping records of indirect tax transactions
382‑B Record keeping obligations of deductible gift recipients
Guide to Division 382
382‑1 What this Division is about
You are required to keep records of indirect tax transactions in accordance with this Division.
Deductible gift recipients are required to keep records in accordance with this Division.
Subdivision 382‑A—Keeping records of indirect tax transactions
Table of sections
382‑5 Keeping records of indirect tax transactions
382‑5 Keeping records of indirect tax transactions
Records of transactions
(1) You must:
(a) keep records that record and explain all transactions and other acts you engage in that are relevant to a *supply, importation, acquisition, dealing, manufacture or entitlement to which this subsection applies; and
(b) retain those records for at least 5 years after the completion of the transactions or acts to which they relate.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to:
(a) a *taxable supply, *taxable importation, *creditable acquisition or *creditable importation made by you; or
(b) a *supply made by you that is *GST‑free or *input taxed; or
(c) a *wine taxable dealing on which you are liable for *wine tax; or
(d) any other assessable dealing within the meaning of the *Wine Tax Act made by you; or
(e) your entitlement to a *wine tax credit; or
(f) a *taxable supply of a luxury car, or a *taxable importation of a luxury car, made by you; or
(g) your entitlement to a special credit under the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax Transition) Act 1999 or the A New Tax System (Wine Equalisation Tax and Luxury Car Tax Transition) Act 1999; or
(h) if you are entitled to a *fuel tax credit for fuel that you acquire, manufacture or import—the acquisition, manufacture or importation; or
(i) if you are liable, as a recipient of a taxable supply, to pay the *GST on a taxable supply because of section 15C of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax Transition) Act 1999—the taxable supply.
(3) If you give the Commissioner a return that takes into account:
(a) an *input tax credit that is attributable to a *tax period under subsection 29‑10(4) of the *GST Act; or
(b) a *fuel tax credit that is attributable to a tax period or *fuel tax return period under subsection 65‑5(4) of the Fuel Tax Act 2006;
you must:
(c) keep records that record and explain all transactions and other acts you engage in that are relevant to the acquisition or importation in question; and
(d) retain those records for at least 5 years after the return was given to the Commissioner.
Records of elections, choices, estimates, determinations and calculations
(4) If you make any election, choice, estimate, determination or calculation under an *indirect tax law, you must:
(a) keep records containing particulars of:
(i) the election, choice, estimate, determination or calculation; and
(ii) in the case of an estimate, determination or calculation—the basis on which, and the method by which, the estimate, determination or calculation was made; and
(b) retain those records:
(i) if the indirect tax law specifies circumstances in which the election, choice, estimate, determination or calculation ceases to have effect—for at least 5 years after the election, choice, estimate, determination or calculation ceased to have effect; or
(ii) in any other case—for at least 5 years after the election, choice, estimate, determination or calculation was made.
(5) This section requires a record of an *arrangement entered into under section 153‑50 of the *GST Act to be kept and retained by the party entering into the arrangement as principal. It does not require such a record to be kept or retained by the party entering into the arrangement as intermediary (within the meaning of that section).
(6) This section requires records of a notice given under subsection 153‑65(2) of the *GST Act to be kept and retained by both the entity giving the notice and the entity receiving it.
(7) Without limiting subsection (4), if you choose to apply Division 63 (non‑profit sub‑entities) of the *GST Act, you must:
(a) keep records that record:
(i) your choice to apply that Division; and
(ii) each branch that is treated as a separate entity for the purposes of the *GST law; and
(iii) each branch that has ceased to be treated as a separate entity for the purposes of the GST law; and
(b) retain those records for at least 5 years after you revoke the choice.
Requirements of records
(8) The records must be:
(a) in English, or readily accessible and easily convertible into English; and
(b) such as to enable your liabilities and entitlements under an *indirect tax law to be readily ascertained.
Offence
(9) An entity commits an offence if:
(a) the entity is required to keep or retain a record under this section; and
(b) the entity does not keep or retain the record in accordance with this section.
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.
Note 2: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Note 3: Section 288‑25 imposes an administrative penalty if an entity does not keep or retain records as required by this section.
(10) Subsection (9) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Defence
(11) Subsection (9) does not apply if:
(a) the Commissioner notifies the entity that the entity does not need to retain the record; or
(b) the entity is a company that has been finally dissolved.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsection (10): see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(12) For the purposes of section 288‑25, this section does not require an entity to retain a record if:
(a) the Commissioner notifies the entity that the entity does not need to retain the record; or
(b) the entity is a company that has been finally dissolved.
Note: Section 288‑25 imposes an administrative penalty if an entity does not keep or retain records as required by this section.
Subdivision 382‑B—Record keeping obligations of deductible gift recipients
Table of sections
382‑15 Deductible gift recipients to keep records
382‑15 Deductible gift recipients to keep records
(1) A *deductible gift recipient must:
(a) keep records that record and explain all transactions and other acts the deductible gift recipient engages in that are relevant to the deductible gift recipient’s status as a deductible gift recipient; and
(b) retain those records for at least 5 years after the completion of the transactions or acts to which they relate.
Note 1: Section 288‑25 imposes an administrative penalty if an entity does not keep or retain records as required by this section.
Note 2: The Commissioner may request information from certain deductible gift recipients: see sections 353‑20 and 426‑40.
Requirements of records
(2) The records must be:
(a) in English, or readily accessible and easily convertible into English; and
(b) such as to show that the *deductible gift recipient uses each of the following only for the principal purpose of the fund, authority or institution:
(i) gifts of money or property for that purpose;
(ii) contributions described in item 7 or 8 of the table in section 30‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 in relation to a *fund‑raising event held for that purpose;
(iii) money received by the deductible gift recipient because of such gifts or contributions.
Exception
(3) For the purposes of section 288‑25, this section does not require a *deductible gift recipient to retain a record if:
(a) the Commissioner notifies the deductible gift recipient that the deductible gift recipient does not need to retain the record; or
(b) the deductible gift recipient is a company that has been finally dissolved.
Division 388—Requirements about giving material to the Commissioner
Table of Subdivisions
388‑A Object of Division
388‑B General provisions
Subdivision 388‑A—Object of Division
388‑5 Object of Division
The object of this Division is to set out requirements to ensure the integrity and efficiency of giving material to the Commissioner.
Subdivision 388‑B—General provisions
Table of sections
388‑50 Approved forms
388‑52 Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays
388‑55 Commissioner may defer time for lodgment
388‑60 Declaration by entity
388‑65 Declaration by entity where agent gives document
388‑70 Declaration by agent
388‑75 Signing declarations
388‑80 Electronic notification of BAS amounts
388‑85 Truncating amounts
388‑50 Approved forms
(1) A return, notice, statement, application or other document under a *taxation law is in the approved form if, and only if:
(a) it is in the form approved in writing by the Commissioner for that kind of return, notice, statement, application or other document; and
(b) it contains a declaration signed by a person or persons as the form requires (see section 388‑75); and
(c) it contains the information that the form requires, and any further information, statement or document as the Commissioner requires, whether in the form or otherwise; and
(d) for a return, notice, statement, application or document that is required to be given to the Commissioner—it is given in the manner that the Commissioner requires (which may include electronically).
(1A) Despite subsection (1), a document that satisfies paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (d) but not paragraph (1)(c) is also in the approved form if it contains the information required by the Commissioner. The Commissioner must specify the requirement in writing.
(2) The Commissioner may combine in the same *approved form more than one return, notice, statement, application or other document.
(3) The Commissioner may approve a different *approved form for different entities.
Example: The Commissioner may require high wealth individuals to lodge a different income tax return to that required to be lodged by an individual whose only income is a salary.
388‑52 Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays
Where an *approved form is required to be given to the Commissioner or to another entity by, or on, a day (the lodgment day) that is not a *business day, the approved form may be given on the first business day after the lodgment day.
388‑55 Commissioner may defer time for lodgment
(1) The Commissioner may defer the time within which an *approved form is required to be given to the Commissioner or to another entity.
(2) A deferral under subsection (1) does not defer the time for payment of any amount to the Commissioner.
Note: Section 255‑10 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for payment of an amount of a tax‑related liability.
388‑60 Declaration by entity
If you give a return, notice, statement, application or other document to the Commissioner in the *approved form, you must make a declaration in the approved form that any information in the document is true and correct.
388‑65 Declaration by entity where agent gives document
(1) If a return, notice, statement, application or other document of yours is to be given to the Commissioner in the *approved form by an agent on your behalf, you must make a declaration in writing:
(a) stating that you have authorised the agent to give the document to the Commissioner; and
(b) declaring that any information you provided to the agent for the preparation of the document is true and correct.
(2) You must give the declaration to the agent.
(3) You must retain the declaration or a copy of it for:
(a) 5 years after it is made; or
(b) a shorter period determined by the Commissioner in writing for you; or
(c) a shorter period determined by the Commissioner by legislative instrument for a class of entities that includes you.
(3A) A determination under paragraph (3)(c) may specify different periods for different classes of entities.
(4) You must produce the declaration or copy if requested to do so within that period by the Commissioner.
(5) The agent must not give the document to the Commissioner before you make the declaration.
(6) You must sign the declaration.
388‑70 Declaration by agent
If an agent gives a return, notice, statement, application or other document to the Commissioner in the *approved form on behalf of another entity, the agent must, if the document so requires, make a declaration in the approved form stating that:
(a) the document has been prepared in accordance with the information supplied by the other entity; and
(b) the agent has received a declaration from the other entity stating that the information provided to the agent is true and correct; and
(c) the agent is authorised by the other entity to give the document to the Commissioner.
388‑75 Signing declarations
(1) You must sign a declaration in a return, notice, statement, application or other document you give to the Commissioner in paper form.
(2) If your agent gives a return, notice, statement, application or other document to the Commissioner on your behalf in paper form, the document must contain:
(a) if the document so requires—a declaration made by you with your signature; and
(b) if the document so requires—a declaration made by your agent with the agent’s signature.
(3) Any return, notice, statement, application or other document of yours that is *lodged electronically:
(a) if you give it to the Commissioner—must contain your declaration (see section 388‑60) with your *electronic signature; or
(b) if your agent gives it to the Commissioner—must contain the agent’s declaration (see section 388‑70) with the agent’s electronic signature.
(4) Any return, notice, statement, application or other document of yours that is given by telephone:
(a) if you give it—must contain your *telephone signature; or
(b) if your agent gives it—must contain your agent’s telephone signature.
388‑80 Electronic notification of BAS amounts
An entity that, under section 31‑25 of the *GST Act, chooses or is required to *lodge a *GST return electronically must also electronically notify the Commissioner of all other *BAS amounts whose notification is required on the same day as the GST return (ignoring any extension allowed by the Commissioner under section 31‑10 of that Act or a deferral under section 388‑55).
388‑85 Truncating amounts
If an *approved form that you are required to give the Commissioner specifies that amounts set out in the form are to be expressed in whole dollars, you truncate the amounts to the nearest whole dollar.
Example: Stefan Pty Ltd calculates that its PAYG instalment for a quarter is $8,496.73. Because the approved form requires amounts to be truncated, the amount would be reported in its BAS as $8,496.
Division 390—Superannuation reporting
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 390
390‑A Contributions statements and roll‑over superannuation benefit statements etc.
390‑B Statements relating to release authorities
390‑C Other statements
Guide to Division 390
390‑1 What this Division is about
Superannuation providers must give the Commissioner information about superannuation plans (such as contributions to superannuation plans) periodically.
Superannuation providers are also required to give information about roll‑over superannuation benefits paid from superannuation plans.
Note: For requirements for payment summaries in relation to superannuation lump sums, see section 16‑165.
Subdivision 390‑A—Contributions statements and roll‑over superannuation benefit statements etc.
390‑5 Contributions statements
(1) A *superannuation provider in relation to a *superannuation plan must give the Commissioner a statement in relation to contributions (if any) made to the plan in respect of an individual during a period specified in a determination under subsection (6) if:
(a) for a superannuation plan that is a *self managed superannuation fund—either or both of these conditions are satisfied:
(i) the individual held a *superannuation interest in the plan at the end of the period;
(ii) the individual held a superannuation interest in the plan at any time during the period and received one or more *superannuation benefits from the plan during the period; or
(b) for a superannuation plan that is not a self managed superannuation fund:
(i) contributions were made to the plan in respect of the individual during the period; and
(ii) either or both of the conditions in subparagraphs (a)(i) and (ii) are satisfied.
Note 1: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
Note 2: A person may make a complaint to the Superannuation Complaints Tribunal under section 15CA of the Superannuation (Resolution of Complaints) Act 1993 if the person is dissatisfied with a statement given to the Commissioner by a superannuation provider under this section.
(2) Treat the following as contributions for the purposes of this section:
(a) *notional taxed contributions in relation to a *defined benefit interest in the *superannuation plan;
(b) amounts mentioned in subsection 292‑25(3) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 allocated by the *superannuation provider in relation to the superannuation plan.
(3) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(a)(ii), disregard *roll‑over superannuation benefits that the individual is taken to receive under section 307‑15 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(4) A statement under subsection (1) must be in the *approved form.
(5) The statement must be given to the Commissioner on a day specified in the determination under subsection (6).
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
(6) The Commissioner may determine, by legislative instrument:
(a) the period mentioned in subsection (1); and
(b) the day on which a statement must be given to the Commissioner.
(7) The period specified in the determination:
(a) may be:
(i) all or part of an income year; or
(ii) all or part of a financial year; or
(iii) any other period; and
(b) may be different:
(i) for different kinds of *superannuation provider; and
(ii) in relation to any other matter.
(8) Subsection (7) does not limit the way in which the determination may specify the period.
(9) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the following information:
(a) information relating to the contributions, including the amount and type of the contributions;
(b) if the plan is a *self managed superannuation fund and no contributions were made to the plan in respect of the individual during the period—a statement to that effect.
(10) Subsection (9) does not limit the information that the *approved form may require the statement to contain.
(11) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the *tax file number of:
(a) the *superannuation provider; and
(b) the *superannuation plan; and
(c) the individual in respect of whom the contributions are made if:
(i) the individual has quoted the individual’s tax file number to the superannuation provider; or
(ii) a person who made at least some of the contributions has quoted the individual’s tax file number to the superannuation provider (and had authority to do so).
390‑10 Statements about roll‑over superannuation benefits etc.
(1) This section applies if:
(a) a *superannuation provider (the first provider) in relation to a *superannuation plan (the first plan) pays a *roll‑over superannuation benefit to another superannuation provider in relation to another superannuation plan; or
(b) a superannuation provider (also the first provider) in relation to a superannuation plan (also the first plan) pays to another superannuation provider in relation to another superannuation plan a *superannuation benefit (other than a roll‑over superannuation benefit) in these circumstances:
(i) the first plan or the other superannuation plan is, or both are, a *non‑complying superannuation plan for the income year in which the benefit is paid; or
(ii) the first plan or the other superannuation plan was, or both were, a non‑complying superannuation plan for the previous income year.
(2) The first provider in relation to the first plan must:
(a) give the other superannuation provider a statement in relation to the benefit within 7 days after the day on which the benefit is paid; and
(b) give the individual in respect of whom the benefit is paid a statement in relation to the benefit within 30 days after the day on which the benefit is paid.
Note: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
(3) A statement under subsection (2) must be in the *approved form.
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
(4) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the following information:
(a) information relating to contributions made to the first plan in respect of the individual during the period specified in a determination under subsection (5) in which the benefit is paid, to the extent those contributions are reflected in that benefit;
(b) other information relating to the benefit, including the *tax free component, *taxable component, *element taxed in the fund and *element untaxed in the fund (as applicable) of the benefit.
(5) The Commissioner may determine, by legislative instrument, the period mentioned in paragraph (4)(a).
(6) The period specified in the determination:
(a) may be:
(i) all or part of an income year; or
(ii) all or part of a financial year; or
(iii) any other period; and
(b) may be different:
(i) for different kinds of *superannuation provider; and
(ii) in relation to any other matter.
(7) Subsection (6) does not limit the way in which the determination may specify the period.
(8) The *approved form may require the statement to contain different information depending on whether paragraph (1)(a) or (b) applies.
(9) Subsections (4) and (8) do not limit the information that the *approved form may require the statement to contain.
(10) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the *tax file number of:
(a) the first provider; and
(b) the first plan; and
(c) the individual in respect of whom the benefit is paid if:
(i) the individual has quoted the individual’s tax file number to the first provider; or
(ii) a person who made at least some of the contributions mentioned in paragraph (4)(a) has quoted the individual’s tax file number to the first provider (and had authority to do so).
390‑15 Superannuation statements to members
(1) An individual, or the trustee of an individual’s estate:
(a) may ask a *superannuation provider who has given information in a statement under section 390‑5 or 390‑10 in relation to the individual to give the individual or the trustee the same information; and
(b) may ask the superannuation provider to give the information in writing.
(2) The *superannuation provider must:
(a) comply with the request within 30 days after receiving the request; and
(b) if the individual or the trustee asked for the information to be given in writing—give the information in the *approved form.
Note 1: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
Note 2: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply if the *superannuation provider has given the same information to the individual or the trustee previously (whether or not on request by the individual or trustee).
(4) If the individual or the trustee does not ask for the information to be given in writing, the *superannuation provider may give the information to the individual or trustee in a way that the provider considers appropriate.
Subdivision 390‑B—Statements relating to release authorities
390‑65 Statements relating to release authorities
(1) A *superannuation provider in relation to a *superannuation plan must give the Commissioner a statement under this section if the superannuation provider has:
(a) been given a release authority in accordance with section 292‑410 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 or section 292‑80B of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997; and
(b) paid an amount out of the plan in accordance with the release authority.
Note: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
(2) The statement must be given within 30 days after the amount is paid out of the plan.
(3) A statement under subsection (1) must be in the *approved form.
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
(4) The *approved form must require the statement to contain information relating to the release authority.
(5) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the following information:
(a) the amount paid;
(b) details relating to the *superannuation provider in relation to the *superannuation plan;
(c) the individual in respect of whom the release authority was given to the superannuation provider.
(6) Subsection (5) does not limit the information that the *approved form may require the statement to contain.
(7) The *superannuation provider must also give the individual to whom the release authority relates a copy of the statement within 30 days after the amount is paid out of the plan.
Note: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
Subdivision 390‑C—Other statements
390‑115 Change or omission in information given to the Commissioner
(1) If a *superannuation provider in relation to a *superannuation plan becomes aware of a material change or material omission in any information given to the Commissioner in relation to the plan under this Division, the provider must:
(a) tell the Commissioner of the change in the *approved form; or
(b) give the omitted information to the Commissioner in the approved form.
Note: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
(2) Information required by subsection (1) must be given no later than 30 days after the *superannuation provider becomes aware of the change or omission.
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
Division 391—First home saver account reporting
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 391
391‑A Account activity statements
391‑B Transfer statements
Guide to Division 391
391‑1 What this Division is about
FHSA providers must give the Commissioner information periodically about FHSAs (such as information about contributions made to FHSAs).
FHSA providers are also required to give information to other FHSA providers when making transfer payments from FHSAs to other FHSAs or to superannuation interests.
Subdivision 391‑A—Account activity statements
Table of sections
391‑5 FHSA account activity statements
391‑5 FHSA account activity statements
(1) An *FHSA provider must give the Commissioner the following statements under this section:
(a) a statement in relation to the amount of *personal FHSA contributions (if any) made to each *FHSA provided by the provider during the period mentioned in subsection (3) for that kind of statement;
(b) a statement in relation to the balance of an FHSA provided by the provider during the period mentioned in subsection (3) for that kind of statement;
(c) a statement in relation to each FHSA opened or issued (if any) by the provider during the period specified in subsection (3) for that kind of statement;
(d) a statement in relation to each FHSA closed (if any) by the provider during the period specified in subsection (3) for that kind of statement;
(e) a statement in relation to payments (other than a payment of a kind mentioned in subparagraph 31(1)(b)(iii) or paragraph (1)(f), (g) or (h) of the First Home Saver Accounts Act 2008) (if any) made from each FHSA provided by the provider during the period specified in subsection (3) for that kind of statement.
Note: Section 286‑75 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 provides an administrative penalty for breach of any of these paragraphs. A breach of any of these paragraphs may also be an offence under section 8C of that Act.
(2) However, the provider is not required to give a statement mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) if, during the period, the provider transferred the balance of the *FHSA to another FHSA.
(3) The period for a particular kind of statement under subsection (1) is:
(a) a financial year; or
(b) if the Commissioner determines another period under subsection (4) for the kind of statement—that period.
(4) The Commissioner may determine, by legislative instrument, a period mentioned in subsection (1) for a kind of statement.
(5) A statement under subsection (1) must be in the *approved form.
(6) A statement must be given to the Commissioner on or before a day specified in the determination under subsection (7) for the statement.
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
(7) The Commissioner may determine, by legislative instrument, the day, on or before which, a statement under subsection (1) must be given to the Commissioner.
(8) The day specified in the determination may be different:
(a) for different kinds of *FHSA provider; and
(b) in relation to any other matter.
(9) Subsection (8) does not limit the way in which the determination may specify the day.
(10) The *approved form may require a statement to contain the following:
(a) the *tax file number of the *FHSA holder;
(b) the tax file number of the *FHSA provider.
(11) Subsection (10) does not limit the information that the *approved form may require a statement to contain.
Subdivision 391‑B—Transfer statements
Table of sections
391‑10 Statements about transfer payments between FHSAs etc.
391‑10 Statements about transfer payments between FHSAs etc.
(1) This section applies if an *FHSA provider (the first provider) in relation to an *FHSA (the first FHSA) makes a payment from the FHSA:
(a) to an FHSA provided by another FHSA provider, in accordance with section 35 of the First Home Saver Accounts Act 2008; or
(b) to a *superannuation provider in relation to a *complying superannuation plan, in accordance with section 22 or 34 of that Act.
(2) The first provider must:
(a) give the other *FHSA provider or *superannuation provider a statement in relation to the payment within 7 days after the day on which the payment is made; and
(b) give the individual for whose benefit the payment is made a statement in relation to the payment within 30 days after the day on which the payment is made.
Note: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
(3) A statement under subsection (2) must be in the *approved form.
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
(4) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the following information:
(a) information relating to *personal FHSA contributions made to the first FHSA;
(b) information relating to the FHSA holder, including whether the individual is in breach of the account balance cap and whether the condition in subparagraph 32(1)(c)(i) of the First Home Saver Accounts Act 2008 has been met in relation to the individual.
(5) Subsection (4) does not limit the information that the *approved form may require the statement to contain.
(6) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the *tax file number of:
(a) the first provider; and
(b) the *FHSA holder.
Division 392—Employee share scheme reporting
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 392
392‑A Statements
392‑B Miscellaneous
Guide to Division 392
392‑1 What this Division is about
A company that provides ESS interests to an individual under an employee share scheme during a year must, at the end of the year (and, in certain cases, at the end of a later year), give certain information to the Commissioner and to the individual.
Note: For the tax treatment of employee share schemes, see Division 83A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Subdivision 392‑A—Statements
Table of sections
392‑5 Statements by providers
392‑10 Change or omission in information given to the Commissioner
392‑5 Statements by providers
Statements
(1) An entity (the provider) must give a statement to the Commissioner and to an individual for a *financial year if:
(a) both of the following subparagraphs apply:
(i) the provider provides *ESS interests to the individual during the year;
(ii) Subdivision 83A‑B or 83A‑C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about employee share schemes) applies to the interests; or
(b) all of the following subparagraphs apply:
(i) the provider has provided ESS interests to the individual (whether during the year or during an earlier year);
(ii) Subdivision 83A‑C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about employee share schemes) applies to the interests;
(iii) the *ESS deferred taxing point for the interests occurs during the year.
Note: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
Form of statements
(2) The statement must be in the *approved form.
(3) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the following information:
(a) the provider’s *ABN;
(b) the following information about the individual:
(i) the individual’s name and address;
(ii) if the individual has quoted his or her*tax file number to the provider—that tax file number;
(iii) if the individual acquired the interests in relation to any services provided to the provider, or to a *subsidiary of the provider, in the course or furtherance of an *enterprise *carried on by the individual, and the individual has *quoted his or her ABN to the provider—that ABN;
(c) the following information about any interests to which both paragraph (1)(a) of this section and Subdivision 83A‑B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 apply:
(i) the number of the interests;
(ii) the amount paid, at or before the time of acquisition, towards acquiring the interests;
(iii) the provider’s estimate of the *market value of the interests at the time of acquisition;
(iv) the amount of *TFN withholding tax (ESS) paid or payable by the provider in respect of the interests during the year;
(d) the following information about any interests to which both paragraph (1)(a) of this section and Subdivision 83A‑C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 apply:
(i) the number of the interests;
(ii) the amount paid, at or before the time of acquisition, towards acquiring the interests;
(e) the following information about any interests to which paragraph (1)(b) applies:
(i) the number of the interests;
(ii) the amount paid, after the time of acquisition but not after the *ESS deferred taxing point, towards acquiring the interests;
(iii) the provider’s estimate of the market value of the interests at the ESS deferred taxing point;
(iv) the amount of TFN withholding tax (ESS) paid or payable by the provider in respect of the interests during the year.
Note: Regulations made for the purposes of section 83A‑315 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 may substitute different amounts for the market values of the ESS interests: see section 392‑15 in this Schedule.
(4) Subsection (3) does not limit the information that the *approved form may require the statement to contain.
When statements must be given
(5) The statement must be given:
(a) to the individual no later than 14 July after the end of the year; and
(b) to the Commissioner no later than 14 August after the end of the year.
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
Disregard 30 day rule for ESS deferred taxing point if provider does not know when shares are disposed of etc.
(6) For the purposes of Subdivision 14‑C (about TFN withholding tax (ESS)) and this Division, in working out the *ESS deferred taxing point for an *ESS interest, disregard subsection 83A‑115(3) or 83A‑120(3) (whichever is applicable) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about the 30 day rule) if the provider does not know the time worked out under that subsection at the earlier of:
(a) the time (if any) the provider gives a statement to the relevant individual under this section for the *financial year mentioned in subsection (7); and
(b) the later of:
(i) 14 July after the end of the financial year mentioned in subsection (7); and
(ii) if, under section 388‑55, the Commissioner defers to a later time the time within which the statement under this section for that financial year is required to be given to the individual—that later time.
(7) The *financial year is the financial year in which the *ESS deferred taxing point for the *ESS interest occurs, disregarding subsection 83A‑115(3) or 83A‑120(3) (whichever is applicable) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about the 30 day rule).
392‑10 Change or omission in information given to the Commissioner
(1) If the provider becomes aware of a material change or material omission in any information given to the individual or the Commissioner under this Division, the provider must:
(a) tell the individual or the Commissioner, as applicable, of the change in the *approved form; or
(b) give the omitted information to the individual or the Commissioner, as applicable, in the approved form.
(2) Information required by subsection (1) must be given no later than 30 days after the provider becomes aware of the change or omission.
Note 1: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
Note 2: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this section.
Subdivision 392‑B—Miscellaneous
Table of sections
392‑15 Application of certain provisions of Division 83A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
392‑15 Application of certain provisions of Division 83A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
The following provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 have effect for the purposes of this Division in the same way as they have for the purposes of Division 83A of that Act:
(a) section 83A‑130 (about takeovers and restructures);
(b) section 83A‑305 (about associates);
(c) section 83A‑315 (about market values and discounts);
(d) section 83A‑320 (about trusts);
(e) section 83A‑325 (about relationships similar to employment);
(f) section 83A‑335 (about stapled securities);
(g) section 83A‑340 (about indeterminate rights).
Division 394—Reporting about forestry managed investment schemes
Guide to Division 394
394‑1 What this Division is about
A forestry manager of a forestry managed investment scheme must give the Commissioner information about initial contributions by participants in the scheme. The forestry manager must also inform the Commissioner if the trees are not established under the scheme within 18 months of the first investment in the scheme.
Table of sections
394‑5 Statements about initial contributions to scheme
394‑10 Statements about failure to establish trees within 18 months
394‑5 Statements about initial contributions to scheme
(1) The *forestry manager of a *forestry managed investment scheme must give the Commissioner a statement in relation to the scheme if:
(a) the scheme satisfies the requirement in paragraph 394‑10(1)(c) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the *70% DFE rule); and
(b) the forestry manager (or an *associate of the forestry manager) receives an amount under the scheme that is included in the forestry manager’s (or the associate’s) assessable income under section 15‑46 of that Act; and
(c) that amount is the amount that is first paid under the scheme by a *participant in the scheme.
Note: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
(2) A statement under subsection (1) must be in the *approved form.
(3) The statement must be given to the Commissioner within 3 months after the end of the income year in which the *forestry manager (or the *associate) receives the amount.
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
(4) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the following information:
(a) the name of the scheme;
(b) information relating to the identity of the *forestry manager (or the *associate);
(c) information relating to the amounts paid or payable under the scheme by *participants in the scheme.
(5) Subsection (4) does not limit the information that the *approved form may require the statement to contain.
394‑10 Statements about failure to establish trees within 18 months
(1) If:
(a) a *forestry managed investment scheme satisfies the requirement in paragraph 394‑10(1)(c) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (the *70% DFE rule); and
(b) the condition in subsection 394‑10(4) of that Act is not satisfied in relation to the scheme;
the *forestry manager of the scheme must give the Commissioner a statement in relation to the reasons why that condition was not satisfied.
Note: Section 286‑75 provides an administrative penalty for breach of this subsection.
(2) A statement under subsection (1) must be in the *approved form.
(3) The statement must be given to the Commissioner within 3 months after the end of the 18 months mentioned in subsection 394‑10(4) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Note: Section 388‑55 allows the Commissioner to defer the time for giving an approved form.
(4) The *approved form may require the statement to contain the following information:
(a) the name of the scheme;
(b) information relating to the identity of the *forestry manager;
(c) information relating to the circumstances that gave rise to the condition not being satisfied.
(5) Subsection (4) does not limit the information that the *approved form may require the statement to contain.
Division 398—Miscellaneous reporting obligations
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 398
398‑A Farm Management Deposit reporting
Guide to Division 398
398‑1 What this Division is about
This Division contains reporting obligations not covered by other Divisions of this Part.
Subdivision 398‑A—Farm Management Deposit reporting
Table of sections
398‑5 Reporting to Agriculture Department
398‑5 Reporting to Agriculture Department
FMD provider must provide monthly information
(1) An *FMD provider must, before the 11th day after the end of a calendar month, give in writing to the *Agriculture Secretary the information specified in subsection (3) if the provider holds a *farm management deposit at the end of that month.
Penalty: 10 penalty units.
(2) An offence under subsection (1) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Information required
(3) The information is:
(a) the number of *farm management deposits held at the end of that month; and
(b) the number of depositors in respect of such deposits at the end of that month; and
(c) the sum of the balances of such deposits at the end of that month; and
(d) any other information, in relation to farm management deposits held by the *FMD provider at any time in that month, that is required by the regulations for the purposes of this section.
Regulations not to require identity of depositor
(4) Regulations made for the purposes of paragraph (3)(d) must not require information:
(a) that discloses the identity of a depositor; or
(b) from which the identity of a depositor could reasonably be inferred.
Part 5‑30—Payment, ABN and identification verification system
Division 400—Guide to Part 5‑30
400‑1 What Part 5‑30 is about
To improve compliance with the tax laws that relate to payments for certain supplies, this Part imposes additional requirements on purchasers and suppliers.
The additional requirements relate to verification of ABNs and to reporting information about payments.
Regulations will specify the supplies that are covered and the additional requirements that apply to payments for those supplies.
400‑5 The payment, ABN and identification verification system
(1) There are 4 components in the payment, ABN and identification verification system:
(a) transaction reporting by purchasers (Division 405);
(b) transaction reporting by suppliers (Division 410);
(c) verification of suppliers’ *ABNs by purchasers (Division 415);
(d) verification of suppliers’ identities by purchasers (Division 417);
One or more of the components may apply to a particular payment. The regulations will specify which components apply.
(2) Where a component of the system applies to a payment, the requirements of that component must be complied with.
Division 405—Transaction reporting by purchasers
Table of sections
405‑5 Payments to which this Division applies
405‑10 Reporting requirements
405‑15 Invoices produced by purchasers
405‑5 Payments to which this Division applies
(1) This Division applies to any payments made, or liable to be made, for a *supply where the supply is specified in regulations made for the purpose of this section.
(2) A payment is liable to be made if the obligation to make the payment is notified in an *invoice.
(3) Payments to which this Division applies are called Division 405 payments.
(4) Without limiting the ways in which the regulations may specify a *supply, the regulations may specify a supply by reference to:
(a) the goods or services supplied; or
(b) the supplier; or
(c) the purchaser.
405‑10 Reporting requirements
(1) Any entity (the purchaser) that makes, or is liable to make, a *Division 405 payment during a *quarter must give a *Division 405 report to the Commissioner within 21 days after the end of the quarter.
(2) A Division 405 report is a written statement in the *approved form that names the purchaser and, for each supplier in relation to whom the purchaser made, or was liable to make, a *Division 405 payment during the *quarter:
(a) names the supplier; and
(b) specifies the supplier’s *ABN (if known by the purchaser); and
(c) specifies the total of the Division 405 payments that the purchaser made, or was liable to make, to the supplier during the quarter that:
(i) were notified in an invoice during the quarter (unless the payment was reported in an earlier Division 405 report); or
(ii) were made during the quarter but for which no invoice had been received before the end of the quarter.
The report must also include any other information that the Commissioner requires.
(3) The Commissioner may, in writing, require particular information to be included in a *Division 405 report or a class of Division 405 reports.
(4) The Commissioner may, by written notice, vary any requirements under subsection (1), (2) or (3) in relation to a purchaser or class of purchaser. The Commissioner may do so in such instances and to such extent as the Commissioner thinks fit.
405‑15 Invoices produced by purchasers
If a purchaser produces an *invoice that notifies the purchaser’s obligation to make a payment, the purchaser is taken to have been notified of the payment at the time that the invoice is produced.
Division 410—Transaction reporting by suppliers
Table of sections
410‑5 Payments to which this Division applies
410‑10 Reporting requirements
410‑15 Invoices produced by purchasers
410‑5 Payments to which this Division applies
(1) This Division applies to any payments received, or entitled to be received, for a *supply where the supply is specified in regulations made for the purpose of this section.
(2) A payment is entitled to be received if the obligation to make the payment is notified in an *invoice.
(3) Payments to which this Division applies are called Division 410 payments.
(4) Without limiting the ways in which the regulations may specify a *supply, the regulations may specify a supply by reference to:
(a) the goods or services supplied; or
(b) the supplier; or
(c) the purchaser.
410‑10 Reporting requirements
(1) Any entity (the supplier) that receives, or is entitled to receive, a *Division 410 payment during a *quarter must give a *Division 410 report to the Commissioner within 21 days after the end of the quarter.
(2) A Division 410 report is a written statement in the *approved form that names the supplier and, for each purchaser in relation to whom the supplier received, or was entitled to receive, a *Division 410 payment during the *quarter:
(a) names the purchaser; and
(b) specifies the purchaser’s *ABN (if known by the supplier); and
(c) specifies the total of the Division 410 payments that the supplier received, or was entitled to receive, from the purchaser during the quarter that:
(i) were notified in an invoice during the quarter (unless the payment was reported in an earlier Division 410 report); or
(ii) were received during the quarter but for which no invoice had been provided before the end of the quarter.
The report must also include any other information that the Commissioner requires.
(3) The Commissioner may, in writing, require particular information to be included in a *Division 410 report or a class of Division 410 reports.
(4) The Commissioner may, by written notice, vary any requirements under subsection (1), (2) or (3) in relation to a supplier or class of supplier. The Commissioner may do so in such instances and to such extent as the Commissioner thinks fit.
410‑15 Invoices produced by purchasers
If a purchaser produces an *invoice that notifies the purchaser’s obligation to make a payment, the supplier is taken to have notified the purchaser of the payment at the time that the invoice is produced.
Division 415—Verification of suppliers’ ABNs by purchasers
Table of sections
415‑5 Payments to which this Division applies
415‑10 ABN verification requirements
415‑15 Method of obtaining ABN verification
415‑20 Verification applies to later payments
415‑5 Payments to which this Division applies
(1) This Division applies if:
(a) a payment is made, or is liable to be made, by an entity (the purchaser) to another entity (the supplier) for a *supply; and
(b) the supply is specified in regulations made for the purpose of this section; and
(c) the supplier has purported to *quote his or her *ABN to the purchaser.
(2) Payments to which this Division applies are called Division 415 payments.
(3) Without limiting the ways in which the regulations may specify a *supply, the regulations may specify a supply by reference to:
(a) the goods or services supplied; or
(b) the supplier; or
(c) the purchaser.
415‑10 ABN verification requirements
Before the purchaser makes a *Division 415 payment to the supplier, the purchaser must obtain verification that the *ABN *quoted by the supplier is the ABN entered in the *Australian Business Register with the name given by the supplier.
Note: If the purchaser has reasonable grounds to believe that the supplier has not correctly quoted his or her ABN, the purchaser is required to withhold an amount under section 12‑190.
415‑15 Method of obtaining ABN verification
(1) To obtain verification of a supplier’s *ABN, a purchaser must seek the verification in a manner approved in writing by the Commissioner.
(2) Without limiting the Commissioner’s power under subsection (1), the Commissioner may approve verifications being sought orally or by way of electronic transmission.
(3) Verification of an *ABN may be obtained in such form, including orally or by way of electronic transmission, as the Commissioner approves in writing.
(4) The Commissioner may, by written notice, vary any requirements under subsection (1) in relation to:
(a) a purchaser or class of purchaser; or
(b) a supplier or class of supplier.
The Commissioner may do so in such instances and to such extent as the Commissioner thinks fit.
415‑20 Verification applies to later payments
(1) Verification of a supplier’s ABN applies to all later *Division 415 payments by the purchaser to the supplier unless there is a period of 2 years during which no *Division 415 payment is made by the purchaser to the supplier. If this occurs, the verification continues to apply to any purchases before 1 July first occurring after the end of the 2 year period.
(2) However, verification of a supplier’s *ABN does not apply to a *Division 415 payment if the purchaser has reasonable grounds to believe that the *ABN *quoted by the supplier is no longer the ABN entered in the *Australian Business Register with the name given by the supplier.
Division 417—Verification of suppliers’ identities by purchasers
Table of sections
417‑5 Payments to which this Division applies
417‑10 Identity verification requirements
417‑15 Method of obtaining identity verification
417‑20 Verification applies to later payments
417‑5 Payments to which this Division applies
(1) This Division applies if:
(a) a payment is made, or liable to be made, by an entity (the purchaser) to another entity (the supplier) for a *supply; and
(b) the supply is specified in regulations made for the purpose of this section.
(2) Payments to which this Division applies are called Division 417 payments.
(3) Without limiting the ways in which the regulations may specify a *supply, the regulations may specify a supply by reference to:
(a) the goods or services supplied; or
(b) the supplier; or
(c) the purchaser.
417‑10 Identity verification requirements
Before the purchaser makes a *Division 417 payment, the purchaser must obtain verification of the supplier’s identity.
Note: If the purchaser has reasonable grounds to believe that the supplier has not correctly quoted his or her ABN, the purchaser is required to withhold an amount under section 12‑190.
417‑15 Method of obtaining identity verification
(1) To obtain verification of a supplier’s identity, a purchaser must carry out the identity verification procedure that is determined, in writing, by the Commissioner.
(2) The Commissioner may determine different identity verification procedures for:
(a) different purchasers or classes of purchasers; or
(b) different suppliers or classes of suppliers.
417‑20 Verification applies to later payments
(1) Verification of a supplier’s identity applies to all later *Division 417 payments by the purchaser to the supplier unless there is a period of 2 years during which no *Division 417 payment is made by the purchaser to the supplier. If this occurs, the verification continues to apply to any purchases before 1 July first occurring after the end of the 2 year period.
(2) However, verification of a supplier’s identity does not apply to a later *Division 417 payment if the purchaser has reasonable grounds to believe that the verified identity is not the supplier’s true identity.
Division 420—Penalties for not reporting or verifying
Table of sections
420‑5 Failing to report or verify: administrative penalty
420‑5 Failing to report or verify: administrative penalty
An entity that fails to:
(a) give a *Division 405 report to the Commissioner as required by section 405‑10; or
(b) give a *Division 410 report to the Commissioner as required by section 410‑10; or
(c) verify a supplier’s *ABN as required by section 415‑10; or
(d) verify a supplier’s identity as required by section 417‑10;
is liable to pay to the Commissioner a penalty of 20 penalty units.
Note 1: See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
Note 2: Division 298 contains machinery provisions for administrative and civil penalties.
Division 425—Other matters
Table of sections
425‑20 Constructive payment
425‑25 Non‑cash benefits
425‑20 Constructive payment
(1) In working out whether an entity has paid an amount to another entity, and when the payment is made, the amount is taken to have been paid to the other entity when the first entity applies or deals with the amount in any way on the other’s behalf or as the other directs.
(2) An amount is taken to be payable by an entity to another entity if the first entity is required to apply or deal with it in any way on the other’s behalf or as the other directs.
425‑25 Non‑cash benefits
For the purposes of this Part, if an entity (the payer) provides a *non‑cash benefit to another entity (the recipient), the payer is taken to have made a payment of an amount equal to the *market value of the benefit provided.
Part 5‑35—Registration and similar processes for various taxes
Division 426—Process of endorsing charities and other entities
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 426
426‑A Application of Subdivision 426‑B to various kinds of endorsement
426‑B Process of endorsement etc.
426‑C Entries on Australian Business Register
426‑D Public and private ancillary funds
Guide to Division 426
426‑1 What this Division is about
This Division sets out procedural rules relating to endorsement of charities and other entities (the conditions for entitlement to endorsement are set out in the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999, the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986, and the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997). These rules cover matters such as application for and revocation of endorsement, and entry of the details of endorsement on the Australian Business Register.
Subdivision 426‑D deals with types of philanthropic trust funds known as public ancillary funds and private ancillary funds.
Subdivision 426‑A—Application of Subdivision 426‑B to various kinds of endorsement
Table of sections
426‑5 Application of Subdivision 426‑B to various kinds of endorsement
426‑10 How Subdivision 426‑B applies to government entities in relation to endorsement under section 30‑120 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
426‑5 Application of Subdivision 426‑B to various kinds of endorsement
Subdivision 426‑B applies separately in relation to each of these kinds of endorsement:
(a) endorsement of an entity as a charitable institution under subsection 176‑1(1) of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999;
(b) endorsement of an entity as a trustee of a charitable fund under subsection 176‑5(1) of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999;
(ba) endorsement of:
(i) a fund as an approved worker entitlement fund under subsection 58PB(3) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986; or
(ii) an entity for the operation of a fund as an approved worker entitlement fund under subsection 58PB(3A) of that Act;
(c) endorsement of an entity as a public benevolent institution under subsection 123C(1) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(d) endorsement of an entity for the operation of a public benevolent institution under subsection 123C(3) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(e) endorsement of an entity as a health promotion charity under subsection 123D(1) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(f) endorsement of an entity under subsection 123E(1) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as a charitable institution covered by paragraph 65J(1)(baa) of that Act;
(g) endorsement of an entity as a *deductible gift recipient, or as a deductible gift recipient for the operation of a fund, authority or institution, under section 30‑120 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997;
(h) endorsement of an entity as exempt from income tax under section 50‑105 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
426‑10 How Subdivision 426‑B applies to government entities in relation to endorsement under section 30‑120 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
(1) This section applies in relation to endorsement under section 30‑120 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) Subdivision 426‑B applies in relation to a *government entity in the same way as it applies in relation to an entity.
(3) If, apart from this subsection, section 426‑40 or 426‑45 (as applied by this section) would impose an obligation on a *government entity:
(a) that is an unincorporated association or body; and
(b) for whose management a single person is responsible to persons or bodies outside the government entity;
the obligation is imposed on that person.
(4) Subsection (3) has effect despite:
(a) subsection (2); and
(b) subsection 426‑50(2) as it applies because of this section.
Subdivision 426‑B—Process of endorsement etc.
Table of sections
426‑15 Applying for endorsement
426‑20 Dealing with an application for endorsement
426‑25 Notifying outcome of application for endorsement
426‑30 Date of effect of endorsement
426‑35 Review of refusal of endorsement
426‑40 Checking entitlement to endorsement
426‑45 Telling Commissioner of loss of entitlement to endorsement
426‑50 Partnerships and unincorporated bodies
426‑55 Revoking endorsement
426‑60 Review of revocation of endorsement
426‑15 Applying for endorsement
(1) An entity may apply to the Commissioner for endorsement.
(2) The application:
(a) must be in a form approved by the Commissioner; and
(b) may be *lodged electronically; and
(c) must be signed for the entity, or include the entity’s *electronic signature if the application is lodged electronically; and
(d) must be lodged at, or posted to, an office or facility designated by the Commissioner as a receiving centre for applications of that kind.
Note: The Commissioner could approve a form that is part of an application form for an ABN.
(3) Section 426‑5 does not prevent the Commissioner from approving a single form to be used by an entity to make applications for 2 or more kinds of endorsement.
426‑20 Dealing with an application for endorsement
Requiring further information or documents
(1) The Commissioner may require an applicant to give the Commissioner specified information, or a specified document, that the Commissioner needs in order to decide whether the applicant is entitled to endorsement.
Treating application as being refused
(2) After the time worked out under subsection (3), the applicant may give the Commissioner written notice that the applicant wishes to treat the application as having been refused, if the Commissioner has not given the applicant before that time written notice that the Commissioner endorses or refuses to endorse the applicant.
Note: Section 426‑25 requires the Commissioner to give the applicant written notice if the Commissioner endorses or refuses to endorse the applicant.
(3) The time is the end of the 60th day after the application was made. However, if before that time the Commissioner requires the applicant under subsection (1) to give information or a document, the time is the later of the following (or either of them if they are the same):
(a) the end of the 28th day after the last day on which the applicant gives the Commissioner information or a document he or she has required;
(b) the end of the 60th day after the application was made.
(4) If the applicant gives notice under subsection (2), section 426‑35 operates as if the Commissioner had refused the application on the day on which the notice is given.
Note: Section 426‑35 lets the applicant object against refusal of an application in the manner set out in Part IVC of this Act. That Part provides for review of the refusal objected against.
(5) The notice given by the applicant:
(a) may be *lodged electronically; and
(b) must be signed for the applicant, or include the applicant’s *electronic signature if the application is *lodged electronically.
426‑25 Notifying outcome of application for endorsement
(1) The Commissioner must give the applicant written notice if:
(a) the Commissioner endorses the applicant; or
(b) the Commissioner refuses to endorse the applicant.
(2) The Commissioner may give the notice by way of electronic transmission. This does not limit the ways in which the Commissioner may give the notice.
426‑30 Date of effect of endorsement
(1) The endorsement has effect from a date specified by the Commissioner.
(2) The date specified may be any date (including a date before the application for endorsement was made and a date before the applicant had an *ABN).
426‑35 Review of refusal of endorsement
If the applicant is dissatisfied with the Commissioner’s refusal to endorse the applicant in accordance with the application, the applicant may object against the refusal in the manner set out in Part IVC of this Act.
Note: That Part provides for review of the refusal objected against.
426‑40 Checking entitlement to endorsement
(1) The Commissioner may require an entity that is endorsed to give the Commissioner information or a document that is relevant to the entity’s entitlement to endorsement. The entity must comply with the requirement.
Note 1: The conditions for an entity to be entitled to be endorsed are set out in:
(a) subsections 176‑1(2) and 176‑5(2) of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999; and
(b) subsections 123C(2) and (4), 123D(2) and 123E(2) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986; and
(c) sections 30‑120 and 50‑105 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Note 2: Failure to comply with this subsection is an offence against section 8C. Also, the Commissioner may revoke the endorsement of the entity under section 426‑55 if it fails to comply with this subsection.
Note 3: Section 426‑50 modifies the way this subsection operates in relation to partnerships and unincorporated bodies.
(2) The requirement:
(a) is to be made by notice in writing to the entity; and
(b) may ask the entity to give the information in writing; and
(c) must specify:
(i) the information or document the entity is to give; and
(ii) the period within which the entity is to give the information or document.
The period specified under subparagraph (c)(ii) must end at least 28 days after the notice is given.
(3) The Commissioner may give the notice by way of electronic transmission. This does not limit the ways in which the Commissioner may give the notice.
(4) If the requirement is for the entity to give information in writing, the document setting out the information:
(a) must be given to the Commissioner; and
(b) may be *lodged electronically; and
(c) must be signed for the entity, or include the entity’s *electronic signature if the document is lodged electronically.
426‑45 Telling Commissioner of loss of entitlement to endorsement
(1) Before, or as soon as practicable after, an entity that is endorsed ceases to be entitled to be endorsed, the entity must give the Commissioner written notice of the cessation.
Note 1: Failure to comply with this subsection is an offence against section 8C.
Note 2: Section 426‑50 modifies the way this subsection operates in relation to partnerships and unincorporated bodies.
(2) The notice:
(a) may be *lodged electronically; and
(b) must be signed for the entity, or include the entity’s *electronic signature if the document is lodged electronically.
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to an entitlement to endorsement ceasing because the entity ceases to have an *ABN.
426‑50 Partnerships and unincorporated bodies
Application to partnerships
(1) If, apart from this subsection, section 426‑40 or 426‑45 would impose an obligation on a partnership, the obligation is imposed on each partner, but may be discharged by any of the partners.
Application to unincorporated bodies
(2) If, apart from this subsection, section 426‑40 or 426‑45 would impose an obligation on an unincorporated association or body, the obligation is imposed on each member of the committee of management of the association or body, but may be discharged by any of the members of the committee.
Defences for partners and members of committee of management
(3) In a prosecution of a person for an offence against section 8C of this Act because of subsection (1) or (2), it is a defence if the person proves that the person:
(a) did not aid, abet, counsel or procure the act or omission because of which the offence is taken to have been committed; and
(b) was not in any way, by act or omission, directly or indirectly, knowingly concerned in, or party to, the act or omission because of which the offence is taken to have been committed.
426‑55 Revoking endorsement
(1) The Commissioner may revoke the endorsement of an entity if:
(a) the entity is not entitled to be endorsed; or
(b) the Commissioner has required the entity under section 426‑40 to provide information or a document that is relevant to its entitlement to endorsement and the entity has not provided the required information or document within the time specified in the requirement; or
(c) in the case of an entity endorsed under section 30‑120 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997—the entity has contravened Subdivision 30‑CA of that Act (which requires the entity to ensure that certain things are stated in any receipts it issues for certain gifts).
Note: The conditions for an entity to be entitled to be endorsed are set out in:
(a) subsections 176‑1(2) and 176‑5(2) of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999; and
(b) subsections 58PB(4) and (4A), 123C(2) and (4), 123D(2) and 123E(2) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986; and
(c) sections 30‑120 and 50‑105 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) The revocation has effect from a day specified by the Commissioner (which may be a day before the Commissioner decided to revoke the endorsement).
(3) However, if the Commissioner revokes the endorsement because the entity is not entitled to it, the Commissioner must not specify a day before the day on which the entity first ceased to be entitled.
(4) The Commissioner must give the entity written notice if the Commissioner revokes its endorsement.
(5) The Commissioner may give the notice by way of electronic transmission. This does not limit the ways in which the Commissioner may give the notice.
426‑60 Review of revocation of endorsement
If the entity is dissatisfied with the revocation of its endorsement, the entity may object against the revocation in the manner set out in Part IVC of this Act.
Note: That Part provides for review of the revocation objected against.
Subdivision 426‑C—Entries on Australian Business Register
Table of sections
426‑65 Entries on Australian Business Register
426‑65 Entries on Australian Business Register
(1) If an entity that is endorsed in any of these ways:
(a) as a charitable institution under subsection 176‑1(1) of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999;
(b) as a trustee of a charitable fund under subsection 176‑5(1) of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999;
(ba) as an approved worker entitlement fund under subsection 58PB(3) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(bb) for the operation of an approved worker entitlement fund under subsection 58PB(3A) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(c) as a public benevolent institution under subsection 123C(1) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(d) for the operation of a public benevolent institution under subsection 123C(3) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(e) as a health promotion charity under subsection 123D(1) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(f) as a charitable institution covered by paragraph 65J(1)(baa) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 under subsection 123E(1) of that Act;
(g) as exempt from income tax under section 50‑105 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997;
the *Australian Business Registrar must enter in the *Australian Business Register a statement that the entity is so endorsed for a specified period.
Note 1: An entry (or lack of entry) of a statement required by this section does not affect concessions available to the entity under the Act for the purposes of which it is endorsed.
Note 2: For entities and government entities that are endorsed under section 30‑120 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, see section 30‑229 of that Act.
(2) The *Australian Business Registrar may remove the statement from the *Australian Business Register after the end of the period.
(3) The *Australian Business Registrar must take reasonable steps to ensure that a statement appearing in the *Australian Business Register under this section is true. For this purpose, the Registrar may:
(a) change the statement; or
(b) remove the statement from the Register if the statement is not true; or
(c) remove the statement from the Register and enter another statement in the Register under this section.
(4) Making, changing or removing an entry in the *Australian Business Register as required or permitted by this section does not contravene section 355‑25 or 355‑155.
Subdivision 426‑D—Public and private ancillary funds
Guide to Subdivision 426‑D
426‑100 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision deals with types of philanthropic trust funds known as public ancillary funds and private ancillary funds.
The Minister may make guidelines determining when ancillary funds are entitled to be endorsed as deductible gift recipients.
This Subdivision also provides for:
(a) penalties for trustees who fail to comply with the public ancillary fund guidelines or private ancillary fund guidelines (whichever are applicable), and the liability of directors of trustees to pay those penalties in certain circumstances; and
(b) powers for the Commissioner to suspend or remove trustees who breach their obligations.
Table of sections
Public ancillary funds
426‑102 Public ancillary funds
426‑103 Public ancillary fund guidelines
426‑104 Australian Business Register must show public ancillary fund status
Private ancillary funds
426‑105 Private ancillary funds
426‑110 Private ancillary fund guidelines
426‑115 Australian Business Register must show private ancillary fund status
Administrative penalties
426‑120 Administrative penalties for trustees of ancillary funds
Suspension and removal of trustees
426‑125 Suspension or removal of trustees
426‑130 Commissioner to appoint acting trustee in cases of suspension or removal
426‑135 Terms and conditions of appointment of acting trustee
426‑140 Termination of appointment of acting trustee
426‑145 Resignation of acting trustee
426‑150 Property vesting orders
426‑155 Powers of acting trustee
426‑160 Commissioner may give directions to acting trustee
426‑165 Property vested in acting trustee—former trustees’ obligations relating to books, identification of property and transfer of property
Transfers between ancillary funds
426‑170 Ancillary funds must not provide funds to other ancillary funds
Public ancillary funds
426‑102 Public ancillary funds
(1) A trust is a public ancillary fund if:
(a) at least one of the following subparagraphs applies:
(i) each trustee of the trust is a *constitutional corporation;
(ii) the only trustee of the trust is the Public Trustee of a State or Territory, or is prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subparagraph; and
(b) each trustee of the trust has agreed, in the *approved form given to the Commissioner, to comply with the rules in the *public ancillary fund guidelines, as in force from time to time; and
(c) none of the trustees has revoked that agreement in accordance with subsection (2).
(2) A trustee may revoke an agreement mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) only by giving the revocation to the Commissioner in the *approved form.
(3) Sections 426‑125 to 426‑165 do not apply to a *public ancillary fund if subparagraph (1)(a)(ii) of this section applies to the fund.
426‑103 Public ancillary fund guidelines
The Minister must, by legislative instrument, formulate guidelines (the public ancillary fund guidelines) setting out:
(a) rules that *public ancillary funds and their trustees must comply with if the funds are to be, or are to remain, endorsed as *deductible gift recipients; and
(b) the amount of the administrative penalty, or how to work out the amount of the administrative penalty, under subsection 426‑120(1) in relation to public ancillary funds.
426‑104 Australian Business Register must show public ancillary fund status
(1) If a *public ancillary fund has an *ABN, the *Australian Business Registrar may enter in the *Australian Business Register in relation to the fund a statement that it is a public ancillary fund.
Note 1: An entry (or lack of entry) of a statement required by this section does not affect whether a trust is a public ancillary fund.
Note 2: The Australian Business Register will also show if a public ancillary fund is endorsed as a deductible gift recipient: see section 30‑229 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) The *Australian Business Registrar must take reasonable steps to ensure that a statement appearing in the *Australian Business Register under this section is true. For this purpose, the Registrar may:
(a) change the statement; or
(b) remove the statement from the Register if the statement is not true.
Private ancillary funds
426‑105 Private ancillary funds
(1) A trust is a private ancillary fund if:
(a) each trustee of the trust is a *constitutional corporation; and
(b) each trustee has agreed, in the *approved form given to the Commissioner, to comply with the rules in the *private ancillary fund guidelines, as in force from time to time; and
(c) none of the trustees has revoked that agreement in accordance with subsection (2).
(2) A trustee may revoke an agreement mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) only by giving the revocation to the Commissioner in the *approved form.
426‑110 Private ancillary fund guidelines
The Minister must, by legislative instrument, formulate guidelines (the private ancillary fund guidelines) setting out:
(a) rules that *private ancillary funds and their trustees must comply with if the funds are to be, or are to remain, endorsed as *deductible gift recipients; and
(b) the amount of the administrative penalty, or how to work out the amount of the administrative penalty, under subsection 426‑120(1) in relation to private ancillary funds.
426‑115 Australian Business Register must show private ancillary fund status
(1) If a *private ancillary fund has an *ABN, the *Australian Business Registrar must enter in the *Australian Business Register in relation to the fund a statement that it is a private ancillary fund.
Note 1: An entry (or lack of entry) of a statement required by this section does not affect whether a trust is a private ancillary fund.
Note 2: The Australian Business Register will also show if a private ancillary fund is endorsed as a deductible gift recipient: see section 30‑229 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) The *Australian Business Registrar must take reasonable steps to ensure that a statement appearing in the *Australian Business Register under this section is true. For this purpose, the Registrar may:
(a) change the statement; or
(b) remove the statement from the Register if the statement is not true.
Administrative penalties
426‑120 Administrative penalties for trustees of ancillary funds
Administrative penalty
(1) The persons mentioned in subsection (2) are jointly and severally liable to an administrative penalty if:
(a) a trustee of an *ancillary fund holds the fund out as being endorsed, entitled to be endorsed, or entitled to remain endorsed, as a *deductible gift recipient; and
(b) the fund is not so endorsed or entitled.
(2) The persons are:
(a) each person who is a trustee of the fund; and
(b) each director of each *constitutional corporation that is a trustee of the fund, if:
(i) any of the penalty cannot reasonably be recovered from the constitutional corporation; and
(ii) the constitutional corporation is neither a licensed trustee company (within the meaning of Chapter 5D of the Corporations Act 2001) nor the Public Trustee of a State or Territory.
Note: A person mentioned in paragraph (2)(a) may, in certain circumstances, not be a constitutional corporation: see item 28 of Schedule 2 to the Tax Laws Amendment (2009 Measures No. 4) Act 2009 (former prescribed private funds).
(3) The amount of the penalty is:
(a) the amount specified in the *public ancillary fund guidelines under paragraph 426‑103(b), or the *private ancillary fund guidelines under paragraph 426‑110(b), whichever are applicable; or
(b) the amount worked out in accordance with the method specified under that paragraph.
The guidelines may specify different penalties or methods for different circumstances.
(4) The penalty must not be reimbursed from the fund.
Note: Division 298 in this Schedule contains machinery provisions for administrative penalties.
Defences for directors
(5) Paragraph (2)(b) does not apply to a director if:
(a) the director was not aware of the holding out mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) and it would not have been reasonable to expect the director to have been aware of that holding out; or
(b) the director took all reasonable steps to ensure that the holding out mentioned in that paragraph did not occur; or
(c) there were no such steps that the director could have taken.
(6) In determining what is reasonable for the purposes of paragraph (5)(a), (b) or (c), have regard to all relevant circumstances.
(7) A person who wishes to rely on subsection (5) bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in that subsection.
Power of courts to grant relief
(8) Section 1318 of the Corporations Act 2001 (power of Court to grant relief in case of breach of director’s duty) does not apply to a liability of a director under this section.
Suspension and removal of trustees
426‑125 Suspension or removal of trustees
Suspension
(1) The Commissioner may suspend all of the trustees of an *ancillary fund if the Commissioner is satisfied that the fund, or any of the trustees of the fund, have breached:
(a) the *public ancillary fund guidelines or the *private ancillary fund guidelines (whichever are applicable); or
(b) any other *Australian law.
(2) The suspension of a trustee:
(a) starts when the Commissioner gives the trustee notice of the suspension under subsection (3); and
(b) ends at the time specified in the notice.
(3) If the Commissioner decides to suspend a trustee under this section, the Commissioner must give to the trustee a written notice:
(a) setting out the decision; and
(b) giving the reasons for the decision; and
(c) setting out the time the suspension ends.
Extension of suspensions
(4) The Commissioner may change the time the suspension of a trustee ends.
(5) If the Commissioner decides to change the time the suspension of a trustee ends under this section, the Commissioner must give to the trustee a written notice:
(a) setting out the decision; and
(b) giving the reasons for the decision; and
(c) setting out the new time the suspension ends.
Removal
(6) The Commissioner may remove all of the trustees of an *ancillary fund if the Commissioner is satisfied that the fund, or any of the trustees of the fund, have breached:
(a) the *public ancillary fund guidelines or the *private ancillary fund guidelines (whichever are applicable); or
(b) any other *Australian law.
(7) If the Commissioner decides to remove a trustee under this section, the Commissioner must give to the trustee a written notice:
(a) setting out the decision; and
(b) giving the reasons for the decision.
Review of decisions under this section
(8) A trustee who is dissatisfied with any of the following decisions under this section may object in the manner set out in Part IVC of this Act:
(a) a decision to suspend the trustee;
(b) a decision to change the time a suspension of the trustee ends;
(c) a decision to remove the trustee.
426‑130 Commissioner to appoint acting trustee in cases of suspension or removal
Appointment of acting trustee
(1) If the Commissioner suspends all of the trustees of an *ancillary fund under section 426‑125, the Commissioner must appoint a single entity to act as the trustee (the acting trustee) of the fund during the period of the suspension.
(2) If the Commissioner removes all of the trustees of an *ancillary fund under section 426‑125, the Commissioner must appoint a single entity to act as the trustee (the acting trustee) of the fund until all of the vacancies in the position of trustee are filled.
Acting trustee need not be constitutional corporation
(3) An acting trustee need not be a *constitutional corporation, and may be the Commissioner. Paragraph 426‑105(1)(a) does not apply in relation to an acting trustee.
(4) An entity that is not a *constitutional corporation may not act as trustee under this section for longer than 6 months.
Acting trustee must have agreed to comply with guidelines
(5) An entity may only be appointed as acting trustee if the entity has, in accordance with paragraph 426‑102(1)(b) or 426‑105(1)(b), agreed to comply with the rules in the *public ancillary fund guidelines or the *private ancillary fund guidelines (whichever are applicable) as in force from time to time.
426‑135 Terms and conditions of appointment of acting trustee
(1) The Commissioner may determine the terms and conditions of the appointment of the acting trustee, including fees. The determination has effect despite anything in:
(a) any *Australian law other than this section; or
(b) the *ancillary fund’s governing rules.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the Commissioner may make a determination under that subsection to the effect that the acting trustee’s fees are to be paid out of the corpus of the *ancillary fund.
426‑140 Termination of appointment of acting trustee
The Commissioner may terminate the appointment of the acting trustee at any time.
426‑145 Resignation of acting trustee
(1) The acting trustee may resign by writing given to the Commissioner.
(2) The resignation does not take effect until the end of the seventh day after the day on which it was given to the Commissioner.
426‑150 Property vesting orders
(1) If the Commissioner appoints an acting trustee, the Commissioner must make a written order vesting the property of the *ancillary fund in the acting trustee.
(2) If the appointment ends, the Commissioner must make a written order vesting the property of the fund in the new acting trustee, the previously suspended trustee or trustees or the new actual trustee or trustees (whichever is applicable).
(3) If the Commissioner makes an order under this section vesting property of an *ancillary fund in an entity or entities, then, subject to subsection (4), the property immediately vests in the entity or entities by force of this section.
(4) If:
(a) the property is of a kind whose transfer or transmission may be registered under an *Australian law; and
(b) that law enables the registration of such an order, or enables the entity or entities to be registered as the owner of that property;
the property does not vest in the entity or entities until the requirements of the law referred to in paragraph (a) have been complied with.
426‑155 Powers of acting trustee
Subject to section 426‑150:
(a) the acting trustee has and may exercise all the rights, title and powers, and must perform all the functions and duties, of the original trustee or trustees; and
(b) the *ancillary fund’s governing rules and every *Australian law apply in relation to the acting trustee as if the acting trustee were the trustee of the fund.
426‑160 Commissioner may give directions to acting trustee
(1) The Commissioner may give the acting trustee a written notice directing the acting trustee to do, or not to do, one or more specified acts or things in relation to the *ancillary fund.
(2) The acting trustee commits an offence if:
(a) the acting trustee engages in conduct (within the meaning of subsection 2(1) of this Act); and
(b) that engagement in conduct contravenes a notice given to the acting trustee under subsection (1).
Penalty: 100 penalty units.
(3) This section does not affect the validity of a transaction entered into in contravention of a notice given under subsection (1).
426‑165 Property vested in acting trustee—former trustees’ obligations relating to books, identification of property and transfer of property
Books
(1) An entity commits an offence if:
(a) the Commissioner makes an order under subsection 426‑150(1) or (2) vesting the property of an *ancillary fund in an acting trustee; and
(b) just before the Commissioner made the order, the property was vested in:
(i) the entity (the former trustee); or
(ii) 2 or more entities (the former trustees), including the entity; and
(c) the former trustee or former trustees do not, within 14 days of the Commissioner making the order, give the acting trustee all books (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001) relating to the fund’s affairs that are in the former trustee’s or former trustees’ possession, custody or control.
Penalty: 50 penalty units.
Identification of property and transfer of property
(2) Subsections (3) to (5) apply if:
(a) the property of an *ancillary fund is vested in an entity (the former trustee) or entities (the former trustees); and
(b) the Commissioner makes an order under subsection 426‑150(1) or (2) vesting the property in an acting trustee.
(3) The acting trustee may, by notice in writing to the former trustee or former trustees, require the former trustee or former trustees, so far as the former trustee or former trustees can do so:
(a) to identify property of the fund; and
(b) to explain how the former trustee or former trustees have kept account of that property.
(4) The acting trustee may, by notice in writing to the former trustee or former trustees, require the former trustee or former trustees to take specified action that is necessary to bring about a transfer of specified property of the fund to the acting trustee.
(5) The former trustee, or each of the former trustees, commits an offence if:
(a) the acting trustee gives the former trustee or former trustees a notice under subsection (3) or (4); and
(b) the former trustee or former trustees do not, within 28 days of the notice being given, comply with the requirement in the notice.
Penalty: 50 penalty units.
Strict liability
(6) Subsections (1) and (5) are offences of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Transfers between ancillary funds
426‑170 Ancillary funds must not provide funds to other ancillary funds
An *ancillary fund must not provide money, property or benefits to another ancillary fund unless permitted to do so by the *public ancillary fund guidelines or the *private ancillary fund guidelines (whichever are applicable).
Part 5‑45—Application of taxation laws to certain entities
Division 444—Obligations of entities on behalf of other entities
Table of Subdivisions
Guide to Division 444
444‑A Unincorporated associations and bodies and companies
444‑B Partnerships
444‑C Superannuation funds
444‑D Incapacitated entities
444‑E Indirect tax specific entities
Guide to Division 444
444‑1 What this Division is about
This Division imposes onto other entities the liabilities of unincorporated associations or bodies, companies, partnerships, superannuation funds, incapacitated entities and various indirect tax specific entities.
Subdivision 444‑A—Unincorporated associations and bodies and companies
Table of sections
444‑5 Unincorporated associations and bodies
444‑10 Public officers of companies
444‑15 Liability of directors and officers of a company
444‑5 Unincorporated associations and bodies
(1) Obligations that would be imposed under this Schedule or an *indirect tax law on an unincorporated association or body of entities are imposed on each member of the committee of management of the association or body, but may be discharged by any of those members.
(2) Any offence against this Schedule or an *indirect tax law that is committed by the association or body is taken to have been committed by each member of its committee of management.
(3) In a prosecution of an entity for an offence that the entity is taken to have committed because of subsection (2), it is a defence if the entity proves that the entity:
(a) did not aid, abet, counsel or procure the relevant act or omission; and
(b) was not in any way knowingly concerned in, or party to, the relevant act or omission (whether directly or indirectly and whether by any act or omission of the entity).
Note 1: The defence in subsection (3) does not apply in relation to offences under Part 2.4 of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: A defendant bears a legal burden in relation to the matters in subsection (3): see section 13.4 of the Criminal Code.
444‑10 Public officers of companies
(1) The individual who is the public officer of a company for the purposes of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 is also the public officer of the company for the purposes of an *indirect tax law. The public officer’s address for service under that Act is also the public officer’s address for service for the same purposes.
(2) The public officer is answerable for doing everything required to be done by the company under an *indirect tax law, and in case of default is liable to the same penalties.
(3) A proceeding under an *indirect tax law that is brought against the public officer is taken to have been brought against the company, and the company is liable jointly with the public officer for any penalty imposed on the public officer.
(4) Everything done by the public officer that the public officer is required to do in that capacity is taken to have been done by the company.
(5) Service of a notice or other document on the public officer or at the public officer’s address for service is sufficient service on the company for the purposes of an *indirect tax law. If at any time there is no public officer, service on an individual who is acting or appears to be acting in the business of the company is sufficient.
(6) This section does not, by implication, reduce any of the obligations or liabilities of the company.
444‑15 Liability of directors and officers of a company
(1) Any notice, process or proceeding that may be given to, served on or taken against a company or its public officer under an *indirect tax law may, if the Commissioner considers it appropriate, be given to, served on, or taken against an entity (the representative) who is:
(a) a director, secretary or other officer of the company; or
(b) an attorney or agent of the company.
(2) The representative has the same liability in respect of the notice, process or proceeding as the company or public officer would have had if it had been given to, served on or taken against the company or public officer.
(3) This section does not, by implication, reduce any of the obligations or liabilities of the company or public officer.
Subdivision 444‑B—Partnerships
Table of sections
444‑30 Partnerships
444‑30 Partnerships
(1) Obligations that are imposed under this Schedule or an *indirect tax law on a partnership are imposed on each partner, but may be discharged by any of the partners.
(2) The partners are jointly and severally liable to pay any amount that is payable under this Schedule or an *indirect tax law by the partnership.
(3) Any offence against this Schedule or an *indirect tax law that is committed by a partnership is taken to have been committed by each of the partners.
(4) In a prosecution of an entity for an offence that the entity is taken to have committed because of subsection (3), it is a defence if the entity proves that the entity:
(a) did not aid, abet, counsel or procure the relevant act or omission; and
(b) was not in any way knowingly concerned in, or party to, the relevant act or omission (whether directly or indirectly and whether by any act or omission of the entity).
Note 1: The defence in subsection (4) does not apply in relation to offences under Part 2.4 of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: A defendant bears a legal burden in relation to the matters in subsection (4): see section 13.4 of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision 444‑C—Superannuation funds
Table of sections
444‑50 Superannuation funds
444‑50 Superannuation funds
If a superannuation fund does not have a trustee of the fund, this Schedule applies to the fund as if:
(a) the entity that manages the fund were the trustee of the fund; or
(b) each of the entities that manage the fund were a trustee of the fund.
Note: The trustee of a superannuation fund is taken to be an entity: see subsection 960‑100(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Subdivision 444‑D—Incapacitated entities
Table of sections
444‑70 Representatives of incapacitated entities
444‑70 Representatives of incapacitated entities
(1) If:
(a) there are, at the same time, 2 or more *representatives of the same *incapacitated entity; and
(b) the representatives were not appointed to act in different capacities as representatives;
the representatives are jointly and severally liable to pay any amount that is payable under an *indirect tax law by any of the representatives in relation to that same incapacitated entity.
(2) If:
(a) there are, at the same time, 2 or more *representatives of the same *incapacitated entity; and
(b) the representatives were not appointed to act in different capacities as representatives;
any offence against an *indirect tax law that is committed by one of the representatives is taken to have been committed by each of the representatives.
(3) In a prosecution of an entity for an offence that the entity is taken to have committed because of subsection (2), it is a defence if the entity proves that the entity:
(a) did not aid, abet, counsel or procure the relevant act or omission; and
(b) was not in any way knowingly concerned in, or party to, the relevant act or omission (whether directly or indirectly and whether by any act or omission of the entity).
Note 1: The defence in subsection (3) does not apply in relation to offences under Part 2.4 of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: A defendant bears a legal burden in relation to the matters in subsection (3): see section 13.4 of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision 444‑E—Indirect tax specific entities
Table of sections
444‑80 GST joint ventures
444‑85 Non‑profit sub‑entities
444‑90 GST groups
444‑80 GST joint ventures
Joint and several liability
(1) The *participants in a *GST joint venture are jointly and severally liable to pay any amount (an indirect tax amount) that is payable under an *indirect tax law by the *joint venture operator for the joint venture, to the extent that the amount relates to the joint venture.
Indirect tax sharing agreements
(1A) Despite subsection (1), if:
(a) before the *joint venture operator for the joint venture is required to give to the Commissioner a *GST return for a *tax period, an agreement (the indirect tax sharing agreement) has been entered into between:
(i) the joint venture operator; and
(ii) one or more *participants in the joint venture (the contributing participant) (other than the joint venture operator); and
(b) a particular amount (the contribution amount) could be determined under the indirect tax sharing agreement for each contributing participant in relation to that tax period; and
(c) the contribution amounts for each of the contributing participants under the indirect tax sharing agreement represent a reasonable allocation among:
(i) the joint venture operator; and
(ii) the contributing participants;
of the total amount payable, under *indirect tax laws, for which the participants in the joint venture would be jointly or severally liable under subsection (1) in relation to that tax period;
then:
(d) if the contributing participant leaves the joint venture before the joint venture operator for the joint venture is required to give to the Commissioner a GST return for that tax period, and subsection (1B) applies—the contributing participant is not liable under subsection (1) in relation to an indirect tax amount relating to that tax period; or
(e) otherwise—the contributing participant’s liability under subsection (1) in relation to that tax period is not to exceed that contribution amount.
(1B) This subsection applies if:
(a) leaving the joint venture was not part of an arrangement, a purpose of which was to prejudice the recovery by the Commissioner of the indirect tax amount; and
(b) before the day on which the *joint venture operator is required to give to the Commissioner a *GST return for that tax period, the contributing participant pays to the joint venture operator:
(i) the contribution amount relating to that tax period; or
(ii) if the contribution amount cannot be determined at the time of the payment—an amount that is a reasonable estimate of the contribution amount.
(1C) Subsection (1A) does not apply if:
(a) the indirect tax sharing agreement was entered into as part of an arrangement; and
(b) a purpose of the arrangement was to prejudice the recovery by the Commissioner of the indirect tax amount.
(1D) Subsection (1A) does not apply if:
(a) the Commissioner gives the *joint venture operator of the joint venture written notice under this subsection in relation to the indirect tax sharing agreement (whether before, when or after an indirect tax amount to which the agreement relates becomes payable); and
(b) the notice requires the joint venture operator to give the Commissioner a copy of the agreement in the *approved form within 14 days after the notice is given; and
(c) the Commissioner does not receive a copy of the agreement by the time required.
(1E) Subsection (1A) does not apply if, apart from this subsection, the requirements of subsection (1A) would be satisfied in relation to 2 or more agreements:
(a) that were entered into by the *joint venture operator; and
(b) that relate to the same tax period.
Criminal liability of participants in GST joint ventures
(2) Any offence against an *indirect tax law that:
(a) is committed by the *joint venture operator for a *GST joint venture; and
(b) relates to the joint venture;
is taken to have been committed by each of the *participants in the joint venture.
(3) In a prosecution of an entity for an offence that the entity is taken to have committed because of subsection (2), it is a defence if the entity proves that the entity:
(a) did not aid, abet, counsel or procure the relevant act or omission; and
(b) was not in any way knowingly concerned in, or party to, the relevant act or omission (whether directly or indirectly and whether by any act or omission of the entity).
Note 1: The defence in subsection (3) does not apply in relation to offences under Part 2.4 of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: A defendant bears a legal burden in relation to the matters in subsection (3): see section 13.4 of the Criminal Code.
444‑85 Non‑profit sub‑entities
(1) Obligations that would be imposed under the *GST law or the *fuel tax law on a *non‑profit sub‑entity are imposed on each entity who is responsible, to entities or bodies outside the sub‑entity, for the management of the sub‑entity, but may be discharged by any entity who is so responsible.
(2) The entities who are so responsible in respect of the sub‑entity are jointly and severally liable to pay any amount that is payable under the *GST law or the *fuel tax law by the sub‑entity.
(3) Any offence against the *GST law or the *fuel tax law that is committed by the sub‑entity is taken to have been committed by each entity who is responsible, to entities or bodies outside the sub‑entity, for the management of the sub‑entity.
(4) In a prosecution of an entity for an offence that the entity is taken to have committed because of subsection (3), it is a defence if the entity proves that the entity:
(a) did not aid, abet, counsel or procure the relevant act or omission; and
(b) was not in any way knowingly concerned in, or party to, the relevant act or omission (whether directly or indirectly and whether by any act or omission of the entity).
Note 1: The defence in subsection (4) does not apply in relation to offences under Part 2.4 of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: A defendant bears a legal burden in relation to the matters in subsection (4): see section 13.4 of the Criminal Code.
444‑90 GST groups
Joint and several liability
(1) The *members of a *GST group are jointly and severally liable to pay any amount (an indirect tax amount) that is payable under an *indirect tax law by the *representative member for the group.
Indirect tax sharing agreements
(1A) Despite subsection (1), if:
(a) before the *representative member of the group is required to give to the Commissioner a *GST return for a *tax period, an agreement (the indirect tax sharing agreement) has been entered into between:
(i) the representative member; and
(ii) one or more other *members of the group (the contributing member); and
(b) a particular amount (the contribution amount) could be determined under the indirect tax sharing agreement for each contributing member in relation to that tax period; and
(c) the contribution amounts for each of the contributing members under the indirect tax sharing agreement represent a reasonable allocation among:
(i) the representative member; and
(ii) the contributing members;
of the total amount payable, under *indirect tax laws, for which the members of the group would be jointly or severally liable under subsection (1) in relation to that tax period;
then:
(d) if the contributing member leaves the group before the representative member of the group is required to give to the Commissioner a GST return for that tax period, and subsection (1B) applies—the contributing member is not liable under subsection (1) in relation to an indirect tax amount relating to that tax period; or
(e) otherwise—the contributing member’s liability under subsection (1) in relation to that tax period is not to exceed that contribution amount.
(1B) This subsection applies if:
(a) leaving the group was not part of an arrangement, a purpose of which was to prejudice the recovery by the Commissioner of the indirect tax amount; and
(b) before the day on which the *representative member is required to give to the Commissioner a *GST return for that tax period, the contributing member pays to the representative member:
(i) the contribution amount relating to that tax period; or
(ii) if the contribution amount cannot be determined at the time of the payment—an amount that is a reasonable estimate of the contribution amount.
(1C) Subsection (1A) does not apply if:
(a) the indirect tax sharing agreement was entered into as part of an arrangement; and
(b) a purpose of the arrangement was to prejudice the recovery by the Commissioner of the indirect tax amount.
(1D) Subsection (1A) does not apply if:
(a) the Commissioner gives the *representative member of the group written notice under this subsection in relation to the indirect tax sharing agreement (whether before, when or after an indirect tax amount to which the agreement relates becomes payable); and
(b) the notice requires the representative member to give the Commissioner a copy of the agreement in the *approved form within 14 days after the notice is given; and
(c) the Commissioner does not receive a copy of the agreement by the time required.
(1E) Subsection (1A) does not apply if, apart from this subsection, the requirements of subsection (1A) would be satisfied in relation to 2 or more agreements:
(a) that were entered into by the *representative member; and
(b) that relate to the same tax period.
Effect of prohibitions on certain arrangements
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a *member of a *GST group if an *Australian law has the effect of prohibiting the member from entering into any *arrangement under which the member becomes subject to the liability referred to in that subsection.
(3) However, a *member to which subsection (2) applies remains liable for any amount payable under an *indirect tax law by the *representative member for the group, to the extent that the liability arises from an act or omission of the member to which subsection (2) applies.
Criminal liability of members of GST groups
(4) Any offence against an *indirect tax law that is committed by the *representative member for a *GST group is taken to have been committed by each of the *members of the group.
(5) In a prosecution of an entity for an offence that the entity is taken to have committed because of subsection (4), it is a defence if the entity proves that the entity:
(a) did not aid, abet, counsel or procure the relevant act or omission; and
(b) was not in any way knowingly concerned in, or party to, the relevant act or omission (whether directly or indirectly and whether by any act or omission of the entity).
Note 1: The defence in subsection (5) does not apply in relation to offences under Part 2.4 of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: A defendant bears a legal burden in relation to the matters in subsection (5): see section 13.4 of the Criminal Code.
Division 446—Local governing bodies
Guide to Division
446‑1 What this Division is about
A local governing body can resolve that its members are subject to Pay As You Go withholding. This also results in the members being treated as employees for a wide range of other taxation purposes.
Table of sections
Operative provisions
446‑5 Requirements for unanimous resolutions by local governing bodies
Operative provisions
446‑5 Requirements for unanimous resolutions by local governing bodies
When section applies
(1) This section applies to the following unanimous resolutions made by a *local governing body:
(a) a resolution that the remuneration of members of the body be subject to withholding under Part 2‑5 (about Pay As You Go withholding);
(b) a resolution cancelling a resolution covered by paragraph (a).
When resolution takes effect
(2) The resolution must specify a day as the day on which the resolution takes effect. The specified day must be within the 28‑day period beginning on the day after the day on which the resolution was made.
Resolution not affected by change in membership of body
(3) The resolution continues in force in spite of a change in the membership of the *local governing body.
Commissioner to be notified of resolution
(4) The *local governing body must give written notice of the resolution to the Commissioner within 7 days after the resolution was made.
Eligible local governing bodies to be notified in Gazette
(5) If the Commissioner is notified of the resolution, the Commissioner must cause to be published in the Gazette a notice setting out:
(a) the name of the *local governing body; and
(b) the day on which the resolution takes effect.
When resolution applies for purposes of affected provisions
(6) This table sets out when the resolution applies for the purposes of particular provisions whose operation it affects.
When the resolution applies |
Item | If the resolution affects the operation of ... | the resolution applies to ... |
1 | section 12‑45 | amounts that become payable after the day on which the resolution takes effect |
2 | Subdivision AB of Division 17 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about tax offset for lump sum payments in arrears) | *ordinary income *derived, and amounts that become *statutory income, after the day on which the resolution takes effect |
3 | sections 26‑30 and 34‑5 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about deductions for relatives’ travel expenses and non‑compulsory uniforms) | expenditure incurred after the day on which the resolution takes effect |
4 | Divisions 28 and 900 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about car expenses and substantiation) | expenses incurred after the day on which the resolution takes effect |
5 | section 130‑80 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (about capital gains tax and employee share trusts) | *shares and rights to which a beneficiary becomes absolutely entitled after the day on which the resolution takes effect |
6 | provisions of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 relating to assessments | (a) in the case of a loan benefit within the meaning of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986—a loan made after the day on which the resolution takes effect; (b) in the case of a housing benefit within the meaning of that Act—the subsistence, after the day on which the resolution takes effect, of the housing right concerned; (c) in the case of a residual benefit within the meaning of that Act that is *provided during a period—so much of the period as occurs after the day on which the resolution takes effect; (d) any other *fringe benefit provided after the day on which the resolution takes effect. |
7 | Division 4 of Part II of the Income Tax Rates Act 1986 (about pro‑rating the tax‑free threshold) | amounts that become assessable income after the day on which the resolution takes effect |
8 | the provisions of the Child Support (Registration and Collection) Act 1988 | *ordinary income *derived, and amounts that become *statutory income, after the day on which the resolution takes effect |
9 | section 9‑20 of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (about the meaning of enterprise) | activities, or series of activities, done after the day on which the resolution takes effect |
10 | Division 111 of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (about reimbursement of employees) | reimbursements made after the day on which the resolution takes effect |
Part 5‑100—Miscellaneous
Division 850—Transactions exempt from application of taxation laws
Table of Subdivisions
850‑A Declaration relating to security or intelligence agency
Subdivision 850‑A—Declaration relating to security or intelligence agency
Table of sections
850‑100 Declaration relating to security or intelligence agency
850‑100 Declaration relating to security or intelligence agency
Object
(1) The object of this section is to remove the possibility of a conflict arising between Australia’s national security interests and Australia’s taxation laws.
Making a declaration
(2) The Director‑General of Security holding office under the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation Act 1979 may declare that this section applies to one or more specified entities (the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation itself may be specified) in relation to one or more specified transactions.
(3) The Director‑General of the Australian Secret Intelligence Service (ASIS) may declare that this section applies to one or more specified entities (ASIS itself may be specified) in relation to one or more specified transactions.
(4) A declaration under this section may only be made if the relevant Director‑General is satisfied that the making of the declaration is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of:
(a) for the Director‑General of Security—the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation; or
(b) for the Director‑General of ASIS—ASIS.
(5) A declaration under this section must be in writing, signed by the relevant Director‑General.
Note 1: A declaration may specify an entity or transaction by reference to a class of entities or transactions (see subsection 33(3AB) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901). For example, a declaration may specify the subsidiaries of a specified company, or the parties to a specified transaction.
Note 2: For variation and revocation, see subsection 33(3) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
(6) A declaration may be made even though:
(a) a transaction it specifies has already been entered into or carried out; or
(b) an entity it specifies has died or ceased to exist;
(whether before or after the commencement of this section).
(7) A written document signed by the relevant Director‑General purporting to be a declaration is prima facie evidence that this section has been complied with in making the declaration, but this subsection does not affect the performance of the functions of the Inspector‑General of Intelligence and Security.
Effect of declaration
(8) For an entity specified in a declaration in relation to a specified transaction, the transaction is to be disregarded in determining any of the following:
(a) the existence or amount of a liability of the entity relating to taxation under any *Commonwealth law, even if the law requires express words to be used to exempt an entity or transaction from liability to taxation under that law;
Example: Examples of liabilities covered by paragraph (a) are a liability to GST (despite section 177‑5 of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999), and amounts required to be paid by Part 2‑5 in this Schedule (Pay as you go (PAYG) withholding).
(b) the existence or amount of any kind of benefit (however the benefit is expressed) relating to taxation under any Commonwealth law;
Example: Examples of benefits covered by paragraph (b) are deductions, credits and offsets under the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, and input tax credits under the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999.
(c) the existence or extent of any other obligation (or right) of the entity relating to a liability or benefit of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).
Example: Examples of obligations covered by paragraph (c) include the following:
(a) an obligation to withhold money from a payment;
(b) an obligation to lodge a return, or to provide information, to the Commissioner of Taxation;
(c) an obligation to become registered under a taxation law.
(9) A declaration under this section is not a legislative instrument.
Table A
Application, saving or transitional provisions
Income Tax (Consequential Amendments) Act 1997 (No. 39, 1997)
Schedule 2
5 Application of section 14ZAAM
Section 14ZAAM applies to the re‑enactment or remaking of a tax law if, and only if, the re‑enacted or remade tax law commences at or after the commencement of that section. It applies to a public ruling even if the ruling was made before that commencement.
6 Application of section 14ZAXA
Section 14ZAXA applies to the re‑enactment or remaking of a tax law if, and only if, the re‑enacted or remade tax law commences at or after the commencement of that section. It applies to a private ruling even if the ruling was made before that commencement.
A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Consequential and Related Measures) Act (No. 2) 1999 (No. 83, 1999)
Schedule 10
68 Application
(1) Subject to this item, the amendments made by this Schedule apply to assessments in relation to the 2000‑2001 year of income and later years of income.
(2) The amendment made by item 7 of this Schedule applies to information sought in relation to a registered carer after 8 December 1997.
Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Consequential and Transitional Act 1999 (No. 128, 1999)
9 Items 2 and 3 of Schedule 3
A person is not guilty of an offence if the person would not have been guilty of the offence had the amendments made by items 2 and 3 of Schedule 3 commenced on the day on which this Act received the Royal Assent.
A New Tax System (Pay As You Go) Act 1999 (No. 178, 1999)
Schedule 1
3 Application of Part 2‑5 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
(1) Division 12 (except section 12‑190) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to a payment made on or after 1 July 2000.
(1A) Section 12‑190 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to a payment made on or after 1 July 2000, but only if some or all of the supply is made on or after that day. (When a supply is made is determined for the purposes of this subitem in the same way as for the purposes of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax Transition) Act 1999.)
(2) Section 12‑215, 12‑250 or 12‑285 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to an amount received on or after 1 July 2000.
(3) Section 12‑260 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to interest (within the meaning of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) if the transaction in relation to which the interest is payable is entered into on or after 1 July 2000, unless paragraph 221YL(2E)(a) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 has been complied with in relation to the interest before the transaction is entered into.
(3A) A certificate in force under subsection 221YHZB(4) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 at the end of 30 June 2000 has effect after that day (with such modifications, if any, as the circumstances require) as if the Commissioner had given it under section 12‑335 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
(4) Division 14 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to a non‑cash benefit provided on or after 1 July 2000.
(5) Subdivision 16‑C in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to the financial year starting on 1 July 2000 and to later financial years.
4 Application of Part 2‑10 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
(1) Part 2‑10 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to the 2000‑2001 income year and later income years.
(2) However, the Commissioner may give an entity an instalment rate before the start of the 2000‑2001 income year. In that case, section 45‑50 in that Schedule applies as if the rate had been given on the first day of that income year.
Schedule 2
35 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Part, so far as they relate to the establishment, operation and effect of RBAs, apply to all tax debts owing on or after 1 July 2000, regardless of when the debts arose.
(2) The amendments made by this Part, so far as they relate to the treatment of payments and credits by the Commissioner, apply to the treatment of payments or credits by the Commissioner on or after 1 July 2000, regardless of when the payments were made or when the credits arose.
36 Transitional—existing RBAs
Although item 8 repeals and substitutes subsection 8AAZC(1) of the Taxation Administration Act 1953, an RBA system established under the old version of that subsection continues in existence after the commencement of that item as if it had been established under the new version of that subsection.
92 Application of amendments
The amendments made by this Part apply in relation to amounts that are due to be paid on or after 1 July 1999.
93 Transitional—pre‑1 July 1999 debts
(1) This item applies to an amount (including an amount of penalty or interest) that a person owes to the Commonwealth directly under a taxation law (including a law that has been repealed or amended) and that became payable at any time before 1 July 1999, if all or some of the amount (the unpaid debt) remains unpaid at the beginning of 1 July 1999.
(2) The person is liable, and is taken to have been liable, to pay general interest charge on the unpaid debt for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the day by which the amount was due to be paid; and
(b) finishes at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the unpaid debt;
(ii) general interest charge on any of the unpaid debt.
(3) The general interest charge is worked out under Division 1 of Part IIA of the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
(4) For the purposes of this item, the general interest charge rate for a day before 1 July 1999 is taken to have been 12.72% divided by the number of days in the calendar year that the day was in.
(5) If this item results in a person being liable, or being taken to have been liable, to pay both general interest charge and some other penalty or interest in respect of the same debt, the Commissioner must remit either that general interest charge or that other penalty or interest (the Commissioner chooses which).
A New Tax System (Tax Administration) Act 1999 (No. 179, 1999)
Schedule 1
7 Application of amendments
(1) The amendments made by Part 1 apply in relation to a payment made on or after 1 July 2000.
(2) A declaration under section 15‑50 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 can only be given on or after 1 July 2000.
(3) The amendments made by Part 2 apply to a declaration under section 15‑50 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 that is given, or taken to have been given, on or after 1 July 2000.
8 Saving of declarations
A declaration that is effective under Subdivision 2 of Division 2 of Part 7 of the Income Tax Regulations 1936 immediately before 1 July 2000 continues to have effect as if it were a declaration under section 15‑50 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 given on 1 July 2000.
Schedule 2
2 Application of Part 4‑15 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
(1) Section 255‑5 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to an amount of a tax‑related liability that becomes due and payable on or after 1 July 2000.
(2) Subdivision 255‑B in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to any tax‑related liability (whether arising before, on or after 1 July 2000).
(3) Subdivision 255‑C in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to:
(a) a proceeding commenced on or after 1 July 2000 under section 255‑5 in that Schedule; and
(b) a proceeding to recover an amount of a tax‑related liability if it commenced before 1 July 2000 and is continuing on or after that day, as if it were a proceeding commenced under that section; and
(c) a proceeding to recover an amount of a tax‑related liability that became due and payable before 1 July 2000 if the proceeding commences on or after that day, as if it were a proceeding commenced under that section.
(4) Subdivision 260‑A in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to any debt (whether payable before, on or after 1 July 2000).
(4A) Despite subitems (2), (3) and (4), nothing can be done under Subdivision 255‑B, 255‑C or 260‑A in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 before 1 July 2000.
(5) Subdivision 260‑B in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to a person who becomes a liquidator on or after 1 July 2000 (whether the outstanding tax‑related liabilities concerned arise before, on or after that day).
(6) Subdivision 260‑C in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to a receiver, or receiver and manager, who takes possession of a company’s assets on or after 1 July 2000 (whether the outstanding tax‑related liabilities concerned arise before, on or after that day).
(7) Subdivision 260‑D in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to an agent who is instructed, on or after 1 July 2000, to wind‑up the principal’s business in Australia (whether the outstanding tax‑related liabilities concerned arise before, on or after that day).
(8) Subdivision 260‑E in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to a person who dies on or after 1 July 2000 (whether the outstanding tax‑related liabilities concerned arise before, on or after that day).
(9) Section 265‑40 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to an amount of a tax‑related liability that is paid on or after 1 July 2000 (whether the liability concerned arises before, on or after that day).
(10) Section 265‑45 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to any tax‑related liability arising on or after 1 July 2000.
107 Application of amendment
The amendment made by item 93 applies to a deficit on an RBA at the end of 1 July 2000 or a later day.
130 Recovery of a tax‑related liability that is due and payable
Despite its repeal, a provision listed in the table continues to have effect in relation to an amount that became due and payable before 1 July 2000.
Tax‑related liability that became due and payable before 1 July 2000 |
Item | Act | Provision |
| Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 | section 94 |
| Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act 1987 | section 86 |
| Sales Tax Assessment Act 1992 | section 69 |
| Superannuation Contributions Tax (Assessment and Collection) Act 1997 | section 26 or 27 |
| Superannuation Contributions Tax (Members of Constitutionally Protected Superannuation Funds) Assessment and Collection Act 1997 | section 22 or 23 |
| Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 | section 50 |
| Termination Payments Tax (Assessment and Collection) Act 1997 | section 17 or 18 |
| Taxation Administration Act 1953 | subsection 8AAV(1) or (2) |
| Tobacco Charges Assessment Act 1955 | section 21 |
| Wool Tax (Administration) Act 1964 | section 44 |
131 Time for payment etc. of a tax‑related liability
Despite the repeal of a provision listed in the table, anything done under that provision before 1 July 2000 continues to have effect on and after that day as if the provision had not been repealed.
Time for payment etc. of a tax‑related liability |
Item | Act | Provision |
| Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 | section 91 or 92 |
| Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act 1987 | section 83 or 84 |
| Sales Tax Assessment Act 1992 | section 65 or 66 |
| Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 | section 48 |
| Taxation Administration Act 1953 | section 45‑85 in Schedule 1 |
| Tobacco Charges Assessment Act 1955 | subsection 17(2) or (3) or section 23 |
| Wool Tax (Administration) Act 1964 | section 37 |
Schedule 3
2 Application of Division 360 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
Division 360 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to the 2000‑2001 income year and later income years.
Schedule 4
2 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to payments made, liable to be made, received or entitled to be received on or after 1 July 2000.
Schedule 5
73 Application of new annual reporting rules
Section 16‑153 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies for the financial year commencing on 1 July 2000, and for all later financial years.
Schedule 6
24 Application
(5) The amendments made by items 15 and 16 apply in respect of applications made on or after 1 July 2000 for private rulings for the year of income commencing on that day or a later year of income.
(6) The amendments made by items 17 to 22 apply in respect of taxation objections made on or after 1 July 2000 in respect of assessments or private rulings for the year of income commencing on that day or a later year of income.
A New Tax System (Tax Administration) Act (No. 1) 2000 (No. 44, 2000)
Schedule 3
62 Saving
The amendments made by items 56 to 61 do not apply to anything done under:
(a) a provision specified in a paragraph that is repealed or amended by item 56, 57, 58 or 59; or
(b) that provision as it continues to have effect because of item 134 of Schedule 2 to the A New Tax System (Tax Administration) Act 1999.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 6) 2000 (No. 76, 2000)
Schedule 1
8 Application of amendments
(4) The amendment made by item 7 applies to payments made on or after 1 July 2000.
New Business Tax System (Alienation of Personal Services Income ) Act 2000 (No. 86, 2000)
Schedule 1
58 Application
The amendments made by this Part of this Schedule apply to an amount received, or a non‑cash benefit provided, on or after 1 July 2000.
A New Tax System (Tax Administration) Act (No. 2) 2000 (No. 91, 2000)
Schedule 1
3 Transitional
(1) Section 284‑220 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 has effect as if a reference in paragraph (1)(c) or (d) of that section to an item specified in this table included a reference to the corresponding former provision of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
1936 Act equivalent of certain items |
Item | Schedule 1 provision | Former 1936 Act provision |
1 | Item 1 in the table in subsection 284‑90(1) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 | Section 226J |
2 | Item 2 in that table | Section 226H |
3 | Item 3 in that table | Section 226G |
4 | Item 4 in that table | Section 226K |
5 | Item 5 in that table | Section 226S |
6 | Item 6 in that table | Section 226P |
(2) Section 284‑220 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 has effect as if the reference in subsection 284‑220(2) to section 284‑160 in that Schedule included a reference to former section 224, 225, 226 or 226AA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
4 Application of amendments
(1) Subject to this item, the amendments made by this Schedule apply to things done on or after 1 July 2000.
(2) For fringe benefits tax, those amendments apply to fringe benefits tax, and to things done, for the year of tax starting on 1 April 2001 and later years.
(3) Those amendments do not apply to a return, statement, notice or other document, or a statement made or scheme entered into, in relation to:
(a) for income tax—the 1999‑2000 income year or an earlier income year; or
(b) for fringe benefits tax—the year of tax starting on 1 April 2000 or an earlier year of tax; or
(c) for other taxes—the year starting on 1 July 1999 or an earlier year.
Schedule 2
144 Application of amendments
(1) Subject to this item, the amendments made by this Part apply to:
(a) for income tax—returns, statements, notices and other documents given for the 2000‑01 income year and later years; and
(b) for fringe benefits tax—returns, statements, notices and other documents for the year of tax starting on 1 April 2001 and later years; and
(c) for other taxes—returns, statements, notices and other documents for the period starting on 1 July 2000 and later periods.
(2) Section 388‑85 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to approved forms required to be given to the Commissioner on or after 1 July 2000.
Indirect Tax Legislation Amendment Act 2000 (No. 92, 2000)
Schedule 9
18 Application of amendments
(1) Subject to this item, the amendments made by this Schedule apply to things done on or after 1 July 2000.
(2) Those amendments do not apply to a return, statement, notice or other document, or a statement made or scheme entered into, in relation to the year starting on 1 July 1999 or an earlier year.
Criminal Code Amendment (Theft, Fraud, Bribery and Related Offences) Act 2000 (No. 137, 2000)
Schedule 2
418 Transitional—pre‑commencement offences
(1) Despite the amendment or repeal of a provision by this Schedule, that provision continues to apply, after the commencement of this item, in relation to:
(a) an offence committed before the commencement of this item; or
(b) proceedings for an offence alleged to have been committed before the commencement of this item; or
(c) any matter connected with, or arising out of, such proceedings;
as if the amendment or repeal had not been made.
(2) Subitem (1) does not limit the operation of section 8 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
419 Transitional—pre‑commencement notices
If:
(a) a provision in force immediately before the commencement of this item required that a notice set out the effect of one or more other provisions; and
(b) any or all of those other provisions are repealed by this Schedule; and
(c) the first‑mentioned provision is amended by this Schedule;
the amendment of the first‑mentioned provision by this Schedule does not affect the validity of such a notice that was given before the commencement of this item.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 8) 2000 (No. 156, 2000)
Schedule 5
18 Application
(1A) The amendment made by item 4 of this Schedule applies, and is taken to have applied, to a requirement that would otherwise arise, or have arisen, under section 8AAZL of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 on or after 1 July 2000.
(2) The amendments made by items 12 to 17 of this Schedule apply, and are taken to have applied, in relation to net amounts for tax periods starting on or after 1 July 2000.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 7) 2000 (No. 173, 2000)
Schedule 2
5 Application of amendments
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to the 2000‑2001 income year and later income years.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 3) 2001 (No. 73, 2001)
Schedule 1
22 Application
The amendments made by this Part of this Schedule apply, and are taken to have applied, in relation to GST returns, and net amounts, for tax periods ending on or after 22 February 2001.
62 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Part of this Schedule (other than the amendments made by items 56 and 57) apply, and are taken to have applied, in relation to net amounts for tax periods starting, or that started, on or after 1 July 2000.
Schedule 2
40 Application
The amendments of Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 made by this Part apply in respect of the 2001‑2002 income year and later income years.
Note: There are transitional rules that apply to some instalment quarters in the 2000‑2001 income year. See Part 2 of this Schedule.
48 Preliminary
(1) This Part sets out transitional rules for:
(a) new categories of payers of *PAYG instalment for some *instalment quarters in the 2000‑2001 income year; and
(b) some existing PAYG instalment payers for some instalment quarters in the 2000‑2001 income year; and
(c) a method of calculating instalment amounts for some instalment quarters in the 2000‑2001 and 2001‑2002 income years; and
(d) some PAYG instalment payers for some instalment quarters in the 2002 income year.
(2) In this Part, if there is an asterisk appearing at the start of a term (as in “*instalment quarters”), the term has the same meaning as in subsection 995‑1(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
49 Transitional—new categories of payers who pay on basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax for 2000‑2001 income year
(1) Despite any other provisions, an entity may choose to be a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax for the purposes of Division 45 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 if:
(a) the entity satisfies the conditions in subitem (2) at the end of an *instalment quarter for which the entity is liable to pay an instalment under that Division; and
(b) that quarter (transitional quarter):
(i) is in the 2000‑2001 income year; and
(ii) ends on or after 31 March 2001 but not after 31 December 2001.
Note: The entity must make the choice in accordance with subitem (3).
(2) The entity satisfies the conditions in this subitem at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) the entity is an individual or a *multi‑rate trustee that is not an *annual payer or a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax (within the meaning of section 45‑125 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 apart from the effect of this item); or
(b) the entity:
(i) is a *full self‑assessment taxpayer whose base assessment instalment income (within the meaning of section 45‑320 in that Schedule) for the *base year is $1 million or less; and
(ii) is not an annual payer; or
(c) the entity:
(i) is a full self‑assessment taxpayer whose base assessment instalment income (within the meaning of section 45‑320 in that Schedule) for the base year is more than $1 million; and
(ii) is not an annual payer but it satisfies the conditions set out in subsection 45‑140(1) in that Schedule for an annual payer.
(3) The entity must make the choice by notifying the Commissioner in the *approved form on or before the day on which the instalment for that transitional quarter is due (disregarding subsection 45‑112(3) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953).
(4) If the entity makes the choice in accordance with this item:
(a) the entity becomes a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax for all purposes of Division 45 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 just before the end of that transitional quarter; and
(b) the entity remains such a payer for each of the rest of the transitional quarters unless the Commissioner withdraws the entity’s instalment rate under section 45‑90 in that Schedule during that quarter; and
(c) for the purposes of this item, subsections 45‑125(1) to (3) and section 45‑130 in that Schedule do not apply to the entity.
50 Transitional—some existing PAYG payers for 2000‑2001 income year
(1) This item applies to an entity that:
(a) is a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax (within the meaning of section 45‑125 of Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953) at the end of a transitional quarter (within the meaning of item 49 of this Schedule); and
(b) is not an entity that has chosen to become such a payer under item 49 of this Schedule.
(2) Section 45‑130 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 does not apply to that entity for that transitional quarter and all later transitional quarters.
51 Transitional—calculation of instalment amount
(1) Despite any other provisions, the Commissioner must work out in accordance with the following formula the amount of an instalment for a relevant quarter that the Commissioner notifies to a transitional payer under paragraph 45‑112(1)(a) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953:
(2) In this item:
GDP adjustment has the same meaning as in section 45‑405 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
notional tax has the meaning given by sections 45‑325 and 45‑475 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
relevant quarter means an *instalment quarter that:
(a) is in the 2000‑2001 or 2001‑2002 income year; and
(b) ends on or after 31 March 2001 but not on or after 31 December 2001.
transitional payer means an entity that becomes a *quarterly payer who pays on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax (within the meaning of Division 45 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953) at the end of a relevant quarter only because of:
(a) the operation of item 49 of this Schedule; or
(b) the amendments of that Division by this Schedule.
(3) An amount worked out under this item has effect as if it were worked out under Subdivision 45‑L in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
(4) Nothing in this item prevents the application to a transitional payer of paragraph 45‑112(1)(b) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 in respect of the instalment for a relevant quarter.
(5) However, paragraph 45‑112(1)(c) and section 45‑420 in that Schedule do not apply to a transitional payer in respect of the instalment for a relevant quarter.
52 Transitional—instalment quarters before 1st July 2001 in 2001‑2002 income year
(1) This item applies to an entity if:
(a) but for this item, the entity would have become a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax just before the end of an *instalment quarter under section 45‑134 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953; and
(b) that instalment quarter (the first quarter) is:
(i) in the 2001‑2002 income year; and
(ii) begins before 1st July 2001.
(2) Despite any other provisions:
(a) an entity to which this item applies does not so become a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax; and
(b) for the purposes of Division 45 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, the entity instead becomes a *quarterly payer who pays 4 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax (four instalments payer) just before the end of the first quarter; and
(c) the entity stops being a four instalments payer at the start of the first instalment quarter that begins on or after 1 July 2001 (the later quarter) if:
(i) as a result of paragraph (b), the entity would otherwise be a four instalment payer at the end of the later quarter; and
(ii) the entity would satisfy subsection 45‑134(1) in Schedule 1 to that Act at the end of the later quarter if the reference to the *starting instalment quarter in that subsection were a reference to the later quarter; and
(d) the entity becomes a *quarterly payer who pays 2 instalments annually on the basis of GDP‑adjusted notional tax at the end of the later quarter if subparagraph (c)(ii) of this item applies (whether or not subparagraph (c)(i) also applies).
53 Regulations
The Governor‑General may make regulations prescribing matters necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Part, being matters that are:
(a) of a transitional nature; and
(b) not inconsistent with this Part.
95 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Part of this Schedule apply in respect of the 2001‑2002 year of income and later years of income.
Schedule 3
29 Application
The amendments of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 made by items 20 to 28 of this Schedule apply, and are taken to have applied, in respect of amounts that are required to be paid to the Commissioner on or after 1 April 2001.
32 Application
The amendments of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 made by items 30 and 31 of this Schedule apply, and are taken to have applied, in respect of returns, notices, statements, applications or other documents that are required to be given to the Commissioner under a taxation law on or after 1 April 2001.
33 Transitional rules for PAYG instalments
(1) This item applies to an instalment quarter (the transitional quarter) in the 2000‑2001 income year that ends on or after 1 March 2001.
(2) Subitem (3) applies to an entity whose income year ends on 30 June and subitem (4) applies to an entity whose income year ends on a day other than 30 June.
(3) Despite any other provisions, if:
(a) but for this item, subsection 45‑60(1) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force immediately before the commencement of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to this Act would have applied to an entity in relation to a transitional quarter that ends on 31 March 2001 or 30 June 2001; and
(b) the entity is a deferred BAS payer on the 21st day of the month after the end of that quarter;
that instalment is instead due on or before the 28th day of the month after the end of that quarter.
(4) Despite any other provisions, if:
(a) but for this item, subsection 45‑60(3) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force immediately before the commencement of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to this Act would have applied to an entity in relation to a transitional quarter; and
(b) the entity is a deferred BAS payer on the 21st day of the month after the end of that quarter;
that instalment is instead due on or before:
(c) the 28th day of the month after the end of that quarter unless all or a part of a December falls within the last month of that quarter; or
(d) if all or a part of a December falls within the last month of that quarter—the next 28 February.
(5) In this item:
deferred BAS payer has the same meaning as in subsection 995‑1(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
instalment quarter has the same meaning as in subsection 995‑1(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Schedule 4
10 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to each day of each quarter mentioned in subsection 8AAD(2) of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (as amended) where the quarter begins on or after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
Schedule 5
3 Application of amendments
The amendments made by items 1 and 2 apply in relation to assessments for the 2000‑2001 income year and later income years.
Treasury Legislation Amendment (Application of Criminal Code) Act (No. 2) 2001 (No. 146, 2001)
4 Application of amendments
(1) Each amendment made by this Act applies to acts and omissions that take place after the amendment commences.
(2) For the purposes of this section, if an act or omission is alleged to have taken place between 2 dates, one before and one on or after the day on which a particular amendment commences, the act or omission is alleged to have taken place before the amendment commences.
Abolition of Compulsory Age Retirement (Statutory Officeholders) Act 2001
(No. 159, 2001)
Schedule 1
97 Application of amendments
The amendments made by this Schedule do not apply to an appointment if the term of the appointment began before the commencement of this item.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 5) 2001 (No. 168, 2001)
Schedule 1
25 Application
The amendments of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 made by this Schedule apply to payments made on or after 1 July 2002.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 6) 2001 (No. 169, 2001)
Schedule 6
19 Application
(3) Item 18 applies, and is taken to have applied, to an amount received, or a non‑cash benefit provided, on or after 1 July 2000.
(4) Item 18A applies to an amount received, or a non‑cash benefit provided, on or after 1 July 2002.
Taxation Laws Amendment (Superannuation) Act (No. 1) 2002
(No. 15, 2002)
Schedule 1
21 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to payments made on or after 1 July 2002.
Taxation Laws Amendment (Superannuation) Act (No. 2) 2002
(No. 51, 2002)
Schedule 6
11 Application of amendment made by item 10
The amendment made by item 10 applies in relation to payments made on or after the commencement of that item.
14 Application of amendments made by items 12 and 13
The amendments made by items 12 and 13 apply in relation to payments made on or after the commencement of those items.
Australian Crime Commission Establishment Act 2002 (No. 125, 2002)
Schedule 2
226 Transitional regulations
(1) The Governor‑General may make regulations prescribing matters of a transitional nature (including prescribing any saving or application provisions) arising out of the amendments made by this Schedule.
(2) Despite subsection 48(2) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, regulations made under this item within 1 year after commencement of this item may commence on a day earlier than the day on which they are made, but not earlier than the commencement of this item.
New Business Tax System (Consolidation and Other Measures) Act 2003 (No. 16, 2003)
Schedule 24
19 Application of amendments
(1) The amendment made by item 1 applies only in relation to an income year that begins on or after 1 July 2003.
(2) The amendments made by items 2 to 18 apply on and after 1 July 2002.
Schedule 28
19 Application
(3) The amendments made by items 3 to 12 and item 16 of this Schedule apply to income years ending after 30 June 2002.
Energy Grants (Credits) Scheme (Consequential Amendments) Act 2003
(No. 54, 2003)
Schedule 5
36 Application of running balance account amendments
(1) The amendment made by item 10 applies to credits arising on or after 1 July 2003.
(2) The amendment made by item 11 applies to debts becoming due on or after 1 July 2003.
37 Transitional
(1) Despite the amendments made by this Schedule, the Taxation Administration Act 1953 continues to apply, as if it had not been amended by this Schedule, in relation to any act or omission:
(a) that took place before 1 July 2003 under or for the purposes of the Diesel and Alternative Fuels Grants Scheme Act 1999; or
(b) that takes place on or after that day under or for the purposes of that Act in its continued operation in accordance with item 2 of Schedule 2 to this Act.
Note: The above subitem will, for example, have the effect that:
(a) an order may be made under section 8W in the Taxation Administration Act 1953 in relation to an offence committed in relation to the Diesel and Alternative Fuels Grants Scheme Act 1999 before or after its repeal; and
(b) a document may be certified under section 15A in the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as a true copy of a document obtained under the Diesel and Alternative Fuels Grants Scheme Act 1999 before or after its repeal.
(2) Despite the repeal of subsection 17B(8) of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 by this Schedule, section 17B of that Act continues to apply in relation to conduct that constituted or would constitute a contravention of the Diesel and Alternative Fuels Grants Scheme Act 1999, in its continued operation in accordance with item 2 of Schedule 2 to this Act, as if that Act were a taxation law.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 4) 2003 (No. 66, 2003)
Schedule 3
140 Application
(1) Subject to this item, the amendments made by this Schedule apply to assessments for the 2003‑04 income year and later income years.
Schedule 5
30 Application of amendments
The amendments of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 made by this Schedule apply to payments made, and non‑cash benefits provided, on or after 1 July 2003.
Schedule 6
3 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to payments made after the commencement of this Schedule.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 6) 2003 (No. 67, 2003)
Schedule 9
18 Transitional provision
(2) If the application has not been finally determined before the commencement of this Schedule, Division 340 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies as if the application had been made under section 340‑5 in Schedule 1 to that Act.
19 Application provision
A person may be released, under Division 340 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, from a liability that the person has incurred even if the liability was incurred before the commencement of this Schedule.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 8) 2003 (No. 107, 2003)
Schedule 2
40 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply on and after 1 July 2002.
Schedule 7
20 Application
The amendment made by item 19 applies in relation to the calculation of an entity’s adjusted tax:
(a) for a base year that is the first income year (within the meaning of section 205‑75 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997) or a later income year; and
(b) only for the purposes of a PAYG instalment period that includes, or starts after, the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
22 Application
The amendment made by item 21 applies in relation to the calculation of an entity’s benchmark instalment rate, or benchmark tax, for an income year that is the first income year (within the meaning of section 205‑75 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997) or a later income year.
Superannuation (Government Co‑contribution for Low Income Earners) (Consequential Amendments) Act 2003 (No. 111, 2003)
Schedule 1
25 Application of amendments
The amendments made by Part 1 of this Schedule apply in relation to contributions made to complying superannuation funds and RSAs on or after 1 July 2003.
Family and Community Services and Veterans’ Affairs Legislation Amendment (2003 Budget and Other Measures) Act 2003
(No. 122, 2003)
Schedule 2
26 Application
The amendments of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 made by this Schedule apply to information obtained before, on or after the commencement of this Schedule by the Commissioner, a Deputy Commissioner or a person authorised by the Commissioner or a Deputy Commissioner.
New Business Tax System (Taxation of Financial Arrangements) Act (No. 1) 2003 (No. 133, 2003)
Schedule 4
79 Transitional—sections 12‑15 and 425‑30 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
Despite the repeals of sections 12‑15 and 425‑30 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 by this Schedule, those sections continue to apply, in relation to an amount:
(a) that is in a foreign currency; and
(b) to which section 960‑50 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 does not apply;
as if those repeals had not happened.
Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 5) 2003 (No. 142, 2003)
Schedule 8
24 Application of amendments
(4) The amendments made by items 22 and 23 apply to a base year that is an income year including 1 July 2002 or is a later income year.
Tax Laws Amendment (2004 Measures No. 2) Act 2004 (No. 83, 2004)
Schedule 1
126 Application
(1) The amendment made by item 84 applies to a base year that is an income year including 1 July 2000 or is a later income year.
(6) The amendment made by item 107 applies to a base year that is an income year including 1 July 2002 or is a later income year.
(11) The amendment made by item 125 applies in relation to a valuation time that occurs after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
Tax Laws Amendment (2004 Measures No. 1) Act 2004 (No. 95, 2004)
Schedule 10
44 Transitional—GST and FBT endorsements
(2) The entity is taken to have made an application to the Commissioner under section 426‑15 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 for whichever of these kinds of endorsement is most appropriate for the entity:
(a) endorsement as a charitable institution under subsection 176‑1(1) of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999;
(b) endorsement as a trustee of a charitable fund under subsection 176‑5(1) of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999.
(3) The entity is taken to have made an application to the Commissioner under section 426‑15 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 for whichever of these kinds of endorsement is most appropriate for the entity:
(a) endorsement as a public benevolent institution under subsection 123C(1) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(b) endorsement for the operation of a public benevolent institution under subsection 123C(3) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(c) endorsement as a health promotion charity under subsection 123D(1) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986;
(d) endorsement under subsection 123E(1) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as a charitable institution covered by paragraph 65J(1)(baa) of that Act.
45 Transitional—acts or things done before commencement under repealed endorsement provisions
(1) In this item:
repealed provision means any of these provisions (as in force immediately before the commencement of this item):
(a) sections 30‑130 to 30‑175 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997;
(b) sections 50‑115 to 50‑160 of that Act.
(2) This item applies to an act or thing if:
(a) the act or thing was done before the commencement of this item; and
(b) the act or thing was done under, or for the purposes of, a repealed provision.
(3) The act or thing has effect, after the commencement of this item, as if it had been done under, or for the purposes of, the corresponding provision of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (as in force on and after the commencement of this item).
Tax Laws Amendment (Small Business Measures) Act 2004
(No. 134, 2004)
Schedule 1
16 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply, and are taken to have applied, in relation to net amounts for tax periods starting, or that started, on or after:
(a) for entities that, on 1 October 2004, had quarterly tax periods applying to them—1 October 2004; or
(b) for other entities—1 November 2004.
Schedule 2
23 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply, and are taken to have applied, in relation to net amounts for tax periods starting, or that started, on or after:
(a) for entities that, on 1 October 2004, had quarterly tax periods applying to them—1 October 2004; or
(b) for other entities—1 November 2004.
Schedule 3
10 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to net amounts for tax periods starting on or after 1 July 2005.
Financial Framework Legislation Amendment Act 2005 (No. 8, 2005)
4 Saving of matters in Part 2 of Schedule 1
(1) If:
(a) a decision or action is taken or another thing is made, given or done; and
(b) the thing is taken, made, given or done under a provision of a Part 2 Act that had effect immediately before the commencement of this Act;
then the thing has the corresponding effect, for the purposes of the Part 2 Act as amended by this Act, as if it had been taken, made, given or done under the Part 2 Act as so amended.
(2) In this section:
Part 2 Act means an Act that is amended by an item in Part 2 of Schedule 1.
Schedule 1
496 Saving provision—Finance Minister’s determinations
If a determination under subsection 20(1) of the Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997 is in force immediately before the commencement of this item, the determination continues in force as if it were made under subsection 20(1) of that Act as amended by this Act.
Tax Laws Amendment (2004 Measures No. 6) Act 2005 (No. 23, 2005)
Schedule 2
14 Application
(2) The amendments made by items 7 and 13 of this Schedule apply to payments of copyright income or non‑copyright income made by a copyright collecting society in an income year after the income year in which this item commences.
Schedule 3
111 Application of amendments
(3) The amendments made by Part 2 of this Schedule, other than items 26 and 110, apply in relation to events that occur on or after 1 July 2002.
Tax Laws Amendment (2004 Measures No. 7) Act 2005 (No. 41, 2005)
Schedule 1
13 Application
The amendment made by item 12 applies in relation to the calculation of an entity’s adjusted tax:
(a) for a base year that is the first income year starting on or after 1 July 2005 or is a later income year; and
(b) only for the purposes of a PAYG instalment period that includes, or starts after, the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
Tax Laws Amendment (2005 Measures No. 3) Act 2005 (No. 63, 2005)
Schedule 3
3 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to communications or disclosures of information after the day on which this item commences (regardless of whether the information was acquired before or after that commencement).
Tax Laws Amendment (Improvements to Self Assessment) Act (No. 1) 2005
(No. 75, 2005)
Schedule 1
31 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to amendments of assessments for the 2004‑05 income year and later income years.
Schedule 2
16 Application
(1) The amendments made by items 1 and 2 and 5 to 11 apply in relation to:
(a) for income tax—the 2004‑2005 income year or a later income year; or
(b) for fringe benefits tax—the year of tax starting on 1 April 2004 or a later year of tax; or
(c) for other taxes—the year starting on 1 July 2004 or a later year.
(2) The amendments made by items 12 to 15 apply in relation to notices given, and decisions made, after the commencement of those items in relation to:
(a) for income tax—the 2004‑2005 income year or a later income year; or
(b) for fringe benefits tax—the year of tax starting on 1 April 2004 or a later year of tax; or
(c) for other taxes—the year starting on 1 July 2004 or a later year.
Tax Laws Amendment (2005 Measures No. 1) Act 2005 (No. 77, 2005)
Schedule 4
7 Application of item 6
The amendment made by item 6 applies in relation to the calculation of an entity’s adjusted tax:
(a) for a base year that is the first income year starting on or after 1 July 2004 or a later income year; and
(b) only for the purposes of a PAYG instalment period that includes, or starts after, the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
9 Application of item 8
The amendment made by item 8 applies in relation to the calculation of an entity’s adjusted assessed tax for a variation year that is the first income year starting on or after 1 July 2004 or a later income year.
Tax Laws Amendment (2005 Measures No. 2) Act 2005 (No. 78, 2005)
Schedule 4
5 Saving
Despite:
(a) the repeal of paragraph 45‑125(2)(c) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953; and
(b) the repeal and substitution of section 45‑150 in that Schedule;
by this Schedule, that paragraph and section, as in force immediately before the repeal, continue to apply in relation to income years starting before the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
Schedule 6
28 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule (other than items 3 to 7, 9 and 10) apply, and are taken to have applied, in relation to supplies made on or after the day the Bill for this Act was introduced into the Parliament.
Tax Laws Amendment (2005 Measures No. 4) Act 2005 (No. 160, 2005)
Schedule 1
14 Application of certain amendments
(2) The amendment made by item 12 of this Schedule applies in relation to the calculation of an entity’s adjusted tax for base years that are income years starting on or after 1 July 2005.
(3) The amendment made by item 13 of this Schedule applies in relation to the calculation of an entity’s adjusted assessed tax for variation years that are income years starting on or after 1 July 2005.
Schedule 4
27 Transitional provision
If:
(a) an application has been made for the review of a decision that was a reviewable wine tax decision within the meaning of subsection 62(2A) of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force immediately before the repeal of that subsection; and
(b) that review has not been completed before the day of that repeal;
that review may continue to be dealt with, on and after that day, as if it had been sought under subsection 62(2A) of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as amended by item 26 of this Schedule.
Tax Laws Amendment (Improvements to Self Assessment) Act (No. 2) 2005
(No. 161, 2005)
Schedule 1
32 Application
The amendments made by items 28 to 31 apply in relation to taxation decisions made in:
(a) for income tax—the 2004‑05 income year or a later income year; or
(b) for fringe benefits tax—the year of tax starting on 1 April 2004 or a later year of tax.
35 Application
The amendments made by items 33 and 34 apply in relation to payment summaries, and copies of payment summaries, given to entities in the financial year beginning on 1 July 2004 and later financial years.
37 Application
The amendment made by item 36 applies to declarations made on or after 1 April 2004.
59 Application
The amendments made by this Division apply in relation to the 2004‑05 year of income and later years of income.
Schedule 2
28 Definition of commencement day
In this Part:
commencement day means the later of:
(a) the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent; and
(b) 1 January 2006.
29 Status of existing rulings
(1) A public ruling in force immediately before the commencement day under Part IVAAA of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 has effect, on and after that day, as if it were a public ruling made under Division 358 in Schedule 1 to that Act as amended by this Act.
(2) A private ruling in force immediately before the commencement day under Part IVAA of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 has effect, on and after that day, as if it were a private ruling made under Division 359 in Schedule 1 to that Act as amended by this Act.
(3) An oral ruling in force immediately before the commencement day under Division 360 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 has effect, on and after that day, as if it were an oral ruling made under Division 360 in Schedule 1 to that Act as amended by this Act.
(4) A ruling to which this item applies is taken to have been made on the day on which it was originally made.
30 Inconsistent rulings
(1) The rules in the table in subsection 357‑75(1) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 do not apply to work out the effect of 2 inconsistent rulings if both of them were originally made before the commencement day.
(2) Instead, the inconsistency rules that existed immediately before the commencement day are to be applied.
Note: See former sections 170BC to 170BDC of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 for the old inconsistency rules.
31 Pending applications
(1) An application for a private ruling or an oral ruling under the Taxation Administration Act 1953 made before the commencement day and not decided before that day has effect on and after that day as if it were an application for a private ruling under Division 359, or for an oral ruling under Division 360, in Schedule 1 to that Act as amended by this Act.
(2) The application is taken to have been made on the day on which it was originally made.
32 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to things done on or after the later of:
(a) the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent; and
(b) 1 January 2006.
Tax Laws Amendment (2006 Measures No. 1) Act 2006 (No. 32, 2006)
Schedule 3
17 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to conduct engaged in on or after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
Student Assistance Legislation Amendment Act 2006 (No. 47, 2006)
Schedule 1
25 Preservation of existing repayment rules
If, at any time before the commencement of the amendments of the Social Security Act 1991 made by items 6 to 24 of this Schedule:
(a) a person had an accumulated FS debt; and
(b) the person was, by virtue of the application of the provisions of that Act as in force at that time, under an obligation to make a payment in reduction of that debt in respect of an income year before the income year 2006‑07;
the provisions of that Act as so in force continue to apply in respect of the payments required to be made in reduction of that debt in respect of that income year as if those items had never been enacted.
Schedule 2
27 Preservation of existing repayment rules
If, at any time before the commencement of the amendments of the Student Assistance Act 1973 made by items 12 to 26 of this Schedule:
(a) a person had an accumulated FS debt; and
(b) the person was, by virtue of the application of the provisions of that Act as in force at that time, under an obligation to make a payment in reduction of that debt in respect of an income year before the income year 2006‑07;
the provisions of that Act as so in force continue to apply in respect of the payments required to be made in reduction of that debt in respect of that income year as if those items had never been enacted.
Tax Laws Amendment (2006 Measures No. 2) Act 2006 (No. 58, 2006)
Schedule 7
133 Application
The amendment made by item 132 applies to assessments of the amounts of administrative penalties made by the Commissioner after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
138 Application
The amendments made by items 135 to 137 apply to administrative penalties imposed after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
139 Transitional
(1) If, under section 16‑45 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force immediately before the commencement of this item, the Commissioner has refused to any extent to remit to an entity an amount of penalty, the entity may, in the manner set out in Part IVC of that Act, object against the decision.
(2) The objection must be made before the end of 60 days after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent (the assent day).
(3) An objection that was purported to have been made against such a refusal before the assent day has effect as if it had been made under this item on the assent day.
165 Application
The amendment made by item 164 applies to GST returns, and net amounts, for tax periods ending on or after 22 February 2001.
Fuel Tax (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2006
(No. 73, 2006)
Schedule 5
53 Transitional—rulings about Part VI of the Taxation Administration Act 1953
If:
(a) immediately before the commencement of this item, a ruling (within the meaning of section 37 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953) about a provision (the old law) of Part VI of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 is in force; and
(b) the provision is re‑enacted or remade by this Schedule (with or without modifications);
the ruling is, on the commencement of this item, taken also to be a ruling about the provision as re‑enacted or remade (the new law), but only so far as the new law expresses the same ideas as the old law.
Note: Ideas in the Taxation Administration Act 1953 are not necessarily different just because different forms of words are used: see section 15AC of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
54 Transitional—section 40 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953
(1) This item applies if, immediately before the commencement of this item, a person is liable, under section 40 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953, to pay the general interest charge on an unpaid amount (the liability) of any indirect tax.
(2) On the commencement of this item, that section ceases to apply to the liability.
(3) From the commencement of this item, section 105‑80 in Schedule 1 to that Act applies to the liability as if:
(a) the liability remains unpaid at that time; and
(b) so much of the charge under section 40 of that Act as remains unpaid at that time had been imposed under section 105‑80 in that Schedule and remains unpaid at that time.
55 Transitional—section 62 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953
If:
(a) an application has been made for the review of a decision that was:
(i) a reviewable GST decision; or
(ii) a reviewable wine tax decision; or
(iii) a reviewable indirect tax decision; or
(iv) a reviewable GST transitional decision;
(within the meaning of section 62 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force immediately before the commencement of this item); and
(b) the review has not been completed before the commencement of this item;
the review may continue to be dealt with, on and after the commencement of this item, as if it had been sought under Part 3‑10 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as amended by this Part.
56 Transitional—section 70 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953
If, immediately before the commencement of this item, you must keep and retain a record under section 70 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953:
(a) despite the repeal of that section by this Schedule, that section continues to apply to the record; and
(b) section 382‑5 in Schedule 1 to that Act does not apply to the record.
57 Application—sections 105‑40, 110‑50 and 111‑50 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
(1) Section 105‑40 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies to:
(a) a reviewable indirect tax decision (within the meaning of section 62 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force immediately before the commencement of this item) if an application for the review of the decision had not been made before the commencement of this item; or
(b) a reviewable indirect tax decision (within the meaning of section 105‑40 in that Schedule) made after the commencement of this item.
(2) Sections 110‑50 and 111‑50 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 apply to a decision made before or after the commencement of this item.
58 Transitional—instruments
(1) The following table has effect:
Instruments in force immediately before commencement |
Item | If, immediately before the commencement of this subitem, the following instrument, made for the purposes of the specified provision of the Taxation Administration Act 1953, was in force... | the instrument is, on the commencement of this subitem, taken to have been made for the purposes of the following provision of that Act... |
1 | an instrument approving a form for the purposes of subsection 23(1) | subsection 105‑10(1) in Schedule 1. |
2 | an instrument allowing a further period for the purposes of paragraph 23(2)(b) | paragraph 105‑10(2)(b) in Schedule 1. |
3 | a notice for the purposes of paragraph 35(a) | paragraph 105‑50(a) in Schedule 1. |
4 | a notice, other than a notice of assessment, for the purposes of paragraph 36(1)(f) | paragraph 105‑55(1)(b) in Schedule 1. |
5 | a determination covering an acquisition for the purposes of paragraph 62B(1)(a) | paragraph 105‑120(1)(b) in Schedule 1. |
6 | a determination covering a visiting force, a member of a visiting force or another person, for the purposes of paragraph 62B(1)(a) | paragraph 105‑120(1)(c) in Schedule 1. |
7 | a determination covering a use for the purposes of paragraph 62B(1)(b) | paragraph 105‑120(1)(d) in Schedule 1. |
8 | a determination of a class of persons for the purposes of subsection 62B(1) | paragraph 105‑120(1)(a) in Schedule 1. |
9 | an instrument approving a form for the purposes of subsection 62B(3) | paragraph 105‑120(1)(e) in Schedule 1. |
10 | a determination for the purposes of subsection 62B(4) | subsection 105‑120(2) in Schedule 1. |
11 | regulations specifying a kind of entity for the purposes of subsection 62C(1) | paragraph 105‑125(1)(a) in Schedule 1. |
12 | regulations specifying a kind of acquisition for the purposes of subsection 62C(1) | paragraph 105‑125(1)(b) in Schedule 1. |
13 | a determination of a class of persons for the purposes of subsection 62C(1) | subsection 105‑125(1) in Schedule 1. |
14 | an instrument approving a form for the purposes of subsection 62C(3) | paragraph 105‑125(1)(c) in Schedule 1. |
15 | regulations for the purposes of subsection 62C(4) | subsection 105‑125(2) in Schedule 1. |
16 | a direction for the purposes of subsection 65(1) | subsection 353‑10(1) in Schedule 1. |
17 | an authorisation for the purposes of paragraph 65(1)(b) | paragraph 353‑10(1)(b) in Schedule 1. |
18 | an authorisation for the purposes of section 66 | section 353‑15 in Schedule 1. |
19 | an authorisation for the purposes of paragraph 68(3)(d) or (e) | subparagraph 355‑5(5)(a)(iii) in Schedule 1. |
20 | regulations prescribing an office for the purposes of the definition of State or Territory officer in subsection 68(6) | item 7 in the table in subsection 355‑5(5) in Schedule 1. |
21 | a notice for the purposes of paragraph 70(3)(a) | paragraphs 382‑5(11)(a) and (12)(a) in Schedule 1. |
22 | an authorisation for the purposes of paragraph 353‑10(1)(b) in Schedule 1 | paragraph 353‑10(1)(b) in Schedule 1. |
23 | regulations prescribing a scale of expenses for the purposes of subsection 353‑10(3) in Schedule 1 | subsection 353‑10(3) in Schedule 1. |
(2) The following table has effect:
Actions before commencement |
Item | If, before the commencement of this subitem, the following action... | was done for the purposes of the following provision of the Taxation Administration Act 1953... | the action is, on the commencement of this subitem, taken to have been done for the purposes of the following provision of that Act... |
1 | making an assessment | Division 2 of Part VI | Subdivision 105‑A in Schedule 1. |
2 | requesting an assessment | subsection 23(1) | subsection 105‑10(1) in Schedule 1. |
3 | notifying | paragraph 36(1)(e) | paragraph 105‑55(1)(a) in Schedule 1. |
60 Transitional—subsection 111‑50(2) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
If:
(a) an application has been made for the review of a decision that was a reviewable wine tax decision within the meaning of subsection 111‑50(2) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force immediately before the commencement of this item; and
(b) the review has not been completed before the commencement of this item;
the review may continue to be dealt with, on and after the commencement of this item, as if it had been sought under subsection 111‑50(2) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as amended by this Part.
Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Amendment Act 2006
(No. 78, 2006)
Schedule 1
12 Application
The amendments made by Part 1 of this Schedule apply only in relation to instalment transfers under the Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act 1987 for financial years that start on or after 1 July 2006.
Schedule 4
38 Application
The amendments made by Part 1 of this Schedule apply only in relation to returns and assessments of tax, and instalments of tax, under the Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act 1987 for financial years that start on or after 1 July 2006.
Tax Laws Amendment (2006 Measures No. 3) Act 2006 (No. 80, 2006)
Schedule 4
14 Application of amendments
The amendments made by Division 1 apply in relation to transfers made into a company’s share capital account after the day on which the Bill for this Act was introduced into the Parliament.
Schedule 7
6 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to financial years starting on or after 1 July 2005.
(2) Despite subsection 12(2) of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003, the first regulations made for the purposes of sections 78 and 78A of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 may be expressed to take effect from 1 July 2005.
International Tax Agreements Amendment Act (No. 1) 2006
(No. 100, 2006)
Schedule 1
11 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to claims for assistance in collection of foreign tax debts made after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
Schedule 2
7 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to requests for the exchange of information made after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
Tax Laws Amendment (Repeal of Inoperative Provisions) Act 2006
(No. 101, 2006)
Schedule 6
1 Application of Schedule 1 and 2 amendments
Except as mentioned in items 2 and 3, the repeals and amendments made by Schedules 1 and 2 apply:
(a) so far as they affect assessments—to assessments for the 2006‑07 income year and all later income years; and
(b) otherwise—to acts done or omitted to be done, or states of affairs existing, after the commencement of the repeals and amendments.
3 Application of TFN withholding tax amendments
(1) The amendment made by item 949 of Schedule 2 applies to payments made on or after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
(2) The repeal of Subdivision C of Division 3B of Part VI of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 by item 163 of Schedule 1 to this Act, and the insertion of section 14‑55 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 by item 955 of Schedule 2 to this Act, apply to the 2006‑07 income year and later income years.
(3) The insertion of sections 14‑50, 14‑60, 14‑65, 14‑75 and 14‑85 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 by item 955 of Schedule 2 to this Act applies to tax payable in accordance with former section 221YHZR of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 as if:
(a) the tax were TFN withholding tax (payable under section 14‑55 in that Schedule); and
(b) section 14‑55 in that Schedule applied to the income year in respect of which the tax is payable.
4 Application of Schedule 3 and 4 amendments
The repeals and amendments made by Schedules 3 and 4 apply:
(a) so far as they affect assessments—to assessments for the 2007‑08 income year and all later income years; and
(b) otherwise—to acts done or omitted to be done, or states of affairs existing, after the commencement of the amendments.
5 Application of Schedule 5 amendments
The repeals and amendments made by Schedule 5 apply to acts done or omitted to be done, or states of affairs existing, after the commencement of the amendments.
6 Object
The object of this Part is to ensure that, despite the repeals and amendments made by this Act, the full legal and administrative consequences of:
(a) any act done or omitted to be done; or
(b) any state of affairs existing; or
(c) any period ending;
before such a repeal or amendment applies, can continue to arise and be carried out, directly or indirectly through an indefinite number of steps, even if some or all of those steps are taken after the repeal or amendment applies.
7 Making and amending assessments, and doing other things, in relation to past matters
Even though an Act is repealed or amended by this Act, the repeal or amendment is disregarded for the purpose of doing any of the following under any Act or legislative instrument (within the meaning of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003):
(a) making or amending an assessment (including under a provision that is itself repealed or amended);
(b) exercising any right or power, performing any obligation or duty or doing any other thing (including under a provision that is itself repealed or amended);
in relation to any act done or omitted to be done, any state of affairs existing, or any period ending, before the repeal or amendment applies.
Example 1: On 31 July 1999, Greg Ltd lodged its annual return under former section 160ARE of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936. The return stated that the company had a credit on its franking account and that no franking deficit tax was payable for the 1998‑99 franking year. Under former section 160ARH of that Act, the Commissioner was taken to have made an assessment consistent with the return.
Following an audit undertaken after the repeal of Part IIIAA of that Act, the Commissioner concludes that Greg Ltd fraudulently overfranked dividends it paid during the 1998‑99 franking year, and had a franking account deficit for that franking year. As a result, the Commissioner considers that franking deficit tax and a penalty by way of additional tax are payable.
The Commissioner can amend the assessment under former section 160ARN of that Act, because item 7 of this Schedule disregards the repeal of that section for the purposes of making an assessment in relation to the 1998‑99 franking year. Item 7 will also disregard the repeal of Division 11 of former Part IIIAA to the extent necessary for the Commissioner to assess Greg Ltd’s liability to a penalty by way of additional tax.
Despite the repeal of sections 160ARU and 160ARV, item 9 will ensure that the general interest charge will accrue on the unpaid franking deficit tax and penalty until they are paid.
Item 7 will also preserve Greg Ltd’s right, under former section 160ART of that Act, to object against the Commissioner’s amended assessment (including the penalty), since the objection is the exercise of a right in relation to a franking year that ended before the repeal of Part IIIAA.
Example 2: During the 1997‑98 income year, Duffy Property Ltd withheld amounts from its employees’ wages as required by former Divisions 1AAA and 2 of Part VI of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936. The company failed to notify the Commissioner of those amounts, and failed to remit them to the Commissioner.
Following an audit undertaken after the repeal of those Divisions, the Commissioner discovers that the withheld amounts have not been remitted. The company’s records are incomplete and the Commissioner is unable to completely ascertain the extent of its liability for the withheld amounts. Under section 222AGA of that Act, the Commissioner makes an estimate of the liability.
Item 7 will disregard the repeal of section 220AAZA of that Act (which empowered the Commissioner to recover the amount of the estimate). Even though the estimate is made after the repeal, it relates to amounts withheld before the repeal.
8 Saving of provisions about effect of assessments
If a provision or part of a provision that is repealed or amended by this Act deals with the effect of an assessment, the repeal or amendment is disregarded in relation to assessments made, before or after the repeal or amendment applies, in relation to any act done or omitted to be done, any state of affairs existing, or any period ending, before the repeal or amendment applies.
9 Saving of provisions about general interest charge, failure to notify penalty or late reconciliation statement penalty
If:
(a) a provision or part of a provision that is repealed or amended by this Act provides for the payment of:
(i) general interest charge, failure to notify penalty or late reconciliation statement penalty (all within the meaning of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936); or
(ii) interest under the Taxation (Interest on Overpayments and Early Payments) Act 1983; and
(b) in a particular case, the period in respect of which the charge, penalty or interest is payable (whether under the provision or under the Taxation Administration Act 1953) has not begun, or has begun but not ended, when the provision is repealed or amended;
then, despite the repeal or amendment, the provision or part continues to apply in the particular case until the end of the period.
10 Repeals disregarded for the purposes of dependent provisions
If the operation of a provision (the subject provision) of any Act or legislative instrument (within the meaning of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003) made under any Act depends to any extent on an Act, or a provision of an Act, that is repealed by this Act, the repeal is disregarded so far as it affects the operation of the subject provision.
11 Schedule does not limit operation of section 8 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901
This Schedule does not limit the operation of section 8 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
14 Resolutions to which section 221B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies
If a resolution to which section 221B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applied was in force just before the repeal of that section by Schedule 1 to this Act, section 446‑5 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (as inserted by item 970 of Schedule 2 to this Act) applies to the resolution after the repeal.
15 Extended operation of subsection 265‑45(2) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
In addition to the operation that it has apart from this item, subsection 265‑45(2) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 also applies to an amount of a liability (within the meaning of that subsection) that a person pays after the repeal of section 259 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 by item 166 of Schedule 1 to this Act, if the liability arose before 1 July 2000.
Tax Laws Amendment (2006 Measures No. 6) Act 2007 (No. 4, 2007)
Schedule 2
19 Transitional
An appointment made by the Prime Minister under section 6B of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 before the commencement of this item and in force at that commencement continues to have effect after that commencement according to its terms as if it had been made by the Minister just after that commencement.
Tax Laws Amendment (Simplified Superannuation) Act 2007 (No. 9, 2007)
Schedule 1
24 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Part of this Schedule apply to the 2007‑2008 income year and later years.
(2) Despite subitem (1), the following apply on and after 1 July 2007:
(a) the amendments made by items 19 and 20 of this Schedule;
(b) section 288‑105 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 inserted by item 23 of this Schedule.
(3) Despite subitem (1), sections 288‑90, 288‑95 and 288‑100 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 inserted by item 23 of this Schedule apply to the 2007‑2008 financial year and later years.
Schedule 4
16 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to things that are done and events that occur on or after 1 July 2007.
Note: For transitional rules about provisions related to the application of Division 292 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 in the period from 10 May 2006 to 30 June 2007, see section 292‑80 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997.
Schedule 5
32 Transitional—meaning of taxation law
In determining the meaning of taxation law in the Taxation Administration Act 1953 before the commencement of this item, the amendments made by this Schedule are to be disregarded.
36 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule apply to the 2007‑2008 income year and later years.
(2) Despite subitem (1), items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 34 and 35 of this Schedule apply on and after 1 July 2007.
Superannuation Legislation Amendment (Simplification) Act 2007
(No. 15, 2007)
Schedule 1
406 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule apply to the 2007‑2008 income year and later years.
(2) Despite subitem (1), those amendments apply to the 2007‑2008 financial year and later years, to the extent that they relate to Division 292 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(3) Despite subitem (1), those amendments apply on and after 1 July 2007, to the extent that they relate to any of the following:
(a) Divisions 82 and 83 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997;
(b) Divisions 301 to 307 of that Act.
Schedule 3
66 Application
(1) The amendments made to the following Acts by this Schedule apply to the 2007‑2008 income year and later years:
(a) the Child Support (Registration and Collection) Act 1988; and
(b) the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997; and
(c) the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997; and
(d) the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
(2) Despite subitem (1), those amendments apply to the 2007‑2008 financial year and later years, to the extent that they relate to Division 292 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(3) Despite subitem (1), those amendments apply on and after 1 July 2007, to the extent that they relate to any of the following:
(a) Divisions 82 and 83 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997;
(b) Divisions 301 to 307 of that Act.
Tax Laws Amendment (2007 Measures No. 1) Act 2007 (No. 56, 2007)
Schedule 1
5 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to disclosures of information made on or after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent (whenever the information was obtained).
Schedule 3
39 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule apply to acquisitions of stapled securities, and of rights to acquire stapled securities, on or after 1 July 2006.
(2) In this item:
acquisition has the same meaning as in Division 13A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
Tax Laws Amendment (2007 Measures No. 3) Act 2007 (No. 79, 2007)
Schedule 8
26 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule apply to amounts paid by a participant under a forestry managed investment scheme on or after 1 July 2007.
(2) Despite subitem (1), the amendments do not apply if any other amounts were paid by the participant or any other participant under the scheme before 1 July 2007.
Schedule 10
32 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to the first income year starting on or after the first 1 July after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent and later income years.
Tax Laws Amendment (Small Business) Act 2007 (No. 80, 2007)
Schedule 2
67 Application
(3) The amendments made by items 63, 64 and 66 of Part 2 of this Schedule apply in relation to the year starting on 1 July 2007 and later years.
Schedule 6
9 Application
(1) The amendments made by items 2 and 3 of this Schedule apply in relation to the 2007‑08 income year and later income years.
(2) The amendments made by items 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Schedule apply in relation to the 2009‑10 income year and later income years.
Tax Laws Amendment (2007 Measures No. 4) Act 2007 (No. 143, 2007)
Schedule 1
222 Application
Subject to items 223 and 224, the amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to income years, statutory accounting periods and notional accounting periods starting on or after the first 1 July that occurs after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.
225 Object
The object of this Part is to ensure that, despite the repeals and amendments made by this Act, the full legal and administrative consequences of:
(a) any act done or omitted to be done; or
(b) any state of affairs existing; or
(c) any period ending;
before such a repeal or amendment applies, can continue to arise and be carried out, directly or indirectly through an indefinite number of steps, even if some or all of those steps are taken after the repeal or amendment applies.
226 Making and amending assessments, and doing other things, in relation to past matters
Even though an Act is repealed or amended by this Act, the repeal or amendment is disregarded for the purpose of doing any of the following under any Act or legislative instrument (within the meaning of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003):
(a) making or amending an assessment (including under a provision that is itself repealed or amended);
(b) exercising any right or power, performing any obligation or duty or doing any other thing (including under a provision that is itself repealed or amended);
in relation to any act done or omitted to be done, any state of affairs existing, or any period ending, before the repeal or amendment applies.
Example: For the 2006‑07 income year, Smart Investor Pty Ltd, an Australian resident private investment company, has assessable foreign income in the passive income class on which it has paid foreign tax for which it wishes to claim a foreign tax credit. The company also has a tax loss for the year from its Australian investments. When it lodges its tax return for the year it does not elect to claim a deduction for any of the tax loss under section 79DA of the ITAA 1936, because the Australian tax payable on its passive foreign income equals the foreign tax it has paid.
In 2009 the amount of foreign tax payable in respect of some foreign rental income it had included in its return for the 2006‑07 year is reduced and Smart Investor receives a refund of the difference in foreign tax. Smart Investor Pty Ltd then applies to be able to make an election under section 79DA, that is, after the Tax Laws Amendment (2007 Measures No. 4) Act 2007 (which repeals section 79DA) receives Royal Assent. The Commissioner allows Smart Investor to submit an election to claim a deduction for so much of its 2006‑07 tax loss as to reduce the amount of Australian tax payable on its 2006‑07 assessable foreign income to the revised foreign tax paid, by the end of 2009.
Despite the repeal of section 79DA, item 226 allows the Commissioner to permit an election to be lodged after the return for 2006‑07 has been lodged, and to amend Smart Investor’s assessment for that year, because these actions relate to a thing done, and periods ending, before the repeal of section 79DA applies.
Schedule 4
51 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to the first income year starting on or after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent and later income years.
52 Transitional
(1) This item applies in relation to income years starting on or after 1 July 2006 and before the first income year to which the amendments made by this Schedule apply in accordance with item 51.
(2) The trustee of a closely held trust is not liable to pay tax under section 102UK or 102UM of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in respect of a share of the net income of the trust to the extent to which:
(a) the trustee of the closely held trust is assessed and liable to pay tax under subsection 98(4) of that Act in respect of the share; or
(b) the share is reasonably attributable to a part of the net income of another trust estate in respect of which the trustee of the other trust estate is assessed and liable to pay tax under that subsection; or
(c) the share is represented by or reasonably attributable to an amount from which an entity was required to withhold an amount under Subdivision 12‑H in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953; or
(d) the share is represented by or reasonably attributable to an amount which was liable to tax under section 255 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
Schedule 5
48 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule apply to the 2007‑2008 income year and later years.
(4) Despite subitem (1), the amendment made by item 29 of this Schedule applies in relation to an entity’s 2007‑2008 base year and later base years.
(5) Despite subitem (1), the amendment made by item 30 of this Schedule applies in relation to an entity’s 2007‑2008 variation year and later variation years.
Tax Laws Amendment (2007 Measures No. 5) Act 2007 (No. 164, 2007)
Schedule 1
71 Application
(12) The amendment made by item 69 of this Schedule applies in relation to an income year that begins on or after 1 July 2008.
Tax Laws Amendment (Election Commitments No. 1) Act 2008
(No. 32, 2008)
Schedule 1
58 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to fund payments made in relation to the first income year starting on or after the first 1 July after the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent and later income years.
Tax Laws Amendment (2008 Measures No. 3) Act 2008 (No. 91, 2008)
Schedule 2
16 Application
(1) The amendments made to section 105‑50 of Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 by this Schedule apply in relation to an amount that:
(a) is:
(i) an unpaid net amount, net fuel amount or amount of indirect tax of a kind referred to in subsection 105‑50(1) of Schedule 1 to that Act as amended by this Schedule; or
(ii) an amount of excess of a kind referred to in subsection 105‑50(2) of Schedule 1 to that Act as amended by this Schedule; or
(iii) an amount of any relevant general interest charge under that Act that relates to an amount referred to in subparagraph (i) or (ii); and
(b) became payable by you before the commencement of this Schedule;
unless, before that commencement, the Commissioner notified you in writing that the amount was payable.
(2) The amendments made to section 105‑55 of Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 by this Schedule apply in relation to a refund, other payment or credit:
(a) that is of a kind referred to in subsection 105‑55(1) or (3) of Schedule 1 to that Act as amended by this Schedule; and
(b) to which you became entitled before the commencement of this Schedule;
unless, before that commencement, you notified the Commissioner in writing, or the Commissioner notified you in writing, that you were entitled to the refund, other payment or credit.
(3) To avoid doubt, this item does not prevent amendments made by this Schedule from applying to amounts that become payable, or entitlements that arise, on or after the commencement of this Schedule.
18 Application
The amendment made by item 17 of this Schedule applies to amounts overpaid or not refunded:
(a) to which section 105‑65 of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (as amended by this Part) applies; and
(b) that are in respect of tax periods starting on or after 1 July 2008.
First Home Saver Accounts (Further Provisions) Amendment Act 2008
(No. 92, 2008)
Schedule 1
26 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply from 1 October 2008.
Tax Laws Amendment (Education Refund) Act 2008 (No. 141, 2008)
Schedule 1
10 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to the 2008‑2009 income year and later years.
Tax Laws Amendment (Luxury Car Tax—Minor Amendments) Act 2008
(No. 150, 2008)
Schedule 1
7 Application
The amendment made by item 6 applies to taxable supplies of luxury cars and taxable importations of luxury cars on or after 1 July 2008.
Migration Legislation Amendment (Worker Protection) Act 2008
(No. 159, 2008)
Schedule 2
2 Application of amendment of the Taxation Administration Act 1953
(1) The amendment made by Part 1 of this Schedule applies to information acquired by the Commissioner under a taxation law before, on or after the day on which this Schedule commences.
(2) To avoid doubt, information acquired by the Commissioner under a taxation law may relate to a person who, immediately before this Schedule commences:
(a) is a standard business sponsor; or
(b) is an approved sponsor, other than an approved professional development sponsor; or
(c) both:
(i) was a standard business sponsor and an approved sponsor; and
(ii) remained bound by an undertaking made under section 140H of the Migration Act 1958 that was enforceable under section 140Q of that Act.
(3) In this item:
approved professional development sponsor has the same meaning as in regulation 1.03 of the Migration Regulations 1994 as in force immediately before this Schedule commences.
approved sponsor has the same meaning as in the Migration Act 1958.
Migration Act 1958 means the Migration Act 1958 as in force immediately before this Schedule commences.
standard business sponsor has the same meaning as in regulation 1.20B of the Migration Regulations 1994 as in force immediately before this Schedule commences.
taxation law has the meaning given by the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Tax Laws Amendment (2008 Measures No. 6) Act 2009 (No. 14, 2009)
Schedule 2
9 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to foreign revenue claims, the particulars of which are in the Register at the commencement of this Schedule or are entered in the Register after that commencement.
Schedule 4
39 Application
The amendment made by item 38 applies to fund payments made in relation to the first income year starting on or after 1 July 2008 and later income years.
44 Application
The amendments made by items 40 to 43 apply to assessments for the 2007‑08 income year and later income years.
Tax Laws Amendment (Taxation of Financial Arrangements) Act 2009
(No. 15, 2009)
Schedule 1
102 Definitions
In this Part:
financial arrangement amendments means the amendments made by Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule.
first applicable income year means the first income year for which the financial arrangement amendments apply to you under item 103.
lodgment date means the due date for you to lodge an income tax return.
103 Application of financial arrangement amendments (income years)
(1) Subject to subitem (2), the financial arrangement amendments apply to you for income years commencing on or after 1 July 2010.
(2) The financial arrangement amendments apply to you for income years commencing on or after 1 July 2009 if you elect to have this subitem apply to you.
Note: For a consolidated group, it is the head entity that would make the election.
(3) An election under subitem (2) must be made on or before the first lodgment date that occurs on or after the start of your first income year commencing on or after 1 July 2009.
104 Application of financial arrangement amendments (financial arrangements)
Future financial arrangements
(1) The financial arrangement amendments apply to financial arrangements that you start to have in the first applicable income year or a later income year.
Existing financial arrangements
(2) The financial arrangement amendments apply to all financial arrangements that:
(a) you started to have before the start of the first applicable income year; and
(b) you have at the start of that income year;
only if you elect to have this subitem apply to you.
(3) The financial arrangement amendments do not apply under subitem (2) to a financial arrangement that arose from a disposal of property (including a disposal of a capital asset, a revenue asset, a depreciating asset or trading stock).
(4) The financial arrangement amendments do not apply under subitem (2) to a financial arrangement if:
(a) the election is made by the head company of a consolidated group or MEC group; and
(b) the election specifies that the election is not to apply to financial arrangements in relation to life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group; and
(c) the arrangement is one that relates to the life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group.
(5) An election under subitem (2) must:
(a) be made on or before the first lodgment date that occurs on or after the start of the first applicable income year; and
(b) be notified to the Commissioner on or before the lodgment date referred to in paragraph (a).
Note: The Commissioner may, in limited circumstances, extend the time on or before which the election must be notified to the Commissioner. See item 104A.
(6) If you make an election under subitem (2), treat subsection 230‑455(7) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 as allowing you to make an election under that subsection that applies to:
(a) in any case—all of the financial arrangements that you start to have in the income year in which the election is made or a later income year; or
(b) if you make the election at the same time as you make the election under subitem (2)—all of your financial arrangements to which the financial arrangements amendments apply.
(7) If you make an election under subitem (2), treat section 230‑150 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 as allowing you to make an election under that section that, despite paragraphs 230‑160(1)(b) and 230‑165(1)(b), applies to a financial arrangement that:
(a) you started to have before the start of the first applicable income year; and
(b) you have at the start of that income year.
(7A) An election that you make under section 230‑150 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 extends to a financial arrangement referred to in subitem (2) only if:
(a) that election is made on or before the first lodgment date that occurs after the start of the first applicable income year; and
(b) for financial arrangements to which section 230‑160 of that Act applies:
(i) at the time you make the election, you made determinations that satisfy the requirements of subsections 230‑160(3) and (4) (other than paragraphs 230‑160(3)(b) and (4)(b)); and
(ii) at, or soon after, the time you make the election, you have in place records in relation to the arrangement that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs 230‑160(3)(b) and (4)(b); and
(c) for financial arrangements to which section 230‑165 of that Act applies:
(i) at the time you make the election, you made determinations that satisfy the requirements of subsections 230‑165(3) and (4) (other than paragraphs 230‑165(3)(b) and (4)(b)); and
(ii) at, or soon after, the time you make the election, you have in place records in relation to the arrangement that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs 230‑165(3)(b) and (4)(b).
(8) An election that you make under Subdivision 230‑C, 230‑D or 230‑F of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 extends to financial arrangements referred to in subitem (2) only if that election is made on or before the first lodgment date that occurs after the start of the first applicable income year.
(9) An election that you make under Subdivision 230‑E of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 extends to a financial arrangement referred to in subitem (2) only if:
(a) that election is made on or before the first lodgment date that occurs after the start of the first applicable income year; and
(b) the requirements of section 230‑335 were satisfied in relation to the arrangement at the time the arrangement was created, acquired or applied; and
(c) at, or soon after, the time you make the election, you have in place records in relation to the arrangement that satisfy the requirements of section 230‑355 and section 230‑360 (other than subparagraph 230‑360(2)(c)(ii)); and
(d) the requirements of section 230‑365 have been satisfied at all times since the arrangement was created, acquired or applied for the purpose of hedging a risk in relation to a hedged item.
(10) To avoid doubt, subsection 230‑310(4) does not apply to a financial arrangement that you started to have before the start of the first applicable income year and that you have at the start of that income year.
(11) To avoid doubt, the election referred to in subitem (8) or (9) applies to the financial arrangements referred to in subitem (2) even though you started to have the arrangements before the election is made.
(12) If you make an election under subitem (2), balancing adjustments must be made under subitem (13).
(13) Use the following method statement to make the balancing adjustments under this subitem:
Balancing adjustment method statement
Step 1. Work out the total of all the amounts that relate to the financial arrangements and that would have been included in your assessable income if Division 230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 had applied to gains and losses from the arrangements from the time when you started to have them: the result is the notional assessable amount.
Step 2. Work out the total of all the amounts that relate to the financial arrangements and that would have been allowable to you as deductions if that Division had applied to gains and losses from the arrangements from the time when you started to have them: the result is the notional deductible amount.
Step 3. Work out the total of all the amounts that relate to the financial arrangements and have been included in your assessable income from the time when you started to have them: the result is the actual assessed amount.
Step 4. Work out the total of all the amounts that relate to the financial arrangements and that have been allowable as deductions for you from the time when you started to have them: the result is the actual deducted amount.
Step 5. Add the notional assessable amount to the actual deducted amount: the result is the step 5 amount.
Step 6. Add the actual assessed amount to the notional deductible amount: the result is the step 6 amount.
Step 7. Compare the step 5 amount with the step 6 amount. If the step 5 amount exceeds the step 6 amount, the excess is included in your assessable income as a balancing adjustment. If the step 6 amount exceeds the step 5 amount, the excess is allowable as a deduction as a balancing adjustment. If the step 5 amount and the step 6 amount are equal there is no balancing adjustment.
(14) If:
(a) an amount is recorded in a deferred tax asset account in accordance with:
(i) accounting standard AASB 112 (or another accounting standard prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph); or
(ii) if that standard does not apply to the preparation of your financial reports—a comparable accounting standard that applies to the preparation of your financial reports under a foreign law;
immediately before the start of the first applicable income year; and
(b) the whole or a part of that amount (the attributable assessable amount) is attributable to a financial arrangement referred to in subitem (2); and
(c) the method of relying on financial reports provided for in Subdivision 230‑F applies to take account of a gain or loss you make from the financial arrangement;
the following provisions have effect:
(d) the financial arrangement is to be disregarded for the purposes of steps 1 to 4 of the method statement in subitem (13); and
(e) the attributable assessable amount is to be reduced to the extent to which it represents unused tax credits and then grossed up under subitem (16); and
(f) the step 6 amount is to be increased by the amount obtained under paragraph (e).
(15) If:
(a) an amount is recorded in a deferred tax liability account in accordance with:
(i) accounting standard AASB 112 (or another accounting standard prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph); or
(ii) if that standard does not apply to the preparation of your financial reports—a comparable accounting standard that applies to the preparation of your financial reports under a foreign law;
immediately before the start of the first applicable income year; and
(b) the whole or a part of that amount (the attributable deductible amount) is attributable to a financial arrangement referred to in subitem (2); and
(c) the method of relying on financial reports provided for in Subdivision 230‑F applies to take account of a gain or loss you make from the financial arrangement;
the following provisions have effect:
(d) the financial arrangement is to be disregarded for the purposes of steps 1 to 4 of the method statement in subitem (13);
(e) the attributable deductible amount is to be reduced to the extent to which it represents unused tax credits and then grossed up under subitem (16);
(f) the step 5 amount is to be increased by the amount obtained under paragraph (e).
(16) An amount is to be grossed up for the purposes of subitems (14) and (15) by multiplying the amount by:
(17) A balancing adjustment under subitem (13) is to be spread evenly over the first applicable income year and the next 3 income years.
(18) In applying steps 1 and 2 in the method statement in subitem (13) to financial arrangements, assume that any election that extends to the arrangements under subitem (6) had applied to those financial arrangements from the time when you started to have them.
(19) In applying section 121EH of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936, disregard any balancing adjustment under subitem (13).
104A Application of financial arrangement amendments (financial arrangements)—late notices
(1) A reference in paragraph 104(5)(b) to the lodgment date is to be treated, in relation to an election under subitem 104(2), as being a reference to a later date specified in a notice the Commissioner gives to you under this item, if the Commissioner gives you such a notice in relation to the election.
(2) The Commissioner may give you a notice in relation to the election if:
(a) the Commissioner is satisfied that the election was not notified to the Commissioner on or before the lodgment date because of:
(i) an honest mistake of yours; or
(ii) an inadvertence of yours; or
(b) the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(i) the election was not notified to the Commissioner on or before the lodgment date because of circumstances outside of your control; and
(ii) you took all reasonable steps to notify the Commissioner of the election on or before the lodgment date, or there were no such steps you could have taken.
(3) The later date specified in the notice must be a date that occurred no later than 3 months after the lodgment date mentioned in paragraph 104(5)(b) (disregarding this item).
105 Application of financial arrangement amendments (arrangements that are not financial arrangements)
(1) Subject to this item, items 104 and 104A apply to arrangements that are not financial arrangements in the same way that those items apply to financial arrangements.
(2) However, the method statement in subitem 104(13) applies to arrangements that are not financial arrangements in accordance with subitem (1) of this item as if:
(a) the reference in step 1 of that method statement to “Division 230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997” were a reference to “Subdivision 775‑F of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997”; and
(b) the reference in step 2 of that method statement to “Division” were a reference to “Subdivision”.
Tax Laws Amendment (2009 Measures No. 1) Act 2009 (No. 27, 2009)
Schedule 1
5 Application
The amendments made by Part 1 of this Schedule apply in relation to instalment quarters in:
(a) the 2007‑08 income year; and
(b) later income years.
Schedule 3
102 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to income years starting on or after 1 July 2009.
Tax Laws Amendment (2009 Measures No. 2) Act 2009 (No. 42, 2009)
Schedule 1
35 Application of Division 21 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
(1) Division 21 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to things done before, on or after the commencement of the Division to meet entitlements arising after 17 October 2008 under the following provisions:
(a) Division 2AA of Part II of the Banking Act 1959;
(b) Part VC of the Insurance Act 1973.
Note: Division 2AA of Part II of the Banking Act 1959 and Part VC of the Insurance Act 1973 commenced on 18 October 2008.
(2) However, this item does not:
(a) require APRA to do anything APRA would have been required by Part 2‑5 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 to do before the commencement of this item had Division 21 in that Schedule commenced on 18 October 2008; or
(b) make APRA liable to a criminal or administrative penalty for an omission occurring before the commencement of this item.
Tax Laws Amendment (2009 Measures No. 3) Act 2009 (No. 47, 2009)
Schedule 1
6 Application of Part 1 amendments
The amendments made by Part 1 of this Schedule apply for the purposes of working out the amount of an instalment that becomes due on or after the commencement of this item.
Schedule 2
15 Application
The amendments of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 made by this Schedule apply in relation to instalments for income years starting after 30 June 2009.
Tax Laws Amendment (2009 Measures No. 4) Act 2009 (No. 88, 2009)
Schedule 2
25 Definitions
In this Part:
commencement time means the time at which this item commences.
constitutional corporation has the meaning given by the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
deductible gift recipient has the meaning given by the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
prescribed private fund has the meaning given by the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (as in force just before the commencement time).
private ancillary fund has the meaning given by section 426‑105 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
private ancillary fund guidelines has the meaning given by section 426‑110 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
26 Transitional—prescribed private fund declarations
(1) The Minister may, by legislative instrument, declare a trust to be a prescribed private fund.
(2) Despite subsection 12(2) of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003, the declaration has effect during the period:
(a) starting at the time specified in the declaration, which must be before the commencement time; and
(b) ending just before the commencement time.
27 Application of Division
This Division applies to a trust if, just before the commencement time, the trust was a prescribed private fund (whether or not because of a declaration made under item 26).
28 Transitional—trustees need not be constitutional corporations
Paragraph 426‑105(1)(a) (trustees of private ancillary funds must be constitutional corporations) and sections 426‑125 to 426‑165 (Suspension and removal of trustees) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 do not apply to the trust during the period:
(a) starting at the commencement time; and
(b) ending at the earlier of the following:
(i) the time (at or after the commencement time) the trust first satisfies the requirements of that paragraph (disregarding this item);
(ii) the first time any of the trustees of the trust revoke the agreement mentioned in item 29 in accordance with subsection 426‑105(2) in that Schedule.
29 Transitional—agreement to comply with private ancillary fund guidelines
(1) For the purposes of Subdivision 426‑D in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, each of the trustees of the trust is taken to have agreed, at the commencement time and in accordance with paragraph 426‑105(1)(b) in that Schedule, to comply with the rules in the private ancillary fund guidelines, as in force from time to time.
(2) To avoid doubt, subitem (1) does not prevent a trustee from revoking that agreement at a later time as mentioned in paragraph 426‑105(1)(c) in that Schedule.
30 Transitional—endorsement as a deductible gift recipient
(1) The trust is taken to have been endorsed as a deductible gift recipient under section 30‑120 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 at the commencement time.
(2) To avoid doubt, subitem (1) does not prevent the Commissioner from revoking that endorsement at a later time under section 426‑55 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
31 Transitional—transfer of property
For the purposes of item 2 of the column headed “Recipient” of the table in subsection 30‑15(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, disregard a transfer of all of the property of the trust to another private ancillary fund if:
(a) the other fund is a deductible gift recipient; and
(b) every trustee of the other fund is a constitutional corporation; and
(c) the transfer happens during the period mentioned in item 28.
Tax Agent Services (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 (No. 114, 2009)
Schedule 1
26 Application provision
(1) The amendment made by item 23 applies in relation to statements given on or after the commencement of the item.
(2) The amendment made by item 24 applies in relation to a return, notice, statement or other document required to be given on or after the commencement of the item.
Tax Laws Amendment (2009 Measures No. 5) Act 2009 (No. 118, 2009)
Schedule 1
51 Cancellations of registration under section 147‑10
(2) If:
(a) before the commencement of this item, an objection had been made under section 110‑50 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 against a decision under section 147‑10 of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999; and
(b) as at that commencement, the objection had not been finally determined;
Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 continues to apply after that commencement in relation to the objection as if the decision were a decision under section 58‑25 of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 as inserted by this Schedule.
53 Time limit on recovery by the Commissioner
If:
(a) because of the amendments made by this Schedule, you are liable to pay a net amount, net fuel amount or amount of indirect tax that you would not have been liable to pay if the amendments had not been made; and
(b) the net amount, net fuel amount or amount of indirect tax corresponds to an amount paid to you as a refund, or applied under Division 3 of Part IIB of the Taxation Administration Act 1953:
(i) on or after 12 December 2008 and before this Act received the Royal Assent; and
(ii) in relation to the net amount, net fuel amount or amount of indirect tax;
that Act applies in relation to the net amount, net fuel amount or amount of indirect tax as if the reference in subsection 105‑50(1) in Schedule 1 to that Act to 4 years after the net amount, net fuel amount or amount of indirect tax became payable by you were a reference to 4 years after the payment of the refund or application of the amount under that Division.
54 Refunds of amounts wrongly paid by incapacitated entities
If:
(a) before this Act received the Royal Assent, an incapacitated entity paid an amount of indirect tax (including any relevant general interest charge under the Taxation Administration Act 1953) that was payable by a representative of an incapacitated entity; and
(b) but for this item, the Commissioner would be liable to refund the amount to the incapacitated entity;
the Commissioner is not liable to refund the amount unless the representative has also paid the amount to the Commissioner.
Schedule 2
2 Application
The amendment made by this Part applies to you for the first applicable income year (within the meaning of item 102 of Schedule 1 to the Tax Laws Amendment (Taxation of Financial Arrangements) Act 2009) and later income years.
3 Transitional
(1) This item applies to you if:
(a) you are a quarterly payer who pays on the basis of instalment income at the end of the first instalment quarter ending after the commencement of this item; and
(b) an amount is included in your instalment income under subsection 45‑120(2B) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (disregarding the amendment made by this Part) for an instalment quarter starting on or after 1 July 2009 and ending before the commencement of this item.
(2) For each instalment quarter mentioned in paragraph (1)(b), work out:
(a) your instalment income for the quarter (taking into account the amendment made by this Part); and
(b) your instalment income for the quarter (disregarding the amendment made by this Part).
(3) Next:
(a) work out the total of every amount worked out under paragraph (2)(a); and
(b) work out the total of every amount worked out under paragraph (2)(b); and
(c) subtract the amount worked out under paragraph (b) of this subitem from the amount worked out under paragraph (a) of this subitem.
(4) If the amount worked out under paragraph (3)(c) is more than nil, increase your instalment income for the first instalment quarter ending after the commencement of this item by that amount.
5 Application
The amendment made by this Part applies to you for the first applicable income year (within the meaning of item 102 of Schedule 1 to the Tax Laws Amendment (Taxation of Financial Arrangements) Act 2009) and later income years.
Tax Laws Amendment (Resale Royalty Right for Visual Artists) Act 2009 (No. 126, 2009)
Schedule 1
20 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to:
(a) the 2009‑10 income year; and
(b) later income years.
Tax Laws Amendment (2009 Budget Measures No. 2) Act 2009
(No. 133, 2009)
Schedule 1
86 Application of other amendments
The amendments made by this Schedule (other than items 1, 83, 84 and 85) apply in relation to the ESS interests mentioned in subsections 83A‑5(1) and (2) of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997, as inserted by this Schedule.
87 Transitional—regulations
Despite subsection 12(2) of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003, regulations that:
(a) are made for the purposes of Division 83A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, added by this Schedule; or
(b) are made for the purposes of a taxation law (within the meaning of that Act) and relate to the amendments made by this Schedule;
may take effect from any time on or after 1 July 2009, if the regulations are made before the end of the period of 3 months commencing on the day this Schedule commences.
Schedule 3
44 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to:
(a) the last unclaimed money day (within the meaning of the Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999) occurring before 1 July 2010; and
(b) later unclaimed money days.
45 Saving—regulations
If, just before the commencement of this item, regulations made for the purposes of paragraph 18B(4)(a) of the Superannuation (Unclaimed Money and Lost Members) Act 1999 were in force, the regulations have effect, from that commencement, as if they had also been made for the purposes of paragraph 24K(4)(a) of that Act, as inserted by this Schedule.
Tax Laws Amendment (2009 GST Administration Measures) Act 2010
(No. 20, 2010)
Schedule 1
19 Application of amendments relating to input tax credits
The amendments made by Part 1 of this Schedule apply, and are taken to have applied, in relation to acquisitions and adjustments that are taken into account in:
(a) GST returns given to the Commissioner under the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 after 7.30 pm Australian Eastern Standard Time on 12 May 2009; or
(b) assessments made by the Commissioner under Subdivision 105‑A in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 after that time; or
(c) amendments of:
(i) GST returns referred to in paragraph (a); or
(ii) assessments referred to in paragraph (b).
20 Application of amendments relating to fuel tax credits
The amendments made by Part 2 of this Schedule apply, and are taken to have applied, in relation to acquisitions, manufacturing, importations and adjustments that are taken into account in:
(a) returns given to the Commissioner under section 61‑15 of the Fuel Tax Act 2006 on or after 1 July 2010; or
(b) amendments of such returns.
Schedule 2
23 Application
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to goods acquired, and wine purchased, on or after 1 July 2010.
Schedule 3
31 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to supplies and acquisitions made on or after 1 July 2010.
Tax Laws Amendment (2010 GST Administration Measures No. 1) Act 2010
(No. 21, 2010)
Schedule 1
29 Application
The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to payments made on or after 1 July 2010.
Tax Laws Amendment (2010 Measures No. 1) Act 2010 (No. 56, 2010)
4 Amendment of assessments
(2) Section 170 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 does not prevent the amendment of an assessment if:
(a) the assessment was made before the commencement of this section; and
(b) the amendment is made within 2 years after that commencement; and
(c) the amendment is made for the purpose of giving effect to Schedule 5 to this Act.
Schedule 2
4 Application provision
The amendments made by this Schedule apply to CGT events that happen on or after 1 July 2007.
Schedule 3
10 Application provision
(1) The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to CGT events that happen on or after the start of the 2008‑09 income year.
(5) Despite subitem (1), section 45‑286 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as inserted by this Schedule (and any other provision inserted by this Schedule, to the extent that it relates to that section) applies in relation to distributions or applications of benefits that are made on or after the commencement of this item.
Schedule 5
193 Application provision
(1) The amendments made by this Part apply in relation to a consolidated group or MEC group on or after:
(a) if the head company of the consolidated group (or the head company or provisional head company of the MEC group) makes a choice in accordance with subitems (2) and (3)—10 February 2010; or
(b) otherwise—1 July 2002.
(2) A choice mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) must be made:
(a) on or before 30 June 2014; or
(b) within a further time allowed by the Commissioner.
(3) A choice mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) must be made in writing.
Schedule 6
14 Application provision
(1) Division 342 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 applies in relation to:
(a) proceedings started, or proposed to be started, on or after the commencement of that Division; and
(b) proceedings started, and not ended, before that commencement.
That Division applies whether the liability was incurred before, on or after that commencement.
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), proceedings are taken not to have ended before that commencement if any appeal relating to the proceedings has not ended, or a period for lodging an appeal relating to the proceedings has not ended, before that commencement.
53 Application provision
The amendments made by this Division apply in relation to payments made on or after the later of the following days (or either of them if they are the same):
(a) the day this Division commences;
(b) 1 July 2010.
101 Application provision—Divisions 1 and 2
The amendments made by Divisions 1 and 2 apply in relation to things done on or after the commencement of those Divisions.
105 Application provision
The amendments made by this Division apply in relation to statements made on or after the commencement of this Division.
Tax Laws Amendment (2010 GST Administration Measures No. 2) Act 2010 (No. 74, 2010)
Schedule 1
45 Application
The amendments made by this Part apply to tax periods starting on or after 1 July 2010.
63 Application
The amendments made by this Part apply to tax periods starting on or after 1 July 2010.
Schedule 2
46 Transitional provision
Interpretation
(1) In this item:
indirect tax ruling has the meaning given by the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, as in force just before the commencement of this item.
private indirect tax ruling has the meaning given by the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, as in force just before the commencement of this item.
Rulings
(2) A private indirect tax ruling that is in force just before the commencement of this item has effect, from that commencement, as if it had been made under Division 359 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as amended by this Schedule.
(3) An indirect tax ruling that:
(a) is in force just before the commencement of this item; and
(b) is labelled as a public ruling, or was described as a public ruling in the Gazette in which it was published;
has effect, from that commencement, as if it had been made under Division 358 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as amended by this Schedule.
Applications for private rulings
(4) An application for a private indirect tax ruling is taken to have been made under Division 359 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as amended by this Schedule, if:
(a) you made the application before the commencement of this item; and
(b) just before the commencement of this item:
(i) the Commissioner had neither made the ruling nor declined to make the ruling; and
(ii) you had not withdrawn the application.
Tax Laws Amendment (2010 Measures No. 2) Act 2010 (No. 75, 2010)
Schedule 2
24 Application provision
(1) Subject to subitem (2), the amendments made by this Schedule apply to income of a trust of an income year starting on or after 1 July 2010.
(2) Subsection 12‑175(4) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, inserted by this Schedule, applies to income of a trust of any income year.
Tax Laws Amendment (Transfer of Provisions) Act 2010 (No. 79, 2010)
Schedule 1
53 Meaning of commencement time
In this Part:
commencement time means the time this item commences.
57 Security deposits
If, just before the commencement time, a security requirement is in force under section 213 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936, the requirement has effect, from the commencement time, as if it had been made under section 255‑100 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule.
58 Estimates
New estimate
(1) Section 268‑10 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule, applies in relation to an amount you became liable to pay to the Commissioner under section 16‑70 in Schedule 1 to that Act before, on or after the commencement time.
Existing estimate
(2) Subitem (3) applies to an estimate that:
(a) was made under section 222AGA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (whether or not notice of it has been sent to you or your trustee); and
(b) was in force just before the commencement time.
(3) The estimate remains in force, from the commencement time, as if it had been made under section 268‑10 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule.
59 Bankruptcy or winding up
Section 268‑30 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule, applies whether the date of the bankruptcy, or the relevant date, referred to in that section occurred before, on or after the day on which the commencement time occurred.
60 Reducing and revoking estimates
(1) Section 268‑40 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule, applies in relation to:
(a) a notice given by the Commissioner before, on or after the commencement time; or
(b) proceedings that relate to the recovery of the unpaid amount of an estimate commenced before, on or after the commencement time; or
(c) an application made under section 234, 459P, 462 or 464 of the Corporations Act 2001 before, on or after the commencement time.
(2) Section 268‑45 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule, applies in relation to a proof of debt lodged before, on or after the commencement time.
61 General interest charge
New charge
(1) Section 268‑75 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule, applies in relation to an estimate of which the Commissioner sends notice:
(a) on or after the commencement time; or
(b) no more than 7 days before the commencement time.
Existing charge
(2) Subitems (3) and (4) apply if, just before the commencement time, you were liable, under Subdivision E of Division 8 of Part VI of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (the old Subdivision), to pay the general interest charge on an unpaid amount of an estimate.
(3) At the commencement time, the old Subdivision stops applying to the liability.
(4) From the commencement time, Subdivision 268‑E in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (the new Subdivision) applies to the liability as if:
(a) the liability remained unpaid at the commencement time; and
(b) so much of the charge under the old Subdivision as remained unpaid at that time:
(i) had been imposed under the new Subdivision; and
(ii) remained unpaid at that time.
62 Payment agreements
(1) This item applies in relation to an agreement that:
(a) was made under section 222ALA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; and
(b) was in force just before the commencement time.
(2) The agreement has effect, from the commencement time, as if the agreement were an arrangement made under section 255‑15 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
63 Savings—regulations relating to government bodies
(1) This item applies in relation to regulations:
(a) made for the purposes of paragraph 222AGF(7)(c), 222AHE(5)(c) or 222AIH(4)(c) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; and
(b) in force just before the commencement time.
(2) The regulations have effect from the commencement time as if they had been made for the purposes of paragraph (b) of item 2, and item 3, of the table in subsection 268‑90(3) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule.
64 Application—Division 269 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953
Subject to item 65, Division 269 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule, applies in relation to an amount payable by a company to the Commissioner before, on or after the commencement time.
65 Transitional—penalties
No doubling‑up of penalties
(1) Subsection 269‑20(1) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule, does not apply if the due day referred to in that subsection occurs before the commencement time.
(2) Subsection 269‑20(3) in Schedule 1 to that Act, as added by this Schedule, does not apply if the 14th day referred to in that subsection occurs before the commencement time.
New provisions apply to existing penalties
(3) Subitem (4) applies in relation to a penalty that, just before the commencement time, was payable under Division 9 of Part VI of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936.
(4) Division 269 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (other than section 269‑20) has effect, from the commencement time, as if the penalty were payable under Subdivision 269‑B in that Schedule.
Penalties remitted because of payment agreement
(5) Subitem (6) applies if:
(a) a penalty payable by a director of a company was remitted under section 222APF of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 because the company made an agreement with the Commissioner as mentioned in paragraph 222APB(1)(b); and
(b) on or after the commencement time, the company contravenes the agreement such that the director would have been liable to pay a penalty under section 222AQA if that section had continued to apply.
(6) Division 269 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (other than section 269‑20) has effect, from the commencement time, as if the penalty:
(a) had not been remitted; and
(b) were payable under Subdivision 269‑B in that Schedule.
66 Inoperative provisions
(1) This item applies if:
(a) just before the commencement time, a person was liable to pay an amount to the Commissioner under:
(i) former section 220AAE, 220AAM or 220AAR of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936; or
(ii) former subsection 221YHZD(1) or (1A) of that Act; or
(iii) former subsection 221YN(1) of that Act; or
(b) the Commissioner has reason to suspect that, just before the commencement time, a person was so liable.
(2) Despite the repeal of Divisions 8 and 9 of Part VI of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 by this Schedule, but subject to item 62 of this Schedule, those Divisions continue to apply, after the commencement time, in relation to the liability or suspected liability, as if the repeal had not happened.
(3) Subsection 268‑90(2) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as added by this Schedule, is taken to require a statutory declaration or affidavit to which that subsection applies to verify any facts:
(a) that relate to the liability, or suspected liability; and
(b) that the declaration or affidavit would have been required to verify if subsection 222AHE(4), 222AID(4) or 222AIH(3) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936, as in force just before the commencement time, had applied to the declaration or affidavit.
Schedule 4
51 Application of other amendments
The amendments made by Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule (other than item 2) apply to assessments for:
(a) the 2010‑11 income year; and
(b) later income years.
Tax Laws Amendment (2010 Measures No. 3) Act 2010 (No. 90, 2010)
Schedule 5
7 Transitional—trusts that were managed investment trusts etc. for income year starting before 26 May 2010
(1) This item applies if:
(a) apart from this item, a trust is not a managed investment trust in relation to an income year; and
(b) the income year is the 2010‑11, 2011‑12, 2012‑13, 2013‑14, 2014‑15, 2015‑16 or 2016‑17 income year.
(2) The trust is a managed investment trust in relation to the income year if:
(a) the trust is a managed investment trust (within the meaning of section 12‑400 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 immediately before the commencement of this Schedule) in relation to the income year; and
(b) in relation to an income year starting before 26 May 2010, the trust:
(i) was a managed investment trust (within that meaning); or
(ii) would have been a managed investment trust (within that meaning) if the trustee of the trust had made the first fund payment in relation to the income year in that income year and before 26 May 2010.
Paid Parental Leave (Consequential Amendments) Act 2010
(No. 105, 2010)
Schedule 2
1 Employer determination made where expected or actual date of birth is before 1 July 2011
(1) The Paid Parental Leave Act 2010 applies, with the modifications set out in this item, in relation to a person who has made a claim for parental leave pay for a child, if:
(a) for a claim made before the day the child is born—the expected date of birth of the child is before 1 July 2011; or
(b) for a claim made after the child is born—the day the child is born is before 1 July 2011.
Note: For a claim made before the day the child is born, see subitem (9) if the expected date of birth of the child is before 1 July 2011, but the child is born on or after that date.
(2) Section 101 of that Act (and the other provisions of that Act so far as they relate to that section) applies in relation to the person as if subsections (1) and (2) of that section were omitted and the following subsection substituted:
(1) The Secretary must make a determination under this section (the employer determination) that a person’s employer is to pay the person instalments if the Secretary is satisfied, when making the determination, that:
(a) a payability determination that parental leave pay is payable to the person, or an initial eligibility determination for the person, is in force; and
(b) the employer has made an election under section 109 that applies to the person; and
(c) the person has consented in the claim to the employer paying instalments to the person; and
(d) the person is likely to be an Australian‑based employee of the employer during whichever of the following periods applies:
(i) if the Secretary has made a payability determination that parental leave pay is payable to the person—the person’s PPL period;
(ii) otherwise—the period of days for which instalments are likely, if the determination is made, to be payable to the person by the employer; and
(e) the employer has an ABN; and
(f) if paragraphs (b) to (e) are satisfied in relation to more than one employer of the person—the person nominated the employer in the claim as the employer who would be required to pay instalments to the person.
(3) For the purposes of this item, an employer determination made under subsection 101(1), as that subsection applies because of subitem (2) of this item, is a transitional employer determination.
(4) The following provisions of that Act do not apply in relation to a transitional employer determination:
(a) section 103 (which deals with responding to a notice of an employer determination);
(b) subsection 107(2) (which deals with when an employer determination comes into force);
(c) subsections 207(3) and 224(1) (which deal with applying for review of employer determination decisions).
(5) Within 14 days after the date of the notice given under section 102 of that Act in relation to the transitional employer determination, the employer may give the Secretary a written notice (the acceptance notice) that complies with section 104 of that Act.
(6) If the employer gives the acceptance notice to the Secretary within that 14 day period, the transitional employer determination comes into force on the day the Secretary receives the acceptance notice.
(7) If the employer does not give the acceptance notice to the Secretary within that 14 day period, the following paragraphs have effect:
(a) the Secretary must revoke the transitional employer determination;
(b) the revocation comes into force on the day of the revocation;
(c) to avoid doubt, subsection 108(5) of that Act (which deals with giving notice of the revocation) applies in relation to the revocation.
(8) The Secretary may extend the 14 day period referred to in subitem (5) in relation to an employer. If the Secretary does so, subitems (6) and (7) have effect accordingly.
(9) Despite paragraph (1)(a) and subitem (2) of this item, if the person’s child is born on or after 1 July 2011, then the following paragraphs have effect:
(a) the Secretary may make an employer determination for the person and the person’s employer under section 101 of the Paid Parental Leave Act 2010, as that section applies apart from this item;
(b) if the Secretary does so and has previously made a transitional employer determination for the person and the employer, the Secretary is taken never to have made the transitional employer determination.
(10) The following provisions of the Paid Parental Leave Act 2010, apply in relation to this item as if it were a provision of that Act:
(a) section 275 (which deals with how that Act applies to an adopted child);
(b) section 276 (which deals with how that Act applies to claims made in exceptional circumstances).
2 Employer determination made where expected date of birth is on or after 1 July 2011 but child born before that date
(1) This item applies if:
(a) the Secretary makes an employer determination for an employer and a person under the Paid Parental Leave Act 2010; and
(b) the person’s claim is made before the day the child is born; and
(c) the expected date of birth of the child is on or after 1 July 2011; and
(d) the child is born before 1 July 2011; and
(e) the person’s employer has not made an election under section 109 of that Act that applies to the person.
(2) If, after the employer determination is made, the Secretary makes a payability determination that parental leave pay is payable to the person for the child, the notice given to the employer under section 113 of that Act must:
(a) state the day the child was born; and
(b) be dated as at the date the preparation of the notice was completed; and
(c) contain a statement to the effect that the employer determination will be revoked, unless the employer:
(i) agrees to being required to pay instalments to the person, even though the child was born before 1 July 2011; and
(ii) gives the Secretary a written notice indicating that agreement within 14 days of the date referred to in paragraph (b).
(3) If the employer does not give the notice referred to in subparagraph (2)(c)(ii) to the Secretary within that 14 day period, the following paragraphs have effect:
(a) the Secretary must revoke the employer determination;
(b) the revocation comes into force on the day of the revocation;
(c) to avoid doubt, subsection 108(5) of that Act (which deals with giving notice of the revocation) applies in relation to the revocation;
(d) section 103 of that Act (which deals with responding to a notice of an employer determination) is taken to have never applied in relation to the employer determination.
(4) The following provisions of that Act apply in relation to this item as if it were a provision of that Act:
(a) section 275 (which deals with how that Act applies to an adopted child);
(b) section 276 (which deals with how that Act applies to claims made in exceptional circumstances).
Tax Laws Amendment (Confidentiality of Taxpayer Information) Act 2010
(No. 145, 2010)
Schedule 1
2 Application of amendment
The amendment made by item 1 of this Schedule applies to records and disclosures of information made on or after the commencement of this Schedule (whenever the information was acquired).
3 Transitional—authorised representatives
(1) If:
(a) at any time before the commencement of this item, an entity (the covered entity) had been nominated by another entity (the primary entity) to act on the primary entity’s behalf with respect to protected information that relates to the primary entity; and
(b) immediately before the commencement of this item, the nomination was in force;
the covered entity is taken, on and after that commencement, to be an entity covered by subsection 355‑25(2) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
(2) To avoid doubt, subitem (1) does not prevent the primary entity from revoking the nomination.
Schedule 2
124 Transitional—information obtained under amended or repealed provisions before commencement
If:
(a) before the commencement of this item, information was acquired by an entity under, or for the purposes of, a taxation law (within the meaning of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997), other than as a taxation officer; and
(b) the information is protected information within the meaning of section 355‑30 of Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (as inserted by item 1 of Schedule 1 to this Act);
then, after that commencement, the information is taken to be information acquired by the entity under an exception in Subdivision 355‑B or 355‑C in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (as inserted by item 1 of Schedule 1 to this Act).
125 Transitional provision—authorisations
(1) If, immediately before the commencement of this item, an officer of a law enforcement agency was an authorised law enforcement agency officer within the meaning of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (as in force at that time), the officer is taken, on and after that commencement, to be an authorised law enforcement agency officer within the meaning of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) If, immediately before the commencement of this item, a person employed under paragraph 84(1)(a) or (b) of the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation Act 1979 was an authorised ASIO officer within the meaning of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (as in force at that time), the person is taken, on and after that commencement, to be an authorised ASIO officer within the meaning of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
Tax Laws Amendment (2011 Measures No. 2) Act 2011 (No. 41, 2011)
Schedule 5
13 Transitional provision—approved worker entitlement funds
Scope
(1) This item applies to a fund that, just before the commencement of this item, was an approved worker entitlement fund under subsection 58PB(2) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986.
Fund taken to have been endorsed
(2) Treat the fund as having been endorsed, on that commencement, by the Commissioner under subsection 58PB(3) of that Act, as amended by this Part.
(3) To avoid doubt, subitem (2) does not prevent the Commissioner from revoking that endorsement at a later time under section 426‑55 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
Fund not required to have ABN for 6 months
(4) Paragraph 58PB(4)(f) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986, as added by this Part, does not apply to the fund before the end of the period of 6 months starting on the day this item commences.
14 Transitional provision—Australian Business Registrar
During the period of 18 months starting on the day this item commences, the Australian Business Registrar:
(a) may enter, but is not required to enter, in the Australian Business Register under subsection 426‑65(1) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 a statement that:
(i) an approved worker entitlement fund is endorsed as mentioned in paragraph (ba) of that subsection, as inserted by this Part; or
(ii) an entity is endorsed as mentioned in paragraph (bb) of that subsection, as inserted by this Part; and
(b) may publish on the Australian Taxation Office website, in relation to an approved worker entitlement fund:
(i) the name of the fund; and
(ii) the ABN (within the meaning of the A New Tax System (Australian Business Number) Act 1999) of the fund, or of the entity that operates the fund; and
(iii) the date on which the fund was endorsed as mentioned in paragraph (ba) of that subsection, or on which an entity was endorsed for the operation of the fund under paragraph (bb) of that subsection.
422 Application provision
The amendment made by item 421 of this Schedule applies to determinations made under paragraph 388‑65(3)(c) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 on or after 1 April 2004.
Tax Laws Amendment (2011 Measures No. 4) Act 2011 (No. 43, 2011)
Schedule 1
12 Application of Part 1 amendments
The amendments made by Part 1 of this Schedule apply for the purposes of working out the amount of an instalment of yours, if:
(a) the instalment becomes due on or after the commencement of this item; and
(b) your 2011‑12 income year starts on or after 1 April 2011.
Schedule 4
5 Application provision
The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to income years starting on or after 1 July 2009.
Acts Interpretation Amendment Act 2011 (No. 46, 2011)
Schedule 3
10 Saving—appointments
The amendments made by Schedule 2 do not affect the validity of an appointment that was made under an Act before the commencement of this item and that was in force immediately before that commencement.
11 Transitional regulations
The Governor‑General may make regulations prescribing matters of a transitional nature (including prescribing any saving or application provisions) relating to the amendments and repeals made by Schedules 1 and 2.
Tax Laws Amendment (Research and Development) Act 2011
(No. 93, 2011)
Schedule 4
1 Application of repeals and amendments
(1) The repeals and amendments made by this Act apply:
(a) so far as they affect assessments—to assessments for income years commencing on or after 1 July 2011; and
(b) so far as they relate to income years but do not affect assessments—to income years commencing on or after 1 July 2011; and
(c) otherwise—to acts done or omitted to be done, states of affairs existing, or periods ending on or after the commencement of the first income year commencing on or after 1 July 2011.
Note: For the purposes of an assessment for an income year commencing on or after 1 July 2011, regard may still be had to acts done or omitted to be done, states of affairs existing, or periods ending during an earlier income year. For example, regard may be had to expenditure incurred by other entities in income years commencing before 1 July 2011 for the purposes of paragraph 355‑415(1)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
(2) However, each of the following applies in relation to the 2011‑12 financial year and all later financial years:
(a) section 29E of the Industry Research and Development Act 1986 (as inserted by Schedule 2);
(b) the repeal of paragraph 39H(b) of the Industry Research and Development Act 1986;
(c) section 46 of the Industry Research and Development Act 1986 (as amended by this Act).
2 Object
The object of this Part is to ensure that, despite the repeals and amendments made by this Act, the full legal and administrative consequences of:
(a) any act done or omitted to be done; or
(b) any state of affairs existing; or
(c) any period ending;
before such a repeal or amendment applies, can continue to arise and be carried out, directly or indirectly through an indefinite number of steps, even if some or all of those steps are taken after the repeal or amendment applies.
3 Making and amending assessments, and doing other things etc., in relation to past matters
(1) Even though a provision is repealed or amended by this Act, the repeal or amendment is disregarded for the purpose of doing any of the following under any Act or legislative instrument (within the meaning of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003):
(a) making or amending an assessment (including under a provision that is itself repealed or amended);
(b) exercising any right or power, performing any obligation or duty or doing any other thing (including under a provision that is itself repealed or amended);
in relation to any act done or omitted to be done, any state of affairs existing, or any period ending, before the repeal or amendment applies.
Note: Examples of things covered by this subitem are as follows:
(a) an eligible company may object under Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 in an income year commencing on or after 1 July 2011 about a notice given under former section 73I of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 for an income year commencing before 1 July 2011;
(b) an eligible company seeking registration under former section 39J of the Industry Research and Development Act 1986 for an income year commencing before 1 July 2011 may do so during an income year commencing on or after 1 July 2011;
(c) Innovation Australia may give a certificate under former section 39M of the Industry Research and Development Act 1986 in an income year commencing on or after 1 July 2011 about research and development activities registered for an income year commencing before 1 July 2011.
(2) Even though a provision is repealed or amended by this Act, the repeal or amendment is disregarded so far as it relates to a state of affairs:
(a) that exists after the repeal or amendment applies; and
(b) that relates to:
(i) an act done or omitted to be done; or
(ii) a state of affairs existing; or
(iii) a period ending;
before the repeal or amendment applies.
Note: Examples of things covered by this subitem are as follows:
(a) an amount may be included in an eligible company’s assessable income under former subsection 73BF(4) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 for an income year commencing on or after 1 July 2011 if the company receives in that income year an amount for the results of research and development activities for which the company had deductions under former section 73BA of that Act in an income year commencing before 1 July 2011;
(b) an eligible company’s deduction under section 73B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 for expenditure incurred during an income year commencing before 1 July 2011 is reduced because of section 73C of that Act if, in an income year commencing on or after 1 July 2011, the company receives a recoupment of that expenditure from the Commonwealth.
(3) To avoid doubt, this item extends to the repeal of subsection 286‑75(3), and paragraph 286‑80(2)(b), in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953. In particular, if, in a particular case, the period in respect of which an administrative penalty is payable under subsection 286‑75(3) in that Schedule:
(a) has not begun; or
(b) has begun but not ended;
when those provisions are repealed, then, despite the repeal, those provisions continue to apply in the particular case until the end of the period.
4 Saving of provisions about effect of assessments
If a provision or part of a provision that is repealed or amended by this Act deals with the effect of an assessment, the repeal or amendment is disregarded in relation to assessments made, before or after the repeal or amendment applies, in relation to any act done or omitted to be done, any state of affairs existing, or any period ending, before the repeal or amendment applies.
5 Repeals disregarded for the purposes of dependent provisions
If the operation of a provision (the subject provision) of any Act or legislative instrument (within the meaning of the Legislative Instruments Act 2003) made under any Act depends to any extent on a provision that is repealed by this Act, the repeal is disregarded so far as it affects the operation of the subject provision.
6 Schedule does not limit operation of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901
This Schedule does not limit the operation of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Tax Laws Amendment (2011 Measures No. 7) Act 2011 (No. 147, 2011)
Schedule 3
2 Definitions
In this Part:
amended instalment income definition means section 45‑120 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as amended by this Schedule.
first TOFA year means the first income year commencing on or after 1 July 2010 for which:
(a) either or both of the following applies:
(i) a gain (or gains) from a financial arrangement is included in your assessable income under Division 230 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997;
(ii) a loss (or losses) from a financial arrangement is allowable to you as a deduction under that Division; and
(b) at least one gain or loss referred to in paragraph (a) is from a financial arrangement other than a qualifying security.
3 Application of amendments
Main rule
(1) Subitem (2) applies to you if:
(a) the Commissioner gives you an instalment rate under section 45‑15 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 at a time that is:
(i) after this Act receives the Royal Assent; and
(ii) in the first instalment quarter in an income year (the commencing year); and
(b) the base year that applies in working out that rate is your first TOFA year, or a later year.
(2) Subject to subitems (4) and (6), the amended instalment income definition applies to you in working out:
(a) your base assessment instalment income for the base year mentioned in paragraph (1)(b), and later years; and
(b) your instalment income for periods in the commencing year, and later years.
Partnerships
(3) Subitem (4) applies in relation to your instalment income for a period if:
(a) the period starts after this Act receives the Royal Assent; and
(b) you are a partner in a partnership at any time during the period; and
(c) in working out the amount to be included in your instalment income for the period under section 45‑260 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, the last income year mentioned in the numerator of the formula in subsection 45‑260(1) in that Schedule is:
(i) the first TOFA year for the partnership; or
(ii) a later year.
(4) For the purpose of working out the amount to be included in your instalment income for the period (the current period) under section 45‑260 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, the amended instalment income definition applies in working out the instalment income of the partnership for:
(a) the last income year mentioned in the numerator of the formula in subsection 45‑260(1) in that Schedule; and
(b) the current period.
Trusts
(5) Subitem (6) applies in relation to your instalment income for a period if:
(a) the period starts after this Act receives the Royal Assent; and
(b) you are a beneficiary of a trust at any time during the period; and
(c) in working out the amount to be included in your instalment income for the period under section 45‑280 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, the last income year mentioned in the numerator of the formula in subsection 45‑280(1) in that Schedule is:
(i) the first TOFA year for the trust; or
(ii) a later year.
(6) For the purpose of working out the amount to be included in your instalment income for the period (the current period) under section 45‑280 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, the amended instalment income definition applies in working out the instalment income of the trust for:
(a) the last income year mentioned in the numerator of the formula in subsection 45‑280(1) in that Schedule; and
(b) the current period.
Early opt‑in for amended instalment income definition
(7) Subitem (8) applies to you if:
(a) the Commissioner gives you an instalment rate under section 45‑15 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 at a time that is:
(i) after this Act receives the Royal Assent; and
(ii) in the first instalment quarter in an income year (the commencing year); and
(b) the base year that applies in working out that rate is an income year before your first TOFA year; and
(c) you elect to have subitem (8) apply to you; and
(d) the Commissioner, having regard to the object of Part 2‑10 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, is of the opinion that it is reasonable for that subitem to apply to you.
(8) Despite subitems (1) and (2), the amended instalment income definition applies to you in working out:
(a) your base assessment instalment income for the base year mentioned in paragraph (7)(b), and later years; and
(b) your instalment income for periods in the commencing year, and later years.
(9) If subitem (8) applies to you, in working out your base assessment instalment income for the base year (or a later income year that ends before your first TOFA year) (a pre‑TOFA year), the financial arrangement amendments (within the meaning of Part 3 of Schedule 1 to the Tax Laws Amendment (Taxation of Financial Arrangements) Act 2009) are taken to apply:
(a) to you in a pre‑TOFA year in the same way they apply to you in your first TOFA year; and
(b) to financial arrangements you have in a pre‑TOFA year in the same way they apply to financial arrangements you have in your first TOFA year.
Schedule 4
4 Application of amendments
The amendments made by this Schedule apply in relation to lodgment dates mentioned in paragraph 104(5)(b) of Schedule 1 to the Tax Laws Amendment (Taxation of Financial Arrangements) Act 2009, whether the lodgment dates occur before, on or after the commencement of this item.
Schedule 5
16 Application of amendments
The amendments made by this Part apply in relation to information to be given for calendar months in the 2012‑13 financial year and each later financial year.
Note: Section 398‑5 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, as in force before the commencement of this Part, continues to apply in relation to information to be given for quarters ending before 1 July 2012.
Schedule 8
37 Definitions
In this Division:
commencement time means the time at which this item commences.
constitutional corporation has the meaning given by the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997.
private ancillary fund has the meaning given by section 426‑105 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
public ancillary fund has the meaning given by section 426‑102 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
public ancillary fund guidelines has the meaning given by section 426‑103 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953.
39 Transitional provision—trustees need not be constitutional corporations
Paragraph 426‑102(1)(a) (trustees of public ancillary funds must be constitutional corporations, Public Trustees or prescribed) and sections 426‑125 to 426‑165 (Suspension and removal of trustees) in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 do not apply to the trust during the period:
(a) starting at the commencement time; and
(b) ending at the earlier of the following:
(i) the time (at or after the commencement time) the trust first satisfies the requirements of that paragraph (disregarding this item);
(ii) the first time any of the trustees of the trust revoke the agreement mentioned in item 40 in accordance with subsection 426‑102(2) in that Schedule.
40 Transitional provision—agreement to comply with public ancillary fund guidelines
(1) For the purposes of Subdivision 426‑D in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953, each of the trustees of the trust is taken to have agreed, at the commencement time and in accordance with paragraph 426‑102(1)(b) in that Schedule, to comply with the rules in the public ancillary fund guidelines, as in force from time to time.
(2) To avoid doubt, subitem (1) does not prevent a trustee from revoking that agreement at a later time as mentioned in paragraph 426‑102(1)(c) in that Schedule.
